<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1705/index.xml"/>
    <title>Discover Top Full Audiobooks in Health &amp; Wellness, Mental Health &amp; Psychology</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1705/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1705/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp;amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp;amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1705/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:01:52 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1705/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1705/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Discover Top Full Audiobooks in Health &amp; Wellness, Mental Health &amp; Psychology</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1705/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1705/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Maritza Pacocha V</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1705/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1705/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you looking for a treasure trove of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks? We are proud to introduce diverse categories such as Business &amp;amp; Career Development, Communication Skills, and Health &amp;amp; Fitness. Especially, you will receive 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books anytime, anywhere on devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, and more. Don't miss the opportunity to enhance your knowledge and entertainment with us!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Health &amp; Fitness">
      <itunes:category text="Mental Health"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <item>
      <title>The Imposter Cure by Martin Cooke</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634429</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Imposter Cure
Author: Martin Cooke
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Imposter Cure: Discover the Secrets on How to Overcome Imposter Syndrome. Learn How to Stop Feeling Like an Imposter, Improve Your Self-Esteem and Achieve Your Goals in Life Imposter syndrome is a big deal for a lot of people. Imposter syndrome is something that can cause someone to feel like they do not belong somewhere and that others are going to start to notice that they do not belong there at all. This can cause a lot of stress and anxiety for the person who suffers from it and can make it hard for them to work on goals, accept praise, or do well in many aspects of their lives. This audiobook will teach you the steps on how to overcome imposter syndrome and how to stop feeling like an imposter in your own life. You will learn how to finally fight off this feeling and start living a better life.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: - What is Imposter Syndrome - Get to the Root of the Problem - Know Your Imposter Syndrome Triggers - Building Self-Confidence One Day At A Time - Don’t Be Afraid to Speak Out - Facing Failure At Work - Leave Imposter Syndrome at the Door - Looking Towards The Future in Work and Life - And many more! Fighting off imposter syndrome and finding a way to fit in is not going to be easy so you need all the information and help you can get. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Martin Cooke</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425544.mp3" length="498697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634429</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425544.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Imposter Cure
Author: Martin Cooke
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Imposter Cure: Discover the Secrets on How to Overcome Imposter Syndrome. Learn How to Stop Feeling Like an Imposter, Improve Your Self-Esteem and Achieve Your Goals in Life Imposter syndrome is a big deal for a lot of people. Imposter syndrome is something that can cause someone to feel like they do not belong somewhere and that others are going to start to notice that they do not belong there at all. This can cause a lot of stress and anxiety for the person who suffers from it and can make it hard for them to work on goals, accept praise, or do well in many aspects of their lives. This audiobook will teach you the steps on how to overcome imposter syndrome and how to stop feeling like an imposter in your own life. You will learn how to finally fight off this feeling and start living a better life.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: - What is Imposter Syndrome - Get to the Root of the Problem - Know Your Imposter Syndrome Triggers - Building Self-Confidence One Day At A Time - Don’t Be Afraid to Speak Out - Facing Failure At Work - Leave Imposter Syndrome at the Door - Looking Towards The Future in Work and Life - And many more! Fighting off imposter syndrome and finding a way to fit in is not going to be easy so you need all the information and help you can get. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Imposter Cure
Author: Martin Cooke
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October  5, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Imposter Cure: Discover the Secrets on How to Overcome Imposter Syndrome. Learn How to Stop Feeling Like an Imposter, Improve Your Self-Esteem and Achieve Your Goals in Life Imposter syndrome is a big deal for a lot of people. Imposter syndrome is something that can cause someone to feel like they do not belong somewhere and that others are going to start to notice that they do not belong there at all. This can cause a lot of stress and anxiety for the person who suffers from it and can make it hard for them to work on goals, accept praise, or do well in many aspects of their lives. This audiobook will teach you the steps on how to overcome imposter syndrome and how to stop feeling like an imposter in your own life. You will learn how to finally fight off this feeling and start living a better life.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: - What is Imposter Syndrome - Get to the Root of the Problem - Know Your Imposter Syndrome Triggers - Building Self-Confidence One Day At A Time - Don’t Be Afraid to Speak Out - Facing Failure At Work - Leave Imposter Syndrome at the Door - Looking Towards The Future in Work and Life - And many more! Fighting off imposter syndrome and finding a way to fit in is not going to be easy so you need all the information and help you can get. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sugar Addiction Hypnotherapy Audio by Natasha Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634412</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634412">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634412</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sugar Addiction Hypnotherapy Audio
Author: Natasha Taylor
Narrator: Sophie Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Sugar Addiction Hypnotherapy session is aimed at people who desire  a healthier diet and all the benefits this brings, The session can help you say no to sugar and replace any cravings and urges for healthier, more nutritious alternatives resulting in a healthier mind and body whilst boosting your immune system. We recommend that you listen to our hypnotherapy for sugar addiction audio session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs and help your mind to create new neural pathways to cutting back on sugar.</description>
      <author>Natasha Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425957.mp3" length="536995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634412</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425957.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634412">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634412</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sugar Addiction Hypnotherapy Audio
Author: Natasha Taylor
Narrator: Sophie Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Sugar Addiction Hypnotherapy session is aimed at people who desire  a healthier diet and all the benefits this brings, The session can help you say no to sugar and replace any cravings and urges for healthier, more nutritious alternatives resulting in a healthier mind and body whilst boosting your immune system. We recommend that you listen to our hypnotherapy for sugar addiction audio session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs and help your mind to create new neural pathways to cutting back on sugar.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634412">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634412</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sugar Addiction Hypnotherapy Audio
Author: Natasha Taylor
Narrator: Sophie Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Sugar Addiction Hypnotherapy session is aimed at people who desire  a healthier diet and all the benefits this brings, The session can help you say no to sugar and replace any cravings and urges for healthier, more nutritious alternatives resulting in a healthier mind and body whilst boosting your immune system. We recommend that you listen to our hypnotherapy for sugar addiction audio session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs and help your mind to create new neural pathways to cutting back on sugar.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Binge Killer by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634405</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binge Killer
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Research on Binge Eating Disorders is limited compared to studies on other eating disorders, including Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa. Given that Binge Eating Disorder recently became an independent diagnosis in the DSM-5, has significant medical implications, and commonly involves psychiatric comorbidity, it is worthwhile to explore contributing factors and evidence-based treatment for the disorder.  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy is an evidence-based treatment for Binge Eating Disorder, and most experts agree that while it yields positive treatment results, there is room for improvement in treatment. Shame is an essential contributing factor in developing and maintaining Binge Eating Disorder.  Cognitive behavioral therapy focuses on the premise that an individual’s thoughts, feelings, and behaviors are intertwined and can ultimately be restructured to support more effective actions. Historically routed in treating depression and anxiety, CBT is becoming more prevalent in eating disorder treatment settings, particularly more recently, with Binge Eating Disorder. CBT focuses on three phases of treatment: the behavioral phase, the cognitive phase, and the maintenance and relapse phase.</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425322.mp3" length="1379976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634405</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425322.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binge Killer
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Research on Binge Eating Disorders is limited compared to studies on other eating disorders, including Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa. Given that Binge Eating Disorder recently became an independent diagnosis in the DSM-5, has significant medical implications, and commonly involves psychiatric comorbidity, it is worthwhile to explore contributing factors and evidence-based treatment for the disorder.  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy is an evidence-based treatment for Binge Eating Disorder, and most experts agree that while it yields positive treatment results, there is room for improvement in treatment. Shame is an essential contributing factor in developing and maintaining Binge Eating Disorder.  Cognitive behavioral therapy focuses on the premise that an individual’s thoughts, feelings, and behaviors are intertwined and can ultimately be restructured to support more effective actions. Historically routed in treating depression and anxiety, CBT is becoming more prevalent in eating disorder treatment settings, particularly more recently, with Binge Eating Disorder. CBT focuses on three phases of treatment: the behavioral phase, the cognitive phase, and the maintenance and relapse phase.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634405">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634405</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Binge Killer
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Research on Binge Eating Disorders is limited compared to studies on other eating disorders, including Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa. Given that Binge Eating Disorder recently became an independent diagnosis in the DSM-5, has significant medical implications, and commonly involves psychiatric comorbidity, it is worthwhile to explore contributing factors and evidence-based treatment for the disorder.  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy is an evidence-based treatment for Binge Eating Disorder, and most experts agree that while it yields positive treatment results, there is room for improvement in treatment. Shame is an essential contributing factor in developing and maintaining Binge Eating Disorder.  Cognitive behavioral therapy focuses on the premise that an individual’s thoughts, feelings, and behaviors are intertwined and can ultimately be restructured to support more effective actions. Historically routed in treating depression and anxiety, CBT is becoming more prevalent in eating disorder treatment settings, particularly more recently, with Binge Eating Disorder. CBT focuses on three phases of treatment: the behavioral phase, the cognitive phase, and the maintenance and relapse phase.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Childhood Experiences of Sibling Abuse by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634406</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Childhood Experiences of Sibling Abuse
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sibling abuse is another sibling&amp;#039;s physical, emotional, or sexual abuse. The bodily abuse can range from mild aggression between siblings, such as pushing and shoving, to very violent behavior, such as using weapons. Often parents don&amp;#039;t see the abuse for what it is. As a rule, parents and society expect fights and aggression among siblings. Because of this, parents often don&amp;#039;t see sibling abuse as a problem until serious harm occurs.  Besides the direct dangers of sibling abuse, the abuse can cause all kinds of long-term problems into adulthood. As various forms of interpersonal family violence receive more attention in the literature, sibling abuse is still in the background. Despite the increasing knowledge about sibling abuse&amp;#039;s prevalence, causes, and effects, many of us continue to relegate it to a childhood occurrence. Sibling abuse symptoms persist in going unrecognized, and its demoralizing products continue to be ignored. Minimization and denial of sibling abuse have also contributed to constraining the extent of knowledge related to this phenomenon. The present book seeks to add to the existing research confirming sibling victimization and its long-term impacts. This book has two primary purposes: 1) to capture the beliefs, feelings, and firsthand accounts of the abusive sibling experiences from the perspective of victims, and 2) to investigate the potential learned responses associated with sibling abuse and their possible impact on adult relationships by exploring participants&amp;#039; emotional and relational histories, and belief systems. Data suggests that the long-term impacts of learned responses associated with sibling abuse can be detrimental to interpersonal relationships and mental health. Emergent themes related to family functioning, environment, and resiliency after abuse are also presented.</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425582.mp3" length="1389776" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634406</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425582.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Childhood Experiences of Sibling Abuse
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sibling abuse is another sibling&amp;#039;s physical, emotional, or sexual abuse. The bodily abuse can range from mild aggression between siblings, such as pushing and shoving, to very violent behavior, such as using weapons. Often parents don&amp;#039;t see the abuse for what it is. As a rule, parents and society expect fights and aggression among siblings. Because of this, parents often don&amp;#039;t see sibling abuse as a problem until serious harm occurs.  Besides the direct dangers of sibling abuse, the abuse can cause all kinds of long-term problems into adulthood. As various forms of interpersonal family violence receive more attention in the literature, sibling abuse is still in the background. Despite the increasing knowledge about sibling abuse&amp;#039;s prevalence, causes, and effects, many of us continue to relegate it to a childhood occurrence. Sibling abuse symptoms persist in going unrecognized, and its demoralizing products continue to be ignored. Minimization and denial of sibling abuse have also contributed to constraining the extent of knowledge related to this phenomenon. The present book seeks to add to the existing research confirming sibling victimization and its long-term impacts. This book has two primary purposes: 1) to capture the beliefs, feelings, and firsthand accounts of the abusive sibling experiences from the perspective of victims, and 2) to investigate the potential learned responses associated with sibling abuse and their possible impact on adult relationships by exploring participants&amp;#039; emotional and relational histories, and belief systems. Data suggests that the long-term impacts of learned responses associated with sibling abuse can be detrimental to interpersonal relationships and mental health. Emergent themes related to family functioning, environment, and resiliency after abuse are also presented.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634406">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634406</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Childhood Experiences of Sibling Abuse
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sibling abuse is another sibling&amp;#039;s physical, emotional, or sexual abuse. The bodily abuse can range from mild aggression between siblings, such as pushing and shoving, to very violent behavior, such as using weapons. Often parents don&amp;#039;t see the abuse for what it is. As a rule, parents and society expect fights and aggression among siblings. Because of this, parents often don&amp;#039;t see sibling abuse as a problem until serious harm occurs.  Besides the direct dangers of sibling abuse, the abuse can cause all kinds of long-term problems into adulthood. As various forms of interpersonal family violence receive more attention in the literature, sibling abuse is still in the background. Despite the increasing knowledge about sibling abuse&amp;#039;s prevalence, causes, and effects, many of us continue to relegate it to a childhood occurrence. Sibling abuse symptoms persist in going unrecognized, and its demoralizing products continue to be ignored. Minimization and denial of sibling abuse have also contributed to constraining the extent of knowledge related to this phenomenon. The present book seeks to add to the existing research confirming sibling victimization and its long-term impacts. This book has two primary purposes: 1) to capture the beliefs, feelings, and firsthand accounts of the abusive sibling experiences from the perspective of victims, and 2) to investigate the potential learned responses associated with sibling abuse and their possible impact on adult relationships by exploring participants&amp;#039; emotional and relational histories, and belief systems. Data suggests that the long-term impacts of learned responses associated with sibling abuse can be detrimental to interpersonal relationships and mental health. Emergent themes related to family functioning, environment, and resiliency after abuse are also presented.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Narcissism And Leadership by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634404</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Narcissism And Leadership
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The destiny of humankind as a species fell on the shoulders of great men. The current book aims to unravel the changes in narcissistic leadership that develop over time and examine the potential mechanisms responsible for any such changes. The term “Narcissism” is derived from Ovid’s tale of Narcissus falling in love with his own reflection to the detriment of his genuine/authentic self, which caused him to perish. Although Ovid’s tale of Narcissus being obsessed with his image is void of any psychological examination, it is significant not merely for where the term “narcissism” is derived from. More importantly, constructive themes like unrequited self-love resonated with later interpretations of narcissism as a personality trait. Such individuals’ maintenance of their self-esteem depends on the continued use of certain mental functions. They continually judge others, usually pointing up the moral flaws in other people’s personalities and behavior, and, without shame or hesitation, they set themselves up as the guides and leaders and gods of those who need guidance, of leadership, and as a target for their reverence. These psychoanalytical perspectives suggest that narcissists regulate their self-image through portrayals of boasting, which are often boundless, leading to their rise into leadership positions.</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425346.mp3" length="1405259" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634404</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425346.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Narcissism And Leadership
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The destiny of humankind as a species fell on the shoulders of great men. The current book aims to unravel the changes in narcissistic leadership that develop over time and examine the potential mechanisms responsible for any such changes. The term “Narcissism” is derived from Ovid’s tale of Narcissus falling in love with his own reflection to the detriment of his genuine/authentic self, which caused him to perish. Although Ovid’s tale of Narcissus being obsessed with his image is void of any psychological examination, it is significant not merely for where the term “narcissism” is derived from. More importantly, constructive themes like unrequited self-love resonated with later interpretations of narcissism as a personality trait. Such individuals’ maintenance of their self-esteem depends on the continued use of certain mental functions. They continually judge others, usually pointing up the moral flaws in other people’s personalities and behavior, and, without shame or hesitation, they set themselves up as the guides and leaders and gods of those who need guidance, of leadership, and as a target for their reverence. These psychoanalytical perspectives suggest that narcissists regulate their self-image through portrayals of boasting, which are often boundless, leading to their rise into leadership positions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Narcissism And Leadership
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 15 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The destiny of humankind as a species fell on the shoulders of great men. The current book aims to unravel the changes in narcissistic leadership that develop over time and examine the potential mechanisms responsible for any such changes. The term “Narcissism” is derived from Ovid’s tale of Narcissus falling in love with his own reflection to the detriment of his genuine/authentic self, which caused him to perish. Although Ovid’s tale of Narcissus being obsessed with his image is void of any psychological examination, it is significant not merely for where the term “narcissism” is derived from. More importantly, constructive themes like unrequited self-love resonated with later interpretations of narcissism as a personality trait. Such individuals’ maintenance of their self-esteem depends on the continued use of certain mental functions. They continually judge others, usually pointing up the moral flaws in other people’s personalities and behavior, and, without shame or hesitation, they set themselves up as the guides and leaders and gods of those who need guidance, of leadership, and as a target for their reverence. These psychoanalytical perspectives suggest that narcissists regulate their self-image through portrayals of boasting, which are often boundless, leading to their rise into leadership positions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>History and Significance of the Autism Spectrum Disorder by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634398</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History and Significance of the Autism Spectrum Disorder
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurological and developmental disorder that begins early in childhood and lasts throughout a person&amp;#039;s life. It affects how a person acts and interacts with others, communicates, and learns. It includes what used to be known as Asperger syndrome and pervasive developmental disorders. It is called a &amp;#039;spectrum&amp;#039; disorder because people with ASD can have various symptoms. People with ASD might have problems talking with you or not look you in the eye when you speak to them. They may also have restricted interests and repetitive behaviors. They may spend a lot of time putting things in order, or they may say the same sentence again and again. They may often seem to be in their &amp;#039;own world.&amp;#039; Seventy-five years ago, the world knew little about autism as a whole. With the help of time, we now have a better understanding of the disease spectrum. Those observations made by the early pioneers have evolved as breakthroughs in disease management. One must remain abreast of modern medicine&amp;#039;s character traits, discoveries, and hopeful preventions that advance individual accommodations in future treatments. In exploring past human competency levels and myths of autism, an emphasis of significance is placed on increasing awareness and the reaction factors to seeking treatment as the scope of early intervention.</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425629.mp3" length="845869" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634398</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425629.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History and Significance of the Autism Spectrum Disorder
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurological and developmental disorder that begins early in childhood and lasts throughout a person&amp;#039;s life. It affects how a person acts and interacts with others, communicates, and learns. It includes what used to be known as Asperger syndrome and pervasive developmental disorders. It is called a &amp;#039;spectrum&amp;#039; disorder because people with ASD can have various symptoms. People with ASD might have problems talking with you or not look you in the eye when you speak to them. They may also have restricted interests and repetitive behaviors. They may spend a lot of time putting things in order, or they may say the same sentence again and again. They may often seem to be in their &amp;#039;own world.&amp;#039; Seventy-five years ago, the world knew little about autism as a whole. With the help of time, we now have a better understanding of the disease spectrum. Those observations made by the early pioneers have evolved as breakthroughs in disease management. One must remain abreast of modern medicine&amp;#039;s character traits, discoveries, and hopeful preventions that advance individual accommodations in future treatments. In exploring past human competency levels and myths of autism, an emphasis of significance is placed on increasing awareness and the reaction factors to seeking treatment as the scope of early intervention.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634398">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634398</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: History and Significance of the Autism Spectrum Disorder
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Mary Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a neurological and developmental disorder that begins early in childhood and lasts throughout a person&amp;#039;s life. It affects how a person acts and interacts with others, communicates, and learns. It includes what used to be known as Asperger syndrome and pervasive developmental disorders. It is called a &amp;#039;spectrum&amp;#039; disorder because people with ASD can have various symptoms. People with ASD might have problems talking with you or not look you in the eye when you speak to them. They may also have restricted interests and repetitive behaviors. They may spend a lot of time putting things in order, or they may say the same sentence again and again. They may often seem to be in their &amp;#039;own world.&amp;#039; Seventy-five years ago, the world knew little about autism as a whole. With the help of time, we now have a better understanding of the disease spectrum. Those observations made by the early pioneers have evolved as breakthroughs in disease management. One must remain abreast of modern medicine&amp;#039;s character traits, discoveries, and hopeful preventions that advance individual accommodations in future treatments. In exploring past human competency levels and myths of autism, an emphasis of significance is placed on increasing awareness and the reaction factors to seeking treatment as the scope of early intervention.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Raiva: seu bem, seu mal by Esther Carrenho</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634339</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Raiva: seu bem, seu mal
Author: Esther Carrenho
Narrator: Rennata Airoldi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Qual a importância que você dá às suas emoções? Você sabe reconhecer e expressar seus sentimentos? Como você lida com a raiva? É possível classificar os sentimentos em bons ou ruins? Neste audiolivro esclarecedor e instigante, Esther Carrenho convida você a identificar vários sentimentos e a fazer deles grandes aliados em prol de seu potencial criativo. Focalizando especificamente a raiva, a autora se vale de sua experiência para autenticar conceitos fundamentais à saúde emocional. Nesta narração, você poderá encontrar respostas para seus questionamentos ao se identificar com outras pessoas que também buscam reconhecer e administrar seus sentimentos de raiva, em lugar de bloqueá-los e reprimi-los. Com linguagem simples e acessível, este audiolivro é extremamente útil a todos que desejam equilibrar emoção e razão de forma construtiva, produzindo bem-estar tanto para si mesmos como para os que estão próximos. Viva melhor!</description>
      <author>Esther Carrenho</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786584542044.mp3" length="731352" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634339</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786584542044.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Raiva: seu bem, seu mal
Author: Esther Carrenho
Narrator: Rennata Airoldi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Qual a importância que você dá às suas emoções? Você sabe reconhecer e expressar seus sentimentos? Como você lida com a raiva? É possível classificar os sentimentos em bons ou ruins? Neste audiolivro esclarecedor e instigante, Esther Carrenho convida você a identificar vários sentimentos e a fazer deles grandes aliados em prol de seu potencial criativo. Focalizando especificamente a raiva, a autora se vale de sua experiência para autenticar conceitos fundamentais à saúde emocional. Nesta narração, você poderá encontrar respostas para seus questionamentos ao se identificar com outras pessoas que também buscam reconhecer e administrar seus sentimentos de raiva, em lugar de bloqueá-los e reprimi-los. Com linguagem simples e acessível, este audiolivro é extremamente útil a todos que desejam equilibrar emoção e razão de forma construtiva, produzindo bem-estar tanto para si mesmos como para os que estão próximos. Viva melhor!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/634339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Raiva: seu bem, seu mal
Author: Esther Carrenho
Narrator: Rennata Airoldi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 2 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Qual a importância que você dá às suas emoções? Você sabe reconhecer e expressar seus sentimentos? Como você lida com a raiva? É possível classificar os sentimentos em bons ou ruins? Neste audiolivro esclarecedor e instigante, Esther Carrenho convida você a identificar vários sentimentos e a fazer deles grandes aliados em prol de seu potencial criativo. Focalizando especificamente a raiva, a autora se vale de sua experiência para autenticar conceitos fundamentais à saúde emocional. Nesta narração, você poderá encontrar respostas para seus questionamentos ao se identificar com outras pessoas que também buscam reconhecer e administrar seus sentimentos de raiva, em lugar de bloqueá-los e reprimi-los. Com linguagem simples e acessível, este audiolivro é extremamente útil a todos que desejam equilibrar emoção e razão de forma construtiva, produzindo bem-estar tanto para si mesmos como para os que estão próximos. Viva melhor!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Sigue hacia el norte: Mindfulness, psicología y ética by Ferran Aliaga, Núria Farriols</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633677</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Sigue hacia el norte: Mindfulness, psicología y ética
Author: Ferran Aliaga, Núria Farriols
Narrator: Carles Sianes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro aúna conocimientos teóricos y prácticos adquiridos en la experiencia que los autores tienen como psicólogos clínicos y en su propia práctica del mindfulness (conciencia plena) y la meditación. Propone un enfoque transicional entre una psicología basada en el modelo de cambio individual y otra orientada a la autoaceptación, con el convencimiento de que cultivar cualidades y emociones positivas es un buen tratamiento para el sufrimiento mental.</description>
      <author>Ferran Aliaga, Núria Farriols</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788425449581.mp3" length="766420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633677</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788425449581.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Sigue hacia el norte: Mindfulness, psicología y ética
Author: Ferran Aliaga, Núria Farriols
Narrator: Carles Sianes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro aúna conocimientos teóricos y prácticos adquiridos en la experiencia que los autores tienen como psicólogos clínicos y en su propia práctica del mindfulness (conciencia plena) y la meditación. Propone un enfoque transicional entre una psicología basada en el modelo de cambio individual y otra orientada a la autoaceptación, con el convencimiento de que cultivar cualidades y emociones positivas es un buen tratamiento para el sufrimiento mental.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Sigue hacia el norte: Mindfulness, psicología y ética
Author: Ferran Aliaga, Núria Farriols
Narrator: Carles Sianes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro aúna conocimientos teóricos y prácticos adquiridos en la experiencia que los autores tienen como psicólogos clínicos y en su propia práctica del mindfulness (conciencia plena) y la meditación. Propone un enfoque transicional entre una psicología basada en el modelo de cambio individual y otra orientada a la autoaceptación, con el convencimiento de que cultivar cualidades y emociones positivas es un buen tratamiento para el sufrimiento mental.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Neuroscience of Excellent Sleep by Stan Rodski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633626</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Neuroscience of Excellent Sleep
Author: Stan Rodski
Narrator: Stan Rodski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How to use the insights of neuroscience and the techniques of mindfulness to get a good night&amp;#039;s sleep.  Everyone&amp;#039;s familiar with the consequences of lost sleep: you&amp;#039;re groggy and irritable, your focus is off, you don&amp;#039;t perform at your best, and you&amp;#039;re likely to dump sugary foods and caffeine into your system for an energy boost. But the effects of poor sleep go way beyond these concerns. Indeed, they can be life-threatening. It&amp;#039;s one thing to know the problem, it&amp;#039;s another to fix it. In this book, renowned neuroscientist Dr Stan Rodski takes us through the fundamentals of sleep - how sleep works, why we sleep and how much sleep we need - but, most importantly, he gives us exercises to help overcome the bane of insomnia. In any endeavour, the key to achievement is proper preparation, and sleep is no different. Drawing on the techniques of mindfulness, meditation and relaxation, and the neuroscience that underpins them all, Dr Stan gives you the tools to prepare yourself (and your children) for an excellent sleep - and enjoy it!</description>
      <author>Stan Rodski</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781460743294.mp3" length="1289945" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633626</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781460743294.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Neuroscience of Excellent Sleep
Author: Stan Rodski
Narrator: Stan Rodski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How to use the insights of neuroscience and the techniques of mindfulness to get a good night&amp;#039;s sleep.  Everyone&amp;#039;s familiar with the consequences of lost sleep: you&amp;#039;re groggy and irritable, your focus is off, you don&amp;#039;t perform at your best, and you&amp;#039;re likely to dump sugary foods and caffeine into your system for an energy boost. But the effects of poor sleep go way beyond these concerns. Indeed, they can be life-threatening. It&amp;#039;s one thing to know the problem, it&amp;#039;s another to fix it. In this book, renowned neuroscientist Dr Stan Rodski takes us through the fundamentals of sleep - how sleep works, why we sleep and how much sleep we need - but, most importantly, he gives us exercises to help overcome the bane of insomnia. In any endeavour, the key to achievement is proper preparation, and sleep is no different. Drawing on the techniques of mindfulness, meditation and relaxation, and the neuroscience that underpins them all, Dr Stan gives you the tools to prepare yourself (and your children) for an excellent sleep - and enjoy it!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633626">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633626</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Neuroscience of Excellent Sleep
Author: Stan Rodski
Narrator: Stan Rodski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 29 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How to use the insights of neuroscience and the techniques of mindfulness to get a good night&amp;#039;s sleep.  Everyone&amp;#039;s familiar with the consequences of lost sleep: you&amp;#039;re groggy and irritable, your focus is off, you don&amp;#039;t perform at your best, and you&amp;#039;re likely to dump sugary foods and caffeine into your system for an energy boost. But the effects of poor sleep go way beyond these concerns. Indeed, they can be life-threatening. It&amp;#039;s one thing to know the problem, it&amp;#039;s another to fix it. In this book, renowned neuroscientist Dr Stan Rodski takes us through the fundamentals of sleep - how sleep works, why we sleep and how much sleep we need - but, most importantly, he gives us exercises to help overcome the bane of insomnia. In any endeavour, the key to achievement is proper preparation, and sleep is no different. Drawing on the techniques of mindfulness, meditation and relaxation, and the neuroscience that underpins them all, Dr Stan gives you the tools to prepare yourself (and your children) for an excellent sleep - and enjoy it!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Cómo tratar con personalidades difíciles by Christophe Andre</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633330</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo tratar con personalidades difíciles
Author: Christophe Andre
Narrator: Germán Torre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Personalidades psicopáticas, narcisistas, paranoicas, histriónicas, obsesivas depresivas, dependientes, pasivo-agresivas, evitativas… Una completa guía para comprender, aceptar y gestionar personalidades difíciles, y también para mejorar nuestro propio comportamiento, que siempre tiende hacia alguna(s) de estas personalidades. Los autores son psiquiatras de enorme prestigio en Francia. Christophe André es autor de algunos de los mayores best-sellers publicados en Francia en los últimos años</description>
      <author>Christophe Andre</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886570823.mp3" length="1297741" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633330</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886570823.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo tratar con personalidades difíciles
Author: Christophe Andre
Narrator: Germán Torre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Personalidades psicopáticas, narcisistas, paranoicas, histriónicas, obsesivas depresivas, dependientes, pasivo-agresivas, evitativas… Una completa guía para comprender, aceptar y gestionar personalidades difíciles, y también para mejorar nuestro propio comportamiento, que siempre tiende hacia alguna(s) de estas personalidades. Los autores son psiquiatras de enorme prestigio en Francia. Christophe André es autor de algunos de los mayores best-sellers publicados en Francia en los últimos años</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633330">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633330</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo tratar con personalidades difíciles
Author: Christophe Andre
Narrator: Germán Torre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Personalidades psicopáticas, narcisistas, paranoicas, histriónicas, obsesivas depresivas, dependientes, pasivo-agresivas, evitativas… Una completa guía para comprender, aceptar y gestionar personalidades difíciles, y también para mejorar nuestro propio comportamiento, que siempre tiende hacia alguna(s) de estas personalidades. Los autores son psiquiatras de enorme prestigio en Francia. Christophe André es autor de algunos de los mayores best-sellers publicados en Francia en los últimos años</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La intimidad by Rosa Moncayo Cazorla</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633320</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La intimidad
Author: Rosa Moncayo Cazorla
Narrator: Daniela Neach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Una pareja joven en plena espiral de drogas, obsesiones y autodestrucción decide dejar la ciudad y mudarse a una casa de campo para escapar del círculo social tóxico que le rodea. Una novela en la que Rosa Moncayo nos descubre con crudeza poética la intimidad de una pareja al borde del colapso.</description>
      <author>Rosa Moncayo Cazorla</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638115397.mp3" length="1159161" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633320</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638115397.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La intimidad
Author: Rosa Moncayo Cazorla
Narrator: Daniela Neach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Una pareja joven en plena espiral de drogas, obsesiones y autodestrucción decide dejar la ciudad y mudarse a una casa de campo para escapar del círculo social tóxico que le rodea. Una novela en la que Rosa Moncayo nos descubre con crudeza poética la intimidad de una pareja al borde del colapso.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633320">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633320</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La intimidad
Author: Rosa Moncayo Cazorla
Narrator: Daniela Neach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Una pareja joven en plena espiral de drogas, obsesiones y autodestrucción decide dejar la ciudad y mudarse a una casa de campo para escapar del círculo social tóxico que le rodea. Una novela en la que Rosa Moncayo nos descubre con crudeza poética la intimidad de una pareja al borde del colapso.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Art of Winning: Ten Lessons in Leadership, Purpose and Potential by Dan Carter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633255</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Winning: Ten Lessons in Leadership, Purpose and Potential
Author: Dan Carter
Narrator: Clayton Carrick-Leslie, Dan Carter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. With an introduction read by the author. Ten timeless truths on leadership, purpose and potential - from the unique culture of the All Blacks, and the mind of a living legend. You might think success at the highest level insulates you from pressure and doubt. But nothing could be further from the truth. In this book, I take you inside a journey that has forced me to look inwardly in a way I&amp;#039;ve never had to before. It&amp;#039;s been challenging, frustrating, rewarding and left me full of gratitude.  Whether you&amp;#039;re a business looking to work on your culture, a leader on a steep learning curve, a person navigating change in their life or just someone of any age trying to get that little bit better every day, I hope that my experience can spur you on to greater heights, and master the art of winning. For the first time, sporting legend Dan Carter distils his two decades at the frontiers of high-performance into his &amp;#039;perfect ten&amp;#039; lessons. You won&amp;#039;t find conventional wisdom here, but hard-learned truths, including: - Why great leaders are made, not born, and why they must constantly evolve - How to forge a winning team culture - Why embracing your past can be every bit as important as looking towards your future - Why empowering others leads to the best decisions - Why confidence and self-belief are nothing without humility and a beginner&amp;#039;s mindset Honest, surprising and inspiring, The Art of Winning converts a legendary career into timeless lessons for readers in any walk of life. Step inside the unique culture of the All Blacks - and inside the mind of a legend. ©2023 Dan Carter (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Dan Carter</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529198119.mp3" length="1307891" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633255</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529198119.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Winning: Ten Lessons in Leadership, Purpose and Potential
Author: Dan Carter
Narrator: Clayton Carrick-Leslie, Dan Carter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. With an introduction read by the author. Ten timeless truths on leadership, purpose and potential - from the unique culture of the All Blacks, and the mind of a living legend. You might think success at the highest level insulates you from pressure and doubt. But nothing could be further from the truth. In this book, I take you inside a journey that has forced me to look inwardly in a way I&amp;#039;ve never had to before. It&amp;#039;s been challenging, frustrating, rewarding and left me full of gratitude.  Whether you&amp;#039;re a business looking to work on your culture, a leader on a steep learning curve, a person navigating change in their life or just someone of any age trying to get that little bit better every day, I hope that my experience can spur you on to greater heights, and master the art of winning. For the first time, sporting legend Dan Carter distils his two decades at the frontiers of high-performance into his &amp;#039;perfect ten&amp;#039; lessons. You won&amp;#039;t find conventional wisdom here, but hard-learned truths, including: - Why great leaders are made, not born, and why they must constantly evolve - How to forge a winning team culture - Why embracing your past can be every bit as important as looking towards your future - Why empowering others leads to the best decisions - Why confidence and self-belief are nothing without humility and a beginner&amp;#039;s mindset Honest, surprising and inspiring, The Art of Winning converts a legendary career into timeless lessons for readers in any walk of life. Step inside the unique culture of the All Blacks - and inside the mind of a legend. ©2023 Dan Carter (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Art of Winning: Ten Lessons in Leadership, Purpose and Potential
Author: Dan Carter
Narrator: Clayton Carrick-Leslie, Dan Carter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. With an introduction read by the author. Ten timeless truths on leadership, purpose and potential - from the unique culture of the All Blacks, and the mind of a living legend. You might think success at the highest level insulates you from pressure and doubt. But nothing could be further from the truth. In this book, I take you inside a journey that has forced me to look inwardly in a way I&amp;#039;ve never had to before. It&amp;#039;s been challenging, frustrating, rewarding and left me full of gratitude.  Whether you&amp;#039;re a business looking to work on your culture, a leader on a steep learning curve, a person navigating change in their life or just someone of any age trying to get that little bit better every day, I hope that my experience can spur you on to greater heights, and master the art of winning. For the first time, sporting legend Dan Carter distils his two decades at the frontiers of high-performance into his &amp;#039;perfect ten&amp;#039; lessons. You won&amp;#039;t find conventional wisdom here, but hard-learned truths, including: - Why great leaders are made, not born, and why they must constantly evolve - How to forge a winning team culture - Why embracing your past can be every bit as important as looking towards your future - Why empowering others leads to the best decisions - Why confidence and self-belief are nothing without humility and a beginner&amp;#039;s mindset Honest, surprising and inspiring, The Art of Winning converts a legendary career into timeless lessons for readers in any walk of life. Step inside the unique culture of the All Blacks - and inside the mind of a legend. ©2023 Dan Carter (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis by Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633183</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis
Author: Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung
Narrator: Brad Carty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis’ is a collection of wisdom from two pioneers in the world of mental health. Sigmund Freud was the creator of psychoanalysis, which is a therapeutic technique that involves talking about personal experiences in order to uncover and address unconscious feelings, thoughts, and memories.  Carl Jung took these theories further, and between them, their work continues to influence our thoughts on mental health to this day. This compilation contains 200 quotes from these two giants of psychoanalysis. ‘200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis’ will delight those interested in psychology. - Sigmund Freud (1856 – 1939) was an Austrian neurologist and founder of psychoanalysis, a method for evaluating and treating mental health through dialogue between a patient and a psychoanalyst. His work continues to influence psychology, psychiatry, and psychotherapy to this day. Carl Gustav Jung (1875 – 1961) was a Swiss psychiatrist and psychoanalyst who created the idea of analytical psychology. His work influenced many fields, including psychiatry, anthropology, literature, philosophy, and psychology.</description>
      <author>Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9782821179028.mp3" length="1371738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633183</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9782821179028.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis
Author: Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung
Narrator: Brad Carty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis’ is a collection of wisdom from two pioneers in the world of mental health. Sigmund Freud was the creator of psychoanalysis, which is a therapeutic technique that involves talking about personal experiences in order to uncover and address unconscious feelings, thoughts, and memories.  Carl Jung took these theories further, and between them, their work continues to influence our thoughts on mental health to this day. This compilation contains 200 quotes from these two giants of psychoanalysis. ‘200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis’ will delight those interested in psychology. - Sigmund Freud (1856 – 1939) was an Austrian neurologist and founder of psychoanalysis, a method for evaluating and treating mental health through dialogue between a patient and a psychoanalyst. His work continues to influence psychology, psychiatry, and psychotherapy to this day. Carl Gustav Jung (1875 – 1961) was a Swiss psychiatrist and psychoanalyst who created the idea of analytical psychology. His work influenced many fields, including psychiatry, anthropology, literature, philosophy, and psychology.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633183">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/633183</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis
Author: Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung
Narrator: Brad Carty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 3 minutes
Release date: April  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis’ is a collection of wisdom from two pioneers in the world of mental health. Sigmund Freud was the creator of psychoanalysis, which is a therapeutic technique that involves talking about personal experiences in order to uncover and address unconscious feelings, thoughts, and memories.  Carl Jung took these theories further, and between them, their work continues to influence our thoughts on mental health to this day. This compilation contains 200 quotes from these two giants of psychoanalysis. ‘200 Quotes on Psychoanalysis’ will delight those interested in psychology. - Sigmund Freud (1856 – 1939) was an Austrian neurologist and founder of psychoanalysis, a method for evaluating and treating mental health through dialogue between a patient and a psychoanalyst. His work continues to influence psychology, psychiatry, and psychotherapy to this day. Carl Gustav Jung (1875 – 1961) was a Swiss psychiatrist and psychoanalyst who created the idea of analytical psychology. His work influenced many fields, including psychiatry, anthropology, literature, philosophy, and psychology.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Vier bis acht Wochen - Tagebuch eines Abschieds (ungekürzt) by Katrin Höfer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632987</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vier bis acht Wochen - Tagebuch eines Abschieds (ungekürzt)
Author: Katrin Höfer
Narrator: Katja Hirsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Vier bis acht Wochen. Ihnen bleiben maximal acht Wochen.&amp;#039; Katrin Höfer und ihre Mutter sitzen wie erstarrt da, als die Ärztin ihrer Mutter diese niederschmetternde Prognose verkündet. Aber dann nehmen Mutter und Tochter den Kampf auf - nicht gegen den Krebs, denn der lässt sich nicht mehr gewinnen. Sondern um acht letzte, gute gemeinsame Wochen.  Von den Höhen und Tiefen, dem Glück und dem Leid in dieser aufwühlenden Zeit und dem Spagat zwischen Akzeptanz des nahenden Todes der geliebten Mutter und dem unbedingten Willen, auch im tiefsten Leid noch das Schöne zu entdecken, davon erzählt davon erzählt die Thüringer Unternehmerin Katrin Höfer in ihrem zweiten Buch.  Katrin Höfer, *1968, leitet gemeinsam mit ihrem Mann Sven einen mittelständischen Handwerksbetrieb in Thüringen. Nach &amp;#039;FritzGlock - Fenstergeschichten&amp;#039;, einem sehr persönlichen und lebendigen Porträt ihres Unternehmens, ist &amp;#039;Vier bis acht Wochen&amp;#039; Katrin Höfers zweite Buchveröffentlichung.</description>
      <author>Katrin Höfer</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Mar 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004431178.mp3" length="825782" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632987</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004431178.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vier bis acht Wochen - Tagebuch eines Abschieds (ungekürzt)
Author: Katrin Höfer
Narrator: Katja Hirsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Vier bis acht Wochen. Ihnen bleiben maximal acht Wochen.&amp;#039; Katrin Höfer und ihre Mutter sitzen wie erstarrt da, als die Ärztin ihrer Mutter diese niederschmetternde Prognose verkündet. Aber dann nehmen Mutter und Tochter den Kampf auf - nicht gegen den Krebs, denn der lässt sich nicht mehr gewinnen. Sondern um acht letzte, gute gemeinsame Wochen.  Von den Höhen und Tiefen, dem Glück und dem Leid in dieser aufwühlenden Zeit und dem Spagat zwischen Akzeptanz des nahenden Todes der geliebten Mutter und dem unbedingten Willen, auch im tiefsten Leid noch das Schöne zu entdecken, davon erzählt davon erzählt die Thüringer Unternehmerin Katrin Höfer in ihrem zweiten Buch.  Katrin Höfer, *1968, leitet gemeinsam mit ihrem Mann Sven einen mittelständischen Handwerksbetrieb in Thüringen. Nach &amp;#039;FritzGlock - Fenstergeschichten&amp;#039;, einem sehr persönlichen und lebendigen Porträt ihres Unternehmens, ist &amp;#039;Vier bis acht Wochen&amp;#039; Katrin Höfers zweite Buchveröffentlichung.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vier bis acht Wochen - Tagebuch eines Abschieds (ungekürzt)
Author: Katrin Höfer
Narrator: Katja Hirsch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 27 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Vier bis acht Wochen. Ihnen bleiben maximal acht Wochen.&amp;#039; Katrin Höfer und ihre Mutter sitzen wie erstarrt da, als die Ärztin ihrer Mutter diese niederschmetternde Prognose verkündet. Aber dann nehmen Mutter und Tochter den Kampf auf - nicht gegen den Krebs, denn der lässt sich nicht mehr gewinnen. Sondern um acht letzte, gute gemeinsame Wochen.  Von den Höhen und Tiefen, dem Glück und dem Leid in dieser aufwühlenden Zeit und dem Spagat zwischen Akzeptanz des nahenden Todes der geliebten Mutter und dem unbedingten Willen, auch im tiefsten Leid noch das Schöne zu entdecken, davon erzählt davon erzählt die Thüringer Unternehmerin Katrin Höfer in ihrem zweiten Buch.  Katrin Höfer, *1968, leitet gemeinsam mit ihrem Mann Sven einen mittelständischen Handwerksbetrieb in Thüringen. Nach &amp;#039;FritzGlock - Fenstergeschichten&amp;#039;, einem sehr persönlichen und lebendigen Porträt ihres Unternehmens, ist &amp;#039;Vier bis acht Wochen&amp;#039; Katrin Höfers zweite Buchveröffentlichung.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Inneren Teenager heilen: Begegne deiner Vergangenheit, um Frieden mit dir selbst zu schließen by Ellen Witte</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632499</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Inneren Teenager heilen: Begegne deiner Vergangenheit, um Frieden mit dir selbst zu schließen
Author: Ellen Witte
Narrator: Nicole Baumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Wieso bist du heute so, wie du bist? Es ist wissenschaftlich erwiesen, dass dich deine Kindheit und Jugendzeit am stärksten formen. So können deine heutige Schüchternheit, Unentschlossenheit, ständiges Grübeln oder auch bestimmte Gewohnheiten auf Erfahrungen aus dem Jugendalter zurückzuführen sein. Selbst kleine, unbewusste Erfahrungen - die im damaligen Moment völlig unbedeutend erschienen - können heute Probleme und Unwohlsein auslösen. Wenn du dich z.B. als Erwachsener immer noch in vielen Situationen als unreif fühlst, kann dies von einer nicht verarbeiteten Situation als Teenager hervorgerufen werden. Oder hast du das Gefühl, dass du unerfüllte Wünsche in dir trägst und spürst oft ein diffuses Gefühl von Unzufriedenheit? Tief im Unterbewusstsein sitzende Denkmuster aus der Jugend werden von alleine nicht verschwinden: Ohne die Auseinandersetzung mit der Vergangenheit bleiben diese schädlichen Überzeugungen ein Teil deines Charakters, bis ans Lebensende. Hilfe bietet das Konzept des Inneren Teenagers: Diese weitverbreitete Methode lässt dich Emotionen aus deiner Jugend aufarbeiten. Dabei ist es egal, wie lange diese Phase zurückliegt und auch, ob du sie bis jetzt als eine sehr schöne oder sehr herausfordernde Zeit in deinem Leben empfunden hast. Eine wichtige Entscheidung liegt nun bei dir: Findest du, dass du mit deinem inneren Teenager noch etwas zu klären hast oder möchtest du weiterhin von alten Erfahrungen beeinflusst werden? Merkst du, dass etwas in dir unruhig ist und darauf brodelt, geklärt zu werden? Möchtest du dein Leben mit diesem Ballast zutragen? Lass dir von Ellen Witte helfen. Begegne deinem inneren Teenager und schließe Frieden mit ihm. Sichere dir dein Buchexemplar, damit du die Persönlichkeitsarbeit endlich angehen kannst.</description>
      <author>Ellen Witte</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969302156.mp3" length="886715" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632499</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969302156.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Inneren Teenager heilen: Begegne deiner Vergangenheit, um Frieden mit dir selbst zu schließen
Author: Ellen Witte
Narrator: Nicole Baumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Wieso bist du heute so, wie du bist? Es ist wissenschaftlich erwiesen, dass dich deine Kindheit und Jugendzeit am stärksten formen. So können deine heutige Schüchternheit, Unentschlossenheit, ständiges Grübeln oder auch bestimmte Gewohnheiten auf Erfahrungen aus dem Jugendalter zurückzuführen sein. Selbst kleine, unbewusste Erfahrungen - die im damaligen Moment völlig unbedeutend erschienen - können heute Probleme und Unwohlsein auslösen. Wenn du dich z.B. als Erwachsener immer noch in vielen Situationen als unreif fühlst, kann dies von einer nicht verarbeiteten Situation als Teenager hervorgerufen werden. Oder hast du das Gefühl, dass du unerfüllte Wünsche in dir trägst und spürst oft ein diffuses Gefühl von Unzufriedenheit? Tief im Unterbewusstsein sitzende Denkmuster aus der Jugend werden von alleine nicht verschwinden: Ohne die Auseinandersetzung mit der Vergangenheit bleiben diese schädlichen Überzeugungen ein Teil deines Charakters, bis ans Lebensende. Hilfe bietet das Konzept des Inneren Teenagers: Diese weitverbreitete Methode lässt dich Emotionen aus deiner Jugend aufarbeiten. Dabei ist es egal, wie lange diese Phase zurückliegt und auch, ob du sie bis jetzt als eine sehr schöne oder sehr herausfordernde Zeit in deinem Leben empfunden hast. Eine wichtige Entscheidung liegt nun bei dir: Findest du, dass du mit deinem inneren Teenager noch etwas zu klären hast oder möchtest du weiterhin von alten Erfahrungen beeinflusst werden? Merkst du, dass etwas in dir unruhig ist und darauf brodelt, geklärt zu werden? Möchtest du dein Leben mit diesem Ballast zutragen? Lass dir von Ellen Witte helfen. Begegne deinem inneren Teenager und schließe Frieden mit ihm. Sichere dir dein Buchexemplar, damit du die Persönlichkeitsarbeit endlich angehen kannst.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632499">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632499</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Inneren Teenager heilen: Begegne deiner Vergangenheit, um Frieden mit dir selbst zu schließen
Author: Ellen Witte
Narrator: Nicole Baumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Wieso bist du heute so, wie du bist? Es ist wissenschaftlich erwiesen, dass dich deine Kindheit und Jugendzeit am stärksten formen. So können deine heutige Schüchternheit, Unentschlossenheit, ständiges Grübeln oder auch bestimmte Gewohnheiten auf Erfahrungen aus dem Jugendalter zurückzuführen sein. Selbst kleine, unbewusste Erfahrungen - die im damaligen Moment völlig unbedeutend erschienen - können heute Probleme und Unwohlsein auslösen. Wenn du dich z.B. als Erwachsener immer noch in vielen Situationen als unreif fühlst, kann dies von einer nicht verarbeiteten Situation als Teenager hervorgerufen werden. Oder hast du das Gefühl, dass du unerfüllte Wünsche in dir trägst und spürst oft ein diffuses Gefühl von Unzufriedenheit? Tief im Unterbewusstsein sitzende Denkmuster aus der Jugend werden von alleine nicht verschwinden: Ohne die Auseinandersetzung mit der Vergangenheit bleiben diese schädlichen Überzeugungen ein Teil deines Charakters, bis ans Lebensende. Hilfe bietet das Konzept des Inneren Teenagers: Diese weitverbreitete Methode lässt dich Emotionen aus deiner Jugend aufarbeiten. Dabei ist es egal, wie lange diese Phase zurückliegt und auch, ob du sie bis jetzt als eine sehr schöne oder sehr herausfordernde Zeit in deinem Leben empfunden hast. Eine wichtige Entscheidung liegt nun bei dir: Findest du, dass du mit deinem inneren Teenager noch etwas zu klären hast oder möchtest du weiterhin von alten Erfahrungen beeinflusst werden? Merkst du, dass etwas in dir unruhig ist und darauf brodelt, geklärt zu werden? Möchtest du dein Leben mit diesem Ballast zutragen? Lass dir von Ellen Witte helfen. Begegne deinem inneren Teenager und schließe Frieden mit ihm. Sichere dir dein Buchexemplar, damit du die Persönlichkeitsarbeit endlich angehen kannst.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Träumen, Entspannen &amp;amp; Glücklich Sein - Fantasiereisen, Vol. 2 (ungekürzt) by Sandra Polli Holstein</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632301</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632301">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632301</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Träumen, Entspannen &amp;amp; Glücklich Sein - Fantasiereisen, Vol. 2 (ungekürzt)
Author: Sandra Polli Holstein
Narrator: Sandra Polli Holstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fantasie-, Traum- oder Gedankenreisen zählen als geführte Assoziationen zu den bildhaften Entspannungsmethoden. Diese Reisen entspannen, spenden Kraft und verhelfen zu positiven Gedanken und Gefühlen. Körper, Geist und Seele können sich erholen, Belastendes abwerfen und neu sortieren. Eine sanfte Entspannungsmusik unterstützt dich dabei. Hier findest Du Zeit für Dich. Erholung, neue Energie und Ausgeglichenheit.</description>
      <author>Sandra Polli Holstein</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004463100.mp3" length="904100" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632301</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004463100.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632301">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632301</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Träumen, Entspannen &amp;amp; Glücklich Sein - Fantasiereisen, Vol. 2 (ungekürzt)
Author: Sandra Polli Holstein
Narrator: Sandra Polli Holstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fantasie-, Traum- oder Gedankenreisen zählen als geführte Assoziationen zu den bildhaften Entspannungsmethoden. Diese Reisen entspannen, spenden Kraft und verhelfen zu positiven Gedanken und Gefühlen. Körper, Geist und Seele können sich erholen, Belastendes abwerfen und neu sortieren. Eine sanfte Entspannungsmusik unterstützt dich dabei. Hier findest Du Zeit für Dich. Erholung, neue Energie und Ausgeglichenheit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632301">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/632301</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Träumen, Entspannen &amp;amp; Glücklich Sein - Fantasiereisen, Vol. 2 (ungekürzt)
Author: Sandra Polli Holstein
Narrator: Sandra Polli Holstein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: August 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Fantasie-, Traum- oder Gedankenreisen zählen als geführte Assoziationen zu den bildhaften Entspannungsmethoden. Diese Reisen entspannen, spenden Kraft und verhelfen zu positiven Gedanken und Gefühlen. Körper, Geist und Seele können sich erholen, Belastendes abwerfen und neu sortieren. Eine sanfte Entspannungsmusik unterstützt dich dabei. Hier findest Du Zeit für Dich. Erholung, neue Energie und Ausgeglichenheit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Guide complet de la Psychologie noire (5 livres en 1): Manipulation psychologique, Sombre Séduction, Le Chantage émotionnel, PNL noire, et Jeux de gaslighting by Emory Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631335</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Guide complet de la Psychologie noire (5 livres en 1): Manipulation psychologique, Sombre Séduction, Le Chantage émotionnel, PNL noire, et Jeux de gaslighting
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ces connaissances sont plus puissantes que vous ne le pensez. Restez à l&amp;#039;écart, sauf si vous avez la volonté de maîtriser l&amp;#039;art de la persuasion et du contrôle psychologique ! Vous les connaissez probablement. Ceux qui obtiennent tout ce qu&amp;#039;ils veulent. La femme qui peut piéger un riche petit ami avec un sourire et quelques mots. Le petit homme chauve qui est toujours entouré de femmes sexy. La personne qui est promue chaque année. La personne qui est moins instruite que vous mais qui gagne deux fois plus. Alors… Pourquoi ne pouvez-vous pas être comme eux et obtenir ce que vous voulez, aussi ? Vous avez probablement lu quelques livres de développement personnel mais leurs effets ont été plutôt décevants. Oui, vous avez appris à sourire et à vous souvenir du nom des gens, et vous avez peut-être même essayé quelques pensées positives. Mais vous ne vous êtes pas réellement rapproché(e) de votre objectif. Pour devenir un maître de la séduction, de la persuasion et du contrôle psychologique, vous avez besoin de connaissances d&amp;#039;un autre type, que vous ne trouverez pas dans les livres de psychologie classiques. Jusqu&amp;#039;à très récemment, l&amp;#039;art obscur d&amp;#039;influencer les esprits était un secret bien gardé. Pendant des siècles, seuls les aristocrates de haut rang, les politiciens, les hommes d&amp;#039;affaires et les chefs religieux en avaient vent. Récemment, toutes ces connaissances ont fuité. En ce moment, vous avez le pouvoir d&amp;#039;apprendre à MAÎTRISER tous les aspects de l&amp;#039;influence et du contrôle de l&amp;#039;esprit, des croyances et des émotions d&amp;#039;autrui. Et vous y parviendrez même si vous vous considérez actuellement comme une personne timide, assez peu impressionnante et anxieuse. Suivez simplement les stratégies psychologiques étape par étape que vous trouverez dans le livre et vous vous transformerez en une personnalité alpha puissante, confiante et charismatique. Êtes-vous prêt à acquérir ces connaissances qui transforment la vie ?</description>
      <author>Emory Green</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969302248.mp3" length="932281" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631335</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969302248.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Guide complet de la Psychologie noire (5 livres en 1): Manipulation psychologique, Sombre Séduction, Le Chantage émotionnel, PNL noire, et Jeux de gaslighting
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ces connaissances sont plus puissantes que vous ne le pensez. Restez à l&amp;#039;écart, sauf si vous avez la volonté de maîtriser l&amp;#039;art de la persuasion et du contrôle psychologique ! Vous les connaissez probablement. Ceux qui obtiennent tout ce qu&amp;#039;ils veulent. La femme qui peut piéger un riche petit ami avec un sourire et quelques mots. Le petit homme chauve qui est toujours entouré de femmes sexy. La personne qui est promue chaque année. La personne qui est moins instruite que vous mais qui gagne deux fois plus. Alors… Pourquoi ne pouvez-vous pas être comme eux et obtenir ce que vous voulez, aussi ? Vous avez probablement lu quelques livres de développement personnel mais leurs effets ont été plutôt décevants. Oui, vous avez appris à sourire et à vous souvenir du nom des gens, et vous avez peut-être même essayé quelques pensées positives. Mais vous ne vous êtes pas réellement rapproché(e) de votre objectif. Pour devenir un maître de la séduction, de la persuasion et du contrôle psychologique, vous avez besoin de connaissances d&amp;#039;un autre type, que vous ne trouverez pas dans les livres de psychologie classiques. Jusqu&amp;#039;à très récemment, l&amp;#039;art obscur d&amp;#039;influencer les esprits était un secret bien gardé. Pendant des siècles, seuls les aristocrates de haut rang, les politiciens, les hommes d&amp;#039;affaires et les chefs religieux en avaient vent. Récemment, toutes ces connaissances ont fuité. En ce moment, vous avez le pouvoir d&amp;#039;apprendre à MAÎTRISER tous les aspects de l&amp;#039;influence et du contrôle de l&amp;#039;esprit, des croyances et des émotions d&amp;#039;autrui. Et vous y parviendrez même si vous vous considérez actuellement comme une personne timide, assez peu impressionnante et anxieuse. Suivez simplement les stratégies psychologiques étape par étape que vous trouverez dans le livre et vous vous transformerez en une personnalité alpha puissante, confiante et charismatique. Êtes-vous prêt à acquérir ces connaissances qui transforment la vie ?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Guide complet de la Psychologie noire (5 livres en 1): Manipulation psychologique, Sombre Séduction, Le Chantage émotionnel, PNL noire, et Jeux de gaslighting
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ces connaissances sont plus puissantes que vous ne le pensez. Restez à l&amp;#039;écart, sauf si vous avez la volonté de maîtriser l&amp;#039;art de la persuasion et du contrôle psychologique ! Vous les connaissez probablement. Ceux qui obtiennent tout ce qu&amp;#039;ils veulent. La femme qui peut piéger un riche petit ami avec un sourire et quelques mots. Le petit homme chauve qui est toujours entouré de femmes sexy. La personne qui est promue chaque année. La personne qui est moins instruite que vous mais qui gagne deux fois plus. Alors… Pourquoi ne pouvez-vous pas être comme eux et obtenir ce que vous voulez, aussi ? Vous avez probablement lu quelques livres de développement personnel mais leurs effets ont été plutôt décevants. Oui, vous avez appris à sourire et à vous souvenir du nom des gens, et vous avez peut-être même essayé quelques pensées positives. Mais vous ne vous êtes pas réellement rapproché(e) de votre objectif. Pour devenir un maître de la séduction, de la persuasion et du contrôle psychologique, vous avez besoin de connaissances d&amp;#039;un autre type, que vous ne trouverez pas dans les livres de psychologie classiques. Jusqu&amp;#039;à très récemment, l&amp;#039;art obscur d&amp;#039;influencer les esprits était un secret bien gardé. Pendant des siècles, seuls les aristocrates de haut rang, les politiciens, les hommes d&amp;#039;affaires et les chefs religieux en avaient vent. Récemment, toutes ces connaissances ont fuité. En ce moment, vous avez le pouvoir d&amp;#039;apprendre à MAÎTRISER tous les aspects de l&amp;#039;influence et du contrôle de l&amp;#039;esprit, des croyances et des émotions d&amp;#039;autrui. Et vous y parviendrez même si vous vous considérez actuellement comme une personne timide, assez peu impressionnante et anxieuse. Suivez simplement les stratégies psychologiques étape par étape que vous trouverez dans le livre et vous vous transformerez en une personnalité alpha puissante, confiante et charismatique. Êtes-vous prêt à acquérir ces connaissances qui transforment la vie ?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Pity Party Is Still a Party: A Feel-Good Guide to Feeling Bad by Chelsea Harvey Garner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631133</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Pity Party Is Still a Party: A Feel-Good Guide to Feeling Bad
Author: Chelsea Harvey Garner
Narrator: Ann Marie Gideon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us try to avoid feeling sad, but in this candid, comical, and deeply-felt book, therapist Chelsea Harvey Garner doesn’t just argue that the future will be brighter if we learn to enjoy the unenjoyable and support each other when the vibes aren’t so good, she also shows us how. What if all the advice we’ve received about “looking on the bright side” is wrong? What if sadness is actually the key to happiness, and can even be . . . fun? Garner is here to make that case. In this feel-good guide to feeling bad, she claims it’s not enough for us to tolerate hard feelings. We need to embrace them. We need to let them show by crying with others. Often. In public. Playful, at times irreverent, but always sincere, Garner is the grown-up Miss Frizzle for the therapy generation. She believes that if we want to build a world where mental health is the norm, we have to lean into connection and count on each other, even—and perhaps especially—at our worst. Through anecdotes about her own hardships and insights gained in her clinical practice, Garner illuminates the power (and embarrassment) of opening up. Featuring solo exercises, group activities, and journal prompts alongside personal essays, she invites us to see emotions in a new light and engage with them in a healthier way. A Pity Party is Still a Party helps us find the silver lining, but only after we’ve played in the rain. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</description>
      <author>Chelsea Harvey Garner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063082441.mp3" length="1355562" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631133</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063082441.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Pity Party Is Still a Party: A Feel-Good Guide to Feeling Bad
Author: Chelsea Harvey Garner
Narrator: Ann Marie Gideon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us try to avoid feeling sad, but in this candid, comical, and deeply-felt book, therapist Chelsea Harvey Garner doesn’t just argue that the future will be brighter if we learn to enjoy the unenjoyable and support each other when the vibes aren’t so good, she also shows us how. What if all the advice we’ve received about “looking on the bright side” is wrong? What if sadness is actually the key to happiness, and can even be . . . fun? Garner is here to make that case. In this feel-good guide to feeling bad, she claims it’s not enough for us to tolerate hard feelings. We need to embrace them. We need to let them show by crying with others. Often. In public. Playful, at times irreverent, but always sincere, Garner is the grown-up Miss Frizzle for the therapy generation. She believes that if we want to build a world where mental health is the norm, we have to lean into connection and count on each other, even—and perhaps especially—at our worst. Through anecdotes about her own hardships and insights gained in her clinical practice, Garner illuminates the power (and embarrassment) of opening up. Featuring solo exercises, group activities, and journal prompts alongside personal essays, she invites us to see emotions in a new light and engage with them in a healthier way. A Pity Party is Still a Party helps us find the silver lining, but only after we’ve played in the rain. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631133">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/631133</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Pity Party Is Still a Party: A Feel-Good Guide to Feeling Bad
Author: Chelsea Harvey Garner
Narrator: Ann Marie Gideon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 9 minutes
Release date: July 11, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Most of us try to avoid feeling sad, but in this candid, comical, and deeply-felt book, therapist Chelsea Harvey Garner doesn’t just argue that the future will be brighter if we learn to enjoy the unenjoyable and support each other when the vibes aren’t so good, she also shows us how. What if all the advice we’ve received about “looking on the bright side” is wrong? What if sadness is actually the key to happiness, and can even be . . . fun? Garner is here to make that case. In this feel-good guide to feeling bad, she claims it’s not enough for us to tolerate hard feelings. We need to embrace them. We need to let them show by crying with others. Often. In public. Playful, at times irreverent, but always sincere, Garner is the grown-up Miss Frizzle for the therapy generation. She believes that if we want to build a world where mental health is the norm, we have to lean into connection and count on each other, even—and perhaps especially—at our worst. Through anecdotes about her own hardships and insights gained in her clinical practice, Garner illuminates the power (and embarrassment) of opening up. Featuring solo exercises, group activities, and journal prompts alongside personal essays, she invites us to see emotions in a new light and engage with them in a healthier way. A Pity Party is Still a Party helps us find the silver lining, but only after we’ve played in the rain. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sisterhood Heals: The Transformative Power of Healing in Community by Joy Harden Bradford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630999</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisterhood Heals: The Transformative Power of Healing in Community
Author: Joy Harden Bradford
Narrator: Joy Harden Bradford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the licensed clinical psychologist behind the award-winning podcast Therapy for Black Girls comes “a roadmap for personal growth and improved connections with others, ultimately leading to a more fulfilling and joyful life” (Nedra Glover Tawwab, New York Times bestselling author of Set Boundaries, Find Peace and Drama Free) “Inspiring, wise, and thoughtful, this book is a gift for anyone looking to deepen their friendships.”—Luvvie Ajayi Jones, New York Times bestselling author of Professional Troublemaker Sisterhood is that sacred space where all the masks that are worn for the world fall off. It’s the place where you lay down your load, refill your cup, and laugh until your belly aches. Our sister circles literally prolong our lives. However, building and keeping healthy friendships take work. How must these friendships evolve as we age? What practices can we put in place to maintain them? Can they be the key to unlocking a more fulfilled existence? The answer is yes. Dr. Joy Harden Bradford has been doing the work to help Black women heal together for over twenty years. In a sisterhood community with more than half a million members, she’s the go-to therapist for Black women looking to prioritize their mental health and become the best possible versions of themselves. Now she’s sharing all she’s learned using the tenets of psychology and group therapy to help us foster relationships that are not only positive, but transformative. In Sisterhood Heals you will • discover the ways in which your present-day relationships with Black women have been influenced by your past • identify the recurring role you play in your friend group and how it influences your relationships • learn new strategies to grow and sustain healthy, nurturing friendships as well as how to rebuild after a rupture Dr. Joy brings the warmth, wisdom, empathy, and levity found in our girlfriends to these pages, and reminds us that during difficult times sisterhood is often a lifeline with the power to help us experience fuller, more satisfying lives.</description>
      <author>Joy Harden Bradford</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593739945.mp3" length="2596596" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630999</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593739945.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisterhood Heals: The Transformative Power of Healing in Community
Author: Joy Harden Bradford
Narrator: Joy Harden Bradford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the licensed clinical psychologist behind the award-winning podcast Therapy for Black Girls comes “a roadmap for personal growth and improved connections with others, ultimately leading to a more fulfilling and joyful life” (Nedra Glover Tawwab, New York Times bestselling author of Set Boundaries, Find Peace and Drama Free) “Inspiring, wise, and thoughtful, this book is a gift for anyone looking to deepen their friendships.”—Luvvie Ajayi Jones, New York Times bestselling author of Professional Troublemaker Sisterhood is that sacred space where all the masks that are worn for the world fall off. It’s the place where you lay down your load, refill your cup, and laugh until your belly aches. Our sister circles literally prolong our lives. However, building and keeping healthy friendships take work. How must these friendships evolve as we age? What practices can we put in place to maintain them? Can they be the key to unlocking a more fulfilled existence? The answer is yes. Dr. Joy Harden Bradford has been doing the work to help Black women heal together for over twenty years. In a sisterhood community with more than half a million members, she’s the go-to therapist for Black women looking to prioritize their mental health and become the best possible versions of themselves. Now she’s sharing all she’s learned using the tenets of psychology and group therapy to help us foster relationships that are not only positive, but transformative. In Sisterhood Heals you will • discover the ways in which your present-day relationships with Black women have been influenced by your past • identify the recurring role you play in your friend group and how it influences your relationships • learn new strategies to grow and sustain healthy, nurturing friendships as well as how to rebuild after a rupture Dr. Joy brings the warmth, wisdom, empathy, and levity found in our girlfriends to these pages, and reminds us that during difficult times sisterhood is often a lifeline with the power to help us experience fuller, more satisfying lives.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630999">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630999</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisterhood Heals: The Transformative Power of Healing in Community
Author: Joy Harden Bradford
Narrator: Joy Harden Bradford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From the licensed clinical psychologist behind the award-winning podcast Therapy for Black Girls comes “a roadmap for personal growth and improved connections with others, ultimately leading to a more fulfilling and joyful life” (Nedra Glover Tawwab, New York Times bestselling author of Set Boundaries, Find Peace and Drama Free) “Inspiring, wise, and thoughtful, this book is a gift for anyone looking to deepen their friendships.”—Luvvie Ajayi Jones, New York Times bestselling author of Professional Troublemaker Sisterhood is that sacred space where all the masks that are worn for the world fall off. It’s the place where you lay down your load, refill your cup, and laugh until your belly aches. Our sister circles literally prolong our lives. However, building and keeping healthy friendships take work. How must these friendships evolve as we age? What practices can we put in place to maintain them? Can they be the key to unlocking a more fulfilled existence? The answer is yes. Dr. Joy Harden Bradford has been doing the work to help Black women heal together for over twenty years. In a sisterhood community with more than half a million members, she’s the go-to therapist for Black women looking to prioritize their mental health and become the best possible versions of themselves. Now she’s sharing all she’s learned using the tenets of psychology and group therapy to help us foster relationships that are not only positive, but transformative. In Sisterhood Heals you will • discover the ways in which your present-day relationships with Black women have been influenced by your past • identify the recurring role you play in your friend group and how it influences your relationships • learn new strategies to grow and sustain healthy, nurturing friendships as well as how to rebuild after a rupture Dr. Joy brings the warmth, wisdom, empathy, and levity found in our girlfriends to these pages, and reminds us that during difficult times sisterhood is often a lifeline with the power to help us experience fuller, more satisfying lives.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Myth of Sanity: Divided Consciousness and the Promise of Awareness by Martha Stout</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630941</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of Sanity: Divided Consciousness and the Promise of Awareness
Author: Martha Stout
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does a gifted psychiatrist suddenly begin to torment his own beloved wife? How can a ninety-pound woman carry a massive air conditioner to the second floor of her home, install it in a window unassisted, and then not remember how it got there? Why would a brilliant feminist law student ask her fiancé to treat her like a helpless little girl? How can an ordinary, violence-fearing businessman once have been a gun-packing vigilante prowling the crime districts for a fight? A startling new study in human consciousness, The Myth of Sanity is a landmark book about forgotten trauma, dissociated mental states, and multiple personality in everyday life. In its groundbreaking analysis of childhood trauma and dissociation and their far-reaching implications in adult life, it reveals that moderate dissociation is a normal mental reaction to pain and that even the most extreme dissociative reaction-multiple personality-is more common than we think. Through astonishing stories of people whose lives have been shattered by trauma and then remade, The Myth of Sanity shows us how to recognize these altered mental states in friends and family, even in ourselves.</description>
      <author>Martha Stout</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593744550.mp3" length="2639286" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630941</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593744550.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of Sanity: Divided Consciousness and the Promise of Awareness
Author: Martha Stout
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does a gifted psychiatrist suddenly begin to torment his own beloved wife? How can a ninety-pound woman carry a massive air conditioner to the second floor of her home, install it in a window unassisted, and then not remember how it got there? Why would a brilliant feminist law student ask her fiancé to treat her like a helpless little girl? How can an ordinary, violence-fearing businessman once have been a gun-packing vigilante prowling the crime districts for a fight? A startling new study in human consciousness, The Myth of Sanity is a landmark book about forgotten trauma, dissociated mental states, and multiple personality in everyday life. In its groundbreaking analysis of childhood trauma and dissociation and their far-reaching implications in adult life, it reveals that moderate dissociation is a normal mental reaction to pain and that even the most extreme dissociative reaction-multiple personality-is more common than we think. Through astonishing stories of people whose lives have been shattered by trauma and then remade, The Myth of Sanity shows us how to recognize these altered mental states in friends and family, even in ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of Sanity: Divided Consciousness and the Promise of Awareness
Author: Martha Stout
Narrator: Cassandra Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why does a gifted psychiatrist suddenly begin to torment his own beloved wife? How can a ninety-pound woman carry a massive air conditioner to the second floor of her home, install it in a window unassisted, and then not remember how it got there? Why would a brilliant feminist law student ask her fiancé to treat her like a helpless little girl? How can an ordinary, violence-fearing businessman once have been a gun-packing vigilante prowling the crime districts for a fight? A startling new study in human consciousness, The Myth of Sanity is a landmark book about forgotten trauma, dissociated mental states, and multiple personality in everyday life. In its groundbreaking analysis of childhood trauma and dissociation and their far-reaching implications in adult life, it reveals that moderate dissociation is a normal mental reaction to pain and that even the most extreme dissociative reaction-multiple personality-is more common than we think. Through astonishing stories of people whose lives have been shattered by trauma and then remade, The Myth of Sanity shows us how to recognize these altered mental states in friends and family, even in ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Transgender by Spektrum Kompakt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630919</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Transgender
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Junge oder Mädchen? Anhand der äußeren Geschlechtsmerkmale wird diese Entscheidung meist direkt nach der Geburt gefällt. Doch ob diese Entscheidung auch dem Geschlecht entspricht, dem sich ein Mensch zugehörig fühlt, stellt sich erst später heraus. Manchmal bereits im Kindesalter, manchmal aber auch erst Jahre später, wenn Betroffenen klar wird, dass sie beispielsweise kein Mann sind, obwohl in ihrer Geburtsurkunde männlich steht. Der Weg zur Anerkennung und gegebenenfalls auch zu psychologischer und medizinischer Hilfe ist oft lang und auf Grund von Vorurteilen und Diskriminierung noch immer schwer. Dabei geht es letztlich um einen ganz grundlegenden Wunsch, den insbesondere die Kritiker gern für sich in Anspruch nehmen: Das eigene Selbst ohne Unterdrückung und Repressalien leben zu können.-</description>
      <author>Spektrum Kompakt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728487457.mp3" length="1423485" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630919</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728487457.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Transgender
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Junge oder Mädchen? Anhand der äußeren Geschlechtsmerkmale wird diese Entscheidung meist direkt nach der Geburt gefällt. Doch ob diese Entscheidung auch dem Geschlecht entspricht, dem sich ein Mensch zugehörig fühlt, stellt sich erst später heraus. Manchmal bereits im Kindesalter, manchmal aber auch erst Jahre später, wenn Betroffenen klar wird, dass sie beispielsweise kein Mann sind, obwohl in ihrer Geburtsurkunde männlich steht. Der Weg zur Anerkennung und gegebenenfalls auch zu psychologischer und medizinischer Hilfe ist oft lang und auf Grund von Vorurteilen und Diskriminierung noch immer schwer. Dabei geht es letztlich um einen ganz grundlegenden Wunsch, den insbesondere die Kritiker gern für sich in Anspruch nehmen: Das eigene Selbst ohne Unterdrückung und Repressalien leben zu können.-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Transgender
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Junge oder Mädchen? Anhand der äußeren Geschlechtsmerkmale wird diese Entscheidung meist direkt nach der Geburt gefällt. Doch ob diese Entscheidung auch dem Geschlecht entspricht, dem sich ein Mensch zugehörig fühlt, stellt sich erst später heraus. Manchmal bereits im Kindesalter, manchmal aber auch erst Jahre später, wenn Betroffenen klar wird, dass sie beispielsweise kein Mann sind, obwohl in ihrer Geburtsurkunde männlich steht. Der Weg zur Anerkennung und gegebenenfalls auch zu psychologischer und medizinischer Hilfe ist oft lang und auf Grund von Vorurteilen und Diskriminierung noch immer schwer. Dabei geht es letztlich um einen ganz grundlegenden Wunsch, den insbesondere die Kritiker gern für sich in Anspruch nehmen: Das eigene Selbst ohne Unterdrückung und Repressalien leben zu können.-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conquering Anxiety Hypnotherapy Audio by Natasha Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630890</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conquering Anxiety Hypnotherapy Audio
Author: Natasha Taylor
Narrator: Sophie Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Conquering Anxiety hypnotherapy audio can help you to overcome anxiety symptoms by reducing automatic, subconscious responses and empower us to manage our emotions in a much more rational way. By listening to this hypnotherapy audio we can help you to re-programme your mind to stop worrying and to overcome your anxiety disorder by replacing the negative unwanted thoughts and behaviours with positive, calm ones.  Hypnosis for anxiety and depression is incredibly powerful and our audio reflects this as it is designed to induce relaxation and strengthen your self-esteem so that instead of feeling anxious, you feel a deep sense of inner calm. To truly overcome your anxiety symptoms it’s important to train your mindset and for some people that may take time. We therefore recommend that you listen to our hypnosis for anxiety session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs, overcome your old anxiety disorder and help your mind to create new neural pathways to manage feelings of anxiety once and for all.</description>
      <author>Natasha Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823423151.mp3" length="765642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630890</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823423151.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conquering Anxiety Hypnotherapy Audio
Author: Natasha Taylor
Narrator: Sophie Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Conquering Anxiety hypnotherapy audio can help you to overcome anxiety symptoms by reducing automatic, subconscious responses and empower us to manage our emotions in a much more rational way. By listening to this hypnotherapy audio we can help you to re-programme your mind to stop worrying and to overcome your anxiety disorder by replacing the negative unwanted thoughts and behaviours with positive, calm ones.  Hypnosis for anxiety and depression is incredibly powerful and our audio reflects this as it is designed to induce relaxation and strengthen your self-esteem so that instead of feeling anxious, you feel a deep sense of inner calm. To truly overcome your anxiety symptoms it’s important to train your mindset and for some people that may take time. We therefore recommend that you listen to our hypnosis for anxiety session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs, overcome your old anxiety disorder and help your mind to create new neural pathways to manage feelings of anxiety once and for all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conquering Anxiety Hypnotherapy Audio
Author: Natasha Taylor
Narrator: Sophie Fox
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Conquering Anxiety hypnotherapy audio can help you to overcome anxiety symptoms by reducing automatic, subconscious responses and empower us to manage our emotions in a much more rational way. By listening to this hypnotherapy audio we can help you to re-programme your mind to stop worrying and to overcome your anxiety disorder by replacing the negative unwanted thoughts and behaviours with positive, calm ones.  Hypnosis for anxiety and depression is incredibly powerful and our audio reflects this as it is designed to induce relaxation and strengthen your self-esteem so that instead of feeling anxious, you feel a deep sense of inner calm. To truly overcome your anxiety symptoms it’s important to train your mindset and for some people that may take time. We therefore recommend that you listen to our hypnosis for anxiety session at least four times so you can really compound the positive messaging, override the old beliefs, overcome your old anxiety disorder and help your mind to create new neural pathways to manage feelings of anxiety once and for all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brain Healing and Trauma by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630885</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Healing and Trauma
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Christi Madison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Approximately 50 percent of the population will experience a traumatic event at some point. While reactions to trauma can vary widely, and not everyone will develop Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder(PTSD), trauma can change the brain in some predictable ways. With increased awareness, you can seek treatment to address your symptoms and learn skills that could rewire your brain for recovery. Knowing what’s going on can be immensely helpful because it may help you realize that you’re not crazy, irreversibly damaged, or the wrong person. Instead, you can think of a traumatized brain as one that functions differently due to traumatic events. And just as your brain changes in response to your past experiences with the world, it can also change in response to your future experiences. In other words, the brain is “plastic,” and you can change it. Depth or imaginal psychotherapy is highly effective in treating and assessing adult survivors of childhood abuse. Specifically, interventions that use dreams, symbols, metaphor, and expressive art techniques are deemed especially valuable as they address dissociatively based changes (affect regulation, sense of self, and diminished imagination). Specifically, this book proposes that prominent symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (which will be further referred to as PTSD), such as changes in affect regulation, sense of self, and use of imagination, are better neurologically matched to therapeutic interventions that foster right-brain processes.  By assessing specific depth psychological aspects of the individual’s shattered sense of self, a more focused and efficient treatment plan can be created sooner in the course of therapy.</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 08 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425247.mp3" length="1499742" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630885</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425247.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Healing and Trauma
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Christi Madison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Approximately 50 percent of the population will experience a traumatic event at some point. While reactions to trauma can vary widely, and not everyone will develop Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder(PTSD), trauma can change the brain in some predictable ways. With increased awareness, you can seek treatment to address your symptoms and learn skills that could rewire your brain for recovery. Knowing what’s going on can be immensely helpful because it may help you realize that you’re not crazy, irreversibly damaged, or the wrong person. Instead, you can think of a traumatized brain as one that functions differently due to traumatic events. And just as your brain changes in response to your past experiences with the world, it can also change in response to your future experiences. In other words, the brain is “plastic,” and you can change it. Depth or imaginal psychotherapy is highly effective in treating and assessing adult survivors of childhood abuse. Specifically, interventions that use dreams, symbols, metaphor, and expressive art techniques are deemed especially valuable as they address dissociatively based changes (affect regulation, sense of self, and diminished imagination). Specifically, this book proposes that prominent symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (which will be further referred to as PTSD), such as changes in affect regulation, sense of self, and use of imagination, are better neurologically matched to therapeutic interventions that foster right-brain processes.  By assessing specific depth psychological aspects of the individual’s shattered sense of self, a more focused and efficient treatment plan can be created sooner in the course of therapy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630885">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630885</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Healing and Trauma
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Christi Madison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Approximately 50 percent of the population will experience a traumatic event at some point. While reactions to trauma can vary widely, and not everyone will develop Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder(PTSD), trauma can change the brain in some predictable ways. With increased awareness, you can seek treatment to address your symptoms and learn skills that could rewire your brain for recovery. Knowing what’s going on can be immensely helpful because it may help you realize that you’re not crazy, irreversibly damaged, or the wrong person. Instead, you can think of a traumatized brain as one that functions differently due to traumatic events. And just as your brain changes in response to your past experiences with the world, it can also change in response to your future experiences. In other words, the brain is “plastic,” and you can change it. Depth or imaginal psychotherapy is highly effective in treating and assessing adult survivors of childhood abuse. Specifically, interventions that use dreams, symbols, metaphor, and expressive art techniques are deemed especially valuable as they address dissociatively based changes (affect regulation, sense of self, and diminished imagination). Specifically, this book proposes that prominent symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (which will be further referred to as PTSD), such as changes in affect regulation, sense of self, and use of imagination, are better neurologically matched to therapeutic interventions that foster right-brain processes.  By assessing specific depth psychological aspects of the individual’s shattered sense of self, a more focused and efficient treatment plan can be created sooner in the course of therapy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shame Complex by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630886</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shame Complex
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Chloe Jacobson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Shame is a notoriously unpleasant emotion that almost all of us have experienced at least once in our lifetimes. Almost everyone knows what the feeling of shame is like. However, we are reluctant to disclose our shameful experiences. It is often mentioned that shame is a taboo subject. Ironically, we are ashamed of our shame. It seems much easier to say ‚I am angry/sad/nervous? than to say ‚I am sorry.” Rather than finding it liberating, there is an assumption that talking about shame is demeaning or a sign of weakness. Therefore, until recently, there has been a shortage of research, understanding, and knowledge about shame to the extent that shame and similar emotions, such as guilt, are used interchangeably in the literature. Since shame appears present in a wide variety of psychological disorders and is associated with mental health problems such as depression, social phobia, and eating disorders, it is necessary to extend our knowledge in this area and become well-equipped to deal with it their shame.  The current shame theorists suggest shame is one of the so-called self-conscious emotions because it mainly involves evaluating the self. A scandal is believed to be an incapacitating emotion accompanied by the feeling of being small, inferior, and shrinking. The self, as a whole, is devalued and considered to be inadequate, incompetent, and worthless. Shame might also involve being exposed, condemned, and ridiculed. Unlike basic emotions, shame does not seem to have distinctive universal facial expressions. It is not experienced similarly in different cultures. Emotions such as shame, pride, guilt, embarrassment, envy, empathy, and jealousy are associated with a sense of self and self-awareness; hence, they belong to a family of self-conscious emotions. To experience shame, individuals need the ability to form self-representations, internalize external values, and compare and evaluate themselves. Therefore, guilt is not experienced in species with lower cognitiv</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 09 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425049.mp3" length="1399037" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630886</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425049.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shame Complex
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Chloe Jacobson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Shame is a notoriously unpleasant emotion that almost all of us have experienced at least once in our lifetimes. Almost everyone knows what the feeling of shame is like. However, we are reluctant to disclose our shameful experiences. It is often mentioned that shame is a taboo subject. Ironically, we are ashamed of our shame. It seems much easier to say ‚I am angry/sad/nervous? than to say ‚I am sorry.” Rather than finding it liberating, there is an assumption that talking about shame is demeaning or a sign of weakness. Therefore, until recently, there has been a shortage of research, understanding, and knowledge about shame to the extent that shame and similar emotions, such as guilt, are used interchangeably in the literature. Since shame appears present in a wide variety of psychological disorders and is associated with mental health problems such as depression, social phobia, and eating disorders, it is necessary to extend our knowledge in this area and become well-equipped to deal with it their shame.  The current shame theorists suggest shame is one of the so-called self-conscious emotions because it mainly involves evaluating the self. A scandal is believed to be an incapacitating emotion accompanied by the feeling of being small, inferior, and shrinking. The self, as a whole, is devalued and considered to be inadequate, incompetent, and worthless. Shame might also involve being exposed, condemned, and ridiculed. Unlike basic emotions, shame does not seem to have distinctive universal facial expressions. It is not experienced similarly in different cultures. Emotions such as shame, pride, guilt, embarrassment, envy, empathy, and jealousy are associated with a sense of self and self-awareness; hence, they belong to a family of self-conscious emotions. To experience shame, individuals need the ability to form self-representations, internalize external values, and compare and evaluate themselves. Therefore, guilt is not experienced in species with lower cognitiv</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630886">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630886</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shame Complex
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Chloe Jacobson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Shame is a notoriously unpleasant emotion that almost all of us have experienced at least once in our lifetimes. Almost everyone knows what the feeling of shame is like. However, we are reluctant to disclose our shameful experiences. It is often mentioned that shame is a taboo subject. Ironically, we are ashamed of our shame. It seems much easier to say ‚I am angry/sad/nervous? than to say ‚I am sorry.” Rather than finding it liberating, there is an assumption that talking about shame is demeaning or a sign of weakness. Therefore, until recently, there has been a shortage of research, understanding, and knowledge about shame to the extent that shame and similar emotions, such as guilt, are used interchangeably in the literature. Since shame appears present in a wide variety of psychological disorders and is associated with mental health problems such as depression, social phobia, and eating disorders, it is necessary to extend our knowledge in this area and become well-equipped to deal with it their shame.  The current shame theorists suggest shame is one of the so-called self-conscious emotions because it mainly involves evaluating the self. A scandal is believed to be an incapacitating emotion accompanied by the feeling of being small, inferior, and shrinking. The self, as a whole, is devalued and considered to be inadequate, incompetent, and worthless. Shame might also involve being exposed, condemned, and ridiculed. Unlike basic emotions, shame does not seem to have distinctive universal facial expressions. It is not experienced similarly in different cultures. Emotions such as shame, pride, guilt, embarrassment, envy, empathy, and jealousy are associated with a sense of self and self-awareness; hence, they belong to a family of self-conscious emotions. To experience shame, individuals need the ability to form self-representations, internalize external values, and compare and evaluate themselves. Therefore, guilt is not experienced in species with lower cognitiv</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Emotional Sugar by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630887</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotional Sugar
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Ashton Haugen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From cupcakes to pies to iced coffee drinks, sugar is found in many foods and is almost impossible to avoid. Emotional or psychological dependence on sugary foods and beverages, also known as sugar addiction, is a fundamental cause of concern for health officials in America. Processed foods and refined grains create additional sugar in the body once the body metabolizes the food. Sugar in moderation is not harmful; however, many overdo it. A recent study suggests Americans eat far too much sugar. Specifically, approximately 75% of Americans eat excessive amounts of sugar, many of whom could be classified as having a sugar addiction. Sugar consumption can create a short-term high and a spark of energy in the body. Some studies have suggested sugar is as addictive as cocaine. People often enjoy the dopamine release sugar brings. However, due to the addictive nature of sugar, long-term health effects like obesity and diabetes are a risk of sugar overindulgence. Like other compulsions or behavioral addictions, sugar addiction is a risk for people with low moods, anxiety, and stress. This book explored sugar use, as an additive process, through the lens of emotional regulation, addressing the research question: What is the lived experience of emotional regulation through sugar addiction?  This book aimed to a greater understanding of the interdependent nature of sugar and emotions. What might a sugar-addicted population express that facilitates recovery and emotional regulation? The lived experience revealed that envy, deprivation, fear of sugar control, and lack of support from authority figures contributed to an inability to get enough comfort foods or stop overconsumption and to feelings of guilt, shame, and loss.</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 09 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425025.mp3" length="1405037" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630887</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425025.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotional Sugar
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Ashton Haugen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From cupcakes to pies to iced coffee drinks, sugar is found in many foods and is almost impossible to avoid. Emotional or psychological dependence on sugary foods and beverages, also known as sugar addiction, is a fundamental cause of concern for health officials in America. Processed foods and refined grains create additional sugar in the body once the body metabolizes the food. Sugar in moderation is not harmful; however, many overdo it. A recent study suggests Americans eat far too much sugar. Specifically, approximately 75% of Americans eat excessive amounts of sugar, many of whom could be classified as having a sugar addiction. Sugar consumption can create a short-term high and a spark of energy in the body. Some studies have suggested sugar is as addictive as cocaine. People often enjoy the dopamine release sugar brings. However, due to the addictive nature of sugar, long-term health effects like obesity and diabetes are a risk of sugar overindulgence. Like other compulsions or behavioral addictions, sugar addiction is a risk for people with low moods, anxiety, and stress. This book explored sugar use, as an additive process, through the lens of emotional regulation, addressing the research question: What is the lived experience of emotional regulation through sugar addiction?  This book aimed to a greater understanding of the interdependent nature of sugar and emotions. What might a sugar-addicted population express that facilitates recovery and emotional regulation? The lived experience revealed that envy, deprivation, fear of sugar control, and lack of support from authority figures contributed to an inability to get enough comfort foods or stop overconsumption and to feelings of guilt, shame, and loss.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630887">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630887</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Emotional Sugar
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Ashton Haugen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From cupcakes to pies to iced coffee drinks, sugar is found in many foods and is almost impossible to avoid. Emotional or psychological dependence on sugary foods and beverages, also known as sugar addiction, is a fundamental cause of concern for health officials in America. Processed foods and refined grains create additional sugar in the body once the body metabolizes the food. Sugar in moderation is not harmful; however, many overdo it. A recent study suggests Americans eat far too much sugar. Specifically, approximately 75% of Americans eat excessive amounts of sugar, many of whom could be classified as having a sugar addiction. Sugar consumption can create a short-term high and a spark of energy in the body. Some studies have suggested sugar is as addictive as cocaine. People often enjoy the dopamine release sugar brings. However, due to the addictive nature of sugar, long-term health effects like obesity and diabetes are a risk of sugar overindulgence. Like other compulsions or behavioral addictions, sugar addiction is a risk for people with low moods, anxiety, and stress. This book explored sugar use, as an additive process, through the lens of emotional regulation, addressing the research question: What is the lived experience of emotional regulation through sugar addiction?  This book aimed to a greater understanding of the interdependent nature of sugar and emotions. What might a sugar-addicted population express that facilitates recovery and emotional regulation? The lived experience revealed that envy, deprivation, fear of sugar control, and lack of support from authority figures contributed to an inability to get enough comfort foods or stop overconsumption and to feelings of guilt, shame, and loss.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Complex Ptsd Recovery by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630851</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Complex Ptsd Recovery
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Hadi Hajjar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a psychiatric disorder that may occur in people who have experienced or witnessed a traumatic event such as a natural disaster, a severe accident, a terrorist act, war/combat, or rape or who have been threatened with death, sexual violence or severe injury. PTSD can occur in all people of any ethnicity, nationality, culture, and age. PTSD affects approximately 3.5 percent of U.S. adults every year. An estimated one in 11 people will be diagnosed with PTSD in their lifetime. Women are twice as likely as men to have PTSD.  People with PTSD have intense, disturbing thoughts and feelings related to their experience that last long after the traumatic event. They may relive the event through flashbacks or nightmares; they may feel sadness, fear, or anger; and they may feel detached or estranged from other people. People with PTSD may avoid situations or people that remind them of the traumatic event, and they may have strong adverse reactions to something as ordinary as a loud noise or an accidental touch. People with a diagnosis of PTSD are defended and insecure about many things in life. It is essential to create a safe place where people can explore and share their experiences and understand why they are experiencing life as they do to begin the healing process in a therapeutic environment. This book may offer much to promote the healing and growth of those affected by complex trauma.</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 08 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425285.mp3" length="1292872" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630851</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425285.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Complex Ptsd Recovery
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Hadi Hajjar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a psychiatric disorder that may occur in people who have experienced or witnessed a traumatic event such as a natural disaster, a severe accident, a terrorist act, war/combat, or rape or who have been threatened with death, sexual violence or severe injury. PTSD can occur in all people of any ethnicity, nationality, culture, and age. PTSD affects approximately 3.5 percent of U.S. adults every year. An estimated one in 11 people will be diagnosed with PTSD in their lifetime. Women are twice as likely as men to have PTSD.  People with PTSD have intense, disturbing thoughts and feelings related to their experience that last long after the traumatic event. They may relive the event through flashbacks or nightmares; they may feel sadness, fear, or anger; and they may feel detached or estranged from other people. People with PTSD may avoid situations or people that remind them of the traumatic event, and they may have strong adverse reactions to something as ordinary as a loud noise or an accidental touch. People with a diagnosis of PTSD are defended and insecure about many things in life. It is essential to create a safe place where people can explore and share their experiences and understand why they are experiencing life as they do to begin the healing process in a therapeutic environment. This book may offer much to promote the healing and growth of those affected by complex trauma.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Complex Ptsd Recovery
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Hadi Hajjar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a psychiatric disorder that may occur in people who have experienced or witnessed a traumatic event such as a natural disaster, a severe accident, a terrorist act, war/combat, or rape or who have been threatened with death, sexual violence or severe injury. PTSD can occur in all people of any ethnicity, nationality, culture, and age. PTSD affects approximately 3.5 percent of U.S. adults every year. An estimated one in 11 people will be diagnosed with PTSD in their lifetime. Women are twice as likely as men to have PTSD.  People with PTSD have intense, disturbing thoughts and feelings related to their experience that last long after the traumatic event. They may relive the event through flashbacks or nightmares; they may feel sadness, fear, or anger; and they may feel detached or estranged from other people. People with PTSD may avoid situations or people that remind them of the traumatic event, and they may have strong adverse reactions to something as ordinary as a loud noise or an accidental touch. People with a diagnosis of PTSD are defended and insecure about many things in life. It is essential to create a safe place where people can explore and share their experiences and understand why they are experiencing life as they do to begin the healing process in a therapeutic environment. This book may offer much to promote the healing and growth of those affected by complex trauma.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EMDR Toolbox by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630852</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: EMDR Toolbox
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Jessica Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Eye MovementDesensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy is an extensively researched, effective psychotherapy method proven to help people recover from trauma and other distressing life experiences, including PTSD, anxiety, depression, and panic disorders. During EMDR therapy sessions, your live traumatic or triggering experiences in brief doses while the therapist directs your eye movements. EMDR is effective because recalling distressing events is often less emotionally upsetting when your attention is diverted. This allows you to be exposed to memories or thoughts without having a strong psychological response. In this book, you will listen to the following: the history of EMDR the basics of EMDR therapy the mechanisms underlying EMDR therapy the implications for psychotherapy and much more!</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 09 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425087.mp3" length="1395688" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630852</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425087.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: EMDR Toolbox
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Jessica Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Eye MovementDesensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy is an extensively researched, effective psychotherapy method proven to help people recover from trauma and other distressing life experiences, including PTSD, anxiety, depression, and panic disorders. During EMDR therapy sessions, your live traumatic or triggering experiences in brief doses while the therapist directs your eye movements. EMDR is effective because recalling distressing events is often less emotionally upsetting when your attention is diverted. This allows you to be exposed to memories or thoughts without having a strong psychological response. In this book, you will listen to the following: the history of EMDR the basics of EMDR therapy the mechanisms underlying EMDR therapy the implications for psychotherapy and much more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: EMDR Toolbox
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Jessica Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Eye MovementDesensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy is an extensively researched, effective psychotherapy method proven to help people recover from trauma and other distressing life experiences, including PTSD, anxiety, depression, and panic disorders. During EMDR therapy sessions, your live traumatic or triggering experiences in brief doses while the therapist directs your eye movements. EMDR is effective because recalling distressing events is often less emotionally upsetting when your attention is diverted. This allows you to be exposed to memories or thoughts without having a strong psychological response. In this book, you will listen to the following: the history of EMDR the basics of EMDR therapy the mechanisms underlying EMDR therapy the implications for psychotherapy and much more!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Co-parenting with a Narcissist by Mia Warren</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630847</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Co-parenting with a Narcissist
Author: Mia Warren
Narrator: J.L. Berndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Being in a relationship with a narcissist can be traumatizing. After all, you have to see them almost every day. In some cases, you can choose to cut ties with the person, but in other cases, you might not have that freedom. In many other cases, people don’t want to give up on the narcissist because they feel guilty that they might be abandoning the person in a time of need. Unbeknownst to them, the narcissist might be aware of their intentions and might be manipulating them. It is a complicated situation to be part of and not easy to deal with. This is why it helps if you have more knowledge about what it is like to be in a relationship with a narcissist. Try and have your body tuned.  What’s your body saying about the present situation? Look for a way to have yourself taken care of and have your anxiety relieved before it takes a toll on your health. Your body is communicating that there is something wrong with you. Try and tell it that as you are going forward, you will be listening more. This audiobook covers: Marriage and the Narcissist Divorcing a Narcissist Child Development and Adapting to Parental Separation Guidelines for Answering Children&amp;#039;s Questions About Divorce Parental Alienation Narcissistic Manipulative Tactics Tips for Co-Parenting with a Narcissist Helping Your Children Through a Divorce Parenting Schedule and Importance of Routines Healing from Emotional Abuse How to Give the Best Guidance to Your Child Loving Again And much more! Want to know more about this book? Click on the &amp;#039;buy now&amp;#039; button.</description>
      <author>Mia Warren</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 08 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823425223.mp3" length="1380332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630847</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823425223.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Co-parenting with a Narcissist
Author: Mia Warren
Narrator: J.L. Berndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Being in a relationship with a narcissist can be traumatizing. After all, you have to see them almost every day. In some cases, you can choose to cut ties with the person, but in other cases, you might not have that freedom. In many other cases, people don’t want to give up on the narcissist because they feel guilty that they might be abandoning the person in a time of need. Unbeknownst to them, the narcissist might be aware of their intentions and might be manipulating them. It is a complicated situation to be part of and not easy to deal with. This is why it helps if you have more knowledge about what it is like to be in a relationship with a narcissist. Try and have your body tuned.  What’s your body saying about the present situation? Look for a way to have yourself taken care of and have your anxiety relieved before it takes a toll on your health. Your body is communicating that there is something wrong with you. Try and tell it that as you are going forward, you will be listening more. This audiobook covers: Marriage and the Narcissist Divorcing a Narcissist Child Development and Adapting to Parental Separation Guidelines for Answering Children&amp;#039;s Questions About Divorce Parental Alienation Narcissistic Manipulative Tactics Tips for Co-Parenting with a Narcissist Helping Your Children Through a Divorce Parenting Schedule and Importance of Routines Healing from Emotional Abuse How to Give the Best Guidance to Your Child Loving Again And much more! Want to know more about this book? Click on the &amp;#039;buy now&amp;#039; button.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Co-parenting with a Narcissist
Author: Mia Warren
Narrator: J.L. Berndt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 53 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Being in a relationship with a narcissist can be traumatizing. After all, you have to see them almost every day. In some cases, you can choose to cut ties with the person, but in other cases, you might not have that freedom. In many other cases, people don’t want to give up on the narcissist because they feel guilty that they might be abandoning the person in a time of need. Unbeknownst to them, the narcissist might be aware of their intentions and might be manipulating them. It is a complicated situation to be part of and not easy to deal with. This is why it helps if you have more knowledge about what it is like to be in a relationship with a narcissist. Try and have your body tuned.  What’s your body saying about the present situation? Look for a way to have yourself taken care of and have your anxiety relieved before it takes a toll on your health. Your body is communicating that there is something wrong with you. Try and tell it that as you are going forward, you will be listening more. This audiobook covers: Marriage and the Narcissist Divorcing a Narcissist Child Development and Adapting to Parental Separation Guidelines for Answering Children&amp;#039;s Questions About Divorce Parental Alienation Narcissistic Manipulative Tactics Tips for Co-Parenting with a Narcissist Helping Your Children Through a Divorce Parenting Schedule and Importance of Routines Healing from Emotional Abuse How to Give the Best Guidance to Your Child Loving Again And much more! Want to know more about this book? Click on the &amp;#039;buy now&amp;#039; button.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Critical Thinking: Think in Mental Models to Develop Effective Decision Making and Problem Solving Skills. Overcome Cognitive Biases and Fallacies in Systems to Think Clearly in Your Everyday Life. by Harrison Walton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630845</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Critical Thinking: Think in Mental Models to Develop Effective Decision Making and Problem Solving Skills. Overcome Cognitive Biases and Fallacies in Systems to Think Clearly in Your Everyday Life.
Author: Harrison Walton
Narrator: Harrison Walton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 31 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
STIMULATE YOUR MIND AND DEVELOP BETTER CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS AND MAKE EVERYDAY LIFE EASIER! Do you want to be great at solving problems? Do you want to make better decisions? Of course, you do! Making decisions is hard. We often make bad ones that we regret later, and it’s not always clear why the decision was wrong. You might think that you are a rational person who makes good decisions all the time, but this isn’t necessarily true. Our brain uses shortcuts to help us make quick decisions without thinking too much about them, which can lead to errors in judgment. Thinking critically is essential in making sound decisions and solving problems. And we all want to think more effectively and efficiently, right? Lucky for you, critical thinking can be learned! This audiobook will teach you how to overcome cognitive biases and fallacies in your thinking so that you can think more clearly in your everyday life. Inside, you’ll find five chapters packed with interesting information on how to develop effective decision-making and problem-solving skills. You’ll also learn about different thinking techniques that will help you get better at making decisions. With practice, you will develop the skills necessary to make effective decisions and solve problems efficiently. You will also learn how to think in mental models, which is a powerful tool for critical thinkers! In this audiobook, you’ll discover:      -  An improved quality of life!      -  How to sharpen your mind and hone your critical thinking skills.      -  The ways to always think rationally and clearly.      -  An all-in-one guide with everything you need to know about developing problem-solving skills.      -  Exclusive information that you can’t get anywhere else!      -  A mind-stimulating experience that’s more than just listening to boring information SCROLL UP, GET THIS AUDIOBOOK, AND IMPROVE YOUR CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS TODAY!</description>
      <author>Harrison Walton</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823423052.mp3" length="1340223" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630845</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823423052.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Critical Thinking: Think in Mental Models to Develop Effective Decision Making and Problem Solving Skills. Overcome Cognitive Biases and Fallacies in Systems to Think Clearly in Your Everyday Life.
Author: Harrison Walton
Narrator: Harrison Walton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 31 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
STIMULATE YOUR MIND AND DEVELOP BETTER CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS AND MAKE EVERYDAY LIFE EASIER! Do you want to be great at solving problems? Do you want to make better decisions? Of course, you do! Making decisions is hard. We often make bad ones that we regret later, and it’s not always clear why the decision was wrong. You might think that you are a rational person who makes good decisions all the time, but this isn’t necessarily true. Our brain uses shortcuts to help us make quick decisions without thinking too much about them, which can lead to errors in judgment. Thinking critically is essential in making sound decisions and solving problems. And we all want to think more effectively and efficiently, right? Lucky for you, critical thinking can be learned! This audiobook will teach you how to overcome cognitive biases and fallacies in your thinking so that you can think more clearly in your everyday life. Inside, you’ll find five chapters packed with interesting information on how to develop effective decision-making and problem-solving skills. You’ll also learn about different thinking techniques that will help you get better at making decisions. With practice, you will develop the skills necessary to make effective decisions and solve problems efficiently. You will also learn how to think in mental models, which is a powerful tool for critical thinkers! In this audiobook, you’ll discover:      -  An improved quality of life!      -  How to sharpen your mind and hone your critical thinking skills.      -  The ways to always think rationally and clearly.      -  An all-in-one guide with everything you need to know about developing problem-solving skills.      -  Exclusive information that you can’t get anywhere else!      -  A mind-stimulating experience that’s more than just listening to boring information SCROLL UP, GET THIS AUDIOBOOK, AND IMPROVE YOUR CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS TODAY!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Critical Thinking: Think in Mental Models to Develop Effective Decision Making and Problem Solving Skills. Overcome Cognitive Biases and Fallacies in Systems to Think Clearly in Your Everyday Life.
Author: Harrison Walton
Narrator: Harrison Walton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: March 24, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.65 of Total 31 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
STIMULATE YOUR MIND AND DEVELOP BETTER CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS AND MAKE EVERYDAY LIFE EASIER! Do you want to be great at solving problems? Do you want to make better decisions? Of course, you do! Making decisions is hard. We often make bad ones that we regret later, and it’s not always clear why the decision was wrong. You might think that you are a rational person who makes good decisions all the time, but this isn’t necessarily true. Our brain uses shortcuts to help us make quick decisions without thinking too much about them, which can lead to errors in judgment. Thinking critically is essential in making sound decisions and solving problems. And we all want to think more effectively and efficiently, right? Lucky for you, critical thinking can be learned! This audiobook will teach you how to overcome cognitive biases and fallacies in your thinking so that you can think more clearly in your everyday life. Inside, you’ll find five chapters packed with interesting information on how to develop effective decision-making and problem-solving skills. You’ll also learn about different thinking techniques that will help you get better at making decisions. With practice, you will develop the skills necessary to make effective decisions and solve problems efficiently. You will also learn how to think in mental models, which is a powerful tool for critical thinkers! In this audiobook, you’ll discover:      -  An improved quality of life!      -  How to sharpen your mind and hone your critical thinking skills.      -  The ways to always think rationally and clearly.      -  An all-in-one guide with everything you need to know about developing problem-solving skills.      -  Exclusive information that you can’t get anywhere else!      -  A mind-stimulating experience that’s more than just listening to boring information SCROLL UP, GET THIS AUDIOBOOK, AND IMPROVE YOUR CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS TODAY!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Jogos Pandêmicos: memórias de uma psicóloga nos Jogos Paralímpicos de Tóquio 2020 by Cristiana Rohrs Lembo, Bruna Bardella De Revoredo Macedo Soares</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630826</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Jogos Pandêmicos: memórias de uma psicóloga nos Jogos Paralímpicos de Tóquio 2020
Author: Cristiana Rohrs Lembo, Bruna Bardella De Revoredo Macedo Soares
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Todo circuito Paralímpico, incluindo preparação, treino e campeonatos, além da própria competição em si, é um processo desafiador. Imagine, além disso, viver essa experiência no extremo oposto do Brasil, no Japão, com as barreiras da língua, cultura e fuso horário. Por fim, some esses ingredientes à pandemia da COVID-19. Esse é o cenário de Jogos Pandêmicos: um diário de viagem da psicóloga esportiva do Comitê Paralímpico Brasileiro, Bruna Macedo Soares. E que viagem! Neste livro, acompanhamos a preparação dos atletas e os atendimentos da Bruna, antes e durante a competição. Para além disso, testemunhamos a vivência da pandemia e das imposições japonesas. A partir das anotações de Bruna, a psicóloga clínica Cristiana Lembo transformou essas experiências em um livro para se emocionar, torcer e perder o fôlego até a última página.</description>
      <author>Cristiana Rohrs Lembo, Bruna Bardella De Revoredo Macedo Soares</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525258942.mp3" length="739553" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630826</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525258942.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Jogos Pandêmicos: memórias de uma psicóloga nos Jogos Paralímpicos de Tóquio 2020
Author: Cristiana Rohrs Lembo, Bruna Bardella De Revoredo Macedo Soares
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Todo circuito Paralímpico, incluindo preparação, treino e campeonatos, além da própria competição em si, é um processo desafiador. Imagine, além disso, viver essa experiência no extremo oposto do Brasil, no Japão, com as barreiras da língua, cultura e fuso horário. Por fim, some esses ingredientes à pandemia da COVID-19. Esse é o cenário de Jogos Pandêmicos: um diário de viagem da psicóloga esportiva do Comitê Paralímpico Brasileiro, Bruna Macedo Soares. E que viagem! Neste livro, acompanhamos a preparação dos atletas e os atendimentos da Bruna, antes e durante a competição. Para além disso, testemunhamos a vivência da pandemia e das imposições japonesas. A partir das anotações de Bruna, a psicóloga clínica Cristiana Lembo transformou essas experiências em um livro para se emocionar, torcer e perder o fôlego até a última página.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630826">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630826</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Jogos Pandêmicos: memórias de uma psicóloga nos Jogos Paralímpicos de Tóquio 2020
Author: Cristiana Rohrs Lembo, Bruna Bardella De Revoredo Macedo Soares
Narrator: Equipe Multicast
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Todo circuito Paralímpico, incluindo preparação, treino e campeonatos, além da própria competição em si, é um processo desafiador. Imagine, além disso, viver essa experiência no extremo oposto do Brasil, no Japão, com as barreiras da língua, cultura e fuso horário. Por fim, some esses ingredientes à pandemia da COVID-19. Esse é o cenário de Jogos Pandêmicos: um diário de viagem da psicóloga esportiva do Comitê Paralímpico Brasileiro, Bruna Macedo Soares. E que viagem! Neste livro, acompanhamos a preparação dos atletas e os atendimentos da Bruna, antes e durante a competição. Para além disso, testemunhamos a vivência da pandemia e das imposições japonesas. A partir das anotações de Bruna, a psicóloga clínica Cristiana Lembo transformou essas experiências em um livro para se emocionar, torcer e perder o fôlego até a última página.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Russian] - Духовный путь by грегори дэвид робертс</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630823</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Духовный путь
Author: грегори дэвид робертс
Narrator: павел конышев
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Впервые на русском — новейшая книга автора таких международных бестселлеров, как &amp;#039;Шантарам&amp;#039; и &amp;#039;Тень горы&amp;#039;, двухтомной исповеди человека, который сумел выбраться из бездны и уцелеть. &amp;#039;Духовный путь&amp;#039; — это поэтапное описание процесса поиска Духовной Реальности, постижения Совершенства, Любви и Веры. Итак, слово — автору: &amp;#039;В каждом человеке заключена духовность. Каждый идет по своему духовному Пути. Сознаём мы это или нет, но все мы движемся по этому Пути, все мы естественным образом находим дорогу к связи с духовным, причем зачастую связь эта образуется без всяких усилий с нашей стороны. При этом двигаться по Пути можно и осознанно, понимая цели и стремясь к их достижению. Шесть лет назад у меня образовались Намерение, средства и возможности для того, чтобы сознательно ступить на духовный Путь..... И вот что произошло&amp;#039;.</description>
      <author>грегори дэвид робертс</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Nov 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9785389194458.mp3" length="763833" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630823</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9785389194458.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Духовный путь
Author: грегори дэвид робертс
Narrator: павел конышев
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Впервые на русском — новейшая книга автора таких международных бестселлеров, как &amp;#039;Шантарам&amp;#039; и &amp;#039;Тень горы&amp;#039;, двухтомной исповеди человека, который сумел выбраться из бездны и уцелеть. &amp;#039;Духовный путь&amp;#039; — это поэтапное описание процесса поиска Духовной Реальности, постижения Совершенства, Любви и Веры. Итак, слово — автору: &amp;#039;В каждом человеке заключена духовность. Каждый идет по своему духовному Пути. Сознаём мы это или нет, но все мы движемся по этому Пути, все мы естественным образом находим дорогу к связи с духовным, причем зачастую связь эта образуется без всяких усилий с нашей стороны. При этом двигаться по Пути можно и осознанно, понимая цели и стремясь к их достижению. Шесть лет назад у меня образовались Намерение, средства и возможности для того, чтобы сознательно ступить на духовный Путь..... И вот что произошло&amp;#039;.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630823">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630823</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Russian] - Духовный путь
Author: грегори дэвид робертс
Narrator: павел конышев
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Впервые на русском — новейшая книга автора таких международных бестселлеров, как &amp;#039;Шантарам&amp;#039; и &amp;#039;Тень горы&amp;#039;, двухтомной исповеди человека, который сумел выбраться из бездны и уцелеть. &amp;#039;Духовный путь&amp;#039; — это поэтапное описание процесса поиска Духовной Реальности, постижения Совершенства, Любви и Веры. Итак, слово — автору: &amp;#039;В каждом человеке заключена духовность. Каждый идет по своему духовному Пути. Сознаём мы это или нет, но все мы движемся по этому Пути, все мы естественным образом находим дорогу к связи с духовным, причем зачастую связь эта образуется без всяких усилий с нашей стороны. При этом двигаться по Пути можно и осознанно, понимая цели и стремясь к их достижению. Шесть лет назад у меня образовались Намерение, средства и возможности для того, чтобы сознательно ступить на духовный Путь..... И вот что произошло&amp;#039;.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - PNL Noire: Maîtriser l&amp;#039;art de la programmation neuro-linguistique pour reprendre sa vie en main, obtenir ce que l&amp;#039;on désire ou prendre l&amp;#039;ascendant sur n&amp;#039;importe qui by Emory Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630822</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - PNL Noire: Maîtriser l&amp;#039;art de la programmation neuro-linguistique pour reprendre sa vie en main, obtenir ce que l&amp;#039;on désire ou prendre l&amp;#039;ascendant sur n&amp;#039;importe qui
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cette connaissance controversée, scientifiquement fondée, présente des pouvoirs secrets pour tout accomplir ! Et si vous vous réveilliez avec l&amp;#039;état d&amp;#039;esprit d&amp;#039;un millionnaire accompli ? Et si vous pouviez devenir persuasif sans effort, comme un spécialiste du marketing ou un influenceur de renommée mondiale ? Découvrez comment la PNL a réussi à d&amp;#039;innombrables personnes et entreprises. La PNL est une boîte à outils puissante et polyvalente de méthodes psychologiques que vous pouvez utiliser pour vous autonomiser et comprendre les gens d&amp;#039;une manière qui vous sera bénéfique. Mais qu&amp;#039;est-ce que la PNL ? Vous avez probablement déjà entendu parler de la programmation neurolinguistique, mais comment agit-elle ? Comment parvient-elle à changer la vie des gens ? Emory Green décide de dévoiler toutes les facettes de cette puissante science, y compris ce que les autres ne vous diront pas sur la PNL. Et ce, parce qu&amp;#039;il absolument nécessaire que vous le sachiez ! Ce livre vous permettra de : - Découvrir la vérité sur la PNL - Clarifier les malentendus, les mythes et les idées fausses sur la PNL. - Découvrir les bons et les mauvais côtés de ce puissant outil de réflexion. - Découvrir le véritable pouvoir de la PNL - Entrer dans le monde de l&amp;#039;hypnose et du contrôle d&amp;#039;esprit qu&amp;#039;implique la PNL. - Reconnaître les astuces de manipulation mentale - Reconnaître rapidement les tentatives de manipulation avant qu&amp;#039;il ne soit trop tard. La PNL est l&amp;#039;approche utilisée par les meilleurs PDG, vendeurs et coachs. Elle a apporté le succès à de nombreuses personnes et entreprises – et elle peut vous apporter le succès à vous aussi. Si vous pouviez obtenir la mentalité d&amp;#039;un grand esprit à l&amp;#039;aide d&amp;#039;une science éprouvée, saisiriez-vous cette chance ? La voici. Êtes-vous prêt à reprogrammer votre esprit pour le succès ? Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant !</description>
      <author>Emory Green</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969302200.mp3" length="948630" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630822</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969302200.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - PNL Noire: Maîtriser l&amp;#039;art de la programmation neuro-linguistique pour reprendre sa vie en main, obtenir ce que l&amp;#039;on désire ou prendre l&amp;#039;ascendant sur n&amp;#039;importe qui
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cette connaissance controversée, scientifiquement fondée, présente des pouvoirs secrets pour tout accomplir ! Et si vous vous réveilliez avec l&amp;#039;état d&amp;#039;esprit d&amp;#039;un millionnaire accompli ? Et si vous pouviez devenir persuasif sans effort, comme un spécialiste du marketing ou un influenceur de renommée mondiale ? Découvrez comment la PNL a réussi à d&amp;#039;innombrables personnes et entreprises. La PNL est une boîte à outils puissante et polyvalente de méthodes psychologiques que vous pouvez utiliser pour vous autonomiser et comprendre les gens d&amp;#039;une manière qui vous sera bénéfique. Mais qu&amp;#039;est-ce que la PNL ? Vous avez probablement déjà entendu parler de la programmation neurolinguistique, mais comment agit-elle ? Comment parvient-elle à changer la vie des gens ? Emory Green décide de dévoiler toutes les facettes de cette puissante science, y compris ce que les autres ne vous diront pas sur la PNL. Et ce, parce qu&amp;#039;il absolument nécessaire que vous le sachiez ! Ce livre vous permettra de : - Découvrir la vérité sur la PNL - Clarifier les malentendus, les mythes et les idées fausses sur la PNL. - Découvrir les bons et les mauvais côtés de ce puissant outil de réflexion. - Découvrir le véritable pouvoir de la PNL - Entrer dans le monde de l&amp;#039;hypnose et du contrôle d&amp;#039;esprit qu&amp;#039;implique la PNL. - Reconnaître les astuces de manipulation mentale - Reconnaître rapidement les tentatives de manipulation avant qu&amp;#039;il ne soit trop tard. La PNL est l&amp;#039;approche utilisée par les meilleurs PDG, vendeurs et coachs. Elle a apporté le succès à de nombreuses personnes et entreprises – et elle peut vous apporter le succès à vous aussi. Si vous pouviez obtenir la mentalité d&amp;#039;un grand esprit à l&amp;#039;aide d&amp;#039;une science éprouvée, saisiriez-vous cette chance ? La voici. Êtes-vous prêt à reprogrammer votre esprit pour le succès ? Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant !</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - PNL Noire: Maîtriser l&amp;#039;art de la programmation neuro-linguistique pour reprendre sa vie en main, obtenir ce que l&amp;#039;on désire ou prendre l&amp;#039;ascendant sur n&amp;#039;importe qui
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cette connaissance controversée, scientifiquement fondée, présente des pouvoirs secrets pour tout accomplir ! Et si vous vous réveilliez avec l&amp;#039;état d&amp;#039;esprit d&amp;#039;un millionnaire accompli ? Et si vous pouviez devenir persuasif sans effort, comme un spécialiste du marketing ou un influenceur de renommée mondiale ? Découvrez comment la PNL a réussi à d&amp;#039;innombrables personnes et entreprises. La PNL est une boîte à outils puissante et polyvalente de méthodes psychologiques que vous pouvez utiliser pour vous autonomiser et comprendre les gens d&amp;#039;une manière qui vous sera bénéfique. Mais qu&amp;#039;est-ce que la PNL ? Vous avez probablement déjà entendu parler de la programmation neurolinguistique, mais comment agit-elle ? Comment parvient-elle à changer la vie des gens ? Emory Green décide de dévoiler toutes les facettes de cette puissante science, y compris ce que les autres ne vous diront pas sur la PNL. Et ce, parce qu&amp;#039;il absolument nécessaire que vous le sachiez ! Ce livre vous permettra de : - Découvrir la vérité sur la PNL - Clarifier les malentendus, les mythes et les idées fausses sur la PNL. - Découvrir les bons et les mauvais côtés de ce puissant outil de réflexion. - Découvrir le véritable pouvoir de la PNL - Entrer dans le monde de l&amp;#039;hypnose et du contrôle d&amp;#039;esprit qu&amp;#039;implique la PNL. - Reconnaître les astuces de manipulation mentale - Reconnaître rapidement les tentatives de manipulation avant qu&amp;#039;il ne soit trop tard. La PNL est l&amp;#039;approche utilisée par les meilleurs PDG, vendeurs et coachs. Elle a apporté le succès à de nombreuses personnes et entreprises – et elle peut vous apporter le succès à vous aussi. Si vous pouviez obtenir la mentalité d&amp;#039;un grand esprit à l&amp;#039;aide d&amp;#039;une science éprouvée, saisiriez-vous cette chance ? La voici. Êtes-vous prêt à reprogrammer votre esprit pour le succès ? Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant !</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Sombre Séduction: La sombre vérité sur l&amp;#039;art de la séduction, et comment l&amp;#039;exploiter pour être heureux en amour, sexe et relations by Emory Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630817</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630817">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630817</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Sombre Séduction: La sombre vérité sur l&amp;#039;art de la séduction, et comment l&amp;#039;exploiter pour être heureux en amour, sexe et relations
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Découvrez la science derrière l&amp;#039;art de la séduction Avez-vous été malheureux au jeu de l&amp;#039;attraction ? Ou êtes-vous toujours aussi perplexe quant à la façon dont la séduction semble si facile pour certains ? Vous ne comprenez pas comment quelqu&amp;#039;un d&amp;#039;apparemment si banal, ou même inférieur à vos qualités, peut finalement tout avoir ; juste comme ça ? Découvrez comment même une personne ordinaire peut être un grand charmeur ! Ou peut-être souhaitez-vous simplement améliorer votre jeu et dégager de façon magistrale le charisme et le charme que beaucoup d&amp;#039;autres utilisent comme avantage de nos jours. Tout le monde a besoin d&amp;#039;un petit coup de pouce ! Même vous. Ce livre apporte répond aux interrogations que certains d&amp;#039;entre nous sont trop timides pour exprimer au sujet de l&amp;#039;art de la séduction. Ce livre est écrit de manière unique pour : - Vous donner une compréhension approfondie de ce qu&amp;#039;est la séduction et de son fonctionnement. - Vous fournir des informations abondantes sans juger vos intentions. - Développer votre conscience et en même temps votre liberté de choisir ce que vous allez faire de ces nouvelles connaissances. - Comprendre les faiblesses et les vulnérabilités humaines, et la façon dont les manipulateurs les utilisent à leur avantage. - Vous protéger, vous ou un proche, contre les ruses psychologiques et les manipulations. En effet ! L&amp;#039;auteur ose ici parler des tactiques de séduction malhonnêtes. - Découvrir les différents types de séducteurs, savoir ou décider quel type de séducteur vous êtes. - Appliquer la science de la séduction pour améliorer vos capacités de persuasion dans d&amp;#039;autres contextes tels que le travail ou le monde des affaires. Longez dans les méandres de la Psychologie noire avec Emory Green qui jette une lumière nouvelle sur des sujets controversés que d&amp;#039;autres livres ne souhaitent pas aborder. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant</description>
      <author>Emory Green</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969302224.mp3" length="959649" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630817</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969302224.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630817">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630817</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Sombre Séduction: La sombre vérité sur l&amp;#039;art de la séduction, et comment l&amp;#039;exploiter pour être heureux en amour, sexe et relations
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Découvrez la science derrière l&amp;#039;art de la séduction Avez-vous été malheureux au jeu de l&amp;#039;attraction ? Ou êtes-vous toujours aussi perplexe quant à la façon dont la séduction semble si facile pour certains ? Vous ne comprenez pas comment quelqu&amp;#039;un d&amp;#039;apparemment si banal, ou même inférieur à vos qualités, peut finalement tout avoir ; juste comme ça ? Découvrez comment même une personne ordinaire peut être un grand charmeur ! Ou peut-être souhaitez-vous simplement améliorer votre jeu et dégager de façon magistrale le charisme et le charme que beaucoup d&amp;#039;autres utilisent comme avantage de nos jours. Tout le monde a besoin d&amp;#039;un petit coup de pouce ! Même vous. Ce livre apporte répond aux interrogations que certains d&amp;#039;entre nous sont trop timides pour exprimer au sujet de l&amp;#039;art de la séduction. Ce livre est écrit de manière unique pour : - Vous donner une compréhension approfondie de ce qu&amp;#039;est la séduction et de son fonctionnement. - Vous fournir des informations abondantes sans juger vos intentions. - Développer votre conscience et en même temps votre liberté de choisir ce que vous allez faire de ces nouvelles connaissances. - Comprendre les faiblesses et les vulnérabilités humaines, et la façon dont les manipulateurs les utilisent à leur avantage. - Vous protéger, vous ou un proche, contre les ruses psychologiques et les manipulations. En effet ! L&amp;#039;auteur ose ici parler des tactiques de séduction malhonnêtes. - Découvrir les différents types de séducteurs, savoir ou décider quel type de séducteur vous êtes. - Appliquer la science de la séduction pour améliorer vos capacités de persuasion dans d&amp;#039;autres contextes tels que le travail ou le monde des affaires. Longez dans les méandres de la Psychologie noire avec Emory Green qui jette une lumière nouvelle sur des sujets controversés que d&amp;#039;autres livres ne souhaitent pas aborder. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630817">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630817</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Sombre Séduction: La sombre vérité sur l&amp;#039;art de la séduction, et comment l&amp;#039;exploiter pour être heureux en amour, sexe et relations
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 52 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Découvrez la science derrière l&amp;#039;art de la séduction Avez-vous été malheureux au jeu de l&amp;#039;attraction ? Ou êtes-vous toujours aussi perplexe quant à la façon dont la séduction semble si facile pour certains ? Vous ne comprenez pas comment quelqu&amp;#039;un d&amp;#039;apparemment si banal, ou même inférieur à vos qualités, peut finalement tout avoir ; juste comme ça ? Découvrez comment même une personne ordinaire peut être un grand charmeur ! Ou peut-être souhaitez-vous simplement améliorer votre jeu et dégager de façon magistrale le charisme et le charme que beaucoup d&amp;#039;autres utilisent comme avantage de nos jours. Tout le monde a besoin d&amp;#039;un petit coup de pouce ! Même vous. Ce livre apporte répond aux interrogations que certains d&amp;#039;entre nous sont trop timides pour exprimer au sujet de l&amp;#039;art de la séduction. Ce livre est écrit de manière unique pour : - Vous donner une compréhension approfondie de ce qu&amp;#039;est la séduction et de son fonctionnement. - Vous fournir des informations abondantes sans juger vos intentions. - Développer votre conscience et en même temps votre liberté de choisir ce que vous allez faire de ces nouvelles connaissances. - Comprendre les faiblesses et les vulnérabilités humaines, et la façon dont les manipulateurs les utilisent à leur avantage. - Vous protéger, vous ou un proche, contre les ruses psychologiques et les manipulations. En effet ! L&amp;#039;auteur ose ici parler des tactiques de séduction malhonnêtes. - Découvrir les différents types de séducteurs, savoir ou décider quel type de séducteur vous êtes. - Appliquer la science de la séduction pour améliorer vos capacités de persuasion dans d&amp;#039;autres contextes tels que le travail ou le monde des affaires. Longez dans les méandres de la Psychologie noire avec Emory Green qui jette une lumière nouvelle sur des sujets controversés que d&amp;#039;autres livres ne souhaitent pas aborder. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Jeux de gaslighting: Le pouvoir de manipuler l&amp;#039;esprit humain et le plier à la volonté d&amp;#039;un autre by Emory Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630818</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630818">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630818</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Jeux de gaslighting: Le pouvoir de manipuler l&amp;#039;esprit humain et le plier à la volonté d&amp;#039;un autre
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Vous êtes manipulé(e) sans le savoir – Voici comment reconnaître le Gaslighting ! Connaissez-vous quelqu&amp;#039;un qui a le pouvoir de vous faire sentir coupable et confus(e) ? Il peut s&amp;#039;agir d&amp;#039;un parent, d&amp;#039;un partenaire romantique ou d&amp;#039;un collègue de travail. Il ne dit rien d&amp;#039;offensant à première vue, mais au fond de lui, ses paroles vous font vous sentir mal. Quelque chose ne tourne pas rond, mais vous n&amp;#039;arrivez pas à mettre le doigt dessus – et lorsque vous essayez de parler à cette personne de ce que vous ressentez, elle se contente de dire que vous imaginez des choses. Si vous vous reconnaissez dans cette situation, continuez à lire ! Ce jeu d&amp;#039;esprit est plus courant et plus dangereux que vous ne le pensez. Les manipulateurs les plus intelligents savent choisir des techniques de manipulation très, très subtiles pour que vous ne puissiez pas les reconnaître comme des abus. Par exemple, ils peuvent discuter avec vous pour savoir si quelque chose s&amp;#039;est réellement passé jusqu&amp;#039;à ce que vous commenciez à douter de votre mémoire. Il peut aussi dire quelque chose d&amp;#039;absolument offensant et prétendre qu&amp;#039;il s&amp;#039;agissait d&amp;#039;une blague lorsque vous essayez de vous défendre. Ce sont là des exemples de gaslighting. Le gaslighting consiste à dire des choses qui vous font remettre en question votre mémoire et votre perception de la réalité. S&amp;#039;il est effectué avec habileté, le gaslighting a le pouvoir de vous faire sentir comme une personne inutile qui ne peut jamais, jamais, faire quelque chose correctement. Mais que pouvez-vous faire pour vous protéger ? Ne laissez pas les autres contrôler votre esprit. En apprenant les sales tours utilisés par les abuseurs et les manipulateurs, vous serez enfin immunisé(e) contre eux. Procurez-vous dès maintenant ce livre qui vous ouvrira les yeux vous protègera contre les violences psychologiques. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant !</description>
      <author>Emory Green</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969302231.mp3" length="972222" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630818</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969302231.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630818">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630818</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Jeux de gaslighting: Le pouvoir de manipuler l&amp;#039;esprit humain et le plier à la volonté d&amp;#039;un autre
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Vous êtes manipulé(e) sans le savoir – Voici comment reconnaître le Gaslighting ! Connaissez-vous quelqu&amp;#039;un qui a le pouvoir de vous faire sentir coupable et confus(e) ? Il peut s&amp;#039;agir d&amp;#039;un parent, d&amp;#039;un partenaire romantique ou d&amp;#039;un collègue de travail. Il ne dit rien d&amp;#039;offensant à première vue, mais au fond de lui, ses paroles vous font vous sentir mal. Quelque chose ne tourne pas rond, mais vous n&amp;#039;arrivez pas à mettre le doigt dessus – et lorsque vous essayez de parler à cette personne de ce que vous ressentez, elle se contente de dire que vous imaginez des choses. Si vous vous reconnaissez dans cette situation, continuez à lire ! Ce jeu d&amp;#039;esprit est plus courant et plus dangereux que vous ne le pensez. Les manipulateurs les plus intelligents savent choisir des techniques de manipulation très, très subtiles pour que vous ne puissiez pas les reconnaître comme des abus. Par exemple, ils peuvent discuter avec vous pour savoir si quelque chose s&amp;#039;est réellement passé jusqu&amp;#039;à ce que vous commenciez à douter de votre mémoire. Il peut aussi dire quelque chose d&amp;#039;absolument offensant et prétendre qu&amp;#039;il s&amp;#039;agissait d&amp;#039;une blague lorsque vous essayez de vous défendre. Ce sont là des exemples de gaslighting. Le gaslighting consiste à dire des choses qui vous font remettre en question votre mémoire et votre perception de la réalité. S&amp;#039;il est effectué avec habileté, le gaslighting a le pouvoir de vous faire sentir comme une personne inutile qui ne peut jamais, jamais, faire quelque chose correctement. Mais que pouvez-vous faire pour vous protéger ? Ne laissez pas les autres contrôler votre esprit. En apprenant les sales tours utilisés par les abuseurs et les manipulateurs, vous serez enfin immunisé(e) contre eux. Procurez-vous dès maintenant ce livre qui vous ouvrira les yeux vous protègera contre les violences psychologiques. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant !</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630818">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630818</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Jeux de gaslighting: Le pouvoir de manipuler l&amp;#039;esprit humain et le plier à la volonté d&amp;#039;un autre
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 39 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Vous êtes manipulé(e) sans le savoir – Voici comment reconnaître le Gaslighting ! Connaissez-vous quelqu&amp;#039;un qui a le pouvoir de vous faire sentir coupable et confus(e) ? Il peut s&amp;#039;agir d&amp;#039;un parent, d&amp;#039;un partenaire romantique ou d&amp;#039;un collègue de travail. Il ne dit rien d&amp;#039;offensant à première vue, mais au fond de lui, ses paroles vous font vous sentir mal. Quelque chose ne tourne pas rond, mais vous n&amp;#039;arrivez pas à mettre le doigt dessus – et lorsque vous essayez de parler à cette personne de ce que vous ressentez, elle se contente de dire que vous imaginez des choses. Si vous vous reconnaissez dans cette situation, continuez à lire ! Ce jeu d&amp;#039;esprit est plus courant et plus dangereux que vous ne le pensez. Les manipulateurs les plus intelligents savent choisir des techniques de manipulation très, très subtiles pour que vous ne puissiez pas les reconnaître comme des abus. Par exemple, ils peuvent discuter avec vous pour savoir si quelque chose s&amp;#039;est réellement passé jusqu&amp;#039;à ce que vous commenciez à douter de votre mémoire. Il peut aussi dire quelque chose d&amp;#039;absolument offensant et prétendre qu&amp;#039;il s&amp;#039;agissait d&amp;#039;une blague lorsque vous essayez de vous défendre. Ce sont là des exemples de gaslighting. Le gaslighting consiste à dire des choses qui vous font remettre en question votre mémoire et votre perception de la réalité. S&amp;#039;il est effectué avec habileté, le gaslighting a le pouvoir de vous faire sentir comme une personne inutile qui ne peut jamais, jamais, faire quelque chose correctement. Mais que pouvez-vous faire pour vous protéger ? Ne laissez pas les autres contrôler votre esprit. En apprenant les sales tours utilisés par les abuseurs et les manipulateurs, vous serez enfin immunisé(e) contre eux. Procurez-vous dès maintenant ce livre qui vous ouvrira les yeux vous protègera contre les violences psychologiques. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre copie maintenant !</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - La Manipulation psychologique: Les techniques interdites susceptibles de manipuler, persuader, contrôler mentalement, et comment s&amp;#039;en protéger by Emory Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630819</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - La Manipulation psychologique: Les techniques interdites susceptibles de manipuler, persuader, contrôler mentalement, et comment s&amp;#039;en protéger
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Explorez le côté obscur de la nature humaine avant qu&amp;#039;il ne soit trop tard Les personnalités sombres attendent toujours dans l&amp;#039;obscurité, cachées de leurs proies, et si vous ne les voyez pas en premier, elles viendront vous trouver. Le pouvoir de la manipulation est toujours un sujet tabou dans notre société.Manipuler des individus peut se faire de mille façons différentes et via de nombreuses tactiques, mais la psychologie dominante n&amp;#039;en parle jamais directement, jusqu&amp;#039;à aujourd&amp;#039;hui. Si vous voulez être en mesure de décider par vous-même et de ne jamais vous demander si vous êtes ou non maître de votre vie, ce livre vous donnera la confiance nécessaire pour vous reposer sur une connaissance plus complète du monde. Si vous ne faites pas attention, vous ou quelqu&amp;#039;un de votre entourage pourriez être victime de narcissiques, de psychopathes et de manipulateurs aguerris. Avec ce livre, vous obtiendrez : - Une meilleure compréhension de la nature humaine afin de vous protéger, vous et vos proches - Le pouvoir d&amp;#039;esquiver les manœuvres malveillantes qui vous ciblent - la capacité de reconnaître rapidement les personnalités malveillantes et les comportements manipulateurs - La connaissance de ce qui fait de vous ou de quelqu&amp;#039;un que vous connaissez une victime vulnérable - La capacité à traiter avec des personnes manipulatrices et une bonne connaissance de leurs méthodes - La capacité à faire face aux effets de leur manipulation - Une idée précise de ce qu&amp;#039;est la manipulation psychologique - Une compréhension globale des perspectives philosophiques de la manipulation Gardez une longueur d&amp;#039;avance sur tous ceux qui n&amp;#039;ont pu accéder aux joyaux cachés de ce livre. Ce sont soit des victimes faciles, soit des bourreaux intelligents. Avec ce livre, vous choisissez d&amp;#039;être meilleur et plus sage que ces deux carégories. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur Acheter maintenant en 1 clic, et obtenez votre exemplaire aujourd&amp;#039;hui !</description>
      <author>Emory Green</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969302194.mp3" length="937040" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630819</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969302194.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - La Manipulation psychologique: Les techniques interdites susceptibles de manipuler, persuader, contrôler mentalement, et comment s&amp;#039;en protéger
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Explorez le côté obscur de la nature humaine avant qu&amp;#039;il ne soit trop tard Les personnalités sombres attendent toujours dans l&amp;#039;obscurité, cachées de leurs proies, et si vous ne les voyez pas en premier, elles viendront vous trouver. Le pouvoir de la manipulation est toujours un sujet tabou dans notre société.Manipuler des individus peut se faire de mille façons différentes et via de nombreuses tactiques, mais la psychologie dominante n&amp;#039;en parle jamais directement, jusqu&amp;#039;à aujourd&amp;#039;hui. Si vous voulez être en mesure de décider par vous-même et de ne jamais vous demander si vous êtes ou non maître de votre vie, ce livre vous donnera la confiance nécessaire pour vous reposer sur une connaissance plus complète du monde. Si vous ne faites pas attention, vous ou quelqu&amp;#039;un de votre entourage pourriez être victime de narcissiques, de psychopathes et de manipulateurs aguerris. Avec ce livre, vous obtiendrez : - Une meilleure compréhension de la nature humaine afin de vous protéger, vous et vos proches - Le pouvoir d&amp;#039;esquiver les manœuvres malveillantes qui vous ciblent - la capacité de reconnaître rapidement les personnalités malveillantes et les comportements manipulateurs - La connaissance de ce qui fait de vous ou de quelqu&amp;#039;un que vous connaissez une victime vulnérable - La capacité à traiter avec des personnes manipulatrices et une bonne connaissance de leurs méthodes - La capacité à faire face aux effets de leur manipulation - Une idée précise de ce qu&amp;#039;est la manipulation psychologique - Une compréhension globale des perspectives philosophiques de la manipulation Gardez une longueur d&amp;#039;avance sur tous ceux qui n&amp;#039;ont pu accéder aux joyaux cachés de ce livre. Ce sont soit des victimes faciles, soit des bourreaux intelligents. Avec ce livre, vous choisissez d&amp;#039;être meilleur et plus sage que ces deux carégories. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur Acheter maintenant en 1 clic, et obtenez votre exemplaire aujourd&amp;#039;hui !</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630819">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630819</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - La Manipulation psychologique: Les techniques interdites susceptibles de manipuler, persuader, contrôler mentalement, et comment s&amp;#039;en protéger
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 10 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Explorez le côté obscur de la nature humaine avant qu&amp;#039;il ne soit trop tard Les personnalités sombres attendent toujours dans l&amp;#039;obscurité, cachées de leurs proies, et si vous ne les voyez pas en premier, elles viendront vous trouver. Le pouvoir de la manipulation est toujours un sujet tabou dans notre société.Manipuler des individus peut se faire de mille façons différentes et via de nombreuses tactiques, mais la psychologie dominante n&amp;#039;en parle jamais directement, jusqu&amp;#039;à aujourd&amp;#039;hui. Si vous voulez être en mesure de décider par vous-même et de ne jamais vous demander si vous êtes ou non maître de votre vie, ce livre vous donnera la confiance nécessaire pour vous reposer sur une connaissance plus complète du monde. Si vous ne faites pas attention, vous ou quelqu&amp;#039;un de votre entourage pourriez être victime de narcissiques, de psychopathes et de manipulateurs aguerris. Avec ce livre, vous obtiendrez : - Une meilleure compréhension de la nature humaine afin de vous protéger, vous et vos proches - Le pouvoir d&amp;#039;esquiver les manœuvres malveillantes qui vous ciblent - la capacité de reconnaître rapidement les personnalités malveillantes et les comportements manipulateurs - La connaissance de ce qui fait de vous ou de quelqu&amp;#039;un que vous connaissez une victime vulnérable - La capacité à traiter avec des personnes manipulatrices et une bonne connaissance de leurs méthodes - La capacité à faire face aux effets de leur manipulation - Une idée précise de ce qu&amp;#039;est la manipulation psychologique - Une compréhension globale des perspectives philosophiques de la manipulation Gardez une longueur d&amp;#039;avance sur tous ceux qui n&amp;#039;ont pu accéder aux joyaux cachés de ce livre. Ce sont soit des victimes faciles, soit des bourreaux intelligents. Avec ce livre, vous choisissez d&amp;#039;être meilleur et plus sage que ces deux carégories. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur Acheter maintenant en 1 clic, et obtenez votre exemplaire aujourd&amp;#039;hui !</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Le Chantage émotionnel: Comprendre et se protéger face aux dépendances affectives, violences psychologiques, relations toxiques et autres types de harcèlement by Emory Green</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630816</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le Chantage émotionnel: Comprendre et se protéger face aux dépendances affectives, violences psychologiques, relations toxiques et autres types de harcèlement
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Si une personne que vous aimez vous fait agir par culpabilité, ce n&amp;#039;est pas bon signe. Voici ce qu&amp;#039;il faut faire ! « Je suis vieux et malade, et j&amp;#039;aurai une crise cardiaque et mourrai si vous ne faites pas ce que je veux. » « Tu es un mari sans valeur qui ne peut même pas acheter un nouvel iPhone à sa femme. » Mais attends. Tu ne m&amp;#039;aimes tout simplement pas, n&amp;#039;est-ce pas ? » « J&amp;#039;ai failli mourir en te donnant la vie. Maintenant, sois reconnaissant et fais ce que je te dis. » Avez-vous entendu quelque chose comme ça de la part de vos parents ou de vos partenaires ? C&amp;#039;est du chantage affectif. Et c&amp;#039;est aussi néfaste que ça en a l&amp;#039;air. Le chantage affectif est une technique de manipulation qui vise à contrôler vos actions en faisant appel à des émotions puissantes telles que la culpabilité, l&amp;#039;obligation et la peur. Cela peut sembler innocent, mais c&amp;#039;est en signal très alarmant. Si vous cédez ne serait-ce qu&amp;#039;une ou deux fois, les exigences du maître chanteur deviendront de plus en plus déplacées. Par exemple, il peut habilement vous isoler de votre cercle social ou vous obliger à renoncer à des choses qui vous apportent de la joie. S&amp;#039;il le fait assez progressivement, vous ne vous rendrez même pas compte que vous êtes coupé de votre réseau de soutien et que vous êtes pratiquement pris(e) en otage ! Faire face au chantage affectif peut être très difficile. Le chantage affectif provient généralement des personnes que nous aimons le plus, comme les parents et les partenaires romantiques, et il peut être très douloureux d&amp;#039;accepter qu&amp;#039;elles vous manipulent depuis des années. Ce livre vous fournira le courage de suivre votre intuition, de confronter vos agresseurs, et de prendre des décisions difficiles si nécessaire. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre exemplaire maintenant !</description>
      <author>Emory Green</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969302217.mp3" length="932739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630816</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969302217.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le Chantage émotionnel: Comprendre et se protéger face aux dépendances affectives, violences psychologiques, relations toxiques et autres types de harcèlement
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Si une personne que vous aimez vous fait agir par culpabilité, ce n&amp;#039;est pas bon signe. Voici ce qu&amp;#039;il faut faire ! « Je suis vieux et malade, et j&amp;#039;aurai une crise cardiaque et mourrai si vous ne faites pas ce que je veux. » « Tu es un mari sans valeur qui ne peut même pas acheter un nouvel iPhone à sa femme. » Mais attends. Tu ne m&amp;#039;aimes tout simplement pas, n&amp;#039;est-ce pas ? » « J&amp;#039;ai failli mourir en te donnant la vie. Maintenant, sois reconnaissant et fais ce que je te dis. » Avez-vous entendu quelque chose comme ça de la part de vos parents ou de vos partenaires ? C&amp;#039;est du chantage affectif. Et c&amp;#039;est aussi néfaste que ça en a l&amp;#039;air. Le chantage affectif est une technique de manipulation qui vise à contrôler vos actions en faisant appel à des émotions puissantes telles que la culpabilité, l&amp;#039;obligation et la peur. Cela peut sembler innocent, mais c&amp;#039;est en signal très alarmant. Si vous cédez ne serait-ce qu&amp;#039;une ou deux fois, les exigences du maître chanteur deviendront de plus en plus déplacées. Par exemple, il peut habilement vous isoler de votre cercle social ou vous obliger à renoncer à des choses qui vous apportent de la joie. S&amp;#039;il le fait assez progressivement, vous ne vous rendrez même pas compte que vous êtes coupé de votre réseau de soutien et que vous êtes pratiquement pris(e) en otage ! Faire face au chantage affectif peut être très difficile. Le chantage affectif provient généralement des personnes que nous aimons le plus, comme les parents et les partenaires romantiques, et il peut être très douloureux d&amp;#039;accepter qu&amp;#039;elles vous manipulent depuis des années. Ce livre vous fournira le courage de suivre votre intuition, de confronter vos agresseurs, et de prendre des décisions difficiles si nécessaire. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre exemplaire maintenant !</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le Chantage émotionnel: Comprendre et se protéger face aux dépendances affectives, violences psychologiques, relations toxiques et autres types de harcèlement
Author: Emory Green
Narrator: Denis Marchand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Si une personne que vous aimez vous fait agir par culpabilité, ce n&amp;#039;est pas bon signe. Voici ce qu&amp;#039;il faut faire ! « Je suis vieux et malade, et j&amp;#039;aurai une crise cardiaque et mourrai si vous ne faites pas ce que je veux. » « Tu es un mari sans valeur qui ne peut même pas acheter un nouvel iPhone à sa femme. » Mais attends. Tu ne m&amp;#039;aimes tout simplement pas, n&amp;#039;est-ce pas ? » « J&amp;#039;ai failli mourir en te donnant la vie. Maintenant, sois reconnaissant et fais ce que je te dis. » Avez-vous entendu quelque chose comme ça de la part de vos parents ou de vos partenaires ? C&amp;#039;est du chantage affectif. Et c&amp;#039;est aussi néfaste que ça en a l&amp;#039;air. Le chantage affectif est une technique de manipulation qui vise à contrôler vos actions en faisant appel à des émotions puissantes telles que la culpabilité, l&amp;#039;obligation et la peur. Cela peut sembler innocent, mais c&amp;#039;est en signal très alarmant. Si vous cédez ne serait-ce qu&amp;#039;une ou deux fois, les exigences du maître chanteur deviendront de plus en plus déplacées. Par exemple, il peut habilement vous isoler de votre cercle social ou vous obliger à renoncer à des choses qui vous apportent de la joie. S&amp;#039;il le fait assez progressivement, vous ne vous rendrez même pas compte que vous êtes coupé de votre réseau de soutien et que vous êtes pratiquement pris(e) en otage ! Faire face au chantage affectif peut être très difficile. Le chantage affectif provient généralement des personnes que nous aimons le plus, comme les parents et les partenaires romantiques, et il peut être très douloureux d&amp;#039;accepter qu&amp;#039;elles vous manipulent depuis des années. Ce livre vous fournira le courage de suivre votre intuition, de confronter vos agresseurs, et de prendre des décisions difficiles si nécessaire. Faites défiler la page, cliquez sur le bouton Acheter maintenant en 1 clic et obtenez votre exemplaire maintenant !</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Don&amp;#039;t Have to Be Mad to Work Here: A Psychiatrist’s Life by Benji Waterhouse</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630748</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Don&amp;#039;t Have to Be Mad to Work Here: A Psychiatrist’s Life
Author: Benji Waterhouse
Narrator: Benji Waterhouse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A woman with bipolar flies from America in a wedding dress to marry Harry Styles. A lorry driver with schizophrenia believes he’s got a cure for coronavirus. A depressed psychiatrist hides his profession from his GP due to stigma. Most of the characters in this book are his patients. Some of them are his family. One of them is him. Unlocking the doors to the psych ward, NHS psychiatrist Dr Benji Waterhouse provides a fly-on-the-padded-wall account of medicine’s most mysterious and controversial speciality. Why would anyone in their right mind choose to be a psychiatrist? Are the solutions to people’s messy lives really within medical school textbooks? And how can vulnerable patients receive the care they need when psychiatry lacks staff, hospital beds and any actual cures? Humane, hilarious and heart-breaking, You Don’t Have to Be Mad to Work Here is an enlightening and darkly comic medical memoir - from both sides of the doctor’s desk. This is the perfect read for fans of This Is Going to Hurt, Unnatural Causes and The Prison Doctor. A humane, hilarious and heart-breaking window into the world of psychiatry from ‘the Adam Kay of mental healthcare’ (THE TIMES)  &amp;#039;Very funny and deeply sympathetic. Really excellent&amp;#039; HENRY MARSH &amp;#039;This is honestly my dream book. Both fascinating and bleakly funny&amp;#039; FERN BRADY ‘Honest, funny, saddening and uplifting all rolled into one’ JO BRAND ©2024 Benji Waterhouse (P) 2024 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Benji Waterhouse</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2024 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473590519.mp3" length="1376974" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630748</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473590519.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Don&amp;#039;t Have to Be Mad to Work Here: A Psychiatrist’s Life
Author: Benji Waterhouse
Narrator: Benji Waterhouse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A woman with bipolar flies from America in a wedding dress to marry Harry Styles. A lorry driver with schizophrenia believes he’s got a cure for coronavirus. A depressed psychiatrist hides his profession from his GP due to stigma. Most of the characters in this book are his patients. Some of them are his family. One of them is him. Unlocking the doors to the psych ward, NHS psychiatrist Dr Benji Waterhouse provides a fly-on-the-padded-wall account of medicine’s most mysterious and controversial speciality. Why would anyone in their right mind choose to be a psychiatrist? Are the solutions to people’s messy lives really within medical school textbooks? And how can vulnerable patients receive the care they need when psychiatry lacks staff, hospital beds and any actual cures? Humane, hilarious and heart-breaking, You Don’t Have to Be Mad to Work Here is an enlightening and darkly comic medical memoir - from both sides of the doctor’s desk. This is the perfect read for fans of This Is Going to Hurt, Unnatural Causes and The Prison Doctor. A humane, hilarious and heart-breaking window into the world of psychiatry from ‘the Adam Kay of mental healthcare’ (THE TIMES)  &amp;#039;Very funny and deeply sympathetic. Really excellent&amp;#039; HENRY MARSH &amp;#039;This is honestly my dream book. Both fascinating and bleakly funny&amp;#039; FERN BRADY ‘Honest, funny, saddening and uplifting all rolled into one’ JO BRAND ©2024 Benji Waterhouse (P) 2024 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630748">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630748</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You Don&amp;#039;t Have to Be Mad to Work Here: A Psychiatrist’s Life
Author: Benji Waterhouse
Narrator: Benji Waterhouse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. A woman with bipolar flies from America in a wedding dress to marry Harry Styles. A lorry driver with schizophrenia believes he’s got a cure for coronavirus. A depressed psychiatrist hides his profession from his GP due to stigma. Most of the characters in this book are his patients. Some of them are his family. One of them is him. Unlocking the doors to the psych ward, NHS psychiatrist Dr Benji Waterhouse provides a fly-on-the-padded-wall account of medicine’s most mysterious and controversial speciality. Why would anyone in their right mind choose to be a psychiatrist? Are the solutions to people’s messy lives really within medical school textbooks? And how can vulnerable patients receive the care they need when psychiatry lacks staff, hospital beds and any actual cures? Humane, hilarious and heart-breaking, You Don’t Have to Be Mad to Work Here is an enlightening and darkly comic medical memoir - from both sides of the doctor’s desk. This is the perfect read for fans of This Is Going to Hurt, Unnatural Causes and The Prison Doctor. A humane, hilarious and heart-breaking window into the world of psychiatry from ‘the Adam Kay of mental healthcare’ (THE TIMES)  &amp;#039;Very funny and deeply sympathetic. Really excellent&amp;#039; HENRY MARSH &amp;#039;This is honestly my dream book. Both fascinating and bleakly funny&amp;#039; FERN BRADY ‘Honest, funny, saddening and uplifting all rolled into one’ JO BRAND ©2024 Benji Waterhouse (P) 2024 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Reason to Be Happy: Why logical thinking is the key to a better life by Kaushik Basu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630745</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reason to Be Happy: Why logical thinking is the key to a better life
Author: Kaushik Basu
Narrator: Esh Alladi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Why do our friends have more friends than we do? Can simple maths help us with our self-esteem? And how can game theory offer solutions to the climate emergency? When we reason well, it is easier to be happy (and good and also, you know, right). But when dealing with others, it&amp;#039;s not enough to be clever - you must be able to put yourself in the shoes of the clever person opposite you and think of what they might do. It&amp;#039;s this insight that lies at the heart of Reason to Be Happy, whether you are dealing with the Cuban Missile Crisis or letting go of anger. Full of fascinating thought experiments and revealing stories, Reason to Be Happy is a paean to the power of rationality. If you want to have a good life and even make the world a better place, you need to start by thinking clearly. ©2024 Kaushik Basu (P)2024 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Kaushik Basu</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jan 2024 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529909661.mp3" length="1380772" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630745</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529909661.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reason to Be Happy: Why logical thinking is the key to a better life
Author: Kaushik Basu
Narrator: Esh Alladi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Why do our friends have more friends than we do? Can simple maths help us with our self-esteem? And how can game theory offer solutions to the climate emergency? When we reason well, it is easier to be happy (and good and also, you know, right). But when dealing with others, it&amp;#039;s not enough to be clever - you must be able to put yourself in the shoes of the clever person opposite you and think of what they might do. It&amp;#039;s this insight that lies at the heart of Reason to Be Happy, whether you are dealing with the Cuban Missile Crisis or letting go of anger. Full of fascinating thought experiments and revealing stories, Reason to Be Happy is a paean to the power of rationality. If you want to have a good life and even make the world a better place, you need to start by thinking clearly. ©2024 Kaushik Basu (P)2024 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Reason to Be Happy: Why logical thinking is the key to a better life
Author: Kaushik Basu
Narrator: Esh Alladi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: January 18, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Why do our friends have more friends than we do? Can simple maths help us with our self-esteem? And how can game theory offer solutions to the climate emergency? When we reason well, it is easier to be happy (and good and also, you know, right). But when dealing with others, it&amp;#039;s not enough to be clever - you must be able to put yourself in the shoes of the clever person opposite you and think of what they might do. It&amp;#039;s this insight that lies at the heart of Reason to Be Happy, whether you are dealing with the Cuban Missile Crisis or letting go of anger. Full of fascinating thought experiments and revealing stories, Reason to Be Happy is a paean to the power of rationality. If you want to have a good life and even make the world a better place, you need to start by thinking clearly. ©2024 Kaushik Basu (P)2024 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Ratgeber Depression (Ungekürzt) by Daniel Illy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630343</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber Depression (Ungekürzt)
Author: Daniel Illy
Narrator: Martin Valdeig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die 30 kurzen Kapitel helfen Ihnen, ein umfassendes Verständnis über die Erkrankung Depression zu bekommen. Dabei geben Sie Ihnen wichtige Anregungen, was Sie selbst tun können, damit es Ihnen besser geht und wann es ratsam ist, sich in professionelle Hände zu begeben - sei es bei einem Arzt oder einem Therapeuten.Der Ratgeber klärt auf; ohne zu beschönigen. Er macht aber auch Mut, dass jeder selbst in kleinen Schritten etwas für sich tun kann, um aus dem &amp;#039;schwarzen Loch&amp;#039; heraus zu kommen. Am Ende jedes Kapitels finden Sie Zusammenfassungen und hilfreiche Fragen, die Sie individuell für sich beantworten können. So lernen Sie, wie Sie ungünstige Verhaltensweisen verändern können und bekommen konkrete Tipps, wie Sie aktiv ein Umdenken erreichen. Der Autor Dr. Daniel Illy, ein erfahrener Arzt, beantwortet in diesem Hörbuch all die Fragen rund um das Thema Depression, die ihm seine Patienten im Praxisalltag stellen.</description>
      <author>Daniel Illy</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783868479911.mp3" length="881716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630343</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783868479911.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber Depression (Ungekürzt)
Author: Daniel Illy
Narrator: Martin Valdeig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die 30 kurzen Kapitel helfen Ihnen, ein umfassendes Verständnis über die Erkrankung Depression zu bekommen. Dabei geben Sie Ihnen wichtige Anregungen, was Sie selbst tun können, damit es Ihnen besser geht und wann es ratsam ist, sich in professionelle Hände zu begeben - sei es bei einem Arzt oder einem Therapeuten.Der Ratgeber klärt auf; ohne zu beschönigen. Er macht aber auch Mut, dass jeder selbst in kleinen Schritten etwas für sich tun kann, um aus dem &amp;#039;schwarzen Loch&amp;#039; heraus zu kommen. Am Ende jedes Kapitels finden Sie Zusammenfassungen und hilfreiche Fragen, die Sie individuell für sich beantworten können. So lernen Sie, wie Sie ungünstige Verhaltensweisen verändern können und bekommen konkrete Tipps, wie Sie aktiv ein Umdenken erreichen. Der Autor Dr. Daniel Illy, ein erfahrener Arzt, beantwortet in diesem Hörbuch all die Fragen rund um das Thema Depression, die ihm seine Patienten im Praxisalltag stellen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630343">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630343</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber Depression (Ungekürzt)
Author: Daniel Illy
Narrator: Martin Valdeig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die 30 kurzen Kapitel helfen Ihnen, ein umfassendes Verständnis über die Erkrankung Depression zu bekommen. Dabei geben Sie Ihnen wichtige Anregungen, was Sie selbst tun können, damit es Ihnen besser geht und wann es ratsam ist, sich in professionelle Hände zu begeben - sei es bei einem Arzt oder einem Therapeuten.Der Ratgeber klärt auf; ohne zu beschönigen. Er macht aber auch Mut, dass jeder selbst in kleinen Schritten etwas für sich tun kann, um aus dem &amp;#039;schwarzen Loch&amp;#039; heraus zu kommen. Am Ende jedes Kapitels finden Sie Zusammenfassungen und hilfreiche Fragen, die Sie individuell für sich beantworten können. So lernen Sie, wie Sie ungünstige Verhaltensweisen verändern können und bekommen konkrete Tipps, wie Sie aktiv ein Umdenken erreichen. Der Autor Dr. Daniel Illy, ein erfahrener Arzt, beantwortet in diesem Hörbuch all die Fragen rund um das Thema Depression, die ihm seine Patienten im Praxisalltag stellen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Ratgeber Bipolare Störungen (Ungekürzt) by Daniel Illy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630344</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber Bipolare Störungen (Ungekürzt)
Author: Daniel Illy
Narrator: Martin Valdeig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mal rastlos und voller Energie, mal antriebslos, traurig und leer. Manie und Depression wechseln sich ab und machen es den Betroffenen schwer, das Leben zu meistern. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert Sie und Ihre Angehörigen über diese Erkrankung. - erklärt Ihnen, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt. - liefert Ihnen hilfreiche Strategien, um mit dieser &amp;#039;Berg- und Talfahrt der Gefühle&amp;#039; besser zurechtzukommen, den Beginn einer neuen Phase zu erkennen und gegenzusteuern. Daniel Illy arbeitet tagtäglich mit Patienten mit Bipolaren Störungen. Diese Praxiserfahrungen fließen in die 30 informativen und therapeutischen Kapitel des Hörbuchs ein. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Ihnen Wege, die Achterbahnfahrt der Gefühle abzumildern und Ihre Mitte zu finden.</description>
      <author>Daniel Illy</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783868479935.mp3" length="861579" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630344</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783868479935.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber Bipolare Störungen (Ungekürzt)
Author: Daniel Illy
Narrator: Martin Valdeig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mal rastlos und voller Energie, mal antriebslos, traurig und leer. Manie und Depression wechseln sich ab und machen es den Betroffenen schwer, das Leben zu meistern. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert Sie und Ihre Angehörigen über diese Erkrankung. - erklärt Ihnen, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt. - liefert Ihnen hilfreiche Strategien, um mit dieser &amp;#039;Berg- und Talfahrt der Gefühle&amp;#039; besser zurechtzukommen, den Beginn einer neuen Phase zu erkennen und gegenzusteuern. Daniel Illy arbeitet tagtäglich mit Patienten mit Bipolaren Störungen. Diese Praxiserfahrungen fließen in die 30 informativen und therapeutischen Kapitel des Hörbuchs ein. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Ihnen Wege, die Achterbahnfahrt der Gefühle abzumildern und Ihre Mitte zu finden.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ratgeber Bipolare Störungen (Ungekürzt)
Author: Daniel Illy
Narrator: Martin Valdeig
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mal rastlos und voller Energie, mal antriebslos, traurig und leer. Manie und Depression wechseln sich ab und machen es den Betroffenen schwer, das Leben zu meistern. Dieser Ratgeber - informiert Sie und Ihre Angehörigen über diese Erkrankung. - erklärt Ihnen, welche Behandlungsmöglichkeiten es gibt. - liefert Ihnen hilfreiche Strategien, um mit dieser &amp;#039;Berg- und Talfahrt der Gefühle&amp;#039; besser zurechtzukommen, den Beginn einer neuen Phase zu erkennen und gegenzusteuern. Daniel Illy arbeitet tagtäglich mit Patienten mit Bipolaren Störungen. Diese Praxiserfahrungen fließen in die 30 informativen und therapeutischen Kapitel des Hörbuchs ein. Seine verhaltenstherapeutisch orientierten Übungen zeigen Ihnen Wege, die Achterbahnfahrt der Gefühle abzumildern und Ihre Mitte zu finden.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das Abenteuer Hingabe - Was wir gewinnen, wenn wir das Leben nehmen, wie es kommt (ungekürzt) by Gerrit Winter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630339</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Abenteuer Hingabe - Was wir gewinnen, wenn wir das Leben nehmen, wie es kommt (ungekürzt)
Author: Gerrit Winter
Narrator: Gerrit Winter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Einlassen auf das, was das Leben uns schenkt: Gerrit Winter hat viele Jahre in der Entertainmentindustrie gearbeitet, bis eine persönliche Krise ihn zwang, seinem Leben eine neue Richtung zu geben. Hingabe nennt er das Prinzip, das seither sein Leben beeinflusst und das er erfolgreich als zertifizierter Coach vermittelt. In seinem Buch beschreibt er anhand seiner persönlichen Geschichte und seinen Erfahrungen als Berater, wie wir durch das Abenteuer Hingabe zu einem Leben mit mehr Leichtigkeit, Freude und Erfolg finden können. Grundlage ist die Überzeugung, dass wir mehr und Ungeahntes erreichen, wenn wir feste Konzepte und Pläne loslassen und uns auf das einlassen, was das Leben für uns bereithält! Ein junger, sympathischer Ratgeber von einem gern gesehenen TV-Gesicht. Der Autor verbindet als Theologe, Musikwissenschaftler und Entertainer unterschiedliche Kompetenzen, gibt gesellschaftlich relevanten Themen eine Stimme und bietet einen neuen Ansatz im Bereich Mental Health. Mit Impulsen zur Selbstreflexion und Anleitungen, wie das eigene Abenteuer Hingabe funktionieren kann! Interpretiert vom Autor und mit Musik von Christoph Maletzko und Gerrit Winter.</description>
      <author>Gerrit Winter</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783965194632.mp3" length="886762" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630339</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783965194632.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Abenteuer Hingabe - Was wir gewinnen, wenn wir das Leben nehmen, wie es kommt (ungekürzt)
Author: Gerrit Winter
Narrator: Gerrit Winter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Einlassen auf das, was das Leben uns schenkt: Gerrit Winter hat viele Jahre in der Entertainmentindustrie gearbeitet, bis eine persönliche Krise ihn zwang, seinem Leben eine neue Richtung zu geben. Hingabe nennt er das Prinzip, das seither sein Leben beeinflusst und das er erfolgreich als zertifizierter Coach vermittelt. In seinem Buch beschreibt er anhand seiner persönlichen Geschichte und seinen Erfahrungen als Berater, wie wir durch das Abenteuer Hingabe zu einem Leben mit mehr Leichtigkeit, Freude und Erfolg finden können. Grundlage ist die Überzeugung, dass wir mehr und Ungeahntes erreichen, wenn wir feste Konzepte und Pläne loslassen und uns auf das einlassen, was das Leben für uns bereithält! Ein junger, sympathischer Ratgeber von einem gern gesehenen TV-Gesicht. Der Autor verbindet als Theologe, Musikwissenschaftler und Entertainer unterschiedliche Kompetenzen, gibt gesellschaftlich relevanten Themen eine Stimme und bietet einen neuen Ansatz im Bereich Mental Health. Mit Impulsen zur Selbstreflexion und Anleitungen, wie das eigene Abenteuer Hingabe funktionieren kann! Interpretiert vom Autor und mit Musik von Christoph Maletzko und Gerrit Winter.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630339">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630339</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Abenteuer Hingabe - Was wir gewinnen, wenn wir das Leben nehmen, wie es kommt (ungekürzt)
Author: Gerrit Winter
Narrator: Gerrit Winter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Einlassen auf das, was das Leben uns schenkt: Gerrit Winter hat viele Jahre in der Entertainmentindustrie gearbeitet, bis eine persönliche Krise ihn zwang, seinem Leben eine neue Richtung zu geben. Hingabe nennt er das Prinzip, das seither sein Leben beeinflusst und das er erfolgreich als zertifizierter Coach vermittelt. In seinem Buch beschreibt er anhand seiner persönlichen Geschichte und seinen Erfahrungen als Berater, wie wir durch das Abenteuer Hingabe zu einem Leben mit mehr Leichtigkeit, Freude und Erfolg finden können. Grundlage ist die Überzeugung, dass wir mehr und Ungeahntes erreichen, wenn wir feste Konzepte und Pläne loslassen und uns auf das einlassen, was das Leben für uns bereithält! Ein junger, sympathischer Ratgeber von einem gern gesehenen TV-Gesicht. Der Autor verbindet als Theologe, Musikwissenschaftler und Entertainer unterschiedliche Kompetenzen, gibt gesellschaftlich relevanten Themen eine Stimme und bietet einen neuen Ansatz im Bereich Mental Health. Mit Impulsen zur Selbstreflexion und Anleitungen, wie das eigene Abenteuer Hingabe funktionieren kann! Interpretiert vom Autor und mit Musik von Christoph Maletzko und Gerrit Winter.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Return to the River: Reflections on Life Choices During a Pandemic by Dave Pelzer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630235</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return to the River: Reflections on Life Choices During a Pandemic
Author: Dave Pelzer
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From #1 international bestselling author, speaker, and humanitarian Dave Pelzer comes the next chapter in his life—how, after spending decades saving others in the military, as a fire captain, and an internationally acclaimed advocate, he needs to confront a way to save himself.On the surface, Dave Pelzer’s life seems like an action movie—he’s walked the red carpet with celebrities and stood shoulder to shoulder with soldiers in Iraq; he’s flown top-secret missions for the U.S. Air Force, obtaining the rank of chief, and battled wildfires in California as a volunteer fire captain. And now—on the eve of the 50-year anniversary of this rescue from horrific childhood of abuse and into the safety of the foster care system—he reflects on the battles he’s fighting in his own heart. From a lifetime spent serving and saving others, can he learn how to serve and save himself? Banished to his basement at age five, Dave Pelzer had cried a river of tears before most children learned to tie their shoes. His now classic books, A Child Called “It”and The Lost Boy, chronicled how he was brutally beaten and starved by his emotionally unstable, alcoholic mother: a mother who nearly killed him multiple times. But despite the odds stacked against him, he rose to become a #1 New York Times bestselling author, inspirational speaker, and internationally recognized humanitarian.After fighting for years to vanquish his pain and to channel it into service forothers, Pelzer sifts through the psychological rubbl e of a life that has seemingly crumbled around him. What he shares is deeply transformative and unflinchingly honest. In his struggle to simply survive, he never learned how to just be. Reeling from the loss of a love—and a broken spirit—Pelzer must reconcile his life choices and free himself of blame and shame to find peace and renewed purpose. Amidst the towering redwood trees and the serenity of his childhood utopia of the Russian River, Pelzer reflects on having the courage to move forward in your life, the peace to accept yourself, the vulnerability to strip yourself of facades, and to find the tenacity to carry on when life doesn’t turn out the way you planned.For anyone who has been hurt, victimized, or feels alone, there is hope and there is always a way to rewrite your own story. Pelzer’s soulful and inspiring story will remind you to keep your faith, live with gratitude, and find the well of resilience deep within you. Don&amp;#039;t miss Dave&amp;#039;s special message at the end of the audiobook!</description>
      <author>Dave Pelzer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Mar 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705087930.mp3" length="1231909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630235</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705087930.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return to the River: Reflections on Life Choices During a Pandemic
Author: Dave Pelzer
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From #1 international bestselling author, speaker, and humanitarian Dave Pelzer comes the next chapter in his life—how, after spending decades saving others in the military, as a fire captain, and an internationally acclaimed advocate, he needs to confront a way to save himself.On the surface, Dave Pelzer’s life seems like an action movie—he’s walked the red carpet with celebrities and stood shoulder to shoulder with soldiers in Iraq; he’s flown top-secret missions for the U.S. Air Force, obtaining the rank of chief, and battled wildfires in California as a volunteer fire captain. And now—on the eve of the 50-year anniversary of this rescue from horrific childhood of abuse and into the safety of the foster care system—he reflects on the battles he’s fighting in his own heart. From a lifetime spent serving and saving others, can he learn how to serve and save himself? Banished to his basement at age five, Dave Pelzer had cried a river of tears before most children learned to tie their shoes. His now classic books, A Child Called “It”and The Lost Boy, chronicled how he was brutally beaten and starved by his emotionally unstable, alcoholic mother: a mother who nearly killed him multiple times. But despite the odds stacked against him, he rose to become a #1 New York Times bestselling author, inspirational speaker, and internationally recognized humanitarian.After fighting for years to vanquish his pain and to channel it into service forothers, Pelzer sifts through the psychological rubbl e of a life that has seemingly crumbled around him. What he shares is deeply transformative and unflinchingly honest. In his struggle to simply survive, he never learned how to just be. Reeling from the loss of a love—and a broken spirit—Pelzer must reconcile his life choices and free himself of blame and shame to find peace and renewed purpose. Amidst the towering redwood trees and the serenity of his childhood utopia of the Russian River, Pelzer reflects on having the courage to move forward in your life, the peace to accept yourself, the vulnerability to strip yourself of facades, and to find the tenacity to carry on when life doesn’t turn out the way you planned.For anyone who has been hurt, victimized, or feels alone, there is hope and there is always a way to rewrite your own story. Pelzer’s soulful and inspiring story will remind you to keep your faith, live with gratitude, and find the well of resilience deep within you. Don&amp;#039;t miss Dave&amp;#039;s special message at the end of the audiobook!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630235">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630235</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Return to the River: Reflections on Life Choices During a Pandemic
Author: Dave Pelzer
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From #1 international bestselling author, speaker, and humanitarian Dave Pelzer comes the next chapter in his life—how, after spending decades saving others in the military, as a fire captain, and an internationally acclaimed advocate, he needs to confront a way to save himself.On the surface, Dave Pelzer’s life seems like an action movie—he’s walked the red carpet with celebrities and stood shoulder to shoulder with soldiers in Iraq; he’s flown top-secret missions for the U.S. Air Force, obtaining the rank of chief, and battled wildfires in California as a volunteer fire captain. And now—on the eve of the 50-year anniversary of this rescue from horrific childhood of abuse and into the safety of the foster care system—he reflects on the battles he’s fighting in his own heart. From a lifetime spent serving and saving others, can he learn how to serve and save himself? Banished to his basement at age five, Dave Pelzer had cried a river of tears before most children learned to tie their shoes. His now classic books, A Child Called “It”and The Lost Boy, chronicled how he was brutally beaten and starved by his emotionally unstable, alcoholic mother: a mother who nearly killed him multiple times. But despite the odds stacked against him, he rose to become a #1 New York Times bestselling author, inspirational speaker, and internationally recognized humanitarian.After fighting for years to vanquish his pain and to channel it into service forothers, Pelzer sifts through the psychological rubbl e of a life that has seemingly crumbled around him. What he shares is deeply transformative and unflinchingly honest. In his struggle to simply survive, he never learned how to just be. Reeling from the loss of a love—and a broken spirit—Pelzer must reconcile his life choices and free himself of blame and shame to find peace and renewed purpose. Amidst the towering redwood trees and the serenity of his childhood utopia of the Russian River, Pelzer reflects on having the courage to move forward in your life, the peace to accept yourself, the vulnerability to strip yourself of facades, and to find the tenacity to carry on when life doesn’t turn out the way you planned.For anyone who has been hurt, victimized, or feels alone, there is hope and there is always a way to rewrite your own story. Pelzer’s soulful and inspiring story will remind you to keep your faith, live with gratitude, and find the well of resilience deep within you. Don&amp;#039;t miss Dave&amp;#039;s special message at the end of the audiobook!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Change Your Brain Every Day: Simple Daily Practices to Strengthen Your Mind, Memory, Moods, Focus, Energy, Habits, and Relationships by Daniel G. Amen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630215</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Brain Every Day: Simple Daily Practices to Strengthen Your Mind, Memory, Moods, Focus, Energy, Habits, and Relationships
Author: Daniel G. Amen
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
366 Days to a Better Brain, Mind &amp;amp; LifePsychiatrist and clinical neuroscientist Daniel Amen, MD, draws on over 40 years’ clinical practice overseeing the treatment of tens of thousands of patients to give you the most effective daily habits he has seen to help you improve your brain, master your mind, boost your memory, and make you feel happier, healthier, and more connected to those you love.Incorporating Dr. Amen’s recommended habits and practices over the course of a year will help you• manage your mind to support your happiness, inner peace, and success;• develop lifelong strategies for dealing with whatever stresses come your way;• create an ongoing sense of meaning and purpose in a way that informs your daily actions; and • learn major life lessons Dr. Amen has gleaned from studying hundreds of thousands of brain scans.Imagine what you could learn by spending every day for a year on a psychiatrist’s couch. In the pages of Change Your Brain Every Day, you’ll get a year’s worth of life-changing daily wisdom from Dr. Amen, one of the world’s most prominent psychiatrists.Today is the day to start changing the trajectory of your life, one small step at a time. Change Your Brain Every Day for a better, happier life.</description>
      <author>Daniel G. Amen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705019641.mp3" length="1427344" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630215</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705019641.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Brain Every Day: Simple Daily Practices to Strengthen Your Mind, Memory, Moods, Focus, Energy, Habits, and Relationships
Author: Daniel G. Amen
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
366 Days to a Better Brain, Mind &amp;amp; LifePsychiatrist and clinical neuroscientist Daniel Amen, MD, draws on over 40 years’ clinical practice overseeing the treatment of tens of thousands of patients to give you the most effective daily habits he has seen to help you improve your brain, master your mind, boost your memory, and make you feel happier, healthier, and more connected to those you love.Incorporating Dr. Amen’s recommended habits and practices over the course of a year will help you• manage your mind to support your happiness, inner peace, and success;• develop lifelong strategies for dealing with whatever stresses come your way;• create an ongoing sense of meaning and purpose in a way that informs your daily actions; and • learn major life lessons Dr. Amen has gleaned from studying hundreds of thousands of brain scans.Imagine what you could learn by spending every day for a year on a psychiatrist’s couch. In the pages of Change Your Brain Every Day, you’ll get a year’s worth of life-changing daily wisdom from Dr. Amen, one of the world’s most prominent psychiatrists.Today is the day to start changing the trajectory of your life, one small step at a time. Change Your Brain Every Day for a better, happier life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630215">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630215</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Change Your Brain Every Day: Simple Daily Practices to Strengthen Your Mind, Memory, Moods, Focus, Energy, Habits, and Relationships
Author: Daniel G. Amen
Narrator: Jim Frangione
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 8 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
366 Days to a Better Brain, Mind &amp;amp; LifePsychiatrist and clinical neuroscientist Daniel Amen, MD, draws on over 40 years’ clinical practice overseeing the treatment of tens of thousands of patients to give you the most effective daily habits he has seen to help you improve your brain, master your mind, boost your memory, and make you feel happier, healthier, and more connected to those you love.Incorporating Dr. Amen’s recommended habits and practices over the course of a year will help you• manage your mind to support your happiness, inner peace, and success;• develop lifelong strategies for dealing with whatever stresses come your way;• create an ongoing sense of meaning and purpose in a way that informs your daily actions; and • learn major life lessons Dr. Amen has gleaned from studying hundreds of thousands of brain scans.Imagine what you could learn by spending every day for a year on a psychiatrist’s couch. In the pages of Change Your Brain Every Day, you’ll get a year’s worth of life-changing daily wisdom from Dr. Amen, one of the world’s most prominent psychiatrists.Today is the day to start changing the trajectory of your life, one small step at a time. Change Your Brain Every Day for a better, happier life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ten Things Your Student with Autism Wishes You Knew, 2nd Edition by Ellen Notbohm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630150</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Things Your Student with Autism Wishes You Knew, 2nd Edition
Author: Ellen Notbohm
Narrator: Stephanie Cozart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The essential autism spectrum guidebook for teachers everywhere!In this exciting companion to Ellen Notbohm’s beloved classic Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew, the unique perspective of an autistic child’s voice returns to describe for teachers, in the classroom and in the larger community, how to understand thinking and processing patterns common in autism, how to shape an environment conducive to their learning style, and how to communicate with autistic learners of all ages in functional, meaningful ways. It’s the guidebook every educator and family member, worldwide, needs to create effective and inclusive settings wherein child and adult are both teachers and learners.This vibrantly updated and expanded edition includes an imaginative, all-new guide adaptable for group discussion, self-reflection, or self-expression, added perspective from autistic adults about their experiences in education, and an afterword by Bryce Notbohm. Perennially popular since 2006 and translated into multiple languages, Ten Things Your Student with Autism Wishes You Knew now brings fresh perspective to a new generation of educators and autistic learners.</description>
      <author>Ellen Notbohm</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705082775.mp3" length="1436838" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630150</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705082775.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Things Your Student with Autism Wishes You Knew, 2nd Edition
Author: Ellen Notbohm
Narrator: Stephanie Cozart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The essential autism spectrum guidebook for teachers everywhere!In this exciting companion to Ellen Notbohm’s beloved classic Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew, the unique perspective of an autistic child’s voice returns to describe for teachers, in the classroom and in the larger community, how to understand thinking and processing patterns common in autism, how to shape an environment conducive to their learning style, and how to communicate with autistic learners of all ages in functional, meaningful ways. It’s the guidebook every educator and family member, worldwide, needs to create effective and inclusive settings wherein child and adult are both teachers and learners.This vibrantly updated and expanded edition includes an imaginative, all-new guide adaptable for group discussion, self-reflection, or self-expression, added perspective from autistic adults about their experiences in education, and an afterword by Bryce Notbohm. Perennially popular since 2006 and translated into multiple languages, Ten Things Your Student with Autism Wishes You Knew now brings fresh perspective to a new generation of educators and autistic learners.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Things Your Student with Autism Wishes You Knew, 2nd Edition
Author: Ellen Notbohm
Narrator: Stephanie Cozart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The essential autism spectrum guidebook for teachers everywhere!In this exciting companion to Ellen Notbohm’s beloved classic Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew, the unique perspective of an autistic child’s voice returns to describe for teachers, in the classroom and in the larger community, how to understand thinking and processing patterns common in autism, how to shape an environment conducive to their learning style, and how to communicate with autistic learners of all ages in functional, meaningful ways. It’s the guidebook every educator and family member, worldwide, needs to create effective and inclusive settings wherein child and adult are both teachers and learners.This vibrantly updated and expanded edition includes an imaginative, all-new guide adaptable for group discussion, self-reflection, or self-expression, added perspective from autistic adults about their experiences in education, and an afterword by Bryce Notbohm. Perennially popular since 2006 and translated into multiple languages, Ten Things Your Student with Autism Wishes You Knew now brings fresh perspective to a new generation of educators and autistic learners.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew, 3rd Edition by Ellen Notbohm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630120</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew, 3rd Edition
Author: Ellen Notbohm
Narrator: Stephanie Cozart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Grand Prize for Instruction and Insight and First Place in Psychology, Chanticleer International Book AwardsOne of the autism community’s most beloved classics, Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew has informed, delighted, and guided millions of families and professionals the world over since its first edition was published in 2005.A child’s voice leads into each chapter, offering a one-of-a-kind exploration into how ten core characteristics of autism affect our children’s perceptions and reactions to the surrounding physical, sensory and social environments. This revised and updated third edition sharpens the focus on these basic aspects while expanding on how our own perspectives shape the life of our child and ourselves, today, tomorrow, and for years to come. An all-new section illuminates the surprising breadth of our power of choice and outlines potent strategies for strong decision-making in every situation.Every parent, teacher, social worker, therapist, and physician should have this succinct and informative book in their back pocket. Framed with both humor and compassion, the book lists the top ten characteristics that help illuminate—not define—children with autism. Ellen&amp;#039;s personal experiences as a parent, an autism columnist, and a contributor to numerous parenting magazines coalesce to create this guide for anyone with someone on the autism spectrum in their life.</description>
      <author>Ellen Notbohm</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705082805.mp3" length="1471463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630120</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705082805.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew, 3rd Edition
Author: Ellen Notbohm
Narrator: Stephanie Cozart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Grand Prize for Instruction and Insight and First Place in Psychology, Chanticleer International Book AwardsOne of the autism community’s most beloved classics, Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew has informed, delighted, and guided millions of families and professionals the world over since its first edition was published in 2005.A child’s voice leads into each chapter, offering a one-of-a-kind exploration into how ten core characteristics of autism affect our children’s perceptions and reactions to the surrounding physical, sensory and social environments. This revised and updated third edition sharpens the focus on these basic aspects while expanding on how our own perspectives shape the life of our child and ourselves, today, tomorrow, and for years to come. An all-new section illuminates the surprising breadth of our power of choice and outlines potent strategies for strong decision-making in every situation.Every parent, teacher, social worker, therapist, and physician should have this succinct and informative book in their back pocket. Framed with both humor and compassion, the book lists the top ten characteristics that help illuminate—not define—children with autism. Ellen&amp;#039;s personal experiences as a parent, an autism columnist, and a contributor to numerous parenting magazines coalesce to create this guide for anyone with someone on the autism spectrum in their life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630120">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/630120</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew, 3rd Edition
Author: Ellen Notbohm
Narrator: Stephanie Cozart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the Grand Prize for Instruction and Insight and First Place in Psychology, Chanticleer International Book AwardsOne of the autism community’s most beloved classics, Ten Things Every Child with Autism Wishes You Knew has informed, delighted, and guided millions of families and professionals the world over since its first edition was published in 2005.A child’s voice leads into each chapter, offering a one-of-a-kind exploration into how ten core characteristics of autism affect our children’s perceptions and reactions to the surrounding physical, sensory and social environments. This revised and updated third edition sharpens the focus on these basic aspects while expanding on how our own perspectives shape the life of our child and ourselves, today, tomorrow, and for years to come. An all-new section illuminates the surprising breadth of our power of choice and outlines potent strategies for strong decision-making in every situation.Every parent, teacher, social worker, therapist, and physician should have this succinct and informative book in their back pocket. Framed with both humor and compassion, the book lists the top ten characteristics that help illuminate—not define—children with autism. Ellen&amp;#039;s personal experiences as a parent, an autism columnist, and a contributor to numerous parenting magazines coalesce to create this guide for anyone with someone on the autism spectrum in their life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 2) by Sigmund Freud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629909</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 2)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 2. Hörbuch formuliert Freud die grundlegendste Hypothese seiner Traumtheorie: &amp;#039;Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung&amp;#039;. Weil er weiß, dass er damit viel Widerspruch ernten wird, beginnt er sogleich damit zu zeigen, dass die Wunscherfüllung im Traum sich zumeist nur in höchst entstellter Form zeigt.  Inhalt: Hörbuch 2 II.    Die Methode der Traumdeutung: Die Analyse eines Traummusters III.   Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung IV.   Die Traumentstellung</description>
      <author>Sigmund Freud</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987623905.mp3" length="862575" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629909</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987623905.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 2)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 2. Hörbuch formuliert Freud die grundlegendste Hypothese seiner Traumtheorie: &amp;#039;Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung&amp;#039;. Weil er weiß, dass er damit viel Widerspruch ernten wird, beginnt er sogleich damit zu zeigen, dass die Wunscherfüllung im Traum sich zumeist nur in höchst entstellter Form zeigt.  Inhalt: Hörbuch 2 II.    Die Methode der Traumdeutung: Die Analyse eines Traummusters III.   Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung IV.   Die Traumentstellung</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 2)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 2. Hörbuch formuliert Freud die grundlegendste Hypothese seiner Traumtheorie: &amp;#039;Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung&amp;#039;. Weil er weiß, dass er damit viel Widerspruch ernten wird, beginnt er sogleich damit zu zeigen, dass die Wunscherfüllung im Traum sich zumeist nur in höchst entstellter Form zeigt.  Inhalt: Hörbuch 2 II.    Die Methode der Traumdeutung: Die Analyse eines Traummusters III.   Der Traum ist eine Wunscherfüllung IV.   Die Traumentstellung</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 4) by Sigmund Freud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629906</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 4)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Zum 4. Hörbuch Im 4. Hörbuch zeigt Freud anhand einer Reihe eigener Träume, wie unter der Traumarbeit der latente Traumgedanke zu einem eben diesen verschleiernden Trauminhalt wird. Mechanismen der Verdichtung und Verschiebung reißen die an sich logischen und sinnvollen Verbindungen auseinander. Die der Traumarbeit innewohnende Technik, abstrakte Gedanken in Bilder zu übersetzen, bringt eine Traumsymbolik hervor, die laut Freud in der Regel sexuellen Inhalts ist. Schließlich sorgt die von Freud so bezeichnete sekundäre Bearbeitung dafür, dass uns Träume nach dem Erwachen bei aller empfundenen Absurdität mitunter so schlüssig und kohärent wie kleine Romane vorkommen. Aber auch dies, so Freud, ist nur eine weitere Täuschung... Inhalt: Hörbuch 4 VI.   Die Traumarbeit A) Die Verdichtungsarbeit B) Die Verschiebungsarbeit C) Die Darstellungsmittel des Traums D) Die Rücksicht auf Darstellbarkeit E) Die Darstellung durch Symbole im Traume - weitere typische Träume F) Beispiele: Rechnen und Reden im Traume G) Absurde Träume - die intellektuellen Leistungen im Traume H) Die Affekte im Traume I) Die sekundäre Bearbeitung</description>
      <author>Sigmund Freud</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987623868.mp3" length="883956" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629906</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987623868.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 4)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Zum 4. Hörbuch Im 4. Hörbuch zeigt Freud anhand einer Reihe eigener Träume, wie unter der Traumarbeit der latente Traumgedanke zu einem eben diesen verschleiernden Trauminhalt wird. Mechanismen der Verdichtung und Verschiebung reißen die an sich logischen und sinnvollen Verbindungen auseinander. Die der Traumarbeit innewohnende Technik, abstrakte Gedanken in Bilder zu übersetzen, bringt eine Traumsymbolik hervor, die laut Freud in der Regel sexuellen Inhalts ist. Schließlich sorgt die von Freud so bezeichnete sekundäre Bearbeitung dafür, dass uns Träume nach dem Erwachen bei aller empfundenen Absurdität mitunter so schlüssig und kohärent wie kleine Romane vorkommen. Aber auch dies, so Freud, ist nur eine weitere Täuschung... Inhalt: Hörbuch 4 VI.   Die Traumarbeit A) Die Verdichtungsarbeit B) Die Verschiebungsarbeit C) Die Darstellungsmittel des Traums D) Die Rücksicht auf Darstellbarkeit E) Die Darstellung durch Symbole im Traume - weitere typische Träume F) Beispiele: Rechnen und Reden im Traume G) Absurde Träume - die intellektuellen Leistungen im Traume H) Die Affekte im Traume I) Die sekundäre Bearbeitung</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629906">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629906</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 4)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 11 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Zum 4. Hörbuch Im 4. Hörbuch zeigt Freud anhand einer Reihe eigener Träume, wie unter der Traumarbeit der latente Traumgedanke zu einem eben diesen verschleiernden Trauminhalt wird. Mechanismen der Verdichtung und Verschiebung reißen die an sich logischen und sinnvollen Verbindungen auseinander. Die der Traumarbeit innewohnende Technik, abstrakte Gedanken in Bilder zu übersetzen, bringt eine Traumsymbolik hervor, die laut Freud in der Regel sexuellen Inhalts ist. Schließlich sorgt die von Freud so bezeichnete sekundäre Bearbeitung dafür, dass uns Träume nach dem Erwachen bei aller empfundenen Absurdität mitunter so schlüssig und kohärent wie kleine Romane vorkommen. Aber auch dies, so Freud, ist nur eine weitere Täuschung... Inhalt: Hörbuch 4 VI.   Die Traumarbeit A) Die Verdichtungsarbeit B) Die Verschiebungsarbeit C) Die Darstellungsmittel des Traums D) Die Rücksicht auf Darstellbarkeit E) Die Darstellung durch Symbole im Traume - weitere typische Träume F) Beispiele: Rechnen und Reden im Traume G) Absurde Träume - die intellektuellen Leistungen im Traume H) Die Affekte im Traume I) Die sekundäre Bearbeitung</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 3) by Sigmund Freud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629907</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 3)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 3. Hörbuch geht Freud der Frage nach, wo die Quellen der Träume zu suchen und zu finden sind. Freud kann plausibel zeigen, dass dem Trauminhalt bestimmte Traumgedanken zugrunde liegen, die jedoch latent bleiben. Während rezente Erlebnisse des Vortrags den Traum anregen, heften sich daran regelmäßig Regungen aus der Kindheit, die für den Träumer selbst kaum noch nachvollziehbar sind... Hörbuch 3 V.    Das Traummaterial und die Traumquellen A) Das Rezente und das Indifferente im Traum B) das Infantile als Traumquelle C) Die somatischen Traumquellen D) Typische Träume</description>
      <author>Sigmund Freud</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987623936.mp3" length="886071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629907</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987623936.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 3)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 3. Hörbuch geht Freud der Frage nach, wo die Quellen der Träume zu suchen und zu finden sind. Freud kann plausibel zeigen, dass dem Trauminhalt bestimmte Traumgedanken zugrunde liegen, die jedoch latent bleiben. Während rezente Erlebnisse des Vortrags den Traum anregen, heften sich daran regelmäßig Regungen aus der Kindheit, die für den Träumer selbst kaum noch nachvollziehbar sind... Hörbuch 3 V.    Das Traummaterial und die Traumquellen A) Das Rezente und das Indifferente im Traum B) das Infantile als Traumquelle C) Die somatischen Traumquellen D) Typische Träume</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629907">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629907</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 3)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 3. Hörbuch geht Freud der Frage nach, wo die Quellen der Träume zu suchen und zu finden sind. Freud kann plausibel zeigen, dass dem Trauminhalt bestimmte Traumgedanken zugrunde liegen, die jedoch latent bleiben. Während rezente Erlebnisse des Vortrags den Traum anregen, heften sich daran regelmäßig Regungen aus der Kindheit, die für den Träumer selbst kaum noch nachvollziehbar sind... Hörbuch 3 V.    Das Traummaterial und die Traumquellen A) Das Rezente und das Indifferente im Traum B) das Infantile als Traumquelle C) Die somatischen Traumquellen D) Typische Träume</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 1) by Sigmund Freud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629908</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 1)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Zum ersten Hörbuch: Im 1. Hörbuch bringt uns Freud auf den neuesten Stand der Traumforschung seiner Zeit. Wir erfahren, dass die Meinungen über die Entstehung und die Sinnhaftigkeit von Träumen weit auseinandergehen.  Inhalt: I. Die wissenschaftliche Literatur der Traumprobleme A) Beziehung des Traumes zum Wachleben B) Das Traummaterial - Das Gedächtnis im Traum C) Traumreize und Traumquellen D) Warum man den Traum nach dem Erwachen vergisst E) Die psychologischen Besonderheiten des Traums F) Die ethischen Gefühle im Traume G) Traumtheorien und Funktion des Traumes H) Beziehungen zwischen Traum und Geisteskrankheiten Für eine bessere Verständlichkeit des Textes wurden sämtliche französischen, englischen, italienischen und lateinischen Zitate neu ins Deutsche übersetzt und als Übersetzungen eingelesen.</description>
      <author>Sigmund Freud</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987623806.mp3" length="898374" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629908</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987623806.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 1)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Zum ersten Hörbuch: Im 1. Hörbuch bringt uns Freud auf den neuesten Stand der Traumforschung seiner Zeit. Wir erfahren, dass die Meinungen über die Entstehung und die Sinnhaftigkeit von Träumen weit auseinandergehen.  Inhalt: I. Die wissenschaftliche Literatur der Traumprobleme A) Beziehung des Traumes zum Wachleben B) Das Traummaterial - Das Gedächtnis im Traum C) Traumreize und Traumquellen D) Warum man den Traum nach dem Erwachen vergisst E) Die psychologischen Besonderheiten des Traums F) Die ethischen Gefühle im Traume G) Traumtheorien und Funktion des Traumes H) Beziehungen zwischen Traum und Geisteskrankheiten Für eine bessere Verständlichkeit des Textes wurden sämtliche französischen, englischen, italienischen und lateinischen Zitate neu ins Deutsche übersetzt und als Übersetzungen eingelesen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 1)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Zum ersten Hörbuch: Im 1. Hörbuch bringt uns Freud auf den neuesten Stand der Traumforschung seiner Zeit. Wir erfahren, dass die Meinungen über die Entstehung und die Sinnhaftigkeit von Träumen weit auseinandergehen.  Inhalt: I. Die wissenschaftliche Literatur der Traumprobleme A) Beziehung des Traumes zum Wachleben B) Das Traummaterial - Das Gedächtnis im Traum C) Traumreize und Traumquellen D) Warum man den Traum nach dem Erwachen vergisst E) Die psychologischen Besonderheiten des Traums F) Die ethischen Gefühle im Traume G) Traumtheorien und Funktion des Traumes H) Beziehungen zwischen Traum und Geisteskrankheiten Für eine bessere Verständlichkeit des Textes wurden sämtliche französischen, englischen, italienischen und lateinischen Zitate neu ins Deutsche übersetzt und als Übersetzungen eingelesen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 5) by Sigmund Freud</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629905</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 5)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 5. Hörbuch zeigt Freud auf, dass das Vergessen eines Traums nach dem Erwachen auch nur ein weiteres Mittel darstellt, dem Träumenden das Eigentliche zu verhüllen. Zudem stellt Freud die kühne Vermutung an, dass es verschiedene psychische Systeme gebe, die miteinander in Beziehung stünden: Das Unbewusste, das Vorbewusste und das Bewusste... Der Traum, so Freud, ist der Königsweg ins Unbewusste. Genau hier, in der «Traumdeutung» finden wir die besten Erläuterungen zu diesem fundamentalen Satz!  Inhalt des fünften Hörbuchs VII. Zur Psychologie der Traumvorgänge A) Das Vergessen der Träume B) Die Regression C) Zur Wunscherfüllung D) Das Wecken durch den Traum - die Funktion des Traumes - der Angsttraum E) Der Primär- und der Sekundärvorgang - Die Verdrängung F) Das Unbewusste und das Bewusste - Die Realität</description>
      <author>Sigmund Freud</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783987623943.mp3" length="866008" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629905</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783987623943.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 5)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 5. Hörbuch zeigt Freud auf, dass das Vergessen eines Traums nach dem Erwachen auch nur ein weiteres Mittel darstellt, dem Träumenden das Eigentliche zu verhüllen. Zudem stellt Freud die kühne Vermutung an, dass es verschiedene psychische Systeme gebe, die miteinander in Beziehung stünden: Das Unbewusste, das Vorbewusste und das Bewusste... Der Traum, so Freud, ist der Königsweg ins Unbewusste. Genau hier, in der «Traumdeutung» finden wir die besten Erläuterungen zu diesem fundamentalen Satz!  Inhalt des fünften Hörbuchs VII. Zur Psychologie der Traumvorgänge A) Das Vergessen der Träume B) Die Regression C) Zur Wunscherfüllung D) Das Wecken durch den Traum - die Funktion des Traumes - der Angsttraum E) Der Primär- und der Sekundärvorgang - Die Verdrängung F) Das Unbewusste und das Bewusste - Die Realität</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629905">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629905</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Traumdeutung (Hörbuch 5)
Author: Sigmund Freud
Narrator: Volker Braumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 14 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ganze «Traumdeutung» in fünf Hörbüchern! &amp;#039;Auf den folgenden Blättern werde ich den Nachweis erbringen, dass es eine psychologische Technik gibt, welche gestattet, Träume zu deuten, und dass bei Anwendung dieses Verfahrens jeder Traum sich als ein sinnvolles psychisches Gebilde herausstellt, welches an angebbarer Stelle in das seelische Treiben des Wachens einzureihen ist.&amp;#039; Mit dieser provokanten Behauptung beginnt Sigmund Freud seine «Traumdeutung», jenes Buch, das er selbst zu seinen besten zählte und das heute unbestreitbar zu den großen Meilensteinen der Wissenschaft gehört. Denn in ihm ebnete Sigmund Freud nicht weniger als den Weg ins Unbewusste... Der Sprecher Volker Braumann hat erstmals auf Deutsch die komplette «Traumdeutung» eingelesen. Aufgrund des immensen Umfanges des Werkes findet es sich aufgeteilt auf 5 Hörbücher.  Im 5. Hörbuch zeigt Freud auf, dass das Vergessen eines Traums nach dem Erwachen auch nur ein weiteres Mittel darstellt, dem Träumenden das Eigentliche zu verhüllen. Zudem stellt Freud die kühne Vermutung an, dass es verschiedene psychische Systeme gebe, die miteinander in Beziehung stünden: Das Unbewusste, das Vorbewusste und das Bewusste... Der Traum, so Freud, ist der Königsweg ins Unbewusste. Genau hier, in der «Traumdeutung» finden wir die besten Erläuterungen zu diesem fundamentalen Satz!  Inhalt des fünften Hörbuchs VII. Zur Psychologie der Traumvorgänge A) Das Vergessen der Träume B) Die Regression C) Zur Wunscherfüllung D) Das Wecken durch den Traum - die Funktion des Traumes - der Angsttraum E) Der Primär- und der Sekundärvorgang - Die Verdrängung F) Das Unbewusste und das Bewusste - Die Realität</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cloak by Virginia Routh Lynch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629732</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cloak
Author: Virginia Routh Lynch
Narrator: Deana Taheri
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cloak is a gripping tale of inner and outer transformation of a seemingly happily married mother of four who over ten tumultuous years faces extraordinary experiences that change her life. With compelling honesty, Virginia Routh Lynch describes those years. Using journals written forty years ago, she recounts her life-changing journey of self-discovery. Virginia followed in the footsteps of C.G. Jung and, though she introduces many of his concepts, this does not detract from the story itself. Her account is inspiring and thought provoking and will appeal to anyone on the journey of life, even those not interested in psychology. It is a book that once you start reading, you want to read from beginning to end. The Cloak is a portrayal of one woman’s experience that serves as a guidebook for anyone who has reached a stalemate in their lives or has embarked on a personal journey and is looking for an inspiring example.</description>
      <author>Virginia Routh Lynch</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823421850.mp3" length="1368989" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629732</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823421850.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cloak
Author: Virginia Routh Lynch
Narrator: Deana Taheri
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cloak is a gripping tale of inner and outer transformation of a seemingly happily married mother of four who over ten tumultuous years faces extraordinary experiences that change her life. With compelling honesty, Virginia Routh Lynch describes those years. Using journals written forty years ago, she recounts her life-changing journey of self-discovery. Virginia followed in the footsteps of C.G. Jung and, though she introduces many of his concepts, this does not detract from the story itself. Her account is inspiring and thought provoking and will appeal to anyone on the journey of life, even those not interested in psychology. It is a book that once you start reading, you want to read from beginning to end. The Cloak is a portrayal of one woman’s experience that serves as a guidebook for anyone who has reached a stalemate in their lives or has embarked on a personal journey and is looking for an inspiring example.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cloak
Author: Virginia Routh Lynch
Narrator: Deana Taheri
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: September 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Cloak is a gripping tale of inner and outer transformation of a seemingly happily married mother of four who over ten tumultuous years faces extraordinary experiences that change her life. With compelling honesty, Virginia Routh Lynch describes those years. Using journals written forty years ago, she recounts her life-changing journey of self-discovery. Virginia followed in the footsteps of C.G. Jung and, though she introduces many of his concepts, this does not detract from the story itself. Her account is inspiring and thought provoking and will appeal to anyone on the journey of life, even those not interested in psychology. It is a book that once you start reading, you want to read from beginning to end. The Cloak is a portrayal of one woman’s experience that serves as a guidebook for anyone who has reached a stalemate in their lives or has embarked on a personal journey and is looking for an inspiring example.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Restless Spirits by Elisa J Wilkinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629671</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restless Spirits
Author: Elisa J Wilkinson
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Restless Spirits is a fascinating and compelling read by well-known ghost-hunter Elisa Wilkinson, author of Seeing is Believing. Recounting specific hauntings and numerous ghostly occurrences around Britain, this is the culmination of years of personal research and details crucial elements of the locations visited and the skeletal apparitions to unexplainable faces and plasmatic orbs seen there. This is a must read for the paranormal community, but the psychic phenomena detailed within will open a reader’s eyes up to the realities of the spirit world, effectively proving that ghosts do exist and are part of our daily lives. This book is sure to have you flicking pages long after bedtime…</description>
      <author>Elisa J Wilkinson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823421119.mp3" length="1432604" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629671</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823421119.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restless Spirits
Author: Elisa J Wilkinson
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Restless Spirits is a fascinating and compelling read by well-known ghost-hunter Elisa Wilkinson, author of Seeing is Believing. Recounting specific hauntings and numerous ghostly occurrences around Britain, this is the culmination of years of personal research and details crucial elements of the locations visited and the skeletal apparitions to unexplainable faces and plasmatic orbs seen there. This is a must read for the paranormal community, but the psychic phenomena detailed within will open a reader’s eyes up to the realities of the spirit world, effectively proving that ghosts do exist and are part of our daily lives. This book is sure to have you flicking pages long after bedtime…</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restless Spirits
Author: Elisa J Wilkinson
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Restless Spirits is a fascinating and compelling read by well-known ghost-hunter Elisa Wilkinson, author of Seeing is Believing. Recounting specific hauntings and numerous ghostly occurrences around Britain, this is the culmination of years of personal research and details crucial elements of the locations visited and the skeletal apparitions to unexplainable faces and plasmatic orbs seen there. This is a must read for the paranormal community, but the psychic phenomena detailed within will open a reader’s eyes up to the realities of the spirit world, effectively proving that ghosts do exist and are part of our daily lives. This book is sure to have you flicking pages long after bedtime…</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nurture Revolution: Grow Your Baby&amp;#039;s Brain and Transform Their Mental Health through the Art of Nurtured Parenting by Greer Kirshenbaum PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629631</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nurture Revolution: Grow Your Baby&amp;#039;s Brain and Transform Their Mental Health through the Art of Nurtured Parenting
Author: Greer Kirshenbaum PhD
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest research in neuroscience and parenting come together in this groundbreaking book, which brings to light new realizations about the power of nurture for our children&amp;#039;s mental and physical health outcomes.   Greer Kirshenbaum, PhD. is a neuroscientist, doula, and parent. Her work began with the goal of developing new treatments for poor mental health; she dreamed of creating a new medication to address conditions like anxiety, depression, addiction, and chronic stress. Over time, she realized that science had already uncovered a powerful medicine for alleviating mental health struggles, but the answer wasn’t a pill. It was a preventative approach: when babies&amp;#039; receive nurturing care in the first three years of life, it builds strong, resilient brains -- brains that are less susceptible to poor mental health.  How can parents best set their children up for success? In this revelatory book, Dr. Kirshenbaum makes plain that nurture is a preventative medicine against mental health issues. She challenges the idea that the way to cultivate independence is through letting babies cry it out or sleep alone; instead, the way to raise a confident, securely attached child is to lean in to nurture, to hold your infant as much as you want, support their emotions, engage in back-and-forth conversations, be present and compassionate when your baby is stressed, and share sleep. Research has proven that nurturing experiences transform lives. Nurturing is a gift of resilience and health parents can give the next generation simply by following their instincts to care for their young.</description>
      <author>Greer Kirshenbaum PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626504.mp3" length="873317" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629631</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626504.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nurture Revolution: Grow Your Baby&amp;#039;s Brain and Transform Their Mental Health through the Art of Nurtured Parenting
Author: Greer Kirshenbaum PhD
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest research in neuroscience and parenting come together in this groundbreaking book, which brings to light new realizations about the power of nurture for our children&amp;#039;s mental and physical health outcomes.   Greer Kirshenbaum, PhD. is a neuroscientist, doula, and parent. Her work began with the goal of developing new treatments for poor mental health; she dreamed of creating a new medication to address conditions like anxiety, depression, addiction, and chronic stress. Over time, she realized that science had already uncovered a powerful medicine for alleviating mental health struggles, but the answer wasn’t a pill. It was a preventative approach: when babies&amp;#039; receive nurturing care in the first three years of life, it builds strong, resilient brains -- brains that are less susceptible to poor mental health.  How can parents best set their children up for success? In this revelatory book, Dr. Kirshenbaum makes plain that nurture is a preventative medicine against mental health issues. She challenges the idea that the way to cultivate independence is through letting babies cry it out or sleep alone; instead, the way to raise a confident, securely attached child is to lean in to nurture, to hold your infant as much as you want, support their emotions, engage in back-and-forth conversations, be present and compassionate when your baby is stressed, and share sleep. Research has proven that nurturing experiences transform lives. Nurturing is a gift of resilience and health parents can give the next generation simply by following their instincts to care for their young.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629631">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629631</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nurture Revolution: Grow Your Baby&amp;#039;s Brain and Transform Their Mental Health through the Art of Nurtured Parenting
Author: Greer Kirshenbaum PhD
Narrator: Gabra Zackman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: June 20, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The latest research in neuroscience and parenting come together in this groundbreaking book, which brings to light new realizations about the power of nurture for our children&amp;#039;s mental and physical health outcomes.   Greer Kirshenbaum, PhD. is a neuroscientist, doula, and parent. Her work began with the goal of developing new treatments for poor mental health; she dreamed of creating a new medication to address conditions like anxiety, depression, addiction, and chronic stress. Over time, she realized that science had already uncovered a powerful medicine for alleviating mental health struggles, but the answer wasn’t a pill. It was a preventative approach: when babies&amp;#039; receive nurturing care in the first three years of life, it builds strong, resilient brains -- brains that are less susceptible to poor mental health.  How can parents best set their children up for success? In this revelatory book, Dr. Kirshenbaum makes plain that nurture is a preventative medicine against mental health issues. She challenges the idea that the way to cultivate independence is through letting babies cry it out or sleep alone; instead, the way to raise a confident, securely attached child is to lean in to nurture, to hold your infant as much as you want, support their emotions, engage in back-and-forth conversations, be present and compassionate when your baby is stressed, and share sleep. Research has proven that nurturing experiences transform lives. Nurturing is a gift of resilience and health parents can give the next generation simply by following their instincts to care for their young.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Girls and Their Monsters: The Genain Quadruplets and the Making of Madness in America by Audrey Clare Farley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629621</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Girls and Their Monsters: The Genain Quadruplets and the Making of Madness in America
Author: Audrey Clare Farley
Narrator: Kate Udall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Hidden Valley Road and Patient H.M., an “intimate and compassionate portrait” (Grace M. Cho) of the Genain quadruplets, the harrowing violence they experienced, and its psychological and political consequences.​  In 1954, researchers at the newly formed National Institute of Mental Health set out to study the genetics of schizophrenia. When they got word that four 24-year-old identical quadruplets in Lansing, Michigan, had all been diagnosed with the mental illness, they could hardly believe their ears. Here was incontrovertible proof of hereditary transmission and, thus, a chance to bring international fame to their fledgling institution.     The case of the pseudonymous Genain quadruplets, they soon found, was hardly so straightforward. Contrary to fawning media portrayals of a picture-perfect Christian family, the sisters had endured the stuff of nightmares. Behind closed doors, their parents had taken shocking measures to preserve their innocence while sowing fears of sex and the outside world. In public, the quadruplets were treated as communal property, as townsfolk and members of the press had long ago projected their own paranoid fantasies about the rapidly diversifying American landscape onto the fair-skinned, ribbon-wearing quartet who danced and sang about Christopher Columbus. Even as the sisters’ erratic behaviors became impossible to ignore and the NIMH whisked the women off for study, their sterling image did not falter. Girls and Their Monsters chronicles the extraordinary lives of the quadruplets and the lead psychologist who studied them, asking questions that speak directly to our times: How do delusions come to take root, both in individuals and in nations? Why does society profess to be “saving the children” when it readily exploits them? What are the authoritarian ends of innocence myths? And how do people, particularly those with serious mental illness, go on after enduring the unspeakable? Can the unbreakable bonds of sisterhood help the deeply wounded heal?</description>
      <author>Audrey Clare Farley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626313.mp3" length="786772" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629621</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Girls and Their Monsters: The Genain Quadruplets and the Making of Madness in America
Author: Audrey Clare Farley
Narrator: Kate Udall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Hidden Valley Road and Patient H.M., an “intimate and compassionate portrait” (Grace M. Cho) of the Genain quadruplets, the harrowing violence they experienced, and its psychological and political consequences.​  In 1954, researchers at the newly formed National Institute of Mental Health set out to study the genetics of schizophrenia. When they got word that four 24-year-old identical quadruplets in Lansing, Michigan, had all been diagnosed with the mental illness, they could hardly believe their ears. Here was incontrovertible proof of hereditary transmission and, thus, a chance to bring international fame to their fledgling institution.     The case of the pseudonymous Genain quadruplets, they soon found, was hardly so straightforward. Contrary to fawning media portrayals of a picture-perfect Christian family, the sisters had endured the stuff of nightmares. Behind closed doors, their parents had taken shocking measures to preserve their innocence while sowing fears of sex and the outside world. In public, the quadruplets were treated as communal property, as townsfolk and members of the press had long ago projected their own paranoid fantasies about the rapidly diversifying American landscape onto the fair-skinned, ribbon-wearing quartet who danced and sang about Christopher Columbus. Even as the sisters’ erratic behaviors became impossible to ignore and the NIMH whisked the women off for study, their sterling image did not falter. Girls and Their Monsters chronicles the extraordinary lives of the quadruplets and the lead psychologist who studied them, asking questions that speak directly to our times: How do delusions come to take root, both in individuals and in nations? Why does society profess to be “saving the children” when it readily exploits them? What are the authoritarian ends of innocence myths? And how do people, particularly those with serious mental illness, go on after enduring the unspeakable? Can the unbreakable bonds of sisterhood help the deeply wounded heal?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Girls and Their Monsters: The Genain Quadruplets and the Making of Madness in America
Author: Audrey Clare Farley
Narrator: Kate Udall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For readers of Hidden Valley Road and Patient H.M., an “intimate and compassionate portrait” (Grace M. Cho) of the Genain quadruplets, the harrowing violence they experienced, and its psychological and political consequences.​  In 1954, researchers at the newly formed National Institute of Mental Health set out to study the genetics of schizophrenia. When they got word that four 24-year-old identical quadruplets in Lansing, Michigan, had all been diagnosed with the mental illness, they could hardly believe their ears. Here was incontrovertible proof of hereditary transmission and, thus, a chance to bring international fame to their fledgling institution.     The case of the pseudonymous Genain quadruplets, they soon found, was hardly so straightforward. Contrary to fawning media portrayals of a picture-perfect Christian family, the sisters had endured the stuff of nightmares. Behind closed doors, their parents had taken shocking measures to preserve their innocence while sowing fears of sex and the outside world. In public, the quadruplets were treated as communal property, as townsfolk and members of the press had long ago projected their own paranoid fantasies about the rapidly diversifying American landscape onto the fair-skinned, ribbon-wearing quartet who danced and sang about Christopher Columbus. Even as the sisters’ erratic behaviors became impossible to ignore and the NIMH whisked the women off for study, their sterling image did not falter. Girls and Their Monsters chronicles the extraordinary lives of the quadruplets and the lead psychologist who studied them, asking questions that speak directly to our times: How do delusions come to take root, both in individuals and in nations? Why does society profess to be “saving the children” when it readily exploits them? What are the authoritarian ends of innocence myths? And how do people, particularly those with serious mental illness, go on after enduring the unspeakable? Can the unbreakable bonds of sisterhood help the deeply wounded heal?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conspirituality: How New Age Conspiracy Theories Became a Health Threat by Julian Walker, Matthew Remski, Derek Beres</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629619</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conspirituality: How New Age Conspiracy Theories Became a Health Threat
Author: Julian Walker, Matthew Remski, Derek Beres
Narrator: Matthew Remski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Conspirituality takes a deep dive into the troubling phenomenon of influencers who have curdled New Age spirituality and wellness with the politics of paranoia—peddling vaccine misinformation, tales of child trafficking, and wild conspiracy theories.     In the early days of the COVID-19 pandemic, a disturbing social media trend emerged: a large number of yoga instructors and alt-health influencers were posting stories about a secretive global cabal bent on controlling the world’s population with a genocidal vaccine. Instagram feeds that had been serving up green smoothie recipes and Mary Oliver poems became firehoses of Fox News links, memes from 4chan, and prophecies of global transformation.  Since May 2020, Derek Beres, Matthew Remski and Julian Walker have used their Conspirituality podcast to expose countless facets of the intersection of alt-health practitioners with far-right conspiracy trolls. Now this expansive and revelatory book unpacks the follies, frauds, cons and cults that dominate the New Age and wellness spheres and betray the trust of people who seek genuine relief in this uncertain age.  With analytical rigor and irreverent humor, Conspirituality offers an antidote to our times, helping readers recognize wellness grifts, engage with loved ones who&amp;#039;ve fallen under the influence, and counter lies and distortions with insight and empathy.</description>
      <author>Julian Walker, Matthew Remski, Derek Beres</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626122.mp3" length="883298" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629619</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626122.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conspirituality: How New Age Conspiracy Theories Became a Health Threat
Author: Julian Walker, Matthew Remski, Derek Beres
Narrator: Matthew Remski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Conspirituality takes a deep dive into the troubling phenomenon of influencers who have curdled New Age spirituality and wellness with the politics of paranoia—peddling vaccine misinformation, tales of child trafficking, and wild conspiracy theories.     In the early days of the COVID-19 pandemic, a disturbing social media trend emerged: a large number of yoga instructors and alt-health influencers were posting stories about a secretive global cabal bent on controlling the world’s population with a genocidal vaccine. Instagram feeds that had been serving up green smoothie recipes and Mary Oliver poems became firehoses of Fox News links, memes from 4chan, and prophecies of global transformation.  Since May 2020, Derek Beres, Matthew Remski and Julian Walker have used their Conspirituality podcast to expose countless facets of the intersection of alt-health practitioners with far-right conspiracy trolls. Now this expansive and revelatory book unpacks the follies, frauds, cons and cults that dominate the New Age and wellness spheres and betray the trust of people who seek genuine relief in this uncertain age.  With analytical rigor and irreverent humor, Conspirituality offers an antidote to our times, helping readers recognize wellness grifts, engage with loved ones who&amp;#039;ve fallen under the influence, and counter lies and distortions with insight and empathy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629619">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629619</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conspirituality: How New Age Conspiracy Theories Became a Health Threat
Author: Julian Walker, Matthew Remski, Derek Beres
Narrator: Matthew Remski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 56 minutes
Release date: June 13, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Conspirituality takes a deep dive into the troubling phenomenon of influencers who have curdled New Age spirituality and wellness with the politics of paranoia—peddling vaccine misinformation, tales of child trafficking, and wild conspiracy theories.     In the early days of the COVID-19 pandemic, a disturbing social media trend emerged: a large number of yoga instructors and alt-health influencers were posting stories about a secretive global cabal bent on controlling the world’s population with a genocidal vaccine. Instagram feeds that had been serving up green smoothie recipes and Mary Oliver poems became firehoses of Fox News links, memes from 4chan, and prophecies of global transformation.  Since May 2020, Derek Beres, Matthew Remski and Julian Walker have used their Conspirituality podcast to expose countless facets of the intersection of alt-health practitioners with far-right conspiracy trolls. Now this expansive and revelatory book unpacks the follies, frauds, cons and cults that dominate the New Age and wellness spheres and betray the trust of people who seek genuine relief in this uncertain age.  With analytical rigor and irreverent humor, Conspirituality offers an antidote to our times, helping readers recognize wellness grifts, engage with loved ones who&amp;#039;ve fallen under the influence, and counter lies and distortions with insight and empathy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Elissas: Three Girls, One Fate, and the Deadly Secrets of Suburbia by Samantha Leach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629608</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629608">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629608</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Elissas: Three Girls, One Fate, and the Deadly Secrets of Suburbia
Author: Samantha Leach
Narrator: Samantha Leach, Jesse Vilinsky
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Three suburban girls meet at a boarding school for troubled teens. Eight years later, they were dead. Bustle editor Samantha Leach and her childhood best friend, Elissa, met as infants in the suburbs of Providence, Rhode Island, where they attended nursery, elementary school, and temple together. As seventh graders, they would steal drinks from bar mitzvahs and have boys over in Samantha’s basement—innocent, early acts of rebellion. But after one of their shared acts, Samantha was given a disciplinary warning by their private school while Elissa was dismissed altogether, and later sent away. Samantha did not know then, but Elissa had just become one of the fifty-thousand-plus kids per year who enter the Troubled Teen Industry: a network of unregulated programs meant to reform wealthy, wayward youth.      Less than a year after graduation from Ponca Pines Academy, Elissa died at eighteen years old. In Samantha’s grief, she fixated on Elissa’s last years at the therapeutic boarding school, eager to understand why their paths diverged. As she spoke to mutual friends and scoured social media pages, Samantha learned of Alyssa and Alissa, Elissa’s closest friends at the school who shared both her name and penchant for partying, where drugs and alcohol became their norm. The matching Save Our Souls tattoo all three girls also had further fueled Samantha’s fixation, as she watched their lives play out online. Four years after Elissa’s death, Alyssa died, then Alissa at twenty-six.      In The Elissas, Samantha endeavors to understand why they ultimately met a shared, tragic fate that she was spared, in turn, offering a chilling account of the secret lives of young suburban women.</description>
      <author>Samantha Leach</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626641.mp3" length="856955" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629608</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626641.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629608">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629608</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Elissas: Three Girls, One Fate, and the Deadly Secrets of Suburbia
Author: Samantha Leach
Narrator: Samantha Leach, Jesse Vilinsky
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Three suburban girls meet at a boarding school for troubled teens. Eight years later, they were dead. Bustle editor Samantha Leach and her childhood best friend, Elissa, met as infants in the suburbs of Providence, Rhode Island, where they attended nursery, elementary school, and temple together. As seventh graders, they would steal drinks from bar mitzvahs and have boys over in Samantha’s basement—innocent, early acts of rebellion. But after one of their shared acts, Samantha was given a disciplinary warning by their private school while Elissa was dismissed altogether, and later sent away. Samantha did not know then, but Elissa had just become one of the fifty-thousand-plus kids per year who enter the Troubled Teen Industry: a network of unregulated programs meant to reform wealthy, wayward youth.      Less than a year after graduation from Ponca Pines Academy, Elissa died at eighteen years old. In Samantha’s grief, she fixated on Elissa’s last years at the therapeutic boarding school, eager to understand why their paths diverged. As she spoke to mutual friends and scoured social media pages, Samantha learned of Alyssa and Alissa, Elissa’s closest friends at the school who shared both her name and penchant for partying, where drugs and alcohol became their norm. The matching Save Our Souls tattoo all three girls also had further fueled Samantha’s fixation, as she watched their lives play out online. Four years after Elissa’s death, Alyssa died, then Alissa at twenty-six.      In The Elissas, Samantha endeavors to understand why they ultimately met a shared, tragic fate that she was spared, in turn, offering a chilling account of the secret lives of young suburban women.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629608">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629608</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Elissas: Three Girls, One Fate, and the Deadly Secrets of Suburbia
Author: Samantha Leach
Narrator: Samantha Leach, Jesse Vilinsky
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 2 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Three suburban girls meet at a boarding school for troubled teens. Eight years later, they were dead. Bustle editor Samantha Leach and her childhood best friend, Elissa, met as infants in the suburbs of Providence, Rhode Island, where they attended nursery, elementary school, and temple together. As seventh graders, they would steal drinks from bar mitzvahs and have boys over in Samantha’s basement—innocent, early acts of rebellion. But after one of their shared acts, Samantha was given a disciplinary warning by their private school while Elissa was dismissed altogether, and later sent away. Samantha did not know then, but Elissa had just become one of the fifty-thousand-plus kids per year who enter the Troubled Teen Industry: a network of unregulated programs meant to reform wealthy, wayward youth.      Less than a year after graduation from Ponca Pines Academy, Elissa died at eighteen years old. In Samantha’s grief, she fixated on Elissa’s last years at the therapeutic boarding school, eager to understand why their paths diverged. As she spoke to mutual friends and scoured social media pages, Samantha learned of Alyssa and Alissa, Elissa’s closest friends at the school who shared both her name and penchant for partying, where drugs and alcohol became their norm. The matching Save Our Souls tattoo all three girls also had further fueled Samantha’s fixation, as she watched their lives play out online. Four years after Elissa’s death, Alyssa died, then Alissa at twenty-six.      In The Elissas, Samantha endeavors to understand why they ultimately met a shared, tragic fate that she was spared, in turn, offering a chilling account of the secret lives of young suburban women.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All the Gold Stars: Reimagining Ambition and the Ways We Strive by Rainesford Stauffer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629606</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629606">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629606</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All the Gold Stars: Reimagining Ambition and the Ways We Strive
Author: Rainesford Stauffer
Narrator: Jess Nahikian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From journalist and author of An Ordinary Age, an examination, dismantling, and reconstruction of ambition, where burnout is the symptom of our holiest sin: the lonely way we strive.  Ambition—the want, the hunger, the need to achieve—is woven into America’s fabric from the first colonization to capitalism. From our first gold star assignment to acceptance at the “right” college to hustle and grinding our lives, we celebrate our drive, even as we gatekeep who is permitted to strive--and how visibly. Even as we burn out. When we can’t even. When we know: work won’t love us back. All the Gold Stars looks at how the cultural, personal, and societal expectations around ambition are driving the burnout epidemic by funneling our worth into productivity, limiting our imaginations, and pushing us further apart. Through the devastating personal narrative of her own ambition crisis, Stauffer discovers the common factors driving us all, peeling back layers of family expectations, capitalism, and self-esteem that dangerously tie up our worth in our output. Interviews with students, parents, workers, psychologists, labor organizers, and more offer a new definition of ambition and the tools to reframe our lives around true success. All the Gold Stars provides ways for us to reject our current reality and reconceive ambition as more collective, imaginative, and rooted in caring for ourselves and each other.</description>
      <author>Rainesford Stauffer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668625958.mp3" length="782499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629606</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668625958.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629606">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629606</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All the Gold Stars: Reimagining Ambition and the Ways We Strive
Author: Rainesford Stauffer
Narrator: Jess Nahikian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From journalist and author of An Ordinary Age, an examination, dismantling, and reconstruction of ambition, where burnout is the symptom of our holiest sin: the lonely way we strive.  Ambition—the want, the hunger, the need to achieve—is woven into America’s fabric from the first colonization to capitalism. From our first gold star assignment to acceptance at the “right” college to hustle and grinding our lives, we celebrate our drive, even as we gatekeep who is permitted to strive--and how visibly. Even as we burn out. When we can’t even. When we know: work won’t love us back. All the Gold Stars looks at how the cultural, personal, and societal expectations around ambition are driving the burnout epidemic by funneling our worth into productivity, limiting our imaginations, and pushing us further apart. Through the devastating personal narrative of her own ambition crisis, Stauffer discovers the common factors driving us all, peeling back layers of family expectations, capitalism, and self-esteem that dangerously tie up our worth in our output. Interviews with students, parents, workers, psychologists, labor organizers, and more offer a new definition of ambition and the tools to reframe our lives around true success. All the Gold Stars provides ways for us to reject our current reality and reconceive ambition as more collective, imaginative, and rooted in caring for ourselves and each other.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629606">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629606</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All the Gold Stars: Reimagining Ambition and the Ways We Strive
Author: Rainesford Stauffer
Narrator: Jess Nahikian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
From journalist and author of An Ordinary Age, an examination, dismantling, and reconstruction of ambition, where burnout is the symptom of our holiest sin: the lonely way we strive.  Ambition—the want, the hunger, the need to achieve—is woven into America’s fabric from the first colonization to capitalism. From our first gold star assignment to acceptance at the “right” college to hustle and grinding our lives, we celebrate our drive, even as we gatekeep who is permitted to strive--and how visibly. Even as we burn out. When we can’t even. When we know: work won’t love us back. All the Gold Stars looks at how the cultural, personal, and societal expectations around ambition are driving the burnout epidemic by funneling our worth into productivity, limiting our imaginations, and pushing us further apart. Through the devastating personal narrative of her own ambition crisis, Stauffer discovers the common factors driving us all, peeling back layers of family expectations, capitalism, and self-esteem that dangerously tie up our worth in our output. Interviews with students, parents, workers, psychologists, labor organizers, and more offer a new definition of ambition and the tools to reframe our lives around true success. All the Gold Stars provides ways for us to reject our current reality and reconceive ambition as more collective, imaginative, and rooted in caring for ourselves and each other.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Polyvagal Path to Joyful Learning: Transforming Classrooms One Nervous System at a Time by Debra Em Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629545</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Polyvagal Path to Joyful Learning: Transforming Classrooms One Nervous System at a Time
Author: Debra Em Wilson
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The optimal state for learning is one of safety, connection, motivation, and engagement. Every student and teacher is different, but there&amp;#039;s one thing each has in common: a responsive nervous system ready for action. Whether it&amp;#039;s a fight breaking out on the playground, a difficult conversation with a parent, or an impromptu fire drill, understanding how the nervous system responds can help keep teachers and students on an even keel. Polyvagal Theory (PVT) has had a tremendous impact on the mental health field, shedding light on how the nervous system predictably moves between different states in response to changing situations. School consultant Debra Em Wilson introduces PVT to educators and shows how using PVT-guided strategies can help create optimal learning environments. When school staff understand the role of the nervous system in learning, they can better help students develop the skills leading to increased resilience, adaptability, and flexibility: essential qualities for social, emotional, and academic success.</description>
      <author>Debra Em Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765087480.mp3" length="8240854" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629545</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765087480.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Polyvagal Path to Joyful Learning: Transforming Classrooms One Nervous System at a Time
Author: Debra Em Wilson
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The optimal state for learning is one of safety, connection, motivation, and engagement. Every student and teacher is different, but there&amp;#039;s one thing each has in common: a responsive nervous system ready for action. Whether it&amp;#039;s a fight breaking out on the playground, a difficult conversation with a parent, or an impromptu fire drill, understanding how the nervous system responds can help keep teachers and students on an even keel. Polyvagal Theory (PVT) has had a tremendous impact on the mental health field, shedding light on how the nervous system predictably moves between different states in response to changing situations. School consultant Debra Em Wilson introduces PVT to educators and shows how using PVT-guided strategies can help create optimal learning environments. When school staff understand the role of the nervous system in learning, they can better help students develop the skills leading to increased resilience, adaptability, and flexibility: essential qualities for social, emotional, and academic success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629545">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629545</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Polyvagal Path to Joyful Learning: Transforming Classrooms One Nervous System at a Time
Author: Debra Em Wilson
Narrator: Coleen Marlo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 32 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The optimal state for learning is one of safety, connection, motivation, and engagement. Every student and teacher is different, but there&amp;#039;s one thing each has in common: a responsive nervous system ready for action. Whether it&amp;#039;s a fight breaking out on the playground, a difficult conversation with a parent, or an impromptu fire drill, understanding how the nervous system responds can help keep teachers and students on an even keel. Polyvagal Theory (PVT) has had a tremendous impact on the mental health field, shedding light on how the nervous system predictably moves between different states in response to changing situations. School consultant Debra Em Wilson introduces PVT to educators and shows how using PVT-guided strategies can help create optimal learning environments. When school staff understand the role of the nervous system in learning, they can better help students develop the skills leading to increased resilience, adaptability, and flexibility: essential qualities for social, emotional, and academic success.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What World Is This?: A Pandemic Phenomenology by Judith Butler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629535</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What World Is This?: A Pandemic Phenomenology
Author: Judith Butler
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The pandemic compels us to ask fundamental questions about our place in the world: the many ways humans rely on one another, how we vitally and sometimes fatally breathe the same air, share the surfaces of the earth, and exist in proximity to other porous creatures in order to live in a social world. What we require to live can also imperil our lives. How do we think from, and about, this common bind? Judith Butler shows how COVID-19 and all its consequences—political, social, ecological, economic—have challenged us to reconsider the sense of the world that such disasters bring about. Drawing on the work of Max Scheler, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, and critical feminist phenomenology, Butler illuminates the conditions in which we seek to make sense of our disorientation, precarity, and social bonds. What World Is This? offers a new account of interdependency in which touching and breathing, capacities that amid a viral outbreak can threaten life itself, challenge the boundaries of the body and selfhood. Criticizing notions of unlimited personal liberty and the killing forces of racism, sexism, and classism, this book suggests that the pandemic illuminates the potential of shared vulnerabilities as well as the injustice of pervasive inequalities.</description>
      <author>Judith Butler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765083406.mp3" length="7398216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629535</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765083406.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What World Is This?: A Pandemic Phenomenology
Author: Judith Butler
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The pandemic compels us to ask fundamental questions about our place in the world: the many ways humans rely on one another, how we vitally and sometimes fatally breathe the same air, share the surfaces of the earth, and exist in proximity to other porous creatures in order to live in a social world. What we require to live can also imperil our lives. How do we think from, and about, this common bind? Judith Butler shows how COVID-19 and all its consequences—political, social, ecological, economic—have challenged us to reconsider the sense of the world that such disasters bring about. Drawing on the work of Max Scheler, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, and critical feminist phenomenology, Butler illuminates the conditions in which we seek to make sense of our disorientation, precarity, and social bonds. What World Is This? offers a new account of interdependency in which touching and breathing, capacities that amid a viral outbreak can threaten life itself, challenge the boundaries of the body and selfhood. Criticizing notions of unlimited personal liberty and the killing forces of racism, sexism, and classism, this book suggests that the pandemic illuminates the potential of shared vulnerabilities as well as the injustice of pervasive inequalities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629535">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629535</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What World Is This?: A Pandemic Phenomenology
Author: Judith Butler
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The pandemic compels us to ask fundamental questions about our place in the world: the many ways humans rely on one another, how we vitally and sometimes fatally breathe the same air, share the surfaces of the earth, and exist in proximity to other porous creatures in order to live in a social world. What we require to live can also imperil our lives. How do we think from, and about, this common bind? Judith Butler shows how COVID-19 and all its consequences—political, social, ecological, economic—have challenged us to reconsider the sense of the world that such disasters bring about. Drawing on the work of Max Scheler, Maurice Merleau-Ponty, and critical feminist phenomenology, Butler illuminates the conditions in which we seek to make sense of our disorientation, precarity, and social bonds. What World Is This? offers a new account of interdependency in which touching and breathing, capacities that amid a viral outbreak can threaten life itself, challenge the boundaries of the body and selfhood. Criticizing notions of unlimited personal liberty and the killing forces of racism, sexism, and classism, this book suggests that the pandemic illuminates the potential of shared vulnerabilities as well as the injustice of pervasive inequalities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Conditioned Reflex Therapy: The Practical Keys to Unlocking Your Confidence, Authenticity and Happiness – and Leaving Anxiety, Loneliness and Depression Behind by Andrew Salter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629506</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conditioned Reflex Therapy: The Practical Keys to Unlocking Your Confidence, Authenticity and Happiness – and Leaving Anxiety, Loneliness and Depression Behind
Author: Andrew Salter
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
As we change what you say and do, we will change what you think and feel. —Andrew Salter   Welcomed as a revolutionary and effective approach to improve people&amp;#039;s mental health and help them find happiness when it was first published in 1949, Andrew Salter&amp;#039;s Conditioned Reflex Therapy introduced both the fundamental ideas of behavior therapy and many techniques still practiced today.   This classic guide, which is perhaps the first self-help book, includes specific methods for assertion, getting in touch with your feelings, relaxation, and using imagery to overcome phobias, anxieties, and depression. Captivating  and direct, it still seems fresh, though it also conveys the spirit of New York City in the late 1940s. It vividly evokes the timeless concerns of people striving for happiness and self-actualization amid the energy of post-war America, the hum of traffic, the buzz of restaurants and cocktail parties. It will teach you how to be more aware of your feelings and more authentic in your life, and thereby to be happier and more fulfilled in your relationships and career.</description>
      <author>Andrew Salter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781541417427.mp3" length="7625924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629506</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781541417427.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conditioned Reflex Therapy: The Practical Keys to Unlocking Your Confidence, Authenticity and Happiness – and Leaving Anxiety, Loneliness and Depression Behind
Author: Andrew Salter
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
As we change what you say and do, we will change what you think and feel. —Andrew Salter   Welcomed as a revolutionary and effective approach to improve people&amp;#039;s mental health and help them find happiness when it was first published in 1949, Andrew Salter&amp;#039;s Conditioned Reflex Therapy introduced both the fundamental ideas of behavior therapy and many techniques still practiced today.   This classic guide, which is perhaps the first self-help book, includes specific methods for assertion, getting in touch with your feelings, relaxation, and using imagery to overcome phobias, anxieties, and depression. Captivating  and direct, it still seems fresh, though it also conveys the spirit of New York City in the late 1940s. It vividly evokes the timeless concerns of people striving for happiness and self-actualization amid the energy of post-war America, the hum of traffic, the buzz of restaurants and cocktail parties. It will teach you how to be more aware of your feelings and more authentic in your life, and thereby to be happier and more fulfilled in your relationships and career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629506">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629506</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Conditioned Reflex Therapy: The Practical Keys to Unlocking Your Confidence, Authenticity and Happiness – and Leaving Anxiety, Loneliness and Depression Behind
Author: Andrew Salter
Narrator: Michael Butler Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
As we change what you say and do, we will change what you think and feel. —Andrew Salter   Welcomed as a revolutionary and effective approach to improve people&amp;#039;s mental health and help them find happiness when it was first published in 1949, Andrew Salter&amp;#039;s Conditioned Reflex Therapy introduced both the fundamental ideas of behavior therapy and many techniques still practiced today.   This classic guide, which is perhaps the first self-help book, includes specific methods for assertion, getting in touch with your feelings, relaxation, and using imagery to overcome phobias, anxieties, and depression. Captivating  and direct, it still seems fresh, though it also conveys the spirit of New York City in the late 1940s. It vividly evokes the timeless concerns of people striving for happiness and self-actualization amid the energy of post-war America, the hum of traffic, the buzz of restaurants and cocktail parties. It will teach you how to be more aware of your feelings and more authentic in your life, and thereby to be happier and more fulfilled in your relationships and career.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Complications: On Going Insane in America by Emmett Rensin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629220</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629220">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629220</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Complications: On Going Insane in America
Author: Emmett Rensin
Narrator: James Gloucester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An unflinching, rare account of living with severe mental illness that is also a bold commentary on how we misunderstand this often debilitating disease. The Complications is an intimate portrait of what it’s like to live with schizoaffective disorder of the bipolar type as well as a biting, revelatory critique of America’s mental health culture. Emmett Rensin has written and edited articles for major national media outlets, and taught writing and literature at prestigious schools. But he has also lost jobs and friends, been hospitalized and institutionalized, and cycled through a daunting combination of medications. With scorching honesty, he reflects on his messy, fragile attempt to live his life, his periods of grace, and his near misses with disaster and death. Going beyond the usual peans against “stigma” and for “understanding”, Rensin confronts the dysfunction in current mental health narratives, contrasting what he calls mental illness “high culture”—in which we affirm the prevalence of anxiety and encourage regular therapy, insisting that the “mentally ill” aren’t dangerous or even weird—with even progressive society’s inability to contend with people with more severe forms of mental illness: those people we pass on the street talking to themselves, those caught in a loop between hospitals and prisons, or even those who we cannot tolerate in our own schools, offices, and lives, including himself.  With raw honesty, Rensin invites us into every aspect of his life, from what it’s like see four different psychiatrists in one year and the nature of psychotic breaks to a harrowing diary that logs exactly what happens when he stops taking his medication and the unexpected kinship he discovers with an incarcerated spree killer with schizophrenia. Going beyond pure memoir, he reflects on the uncertain “science” of diagnosis, the nature of art about and by the insane, political activism, and the history of madness, from the asylum to the academy.  A compelling, often devastating, blend of memoir, cultural commentary, and history, The Complications elevates the conversation around mental illness and challenges us to reexamine what we think we know about what is to go insane.</description>
      <author>Emmett Rensin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Apr 2024 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063057258.mp3" length="1436530" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629220</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063057258.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629220">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629220</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Complications: On Going Insane in America
Author: Emmett Rensin
Narrator: James Gloucester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An unflinching, rare account of living with severe mental illness that is also a bold commentary on how we misunderstand this often debilitating disease. The Complications is an intimate portrait of what it’s like to live with schizoaffective disorder of the bipolar type as well as a biting, revelatory critique of America’s mental health culture. Emmett Rensin has written and edited articles for major national media outlets, and taught writing and literature at prestigious schools. But he has also lost jobs and friends, been hospitalized and institutionalized, and cycled through a daunting combination of medications. With scorching honesty, he reflects on his messy, fragile attempt to live his life, his periods of grace, and his near misses with disaster and death. Going beyond the usual peans against “stigma” and for “understanding”, Rensin confronts the dysfunction in current mental health narratives, contrasting what he calls mental illness “high culture”—in which we affirm the prevalence of anxiety and encourage regular therapy, insisting that the “mentally ill” aren’t dangerous or even weird—with even progressive society’s inability to contend with people with more severe forms of mental illness: those people we pass on the street talking to themselves, those caught in a loop between hospitals and prisons, or even those who we cannot tolerate in our own schools, offices, and lives, including himself.  With raw honesty, Rensin invites us into every aspect of his life, from what it’s like see four different psychiatrists in one year and the nature of psychotic breaks to a harrowing diary that logs exactly what happens when he stops taking his medication and the unexpected kinship he discovers with an incarcerated spree killer with schizophrenia. Going beyond pure memoir, he reflects on the uncertain “science” of diagnosis, the nature of art about and by the insane, political activism, and the history of madness, from the asylum to the academy.  A compelling, often devastating, blend of memoir, cultural commentary, and history, The Complications elevates the conversation around mental illness and challenges us to reexamine what we think we know about what is to go insane.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629220">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/629220</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Complications: On Going Insane in America
Author: Emmett Rensin
Narrator: James Gloucester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 56 minutes
Release date: April 23, 2024
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An unflinching, rare account of living with severe mental illness that is also a bold commentary on how we misunderstand this often debilitating disease. The Complications is an intimate portrait of what it’s like to live with schizoaffective disorder of the bipolar type as well as a biting, revelatory critique of America’s mental health culture. Emmett Rensin has written and edited articles for major national media outlets, and taught writing and literature at prestigious schools. But he has also lost jobs and friends, been hospitalized and institutionalized, and cycled through a daunting combination of medications. With scorching honesty, he reflects on his messy, fragile attempt to live his life, his periods of grace, and his near misses with disaster and death. Going beyond the usual peans against “stigma” and for “understanding”, Rensin confronts the dysfunction in current mental health narratives, contrasting what he calls mental illness “high culture”—in which we affirm the prevalence of anxiety and encourage regular therapy, insisting that the “mentally ill” aren’t dangerous or even weird—with even progressive society’s inability to contend with people with more severe forms of mental illness: those people we pass on the street talking to themselves, those caught in a loop between hospitals and prisons, or even those who we cannot tolerate in our own schools, offices, and lives, including himself.  With raw honesty, Rensin invites us into every aspect of his life, from what it’s like see four different psychiatrists in one year and the nature of psychotic breaks to a harrowing diary that logs exactly what happens when he stops taking his medication and the unexpected kinship he discovers with an incarcerated spree killer with schizophrenia. Going beyond pure memoir, he reflects on the uncertain “science” of diagnosis, the nature of art about and by the insane, political activism, and the history of madness, from the asylum to the academy.  A compelling, often devastating, blend of memoir, cultural commentary, and history, The Complications elevates the conversation around mental illness and challenges us to reexamine what we think we know about what is to go insane.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Book of Burnout by Bev Aisbett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628941</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Burnout
Author: Bev Aisbett
Narrator: Miranda Nation
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Australia&amp;#039;s bestselling anxiety and mental health expert, Bev Aisbett, tackles a growing mental health emergency: burnout.  Burnout happens when we take on too much, when we think we can do the impossible, at the cost of our wellbeing, our health and even our quality of life. Although the term is often casually tossed about, burnout is no joke – it can impact every area of your life and leave you depleted in every way.  After two years of the pandemic and lockdowns, working from home, homeschooling, widespread stress and being on our computers and devices 24/7 and constantly available, the danger of burnout for so many of us is all too real. It can happen to anyone. Using humour, straightforward language and her signature illustrations, Bev clearly explains what burnout is, who is at risk, how to recognise the danger signs and, finally, how to step back from the brink, providing insight and techniques to ease burnout and stop yourself going up in smoke.</description>
      <author>Bev Aisbett</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781460744901.mp3" length="1063840" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628941</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781460744901.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Burnout
Author: Bev Aisbett
Narrator: Miranda Nation
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Australia&amp;#039;s bestselling anxiety and mental health expert, Bev Aisbett, tackles a growing mental health emergency: burnout.  Burnout happens when we take on too much, when we think we can do the impossible, at the cost of our wellbeing, our health and even our quality of life. Although the term is often casually tossed about, burnout is no joke – it can impact every area of your life and leave you depleted in every way.  After two years of the pandemic and lockdowns, working from home, homeschooling, widespread stress and being on our computers and devices 24/7 and constantly available, the danger of burnout for so many of us is all too real. It can happen to anyone. Using humour, straightforward language and her signature illustrations, Bev clearly explains what burnout is, who is at risk, how to recognise the danger signs and, finally, how to step back from the brink, providing insight and techniques to ease burnout and stop yourself going up in smoke.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628941">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628941</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Book of Burnout
Author: Bev Aisbett
Narrator: Miranda Nation
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Australia&amp;#039;s bestselling anxiety and mental health expert, Bev Aisbett, tackles a growing mental health emergency: burnout.  Burnout happens when we take on too much, when we think we can do the impossible, at the cost of our wellbeing, our health and even our quality of life. Although the term is often casually tossed about, burnout is no joke – it can impact every area of your life and leave you depleted in every way.  After two years of the pandemic and lockdowns, working from home, homeschooling, widespread stress and being on our computers and devices 24/7 and constantly available, the danger of burnout for so many of us is all too real. It can happen to anyone. Using humour, straightforward language and her signature illustrations, Bev clearly explains what burnout is, who is at risk, how to recognise the danger signs and, finally, how to step back from the brink, providing insight and techniques to ease burnout and stop yourself going up in smoke.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Psychiatry: The Science of Lies by Thomas Szasz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628546</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychiatry: The Science of Lies
Author: Thomas Szasz
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2010
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For more than half a century, Thomas Szasz has devoted much of his career to a radical critique of psychiatry. His latest work, Psychiatry: The Science of Lies, is a culmination of his life&amp;#039;s work to portray the integral role of deception in the history and practice of psychiatry. Szasz argues that the diagnosis and treatment of mental illness stands in the same relationship to the diagnosis and treatment of bodily illness that the forgery of a painting does to the original masterpiece. Art historians and the legal system seek to distinguish forgeries from originals. Those concerned with medicine, on the other hand—physicians, patients, politicians, health-insurance providers, and legal professionals—take the opposite stance when faced with the challenge of distinguishing everyday problems in living from bodily diseases, systematically authenticating non-diseases as diseases. The boundary between disease and non-disease—genuine and imitation, truth and falsehood—thus becomes arbitrary and uncertain. There is neither glory nor profit in correctly demarcating what counts as medical illness and medical healing from what does not. Individuals and families wishing to protect themselves from medically and politically authenticated charlatanry are left to their own intellectual and moral resources to make critical decisions about human dilemmas miscategorized as &amp;#039;mental diseases&amp;#039; and about medicalized responses misidentified as &amp;#039;psychiatric treatments.&amp;#039; Delivering his sophisticated analysis in lucid prose and with a sharp wit, Szasz continues to engage and challenge readers of all backgrounds.</description>
      <author>Thomas Szasz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2010 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481545815.mp3" length="891865" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628546</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481545815.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychiatry: The Science of Lies
Author: Thomas Szasz
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2010
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For more than half a century, Thomas Szasz has devoted much of his career to a radical critique of psychiatry. His latest work, Psychiatry: The Science of Lies, is a culmination of his life&amp;#039;s work to portray the integral role of deception in the history and practice of psychiatry. Szasz argues that the diagnosis and treatment of mental illness stands in the same relationship to the diagnosis and treatment of bodily illness that the forgery of a painting does to the original masterpiece. Art historians and the legal system seek to distinguish forgeries from originals. Those concerned with medicine, on the other hand—physicians, patients, politicians, health-insurance providers, and legal professionals—take the opposite stance when faced with the challenge of distinguishing everyday problems in living from bodily diseases, systematically authenticating non-diseases as diseases. The boundary between disease and non-disease—genuine and imitation, truth and falsehood—thus becomes arbitrary and uncertain. There is neither glory nor profit in correctly demarcating what counts as medical illness and medical healing from what does not. Individuals and families wishing to protect themselves from medically and politically authenticated charlatanry are left to their own intellectual and moral resources to make critical decisions about human dilemmas miscategorized as &amp;#039;mental diseases&amp;#039; and about medicalized responses misidentified as &amp;#039;psychiatric treatments.&amp;#039; Delivering his sophisticated analysis in lucid prose and with a sharp wit, Szasz continues to engage and challenge readers of all backgrounds.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628546">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628546</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Psychiatry: The Science of Lies
Author: Thomas Szasz
Narrator: Tom Weiner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2010
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For more than half a century, Thomas Szasz has devoted much of his career to a radical critique of psychiatry. His latest work, Psychiatry: The Science of Lies, is a culmination of his life&amp;#039;s work to portray the integral role of deception in the history and practice of psychiatry. Szasz argues that the diagnosis and treatment of mental illness stands in the same relationship to the diagnosis and treatment of bodily illness that the forgery of a painting does to the original masterpiece. Art historians and the legal system seek to distinguish forgeries from originals. Those concerned with medicine, on the other hand—physicians, patients, politicians, health-insurance providers, and legal professionals—take the opposite stance when faced with the challenge of distinguishing everyday problems in living from bodily diseases, systematically authenticating non-diseases as diseases. The boundary between disease and non-disease—genuine and imitation, truth and falsehood—thus becomes arbitrary and uncertain. There is neither glory nor profit in correctly demarcating what counts as medical illness and medical healing from what does not. Individuals and families wishing to protect themselves from medically and politically authenticated charlatanry are left to their own intellectual and moral resources to make critical decisions about human dilemmas miscategorized as &amp;#039;mental diseases&amp;#039; and about medicalized responses misidentified as &amp;#039;psychiatric treatments.&amp;#039; Delivering his sophisticated analysis in lucid prose and with a sharp wit, Szasz continues to engage and challenge readers of all backgrounds.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Myth of Psychotherapy: Mental Healing as Religion, Rhetoric, and Repression by Thomas Szasz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628055</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of Psychotherapy: Mental Healing as Religion, Rhetoric, and Repression
Author: Thomas Szasz
Narrator: Robin Lawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Until recent years, “bad” and “immoral” were terms used to describe people who are now referred to as “sick” and “in need of treatment.” Moral and religious perspectives have been clearly replaced by medical and therapeutic rhetoric. It is little wonder that the world is plagued by legions of rapists, drug users, murderers, thieves, child abusers—you name it—all of whom are now referred to as having one form or another of “addiction,” and are thus either “sick” or suffering from “mental illness.” Accordingly, modern psychotherapists claim that these are in need of specialized “therapy” or “treatment,” to help them “cope with their disease.” Moral relativism-bolstered by psychotherapy-has prevailed over the traditional ideas of self-control, individual responsibility, and moral culpability.Thomas Szasz moves to demythologize psychotherapy itself, and he does it in a most provocative manner.</description>
      <author>Thomas Szasz</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Nov 2011 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481557313.mp3" length="874927" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628055</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481557313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of Psychotherapy: Mental Healing as Religion, Rhetoric, and Repression
Author: Thomas Szasz
Narrator: Robin Lawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Until recent years, “bad” and “immoral” were terms used to describe people who are now referred to as “sick” and “in need of treatment.” Moral and religious perspectives have been clearly replaced by medical and therapeutic rhetoric. It is little wonder that the world is plagued by legions of rapists, drug users, murderers, thieves, child abusers—you name it—all of whom are now referred to as having one form or another of “addiction,” and are thus either “sick” or suffering from “mental illness.” Accordingly, modern psychotherapists claim that these are in need of specialized “therapy” or “treatment,” to help them “cope with their disease.” Moral relativism-bolstered by psychotherapy-has prevailed over the traditional ideas of self-control, individual responsibility, and moral culpability.Thomas Szasz moves to demythologize psychotherapy itself, and he does it in a most provocative manner.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628055">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/628055</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Myth of Psychotherapy: Mental Healing as Religion, Rhetoric, and Repression
Author: Thomas Szasz
Narrator: Robin Lawson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November  2, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Until recent years, “bad” and “immoral” were terms used to describe people who are now referred to as “sick” and “in need of treatment.” Moral and religious perspectives have been clearly replaced by medical and therapeutic rhetoric. It is little wonder that the world is plagued by legions of rapists, drug users, murderers, thieves, child abusers—you name it—all of whom are now referred to as having one form or another of “addiction,” and are thus either “sick” or suffering from “mental illness.” Accordingly, modern psychotherapists claim that these are in need of specialized “therapy” or “treatment,” to help them “cope with their disease.” Moral relativism-bolstered by psychotherapy-has prevailed over the traditional ideas of self-control, individual responsibility, and moral culpability.Thomas Szasz moves to demythologize psychotherapy itself, and he does it in a most provocative manner.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Emperor’s New Drugs: Exploding the Antidepressant Myth by Irving Kirsch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627538</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Emperor’s New Drugs: Exploding the Antidepressant Myth
Author: Irving Kirsch
Narrator: Richard Powers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Irving Kirsch has the world doubting the efficacy of antidepressants. Do they work, or are they no better than placebos? Like his colleagues, Kirsch spent years referring patients to psychiatrists to have their depression treated with drugs. Eventually, however, he decided to investigate for himself just how effective the drugs actually were. With fifteen years of research, Kirsch demonstrates that what everyone “knew” about antidepressants is wrong—what the medical community considered a cornerstone of psychiatric treatment is little more than a faulty consensus. But The Emperor’s New Drugs does more than just criticize: it offers a path society can follow to stop popping pills and start proper treatment.</description>
      <author>Irving Kirsch</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 May 2012 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481555296.mp3" length="832683" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627538</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481555296.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Emperor’s New Drugs: Exploding the Antidepressant Myth
Author: Irving Kirsch
Narrator: Richard Powers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Irving Kirsch has the world doubting the efficacy of antidepressants. Do they work, or are they no better than placebos? Like his colleagues, Kirsch spent years referring patients to psychiatrists to have their depression treated with drugs. Eventually, however, he decided to investigate for himself just how effective the drugs actually were. With fifteen years of research, Kirsch demonstrates that what everyone “knew” about antidepressants is wrong—what the medical community considered a cornerstone of psychiatric treatment is little more than a faulty consensus. But The Emperor’s New Drugs does more than just criticize: it offers a path society can follow to stop popping pills and start proper treatment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627538">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627538</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Emperor’s New Drugs: Exploding the Antidepressant Myth
Author: Irving Kirsch
Narrator: Richard Powers
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: May 24, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Irving Kirsch has the world doubting the efficacy of antidepressants. Do they work, or are they no better than placebos? Like his colleagues, Kirsch spent years referring patients to psychiatrists to have their depression treated with drugs. Eventually, however, he decided to investigate for himself just how effective the drugs actually were. With fifteen years of research, Kirsch demonstrates that what everyone “knew” about antidepressants is wrong—what the medical community considered a cornerstone of psychiatric treatment is little more than a faulty consensus. But The Emperor’s New Drugs does more than just criticize: it offers a path society can follow to stop popping pills and start proper treatment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forgiveness Is A Choice: Teachings about Peace and Love by Kia Scherr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627429</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgiveness Is A Choice: Teachings about Peace and Love
Author: Kia Scherr
Narrator: Kia Scherr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How could you forgive a terrorist?  A month or so before Christmas 2008, Kia Scherr lost her husband and   teenage daughter to the horrific Mumbai terrorist attack at the Oberoi. In a   second, her life was clouded with grief, and since then, it has been a   convoluted journey of resilience and recovery.  In Forgiveness is a Choice, Scherr peels back the many layers of   personal bereavement. She moves beyond the incident, focusing on the reality   of dealing with sorrow that rears its ugly heads in myriad forms. Never   mawkish, her writing offers everyday advice on how to meander grief-laden   experiences. A tender and understanding guide on getting a grip and taking   life one day at a time.</description>
      <author>Kia Scherr</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789354925795.mp3" length="2543826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627429</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789354925795.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgiveness Is A Choice: Teachings about Peace and Love
Author: Kia Scherr
Narrator: Kia Scherr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How could you forgive a terrorist?  A month or so before Christmas 2008, Kia Scherr lost her husband and   teenage daughter to the horrific Mumbai terrorist attack at the Oberoi. In a   second, her life was clouded with grief, and since then, it has been a   convoluted journey of resilience and recovery.  In Forgiveness is a Choice, Scherr peels back the many layers of   personal bereavement. She moves beyond the incident, focusing on the reality   of dealing with sorrow that rears its ugly heads in myriad forms. Never   mawkish, her writing offers everyday advice on how to meander grief-laden   experiences. A tender and understanding guide on getting a grip and taking   life one day at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627429">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627429</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Forgiveness Is A Choice: Teachings about Peace and Love
Author: Kia Scherr
Narrator: Kia Scherr
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 36 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
How could you forgive a terrorist?  A month or so before Christmas 2008, Kia Scherr lost her husband and   teenage daughter to the horrific Mumbai terrorist attack at the Oberoi. In a   second, her life was clouded with grief, and since then, it has been a   convoluted journey of resilience and recovery.  In Forgiveness is a Choice, Scherr peels back the many layers of   personal bereavement. She moves beyond the incident, focusing on the reality   of dealing with sorrow that rears its ugly heads in myriad forms. Never   mawkish, her writing offers everyday advice on how to meander grief-laden   experiences. A tender and understanding guide on getting a grip and taking   life one day at a time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Close Encounters of the Worst Kind Second Edition by Randi Fine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627334</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Close Encounters of the Worst Kind Second Edition
Author: Randi Fine
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Close Encounters of the Worst Kind Second Edition is the most comprehensive, most trustworthy, and most widely utilized narcissistic abuse guide among survivors, concerned supporters, and helping professionals.The first edition was released in 2017.The Second Edition added three new chapters and updated much of the content throughout the book. Close Encounters, now in its Second Edition, is a comprehensive, compassionate and supportive guide to understanding the unique and complex nature of narcissistic abuse and the emotionally crippling syndrome that results from it. This groundbreaking book provides a complete roadmap through the healing process, into recovery, and ultimately to the freedom and happiness survivor&amp;#039;s deserve. Readers will find the most up-to-date information on the psychological, emotional and physical effects of NPD abuse. They will learn how narcissistic abuse infiltrates various settings including work, family-of-origin, romantic relationships and friendships. Written in a non-labeling, non-judgmental style, survivors will find this book highly educating, comforting and empowering.</description>
      <author>Randi Fine</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823420051.mp3" length="1355400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627334</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823420051.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Close Encounters of the Worst Kind Second Edition
Author: Randi Fine
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Close Encounters of the Worst Kind Second Edition is the most comprehensive, most trustworthy, and most widely utilized narcissistic abuse guide among survivors, concerned supporters, and helping professionals.The first edition was released in 2017.The Second Edition added three new chapters and updated much of the content throughout the book. Close Encounters, now in its Second Edition, is a comprehensive, compassionate and supportive guide to understanding the unique and complex nature of narcissistic abuse and the emotionally crippling syndrome that results from it. This groundbreaking book provides a complete roadmap through the healing process, into recovery, and ultimately to the freedom and happiness survivor&amp;#039;s deserve. Readers will find the most up-to-date information on the psychological, emotional and physical effects of NPD abuse. They will learn how narcissistic abuse infiltrates various settings including work, family-of-origin, romantic relationships and friendships. Written in a non-labeling, non-judgmental style, survivors will find this book highly educating, comforting and empowering.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627334">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627334</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Close Encounters of the Worst Kind Second Edition
Author: Randi Fine
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Close Encounters of the Worst Kind Second Edition is the most comprehensive, most trustworthy, and most widely utilized narcissistic abuse guide among survivors, concerned supporters, and helping professionals.The first edition was released in 2017.The Second Edition added three new chapters and updated much of the content throughout the book. Close Encounters, now in its Second Edition, is a comprehensive, compassionate and supportive guide to understanding the unique and complex nature of narcissistic abuse and the emotionally crippling syndrome that results from it. This groundbreaking book provides a complete roadmap through the healing process, into recovery, and ultimately to the freedom and happiness survivor&amp;#039;s deserve. Readers will find the most up-to-date information on the psychological, emotional and physical effects of NPD abuse. They will learn how narcissistic abuse infiltrates various settings including work, family-of-origin, romantic relationships and friendships. Written in a non-labeling, non-judgmental style, survivors will find this book highly educating, comforting and empowering.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meta-Brain: Reprogramming the Unconscious for Self-Directed Living by Alexandrea Day</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627204</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meta-Brain: Reprogramming the Unconscious for Self-Directed Living
Author: Alexandrea Day
Narrator: Gabriela Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“A delightful, must-read book taking you on a healing journey of self-discovery based on the interconnectedness between neuroscience and human emotions.”Yanina Tsenkina, PhD, CEO of CYC Biomedical Consulting In this dynamically changing and high-velocity world, humankind’s unmet need for inner peace self-identifies on a macro level and compels bolder remedial action at scale. Timed precisely as unsettling current events are persisting into the future, Meta-Brain: Reprogramming the Unconscious for Self-Directed Living boldly celebrates human possibility by helping readers chart at-peace journeys of healthy living and greater accomplishments. Author and neuro-tech innovator, Alexandrea Day, presents Adaptive Therapy in Meta-Brain, a breakthrough method of powering self-change derived from her 20 years of research into the human condition and clinical practice with thousands of clients. The thesis of Adaptive Therapy is that humans respond to their current environment based upon established belief systems, formed from past similar experiences. Comprehending that the unconscious mind is the lens through which both past and in-the-moment events and experiences are appraised, Adaptive Therapy helps readers re-program their belief systems to modify automated behaviors that may be self-limiting or, when not adhered to, invoke the stress response system. Stress is preventable with Adaptive Therapy. Meta-Brain makes the case that anyone can modify their negative perceptions and reframe them to generate positive outcomes, regardless of how or when they were established. Adaptive Therapy shows how to arrive at a better state of mind with assertive science-backed rationale and methods. Meta-Brain discovers and empowers a freer and more powerful self with a new and permanent level of mental fitness. Readers will learn techniques for: Adapting to surroundings instead of trying to manipulate them externally Projecting positive future outcomes and successfully harmonize with their world Accessing groundbreaking mindfulness that can slow down time Amplifying intuition Treating chronic stress Rewiring the unconscious mind to successfully adapt to new events and experiences Framing the mind of a champion; elite performer regardless of parental upbringing  Meta-Brain advocates a unique path forward for communities and policymakers looking to eliminate the social conditions creating barriers to learning and adaptive behavioral change. It’s a strong read for healthcare professionals, licensed therapists, and self-assessing individuals intent on learning how to be the best version of themselves. Advancing from authoring Meta-Brain, Alexandrea is now focused on building her neuro-tech company, Meta-Brain Labs™, to implement Meta-Brain principles into a range of self-change solutions for at work, at home, and at play hyper-learning applications.</description>
      <author>Alexandrea Day</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212033251.mp3" length="841009" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627204</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212033251.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meta-Brain: Reprogramming the Unconscious for Self-Directed Living
Author: Alexandrea Day
Narrator: Gabriela Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“A delightful, must-read book taking you on a healing journey of self-discovery based on the interconnectedness between neuroscience and human emotions.”Yanina Tsenkina, PhD, CEO of CYC Biomedical Consulting In this dynamically changing and high-velocity world, humankind’s unmet need for inner peace self-identifies on a macro level and compels bolder remedial action at scale. Timed precisely as unsettling current events are persisting into the future, Meta-Brain: Reprogramming the Unconscious for Self-Directed Living boldly celebrates human possibility by helping readers chart at-peace journeys of healthy living and greater accomplishments. Author and neuro-tech innovator, Alexandrea Day, presents Adaptive Therapy in Meta-Brain, a breakthrough method of powering self-change derived from her 20 years of research into the human condition and clinical practice with thousands of clients. The thesis of Adaptive Therapy is that humans respond to their current environment based upon established belief systems, formed from past similar experiences. Comprehending that the unconscious mind is the lens through which both past and in-the-moment events and experiences are appraised, Adaptive Therapy helps readers re-program their belief systems to modify automated behaviors that may be self-limiting or, when not adhered to, invoke the stress response system. Stress is preventable with Adaptive Therapy. Meta-Brain makes the case that anyone can modify their negative perceptions and reframe them to generate positive outcomes, regardless of how or when they were established. Adaptive Therapy shows how to arrive at a better state of mind with assertive science-backed rationale and methods. Meta-Brain discovers and empowers a freer and more powerful self with a new and permanent level of mental fitness. Readers will learn techniques for: Adapting to surroundings instead of trying to manipulate them externally Projecting positive future outcomes and successfully harmonize with their world Accessing groundbreaking mindfulness that can slow down time Amplifying intuition Treating chronic stress Rewiring the unconscious mind to successfully adapt to new events and experiences Framing the mind of a champion; elite performer regardless of parental upbringing  Meta-Brain advocates a unique path forward for communities and policymakers looking to eliminate the social conditions creating barriers to learning and adaptive behavioral change. It’s a strong read for healthcare professionals, licensed therapists, and self-assessing individuals intent on learning how to be the best version of themselves. Advancing from authoring Meta-Brain, Alexandrea is now focused on building her neuro-tech company, Meta-Brain Labs™, to implement Meta-Brain principles into a range of self-change solutions for at work, at home, and at play hyper-learning applications.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627204">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627204</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meta-Brain: Reprogramming the Unconscious for Self-Directed Living
Author: Alexandrea Day
Narrator: Gabriela Noble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“A delightful, must-read book taking you on a healing journey of self-discovery based on the interconnectedness between neuroscience and human emotions.”Yanina Tsenkina, PhD, CEO of CYC Biomedical Consulting In this dynamically changing and high-velocity world, humankind’s unmet need for inner peace self-identifies on a macro level and compels bolder remedial action at scale. Timed precisely as unsettling current events are persisting into the future, Meta-Brain: Reprogramming the Unconscious for Self-Directed Living boldly celebrates human possibility by helping readers chart at-peace journeys of healthy living and greater accomplishments. Author and neuro-tech innovator, Alexandrea Day, presents Adaptive Therapy in Meta-Brain, a breakthrough method of powering self-change derived from her 20 years of research into the human condition and clinical practice with thousands of clients. The thesis of Adaptive Therapy is that humans respond to their current environment based upon established belief systems, formed from past similar experiences. Comprehending that the unconscious mind is the lens through which both past and in-the-moment events and experiences are appraised, Adaptive Therapy helps readers re-program their belief systems to modify automated behaviors that may be self-limiting or, when not adhered to, invoke the stress response system. Stress is preventable with Adaptive Therapy. Meta-Brain makes the case that anyone can modify their negative perceptions and reframe them to generate positive outcomes, regardless of how or when they were established. Adaptive Therapy shows how to arrive at a better state of mind with assertive science-backed rationale and methods. Meta-Brain discovers and empowers a freer and more powerful self with a new and permanent level of mental fitness. Readers will learn techniques for: Adapting to surroundings instead of trying to manipulate them externally Projecting positive future outcomes and successfully harmonize with their world Accessing groundbreaking mindfulness that can slow down time Amplifying intuition Treating chronic stress Rewiring the unconscious mind to successfully adapt to new events and experiences Framing the mind of a champion; elite performer regardless of parental upbringing  Meta-Brain advocates a unique path forward for communities and policymakers looking to eliminate the social conditions creating barriers to learning and adaptive behavioral change. It’s a strong read for healthcare professionals, licensed therapists, and self-assessing individuals intent on learning how to be the best version of themselves. Advancing from authoring Meta-Brain, Alexandrea is now focused on building her neuro-tech company, Meta-Brain Labs™, to implement Meta-Brain principles into a range of self-change solutions for at work, at home, and at play hyper-learning applications.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Superman on the Couch: What Superheroes Really Tell Us about Ourselves and Our Society by Danny Fingeroth</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627171</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superman on the Couch: What Superheroes Really Tell Us about Ourselves and Our Society
Author: Danny Fingeroth
Narrator: Danny Fingeroth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why are so many of the superhero myths tied up with loss, often violent, of parents or parental figures? What is the significance of the dual identity? What makes some superhuman figures “good” and others “evil”? Why are so many of the prime superheroes white and male? How has the superhero evolved over the course of the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries? And how might the myths be changing? Why is it that the key superhero archetypes—Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman, Spider-Man, the X-Men—touch primal needs and experiences in everyone? Why has the superhero moved beyond the pages of comics into other media? All these topics, and more, are covered in this lively and original exploration of the reasons why the superhero—in comic books, films, and TV—is such a potent myth for our times and culture.</description>
      <author>Danny Fingeroth</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Jun 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200964093.mp3" length="819141" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627171</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200964093.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superman on the Couch: What Superheroes Really Tell Us about Ourselves and Our Society
Author: Danny Fingeroth
Narrator: Danny Fingeroth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why are so many of the superhero myths tied up with loss, often violent, of parents or parental figures? What is the significance of the dual identity? What makes some superhuman figures “good” and others “evil”? Why are so many of the prime superheroes white and male? How has the superhero evolved over the course of the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries? And how might the myths be changing? Why is it that the key superhero archetypes—Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman, Spider-Man, the X-Men—touch primal needs and experiences in everyone? Why has the superhero moved beyond the pages of comics into other media? All these topics, and more, are covered in this lively and original exploration of the reasons why the superhero—in comic books, films, and TV—is such a potent myth for our times and culture.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/627171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Superman on the Couch: What Superheroes Really Tell Us about Ourselves and Our Society
Author: Danny Fingeroth
Narrator: Danny Fingeroth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 51 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Why are so many of the superhero myths tied up with loss, often violent, of parents or parental figures? What is the significance of the dual identity? What makes some superhuman figures “good” and others “evil”? Why are so many of the prime superheroes white and male? How has the superhero evolved over the course of the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries? And how might the myths be changing? Why is it that the key superhero archetypes—Superman, Batman, Wonder Woman, Spider-Man, the X-Men—touch primal needs and experiences in everyone? Why has the superhero moved beyond the pages of comics into other media? All these topics, and more, are covered in this lively and original exploration of the reasons why the superhero—in comic books, films, and TV—is such a potent myth for our times and culture.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Happiness Cure: Why You’re Not Built for Constant Happiness, and How to Find a Way Through by Dr Anders Hansen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626920</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Happiness Cure: Why You’re Not Built for Constant Happiness, and How to Find a Way Through
Author: Dr Anders Hansen
Narrator: Nikolas Salmon, Dr Anders Hansen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;A must read for anyone hoping to understand the human brain&amp;#039; - Dr Anna Lembke, New York Times bestselling author of Dopamine Nation As a species, we&amp;#039;ve never had it so good. We&amp;#039;re living longer and healthier lives than ever before; the sum of human knowledge and endless entertainment are only ever a few clicks away. So why are we in the midst of a mental health crisis? The Happiness Cure offers a radical new way to think about fulfilment. Blending neuroscientific research and empirical breakthroughs with stories of ordinary individuals, leading psychiatrist and viral TedX speaker Dr Anders Hansen reveals that by adopting an evolutionary take on life, we can re-set our perspective on happiness to find longer-term meaning and lasting contentment. ©2023 Dr Anders Hansen (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Dr Anders Hansen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529908848.mp3" length="1337651" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626920</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529908848.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Happiness Cure: Why You’re Not Built for Constant Happiness, and How to Find a Way Through
Author: Dr Anders Hansen
Narrator: Nikolas Salmon, Dr Anders Hansen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;A must read for anyone hoping to understand the human brain&amp;#039; - Dr Anna Lembke, New York Times bestselling author of Dopamine Nation As a species, we&amp;#039;ve never had it so good. We&amp;#039;re living longer and healthier lives than ever before; the sum of human knowledge and endless entertainment are only ever a few clicks away. So why are we in the midst of a mental health crisis? The Happiness Cure offers a radical new way to think about fulfilment. Blending neuroscientific research and empirical breakthroughs with stories of ordinary individuals, leading psychiatrist and viral TedX speaker Dr Anders Hansen reveals that by adopting an evolutionary take on life, we can re-set our perspective on happiness to find longer-term meaning and lasting contentment. ©2023 Dr Anders Hansen (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Happiness Cure: Why You’re Not Built for Constant Happiness, and How to Find a Way Through
Author: Dr Anders Hansen
Narrator: Nikolas Salmon, Dr Anders Hansen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;A must read for anyone hoping to understand the human brain&amp;#039; - Dr Anna Lembke, New York Times bestselling author of Dopamine Nation As a species, we&amp;#039;ve never had it so good. We&amp;#039;re living longer and healthier lives than ever before; the sum of human knowledge and endless entertainment are only ever a few clicks away. So why are we in the midst of a mental health crisis? The Happiness Cure offers a radical new way to think about fulfilment. Blending neuroscientific research and empirical breakthroughs with stories of ordinary individuals, leading psychiatrist and viral TedX speaker Dr Anders Hansen reveals that by adopting an evolutionary take on life, we can re-set our perspective on happiness to find longer-term meaning and lasting contentment. ©2023 Dr Anders Hansen (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wieder in der Beziehungs-Scheiße ?: was frau dagegen unternehmen kann by Dipl.Psych. Sonja Tolevski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626876</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wieder in der Beziehungs-Scheiße ?: was frau dagegen unternehmen kann
Author: Dipl.Psych. Sonja Tolevski
Narrator: Dipl.Psych. Sonja Tolevski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Unzufrieden mit deiner Beziehung?  Eine Beziehung ist etwas sehr Seltsames. Die meisten wollen eine Liebes-Beziehung, weil sie der Meinung sind, dass es ihr Leben bereichern könnte. Dann haben sie schließlich eine und schon nach ein paar Wochen hört man sie über die Beziehung klagen. Natürlich ist nicht alles Gold, was glänzt, aber wie lange glänzt eine Beziehung überhaupt? Es sind einzig und allein wir selbst, die wir uns unsere Probleme erschaffen. Es sind nicht immer nur die anderen, auch wenn es sich besser anhört und auch besser für das eigene Image ist. Dieses Buch soll zur Klärung von Beziehungssituationen und Liebeskummer dienen. Wie viel von dem ganzen Mist, den wir tagtäglich erleben, verursachen wir selbst? Welche Meinungen, Empfindungen, Wahrheiten oder eben auch Unwahrheiten haben wir in uns, die genau diese Schwierigkeiten nach sich ziehen?Die gute Nachricht ist, wenn wir den wahren Ursprung unseres Problems erkennen, dann löst sich oftmals die emotionale Belastung von alleine auf. Wir reden uns einiges an Gefühlszuständen ein und sind uns sicher, dass diese Gefühle echt sind, jedoch kann es durchaus auch sein, dass es einfach ein erinnertes Gefühl ist, welches durch einen uns bekannten Umstand ausgelöst wird und keinesfalls zu dieser aktuellen Beziehung gehört. Wer also hinter die Kulissen der eigenen Beziehungen schauen möchte, ist hier richtig!</description>
      <author>Dipl.Psych. Sonja Tolevski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783755421177.mp3" length="876415" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626876</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783755421177.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wieder in der Beziehungs-Scheiße ?: was frau dagegen unternehmen kann
Author: Dipl.Psych. Sonja Tolevski
Narrator: Dipl.Psych. Sonja Tolevski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Unzufrieden mit deiner Beziehung?  Eine Beziehung ist etwas sehr Seltsames. Die meisten wollen eine Liebes-Beziehung, weil sie der Meinung sind, dass es ihr Leben bereichern könnte. Dann haben sie schließlich eine und schon nach ein paar Wochen hört man sie über die Beziehung klagen. Natürlich ist nicht alles Gold, was glänzt, aber wie lange glänzt eine Beziehung überhaupt? Es sind einzig und allein wir selbst, die wir uns unsere Probleme erschaffen. Es sind nicht immer nur die anderen, auch wenn es sich besser anhört und auch besser für das eigene Image ist. Dieses Buch soll zur Klärung von Beziehungssituationen und Liebeskummer dienen. Wie viel von dem ganzen Mist, den wir tagtäglich erleben, verursachen wir selbst? Welche Meinungen, Empfindungen, Wahrheiten oder eben auch Unwahrheiten haben wir in uns, die genau diese Schwierigkeiten nach sich ziehen?Die gute Nachricht ist, wenn wir den wahren Ursprung unseres Problems erkennen, dann löst sich oftmals die emotionale Belastung von alleine auf. Wir reden uns einiges an Gefühlszuständen ein und sind uns sicher, dass diese Gefühle echt sind, jedoch kann es durchaus auch sein, dass es einfach ein erinnertes Gefühl ist, welches durch einen uns bekannten Umstand ausgelöst wird und keinesfalls zu dieser aktuellen Beziehung gehört. Wer also hinter die Kulissen der eigenen Beziehungen schauen möchte, ist hier richtig!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626876">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626876</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wieder in der Beziehungs-Scheiße ?: was frau dagegen unternehmen kann
Author: Dipl.Psych. Sonja Tolevski
Narrator: Dipl.Psych. Sonja Tolevski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Unzufrieden mit deiner Beziehung?  Eine Beziehung ist etwas sehr Seltsames. Die meisten wollen eine Liebes-Beziehung, weil sie der Meinung sind, dass es ihr Leben bereichern könnte. Dann haben sie schließlich eine und schon nach ein paar Wochen hört man sie über die Beziehung klagen. Natürlich ist nicht alles Gold, was glänzt, aber wie lange glänzt eine Beziehung überhaupt? Es sind einzig und allein wir selbst, die wir uns unsere Probleme erschaffen. Es sind nicht immer nur die anderen, auch wenn es sich besser anhört und auch besser für das eigene Image ist. Dieses Buch soll zur Klärung von Beziehungssituationen und Liebeskummer dienen. Wie viel von dem ganzen Mist, den wir tagtäglich erleben, verursachen wir selbst? Welche Meinungen, Empfindungen, Wahrheiten oder eben auch Unwahrheiten haben wir in uns, die genau diese Schwierigkeiten nach sich ziehen?Die gute Nachricht ist, wenn wir den wahren Ursprung unseres Problems erkennen, dann löst sich oftmals die emotionale Belastung von alleine auf. Wir reden uns einiges an Gefühlszuständen ein und sind uns sicher, dass diese Gefühle echt sind, jedoch kann es durchaus auch sein, dass es einfach ein erinnertes Gefühl ist, welches durch einen uns bekannten Umstand ausgelöst wird und keinesfalls zu dieser aktuellen Beziehung gehört. Wer also hinter die Kulissen der eigenen Beziehungen schauen möchte, ist hier richtig!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Erkenne &amp;amp; stärke dein Selbst - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Human Design | Resilienz trainieren | Achtsamkeit | Innere Klarheit finden by Anna-Lena Mössinger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626849</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Erkenne &amp;amp; stärke dein Selbst - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Human Design | Resilienz trainieren | Achtsamkeit | Innere Klarheit finden
Author: Anna-Lena Mössinger
Narrator: Mario Kunze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Human Design Die meisten Menschen sind sich selbst das größte Mysterium - trifft das auch auf Sie zu? Fragen Sie sich immer wieder, woher bestimmte Impulse kommen, was Ihre Ängste bestimmt, wo wirklich Ihre Stärken liegen und ob Sie in Ihrem Leben den richtigen Weg gehen? Diese Fragen sind der erste Schritt zu einem rundum erfüllten Dasein und es gibt für diese Reise den perfekten Reiseleiter: Human Design, ein allumfassendes System, das Menschen ihr eigenes Menschsein aufzeigt. Wie das funktioniert und für Sie ab sofort zur Grundlage eines gelungenen Lebens wird, zeigt Ihnen nun dieses faszinierende Buch. Resilienz trainieren Hatten Sie schon einmal einen Tag, an dem alles schief zu laufen schien? An dem Sie den Kaffee verschüttet, sich auf dem Weg zur Arbeit verspätet oder eine unerfreuliche Begegnung gehabt haben? Nichts scheint so zu laufen, wie es eigentlich sollte. Situationen wie diese verärgern und bleiben oftmals noch tagelang im Gedächtnis hängen. Das muss nicht sein. Der Beweis hierfür lässt sich in einem bestimmten Typ Mensch finden - und damit meine ich Menschen, die auf ärgerliche Lebenslagen mit einem Schulterzucken reagieren, ganz nach der Devise: Shit happens. Sie machen dort weiter, wo andere bereits die Flinte ins Korn geworfen hätten und scheinen ein derart dickes Fell zu haben, dass für sie jede noch so große Hürde zum wortwörtlichen Spaziergang wird. Doch wie schaffen sie das? Ihr Geheimnis: Resilienz. Achtsamkeit Ab sofort positives Denken mit bewusstem Handeln verbinden; diese beiden Komponenten standhaft in den eigenen Alltag zu integrieren und somit eine transformierende und erfüllende Lebensqualitätsverbesserung zu erfahren - mithilfe kleiner Schritte. Innere Klarheit finden Sie sind wahrscheinlich auf ein sehr häufiges Problem in unserer Zeit gestoßen - Sie sind ,,verloren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Sie haben eine der Fähigkeiten des Menschen als ein überlegenes biologisches Wesen verloren: geistige Klarheit.</description>
      <author>Anna-Lena Mössinger</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969301982.mp3" length="879602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626849</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969301982.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Erkenne &amp;amp; stärke dein Selbst - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Human Design | Resilienz trainieren | Achtsamkeit | Innere Klarheit finden
Author: Anna-Lena Mössinger
Narrator: Mario Kunze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Human Design Die meisten Menschen sind sich selbst das größte Mysterium - trifft das auch auf Sie zu? Fragen Sie sich immer wieder, woher bestimmte Impulse kommen, was Ihre Ängste bestimmt, wo wirklich Ihre Stärken liegen und ob Sie in Ihrem Leben den richtigen Weg gehen? Diese Fragen sind der erste Schritt zu einem rundum erfüllten Dasein und es gibt für diese Reise den perfekten Reiseleiter: Human Design, ein allumfassendes System, das Menschen ihr eigenes Menschsein aufzeigt. Wie das funktioniert und für Sie ab sofort zur Grundlage eines gelungenen Lebens wird, zeigt Ihnen nun dieses faszinierende Buch. Resilienz trainieren Hatten Sie schon einmal einen Tag, an dem alles schief zu laufen schien? An dem Sie den Kaffee verschüttet, sich auf dem Weg zur Arbeit verspätet oder eine unerfreuliche Begegnung gehabt haben? Nichts scheint so zu laufen, wie es eigentlich sollte. Situationen wie diese verärgern und bleiben oftmals noch tagelang im Gedächtnis hängen. Das muss nicht sein. Der Beweis hierfür lässt sich in einem bestimmten Typ Mensch finden - und damit meine ich Menschen, die auf ärgerliche Lebenslagen mit einem Schulterzucken reagieren, ganz nach der Devise: Shit happens. Sie machen dort weiter, wo andere bereits die Flinte ins Korn geworfen hätten und scheinen ein derart dickes Fell zu haben, dass für sie jede noch so große Hürde zum wortwörtlichen Spaziergang wird. Doch wie schaffen sie das? Ihr Geheimnis: Resilienz. Achtsamkeit Ab sofort positives Denken mit bewusstem Handeln verbinden; diese beiden Komponenten standhaft in den eigenen Alltag zu integrieren und somit eine transformierende und erfüllende Lebensqualitätsverbesserung zu erfahren - mithilfe kleiner Schritte. Innere Klarheit finden Sie sind wahrscheinlich auf ein sehr häufiges Problem in unserer Zeit gestoßen - Sie sind ,,verloren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Sie haben eine der Fähigkeiten des Menschen als ein überlegenes biologisches Wesen verloren: geistige Klarheit.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Erkenne &amp;amp; stärke dein Selbst - 4 in 1 Sammelband: Human Design | Resilienz trainieren | Achtsamkeit | Innere Klarheit finden
Author: Anna-Lena Mössinger
Narrator: Mario Kunze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Human Design Die meisten Menschen sind sich selbst das größte Mysterium - trifft das auch auf Sie zu? Fragen Sie sich immer wieder, woher bestimmte Impulse kommen, was Ihre Ängste bestimmt, wo wirklich Ihre Stärken liegen und ob Sie in Ihrem Leben den richtigen Weg gehen? Diese Fragen sind der erste Schritt zu einem rundum erfüllten Dasein und es gibt für diese Reise den perfekten Reiseleiter: Human Design, ein allumfassendes System, das Menschen ihr eigenes Menschsein aufzeigt. Wie das funktioniert und für Sie ab sofort zur Grundlage eines gelungenen Lebens wird, zeigt Ihnen nun dieses faszinierende Buch. Resilienz trainieren Hatten Sie schon einmal einen Tag, an dem alles schief zu laufen schien? An dem Sie den Kaffee verschüttet, sich auf dem Weg zur Arbeit verspätet oder eine unerfreuliche Begegnung gehabt haben? Nichts scheint so zu laufen, wie es eigentlich sollte. Situationen wie diese verärgern und bleiben oftmals noch tagelang im Gedächtnis hängen. Das muss nicht sein. Der Beweis hierfür lässt sich in einem bestimmten Typ Mensch finden - und damit meine ich Menschen, die auf ärgerliche Lebenslagen mit einem Schulterzucken reagieren, ganz nach der Devise: Shit happens. Sie machen dort weiter, wo andere bereits die Flinte ins Korn geworfen hätten und scheinen ein derart dickes Fell zu haben, dass für sie jede noch so große Hürde zum wortwörtlichen Spaziergang wird. Doch wie schaffen sie das? Ihr Geheimnis: Resilienz. Achtsamkeit Ab sofort positives Denken mit bewusstem Handeln verbinden; diese beiden Komponenten standhaft in den eigenen Alltag zu integrieren und somit eine transformierende und erfüllende Lebensqualitätsverbesserung zu erfahren - mithilfe kleiner Schritte. Innere Klarheit finden Sie sind wahrscheinlich auf ein sehr häufiges Problem in unserer Zeit gestoßen - Sie sind ,,verloren&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Sie haben eine der Fähigkeiten des Menschen als ein überlegenes biologisches Wesen verloren: geistige Klarheit.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Theory of Everything Else: A Voyage Into the World of the Weird by Dan Schreiber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626791</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Theory of Everything Else: A Voyage Into the World of the Weird
Author: Dan Schreiber
Narrator: Craig Glenday, Jamie Morton, Ella Al-Shamahi, Dan Schreiber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A pleasure. ... Suitable for beach reading or for mainlining before a dinner party.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Dan Piepenbring, New York Times Book Review (Editors&amp;#039; Choice) &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Absorbing. ... As thoughtfully written as it is nuts.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Chicago Tribune A collection of the world’s most mind-boggling, thought-provoking, and downright hilarious theories by the co-host of the hit podcast No Such Thing as a Fish, Dan Schreiber. Why are we here? Do ghosts exist? Will we ever travel back in time? Are we being visited by extraterrestrials? Will we ever talk to animals? Are we being told the truth? Are mysterious creatures roaming the Earth? And why, when you’re in the shower, does the shower curtain always billow in towards you? We don’t know the answers to any of these questions (that includes the shower-curtain one, which is a mystery that has eluded scientists for decades, and which they are still trying to solve). But don’t worry, no matter what questions you have, you can bet on the fact that there is someone (or something) out there, investigating it on your behalf—and Dan Schreiber collects their latest findings. From the Silicon Valley tech billionaires currently trying to work out whether or not the universe is one giant video game simulation to the self-proclaimed community of Italian time-travelers who are trying to save the world from destruction; The Theory of Everything Else will act as a handbook for those who want to think differently.</description>
      <author>Dan Schreiber</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063259225.mp3" length="1412183" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626791</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063259225.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Theory of Everything Else: A Voyage Into the World of the Weird
Author: Dan Schreiber
Narrator: Craig Glenday, Jamie Morton, Ella Al-Shamahi, Dan Schreiber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A pleasure. ... Suitable for beach reading or for mainlining before a dinner party.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Dan Piepenbring, New York Times Book Review (Editors&amp;#039; Choice) &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Absorbing. ... As thoughtfully written as it is nuts.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Chicago Tribune A collection of the world’s most mind-boggling, thought-provoking, and downright hilarious theories by the co-host of the hit podcast No Such Thing as a Fish, Dan Schreiber. Why are we here? Do ghosts exist? Will we ever travel back in time? Are we being visited by extraterrestrials? Will we ever talk to animals? Are we being told the truth? Are mysterious creatures roaming the Earth? And why, when you’re in the shower, does the shower curtain always billow in towards you? We don’t know the answers to any of these questions (that includes the shower-curtain one, which is a mystery that has eluded scientists for decades, and which they are still trying to solve). But don’t worry, no matter what questions you have, you can bet on the fact that there is someone (or something) out there, investigating it on your behalf—and Dan Schreiber collects their latest findings. From the Silicon Valley tech billionaires currently trying to work out whether or not the universe is one giant video game simulation to the self-proclaimed community of Italian time-travelers who are trying to save the world from destruction; The Theory of Everything Else will act as a handbook for those who want to think differently.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626791">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626791</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Theory of Everything Else: A Voyage Into the World of the Weird
Author: Dan Schreiber
Narrator: Craig Glenday, Jamie Morton, Ella Al-Shamahi, Dan Schreiber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: June 27, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;A pleasure. ... Suitable for beach reading or for mainlining before a dinner party.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Dan Piepenbring, New York Times Book Review (Editors&amp;#039; Choice) &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Absorbing. ... As thoughtfully written as it is nuts.&amp;#039;&amp;#039; —Chicago Tribune A collection of the world’s most mind-boggling, thought-provoking, and downright hilarious theories by the co-host of the hit podcast No Such Thing as a Fish, Dan Schreiber. Why are we here? Do ghosts exist? Will we ever travel back in time? Are we being visited by extraterrestrials? Will we ever talk to animals? Are we being told the truth? Are mysterious creatures roaming the Earth? And why, when you’re in the shower, does the shower curtain always billow in towards you? We don’t know the answers to any of these questions (that includes the shower-curtain one, which is a mystery that has eluded scientists for decades, and which they are still trying to solve). But don’t worry, no matter what questions you have, you can bet on the fact that there is someone (or something) out there, investigating it on your behalf—and Dan Schreiber collects their latest findings. From the Silicon Valley tech billionaires currently trying to work out whether or not the universe is one giant video game simulation to the self-proclaimed community of Italian time-travelers who are trying to save the world from destruction; The Theory of Everything Else will act as a handbook for those who want to think differently.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El poder de las palabras: Cómo cambiar tu cerebro (y tu vida) conversando by Mariano Sigman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626771</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El poder de las palabras: Cómo cambiar tu cerebro (y tu vida) conversando
Author: Mariano Sigman
Narrator: Mariano Sigman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Es posible cambiar, en cualquier momento de la vida, nuestras ideas  más arraigadas, nuestra forma de pensar y también nuestra experiencia  emocional. Para lograrlo es suficiente una herramienta sencilla y  extremadamente efectiva en la transformación de nuestro cerebro: el buen uso de la conversación.     Nuestra mente es mucho más maleable de lo que creemos y, a pesar de que  conservamos toda la vida la misma capacidad de aprender que tenemos de  chicos, con el tiempo vamos perdiendo la necesidad y la motivación para  hacerlo. Así, empezamos a convencernos de lo que no podemos: o somos  malos para la matemática, o no nacimos para la música, o no podemos  manejar nuestra ira, o nos es imposible superar el miedo. Este libro  sostiene y demuestra que, independientemente del momento de nuestra  existencia que atravesemos, podemos demoler esas creencias y cambiar  ideas y sentimientos, aun aquellos más profundamente arraigados,  aprendiendo a conversar. En efecto, la conversación -con otros y con  nosotros- es la herramienta más extraordinaria para transformar nuestra vida.  Después del éxito mundial de La vida secreta de la mente, Mariano Sigman reúne los avances más recientes de la neurociencia  y los combina con historias de vida y una dosis importante de humor para  explicar cómo y por qué las buenas conversaciones mejoran nuestras  decisiones, ideas, memoria y emociones. He aquí un poder que está a  nuestro alcance y podemos emplear para cambiar nuestra mente y tener una vida mejor: el poder de las palabras.</description>
      <author>Mariano Sigman</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789877950502.mp3" length="1448176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626771</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789877950502.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El poder de las palabras: Cómo cambiar tu cerebro (y tu vida) conversando
Author: Mariano Sigman
Narrator: Mariano Sigman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Es posible cambiar, en cualquier momento de la vida, nuestras ideas  más arraigadas, nuestra forma de pensar y también nuestra experiencia  emocional. Para lograrlo es suficiente una herramienta sencilla y  extremadamente efectiva en la transformación de nuestro cerebro: el buen uso de la conversación.     Nuestra mente es mucho más maleable de lo que creemos y, a pesar de que  conservamos toda la vida la misma capacidad de aprender que tenemos de  chicos, con el tiempo vamos perdiendo la necesidad y la motivación para  hacerlo. Así, empezamos a convencernos de lo que no podemos: o somos  malos para la matemática, o no nacimos para la música, o no podemos  manejar nuestra ira, o nos es imposible superar el miedo. Este libro  sostiene y demuestra que, independientemente del momento de nuestra  existencia que atravesemos, podemos demoler esas creencias y cambiar  ideas y sentimientos, aun aquellos más profundamente arraigados,  aprendiendo a conversar. En efecto, la conversación -con otros y con  nosotros- es la herramienta más extraordinaria para transformar nuestra vida.  Después del éxito mundial de La vida secreta de la mente, Mariano Sigman reúne los avances más recientes de la neurociencia  y los combina con historias de vida y una dosis importante de humor para  explicar cómo y por qué las buenas conversaciones mejoran nuestras  decisiones, ideas, memoria y emociones. He aquí un poder que está a  nuestro alcance y podemos emplear para cambiar nuestra mente y tener una vida mejor: el poder de las palabras.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El poder de las palabras: Cómo cambiar tu cerebro (y tu vida) conversando
Author: Mariano Sigman
Narrator: Mariano Sigman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October  3, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Es posible cambiar, en cualquier momento de la vida, nuestras ideas  más arraigadas, nuestra forma de pensar y también nuestra experiencia  emocional. Para lograrlo es suficiente una herramienta sencilla y  extremadamente efectiva en la transformación de nuestro cerebro: el buen uso de la conversación.     Nuestra mente es mucho más maleable de lo que creemos y, a pesar de que  conservamos toda la vida la misma capacidad de aprender que tenemos de  chicos, con el tiempo vamos perdiendo la necesidad y la motivación para  hacerlo. Así, empezamos a convencernos de lo que no podemos: o somos  malos para la matemática, o no nacimos para la música, o no podemos  manejar nuestra ira, o nos es imposible superar el miedo. Este libro  sostiene y demuestra que, independientemente del momento de nuestra  existencia que atravesemos, podemos demoler esas creencias y cambiar  ideas y sentimientos, aun aquellos más profundamente arraigados,  aprendiendo a conversar. En efecto, la conversación -con otros y con  nosotros- es la herramienta más extraordinaria para transformar nuestra vida.  Después del éxito mundial de La vida secreta de la mente, Mariano Sigman reúne los avances más recientes de la neurociencia  y los combina con historias de vida y una dosis importante de humor para  explicar cómo y por qué las buenas conversaciones mejoran nuestras  decisiones, ideas, memoria y emociones. He aquí un poder que está a  nuestro alcance y podemos emplear para cambiar nuestra mente y tener una vida mejor: el poder de las palabras.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Recovery Letters: Addressed to People Experiencing Depression by James Withey, Olivia Sagan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626757</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Recovery Letters: Addressed to People Experiencing Depression
Author: James Withey, Olivia Sagan
Narrator: Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2012, The Recovery Letters was launched to host a series of letters online written by people recovering from depression, addressed to those currently affected by a mental health condition. Addressed to “Dear You,” the inspirational and heartfelt letters provided hope and support to those experiencing depression and were testament that recovery was possible. Now, for the first time, these letters have been compiled into an anthology for people living with depression and are interspersed with motivating quotes and additional resources as well as new material written specifically for the book This powerful collection of personal letters from people with first-hand experiences of depression will serve as a comforting resource for anyone on the journey to recovery.</description>
      <author>James Withey, Olivia Sagan</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jun 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212030731.mp3" length="832476" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626757</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212030731.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Recovery Letters: Addressed to People Experiencing Depression
Author: James Withey, Olivia Sagan
Narrator: Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2012, The Recovery Letters was launched to host a series of letters online written by people recovering from depression, addressed to those currently affected by a mental health condition. Addressed to “Dear You,” the inspirational and heartfelt letters provided hope and support to those experiencing depression and were testament that recovery was possible. Now, for the first time, these letters have been compiled into an anthology for people living with depression and are interspersed with motivating quotes and additional resources as well as new material written specifically for the book This powerful collection of personal letters from people with first-hand experiences of depression will serve as a comforting resource for anyone on the journey to recovery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626757">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626757</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Recovery Letters: Addressed to People Experiencing Depression
Author: James Withey, Olivia Sagan
Narrator: Kate Mulligan, Kevin Kenerly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2012, The Recovery Letters was launched to host a series of letters online written by people recovering from depression, addressed to those currently affected by a mental health condition. Addressed to “Dear You,” the inspirational and heartfelt letters provided hope and support to those experiencing depression and were testament that recovery was possible. Now, for the first time, these letters have been compiled into an anthology for people living with depression and are interspersed with motivating quotes and additional resources as well as new material written specifically for the book This powerful collection of personal letters from people with first-hand experiences of depression will serve as a comforting resource for anyone on the journey to recovery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Viaje a la esencia by Ubay Serra Sánchez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626740</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Viaje a la esencia
Author: Ubay Serra Sánchez
Narrator: Carlos Quintero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Un libro capaz de marcar un antes y un después en la vida de sus lectores, Viaje a la esencia aúna las experiencias de su autor, Ubay Serra, en el desarrollo personal y el modo en que nos relacionamos con el mundo y con la vida. Reflexiones de hondo calado, palabras que son como manos tendidas para que encontremos apoyo y un profundo descubrimiento personal nos aguardan en este libro. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Ubay Serra Sánchez es un autor español nacido en Barcelona. Astrólogo, fisioterapeuta y osteópata de profesión. Nómada por vocación y ciudadano del mundo, ha vertido todas sus experiencias viajeras en otra de sus pasiones: la literatura. En la actualidad sigue viajando y acumulando vida que verter en sus libros.</description>
      <author>Ubay Serra Sánchez</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728137574.mp3" length="1316475" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626740</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728137574.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Viaje a la esencia
Author: Ubay Serra Sánchez
Narrator: Carlos Quintero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Un libro capaz de marcar un antes y un después en la vida de sus lectores, Viaje a la esencia aúna las experiencias de su autor, Ubay Serra, en el desarrollo personal y el modo en que nos relacionamos con el mundo y con la vida. Reflexiones de hondo calado, palabras que son como manos tendidas para que encontremos apoyo y un profundo descubrimiento personal nos aguardan en este libro. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Ubay Serra Sánchez es un autor español nacido en Barcelona. Astrólogo, fisioterapeuta y osteópata de profesión. Nómada por vocación y ciudadano del mundo, ha vertido todas sus experiencias viajeras en otra de sus pasiones: la literatura. En la actualidad sigue viajando y acumulando vida que verter en sus libros.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Viaje a la esencia
Author: Ubay Serra Sánchez
Narrator: Carlos Quintero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Un libro capaz de marcar un antes y un después en la vida de sus lectores, Viaje a la esencia aúna las experiencias de su autor, Ubay Serra, en el desarrollo personal y el modo en que nos relacionamos con el mundo y con la vida. Reflexiones de hondo calado, palabras que son como manos tendidas para que encontremos apoyo y un profundo descubrimiento personal nos aguardan en este libro. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Ubay Serra Sánchez es un autor español nacido en Barcelona. Astrólogo, fisioterapeuta y osteópata de profesión. Nómada por vocación y ciudadano del mundo, ha vertido todas sus experiencias viajeras en otra de sus pasiones: la literatura. En la actualidad sigue viajando y acumulando vida que verter en sus libros.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Neuroqueer Heresies: Notes on the Neurodiversity Paradigm, Autistic Empowerment, and Postnormal Possibilities by Nick Walker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626676</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuroqueer Heresies: Notes on the Neurodiversity Paradigm, Autistic Empowerment, and Postnormal Possibilities
Author: Nick Walker
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The work of queer autistic scholar Nick Walker has played a key role in the evolving discourse on human neurodiversity. Neuroqueer Heresies collects a decade&amp;#039;s worth of Dr. Walker&amp;#039;s most influential writings, along with new commentary by the author and new material on her radical conceptualization of Neuroqueer Theory. This book is essential for anyone seeking to understand the foundations, terminology, implications, and leading edges of the emerging neurodiversity paradigm.</description>
      <author>Nick Walker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765065921.mp3" length="8145202" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626676</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765065921.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuroqueer Heresies: Notes on the Neurodiversity Paradigm, Autistic Empowerment, and Postnormal Possibilities
Author: Nick Walker
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The work of queer autistic scholar Nick Walker has played a key role in the evolving discourse on human neurodiversity. Neuroqueer Heresies collects a decade&amp;#039;s worth of Dr. Walker&amp;#039;s most influential writings, along with new commentary by the author and new material on her radical conceptualization of Neuroqueer Theory. This book is essential for anyone seeking to understand the foundations, terminology, implications, and leading edges of the emerging neurodiversity paradigm.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626676">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626676</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuroqueer Heresies: Notes on the Neurodiversity Paradigm, Autistic Empowerment, and Postnormal Possibilities
Author: Nick Walker
Narrator: Janet Metzger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The work of queer autistic scholar Nick Walker has played a key role in the evolving discourse on human neurodiversity. Neuroqueer Heresies collects a decade&amp;#039;s worth of Dr. Walker&amp;#039;s most influential writings, along with new commentary by the author and new material on her radical conceptualization of Neuroqueer Theory. This book is essential for anyone seeking to understand the foundations, terminology, implications, and leading edges of the emerging neurodiversity paradigm.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Medium Mentor: 10 Powerful Techniques to Awaken Divine Guidance for Yourself and Others by Mary Ann DiMarco</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626672</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medium Mentor: 10 Powerful Techniques to Awaken Divine Guidance for Yourself and Others
Author: Mary Ann DiMarco
Narrator: Mary Ann Dimarco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Techniques to Awaken Divine Guidance and Transform Your Life Written by an experienced psychic medium and teacher, Medium Mentor will guide you to connect more deeply to your soul&amp;#039;s innate abilities and employ them to enhance your everyday life and serve others. Through true stories and expert tips, MaryAnn DiMarco reveals the magic, joy, and responsibility of developing psychic gifts and working with souls on the Other Side, as well as how to interpret the powerful energy you experience and establish boundaries. MaryAnn&amp;#039;s deep wisdom comes through as she teaches you to create your own unique approach to intuition and understand and implement universal guidance.</description>
      <author>Mary Ann DiMarco</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765056004.mp3" length="8137224" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626672</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765056004.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medium Mentor: 10 Powerful Techniques to Awaken Divine Guidance for Yourself and Others
Author: Mary Ann DiMarco
Narrator: Mary Ann Dimarco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Techniques to Awaken Divine Guidance and Transform Your Life Written by an experienced psychic medium and teacher, Medium Mentor will guide you to connect more deeply to your soul&amp;#039;s innate abilities and employ them to enhance your everyday life and serve others. Through true stories and expert tips, MaryAnn DiMarco reveals the magic, joy, and responsibility of developing psychic gifts and working with souls on the Other Side, as well as how to interpret the powerful energy you experience and establish boundaries. MaryAnn&amp;#039;s deep wisdom comes through as she teaches you to create your own unique approach to intuition and understand and implement universal guidance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626672">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626672</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Medium Mentor: 10 Powerful Techniques to Awaken Divine Guidance for Yourself and Others
Author: Mary Ann DiMarco
Narrator: Mary Ann Dimarco
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 5 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Techniques to Awaken Divine Guidance and Transform Your Life Written by an experienced psychic medium and teacher, Medium Mentor will guide you to connect more deeply to your soul&amp;#039;s innate abilities and employ them to enhance your everyday life and serve others. Through true stories and expert tips, MaryAnn DiMarco reveals the magic, joy, and responsibility of developing psychic gifts and working with souls on the Other Side, as well as how to interpret the powerful energy you experience and establish boundaries. MaryAnn&amp;#039;s deep wisdom comes through as she teaches you to create your own unique approach to intuition and understand and implement universal guidance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery Workbook by Babette Rothschild, Vanessa Bear</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626669</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery Workbook
Author: Babette Rothschild, Vanessa Bear
Narrator: Natasha Soudek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Exercises of healing and transformation for trauma survivors. Drawing from neuroscience and psychotherapy with empowering strategies to take charge of healing from trauma, this workbook follows the theme of each of the eight keys in 8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery. The two books complement each other; but it is not necessary to have listened to the original to benefit from this workbook, which presents practical exercises and activities integral to safe trauma recovery and designed to support listeners&amp;#039; control of their mind, body, and life in the aftermath of trauma. One thing is for sure: there is no one-size-fits-all method for healing trauma. This workbook will help listeners identify, assess, and celebrate the resources they already have, and add more resources to their toolbox. Most importantly, the authors do not subscribe to the old motto &amp;#039;no pain, no gain,&amp;#039; fostering instead the concept that healing from trauma should not be traumatic.</description>
      <author>Babette Rothschild, Vanessa Bear</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765075760.mp3" length="7679595" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626669</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765075760.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery Workbook
Author: Babette Rothschild, Vanessa Bear
Narrator: Natasha Soudek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Exercises of healing and transformation for trauma survivors. Drawing from neuroscience and psychotherapy with empowering strategies to take charge of healing from trauma, this workbook follows the theme of each of the eight keys in 8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery. The two books complement each other; but it is not necessary to have listened to the original to benefit from this workbook, which presents practical exercises and activities integral to safe trauma recovery and designed to support listeners&amp;#039; control of their mind, body, and life in the aftermath of trauma. One thing is for sure: there is no one-size-fits-all method for healing trauma. This workbook will help listeners identify, assess, and celebrate the resources they already have, and add more resources to their toolbox. Most importantly, the authors do not subscribe to the old motto &amp;#039;no pain, no gain,&amp;#039; fostering instead the concept that healing from trauma should not be traumatic.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery Workbook
Author: Babette Rothschild, Vanessa Bear
Narrator: Natasha Soudek
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 34 minutes
Release date: December 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Exercises of healing and transformation for trauma survivors. Drawing from neuroscience and psychotherapy with empowering strategies to take charge of healing from trauma, this workbook follows the theme of each of the eight keys in 8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery. The two books complement each other; but it is not necessary to have listened to the original to benefit from this workbook, which presents practical exercises and activities integral to safe trauma recovery and designed to support listeners&amp;#039; control of their mind, body, and life in the aftermath of trauma. One thing is for sure: there is no one-size-fits-all method for healing trauma. This workbook will help listeners identify, assess, and celebrate the resources they already have, and add more resources to their toolbox. Most importantly, the authors do not subscribe to the old motto &amp;#039;no pain, no gain,&amp;#039; fostering instead the concept that healing from trauma should not be traumatic.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Anxiety Audit: 7 Sneaky Ways Anxiety Takes Hold and How to Escape Them by Lynn Lyons LICSW</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626621</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Audit: 7 Sneaky Ways Anxiety Takes Hold and How to Escape Them
Author: Lynn Lyons LICSW
Narrator: Lynn Lyons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ask people to describe anxiety and they&amp;#039;ll start with the familiar symptoms: racing heart, sweaty palms, difficulty breathing. Anxiety, they might add, is &amp;#039;freaking out,&amp;#039; a panic attack, or a frightening loss of control. But anxiety isn&amp;#039;t always what we think it is, especially now. Anxiety has become the new normal, constant and simmering, disguising itself in patterns and responses we don&amp;#039;t even recognize as anxiety. These patterns include: ● Ruminating and worrying (and mistaking it for problem solving)   ● Going global, or seeing the world through an overwhelming, all-or-nothing lens ● Isolating and disconnecting, all too common in our &amp;#039;new normal&amp;#039; ● Creating chaos and &amp;#039;busy-ness&amp;#039; The Anxiety Audit is a guide for us all: with no overly scientific or diagnostic language—just real talk and time-tested tactics from a respected therapist—it is a relatable and practical guide to untangling yourself from the grips of worry and fear. Using stories, real-world examples, and helpful dialogues to retrain the way you think and react, trusted anxiety expert Lynn Lyons helps you recognize the sneaky ways these anxious patterns and cycles of worry take hold in your life.</description>
      <author>Lynn Lyons LICSW</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765047507.mp3" length="8220929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626621</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765047507.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Audit: 7 Sneaky Ways Anxiety Takes Hold and How to Escape Them
Author: Lynn Lyons LICSW
Narrator: Lynn Lyons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ask people to describe anxiety and they&amp;#039;ll start with the familiar symptoms: racing heart, sweaty palms, difficulty breathing. Anxiety, they might add, is &amp;#039;freaking out,&amp;#039; a panic attack, or a frightening loss of control. But anxiety isn&amp;#039;t always what we think it is, especially now. Anxiety has become the new normal, constant and simmering, disguising itself in patterns and responses we don&amp;#039;t even recognize as anxiety. These patterns include: ● Ruminating and worrying (and mistaking it for problem solving)   ● Going global, or seeing the world through an overwhelming, all-or-nothing lens ● Isolating and disconnecting, all too common in our &amp;#039;new normal&amp;#039; ● Creating chaos and &amp;#039;busy-ness&amp;#039; The Anxiety Audit is a guide for us all: with no overly scientific or diagnostic language—just real talk and time-tested tactics from a respected therapist—it is a relatable and practical guide to untangling yourself from the grips of worry and fear. Using stories, real-world examples, and helpful dialogues to retrain the way you think and react, trusted anxiety expert Lynn Lyons helps you recognize the sneaky ways these anxious patterns and cycles of worry take hold in your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626621">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626621</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anxiety Audit: 7 Sneaky Ways Anxiety Takes Hold and How to Escape Them
Author: Lynn Lyons LICSW
Narrator: Lynn Lyons
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 14 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ask people to describe anxiety and they&amp;#039;ll start with the familiar symptoms: racing heart, sweaty palms, difficulty breathing. Anxiety, they might add, is &amp;#039;freaking out,&amp;#039; a panic attack, or a frightening loss of control. But anxiety isn&amp;#039;t always what we think it is, especially now. Anxiety has become the new normal, constant and simmering, disguising itself in patterns and responses we don&amp;#039;t even recognize as anxiety. These patterns include: ● Ruminating and worrying (and mistaking it for problem solving)   ● Going global, or seeing the world through an overwhelming, all-or-nothing lens ● Isolating and disconnecting, all too common in our &amp;#039;new normal&amp;#039; ● Creating chaos and &amp;#039;busy-ness&amp;#039; The Anxiety Audit is a guide for us all: with no overly scientific or diagnostic language—just real talk and time-tested tactics from a respected therapist—it is a relatable and practical guide to untangling yourself from the grips of worry and fear. Using stories, real-world examples, and helpful dialogues to retrain the way you think and react, trusted anxiety expert Lynn Lyons helps you recognize the sneaky ways these anxious patterns and cycles of worry take hold in your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating: 100 Renewing Exercises to Help You Break Free from the Control of Food by Barb Raveling</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626583</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating: 100 Renewing Exercises to Help You Break Free from the Control of Food
Author: Barb Raveling
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Let God’s Truth Transform Your Desires Author Barb Raveling has been caught in the bondage of emotional eating, stuck in a cycle of gaining and losing weight—but she’s also experienced how submitting to Christ’s commands healed her broken relationship with food. In Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating, Barb shares what she’s learned to help you regain control over what, when, and why you eat. These 100 exercises based on biblical teachings will change how you see food, dieting, and weight loss. As you read, you will - grow closer to God as you honestly and humbly present your struggles to Him - build boundaries to stop you from using food as a coping mechanism—and make emergency plans for when you’re tempted to overindulge - find freedom from strongholds by focusing your mind on God’s desires for your heart When you trade the lies that lead you to overeat for the truths that set you free, you’ll find yourself craving closeness with God above all else. Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating will help you build effective strategies for maintaining a spiritually satisfying relationship with food.</description>
      <author>Barb Raveling</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646895175.mp3" length="1332182" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626583</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646895175.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating: 100 Renewing Exercises to Help You Break Free from the Control of Food
Author: Barb Raveling
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Let God’s Truth Transform Your Desires Author Barb Raveling has been caught in the bondage of emotional eating, stuck in a cycle of gaining and losing weight—but she’s also experienced how submitting to Christ’s commands healed her broken relationship with food. In Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating, Barb shares what she’s learned to help you regain control over what, when, and why you eat. These 100 exercises based on biblical teachings will change how you see food, dieting, and weight loss. As you read, you will - grow closer to God as you honestly and humbly present your struggles to Him - build boundaries to stop you from using food as a coping mechanism—and make emergency plans for when you’re tempted to overindulge - find freedom from strongholds by focusing your mind on God’s desires for your heart When you trade the lies that lead you to overeat for the truths that set you free, you’ll find yourself craving closeness with God above all else. Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating will help you build effective strategies for maintaining a spiritually satisfying relationship with food.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating: 100 Renewing Exercises to Help You Break Free from the Control of Food
Author: Barb Raveling
Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Let God’s Truth Transform Your Desires Author Barb Raveling has been caught in the bondage of emotional eating, stuck in a cycle of gaining and losing weight—but she’s also experienced how submitting to Christ’s commands healed her broken relationship with food. In Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating, Barb shares what she’s learned to help you regain control over what, when, and why you eat. These 100 exercises based on biblical teachings will change how you see food, dieting, and weight loss. As you read, you will - grow closer to God as you honestly and humbly present your struggles to Him - build boundaries to stop you from using food as a coping mechanism—and make emergency plans for when you’re tempted to overindulge - find freedom from strongholds by focusing your mind on God’s desires for your heart When you trade the lies that lead you to overeat for the truths that set you free, you’ll find yourself craving closeness with God above all else. Say Goodbye to Emotional Eating will help you build effective strategies for maintaining a spiritually satisfying relationship with food.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Approach Without Caution: The 5-Step Plan to Take Control of Your Life by James Haskell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626424</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Approach Without Caution: The 5-Step Plan to Take Control of Your Life
Author: James Haskell
Narrator: James Haskell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there always someone else to blame for your failures?                          Afraid of putting the real work in to achieve your goals?                          Are you sick of just being average and do you want to start winning?                      It’s time to drown out self-doubt and the distracting noise of everyday life, to conquer your fears and approach challenges without caution.           One of rugby’s most ferocious flankers and successful players, James Haskell has always strived to be at the very top of his game. To achieve a global rugby career, he knew he had to keep his body strong. To go on to found an award-winning production company and become a successful DJ and bestselling author, he knew he had to keep his mind even stronger.           Revolutionary and revealing, Approach With(out) Caution presents James Haskell as you’ve never known him. James takes the lessons he’s learned, both on and off the pitch, and turns them into a five-pillar plan to help you take control of your life.</description>
      <author>James Haskell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008495879.mp3" length="1429640" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626424</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008495879.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Approach Without Caution: The 5-Step Plan to Take Control of Your Life
Author: James Haskell
Narrator: James Haskell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there always someone else to blame for your failures?                          Afraid of putting the real work in to achieve your goals?                          Are you sick of just being average and do you want to start winning?                      It’s time to drown out self-doubt and the distracting noise of everyday life, to conquer your fears and approach challenges without caution.           One of rugby’s most ferocious flankers and successful players, James Haskell has always strived to be at the very top of his game. To achieve a global rugby career, he knew he had to keep his body strong. To go on to found an award-winning production company and become a successful DJ and bestselling author, he knew he had to keep his mind even stronger.           Revolutionary and revealing, Approach With(out) Caution presents James Haskell as you’ve never known him. James takes the lessons he’s learned, both on and off the pitch, and turns them into a five-pillar plan to help you take control of your life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626424">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626424</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Approach Without Caution: The 5-Step Plan to Take Control of Your Life
Author: James Haskell
Narrator: James Haskell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 6 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Is there always someone else to blame for your failures?                          Afraid of putting the real work in to achieve your goals?                          Are you sick of just being average and do you want to start winning?                      It’s time to drown out self-doubt and the distracting noise of everyday life, to conquer your fears and approach challenges without caution.           One of rugby’s most ferocious flankers and successful players, James Haskell has always strived to be at the very top of his game. To achieve a global rugby career, he knew he had to keep his body strong. To go on to found an award-winning production company and become a successful DJ and bestselling author, he knew he had to keep his mind even stronger.           Revolutionary and revealing, Approach With(out) Caution presents James Haskell as you’ve never known him. James takes the lessons he’s learned, both on and off the pitch, and turns them into a five-pillar plan to help you take control of your life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unruly Therapeutic: Black Feminist Writings and Practices in Living Room by Foluke Taylor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626366</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unruly Therapeutic: Black Feminist Writings and Practices in Living Room
Author: Foluke Taylor
Narrator: Foluke Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Centering the experiences of black women allows for richer therapeutic practices for everyone. “Black feminisms have provided a foundation from which it becomes more possible to speak and write of interconnection―of a spirited life, soul, a natural mystic blowing through the air―and engagement with all of this in therapeutic practice.” Part thesis, part memoir, and part poetry, this book is unlike any other therapeutic text. Psychotherapist and writer Foluke Taylor explores how the centering of black women’s experiences in therapeutic scholarship allows for greater space―space for wandering, for wondering, and for deepening narratives―in every therapeutic relationship. Beginning with the book’s poetic structuring, Taylor rejects the need for a streamlined solution, instead inviting the listener to take a different path through her crucial research―one that is unruly, nonlinear, and celebratory of the richer, fuller narratives allowed for by black feminisms.</description>
      <author>Foluke Taylor</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212170956.mp3" length="793592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626366</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212170956.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unruly Therapeutic: Black Feminist Writings and Practices in Living Room
Author: Foluke Taylor
Narrator: Foluke Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Centering the experiences of black women allows for richer therapeutic practices for everyone. “Black feminisms have provided a foundation from which it becomes more possible to speak and write of interconnection―of a spirited life, soul, a natural mystic blowing through the air―and engagement with all of this in therapeutic practice.” Part thesis, part memoir, and part poetry, this book is unlike any other therapeutic text. Psychotherapist and writer Foluke Taylor explores how the centering of black women’s experiences in therapeutic scholarship allows for greater space―space for wandering, for wondering, and for deepening narratives―in every therapeutic relationship. Beginning with the book’s poetic structuring, Taylor rejects the need for a streamlined solution, instead inviting the listener to take a different path through her crucial research―one that is unruly, nonlinear, and celebratory of the richer, fuller narratives allowed for by black feminisms.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626366">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626366</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unruly Therapeutic: Black Feminist Writings and Practices in Living Room
Author: Foluke Taylor
Narrator: Foluke Taylor
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 49 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Centering the experiences of black women allows for richer therapeutic practices for everyone. “Black feminisms have provided a foundation from which it becomes more possible to speak and write of interconnection―of a spirited life, soul, a natural mystic blowing through the air―and engagement with all of this in therapeutic practice.” Part thesis, part memoir, and part poetry, this book is unlike any other therapeutic text. Psychotherapist and writer Foluke Taylor explores how the centering of black women’s experiences in therapeutic scholarship allows for greater space―space for wandering, for wondering, and for deepening narratives―in every therapeutic relationship. Beginning with the book’s poetic structuring, Taylor rejects the need for a streamlined solution, instead inviting the listener to take a different path through her crucial research―one that is unruly, nonlinear, and celebratory of the richer, fuller narratives allowed for by black feminisms.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Minds Change: The New Science of Belief, Opinion and Persuasion by David McRaney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626059</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Minds Change: The New Science of Belief, Opinion and Persuasion
Author: David McRaney
Narrator: David McRaney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘In a time when too many minds seem closed, this is a masterful analysis of what it takes to open them&amp;#039; Adam Grant, author of the bestselling Think Again  ‘Optimistic, illuminating and even inspiring&amp;#039; Guardian As the world is increasingly polarised, it feels impossible to change the mind of someone with a conflicting view.  But this book shows that you could be one conversation away from changing someone&amp;#039;s mind about something, maybe a lot of things. Self-delusion expert and psychology nerd David McRaney sets out to discover not just what it takes to influence others, but why we believe in the first place. Along the way he meets a former Westboro Baptist Church member who was deradicalised on Twitter, goes deep canvassing to see how quickly people will surrender their character-defining views, finds a 9/11 Truther who turns his back on it all, and reveals how, within a few years, half a country can go from opposing the ‘gay agenda&amp;#039; to happily attending same-sex weddings. Distilling the latest research in psychology and neuroscience, How Minds Change reveals how beliefs take hold, not over hundreds of years, but in less than a generation, in less than a decade, and sometimes in an instant.</description>
      <author>David McRaney</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004104024.mp3" length="739426" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626059</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004104024.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Minds Change: The New Science of Belief, Opinion and Persuasion
Author: David McRaney
Narrator: David McRaney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘In a time when too many minds seem closed, this is a masterful analysis of what it takes to open them&amp;#039; Adam Grant, author of the bestselling Think Again  ‘Optimistic, illuminating and even inspiring&amp;#039; Guardian As the world is increasingly polarised, it feels impossible to change the mind of someone with a conflicting view.  But this book shows that you could be one conversation away from changing someone&amp;#039;s mind about something, maybe a lot of things. Self-delusion expert and psychology nerd David McRaney sets out to discover not just what it takes to influence others, but why we believe in the first place. Along the way he meets a former Westboro Baptist Church member who was deradicalised on Twitter, goes deep canvassing to see how quickly people will surrender their character-defining views, finds a 9/11 Truther who turns his back on it all, and reveals how, within a few years, half a country can go from opposing the ‘gay agenda&amp;#039; to happily attending same-sex weddings. Distilling the latest research in psychology and neuroscience, How Minds Change reveals how beliefs take hold, not over hundreds of years, but in less than a generation, in less than a decade, and sometimes in an instant.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626059">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/626059</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How Minds Change: The New Science of Belief, Opinion and Persuasion
Author: David McRaney
Narrator: David McRaney
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘In a time when too many minds seem closed, this is a masterful analysis of what it takes to open them&amp;#039; Adam Grant, author of the bestselling Think Again  ‘Optimistic, illuminating and even inspiring&amp;#039; Guardian As the world is increasingly polarised, it feels impossible to change the mind of someone with a conflicting view.  But this book shows that you could be one conversation away from changing someone&amp;#039;s mind about something, maybe a lot of things. Self-delusion expert and psychology nerd David McRaney sets out to discover not just what it takes to influence others, but why we believe in the first place. Along the way he meets a former Westboro Baptist Church member who was deradicalised on Twitter, goes deep canvassing to see how quickly people will surrender their character-defining views, finds a 9/11 Truther who turns his back on it all, and reveals how, within a few years, half a country can go from opposing the ‘gay agenda&amp;#039; to happily attending same-sex weddings. Distilling the latest research in psychology and neuroscience, How Minds Change reveals how beliefs take hold, not over hundreds of years, but in less than a generation, in less than a decade, and sometimes in an instant.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Asumir lo efímero de la existencia by Viktor E. Frankl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625978</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Asumir lo efímero de la existencia
Author: Viktor E. Frankl
Narrator: Claudia Berdeja
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Después de sobrevivir a los campos de concentración en la Segunda Guerra Mundial, Auschwitz entre ellos, la finitud y el sufrimiento fueron un constante asunto de preocupación existencial y filosófica para Viktor Frankl. En la célebre conferencia recogida en este volumen, pronunciada en 1984 en Dornbirn (Austria), el lector se enfrenta a algunos de los grandes interrogantes que todo ser humano se ha hecho alguna vez: el sentido de nuestra vida, cómo encajar el dolor, por qué ayudar (o no) a nuestros semejantes, el transcurso de la vida y el envejecimiento y, sobre todo, cómo plantar cara a nuestro inevitable final. Si &amp;#039;la muerte es solo un punto final del continuo decir adiós&amp;#039;, resulta urgente aprender a despedirse. Más aún en una sociedad y una época en las que se impone el valor de lo que no caduca, de lo que permanece inalterable frente al paso del tiempo: de lo que nunca muere.   Este breve texto inédito muestra el costado más humano de Viktor Frankl y nos invita a ocuparnos de la muerte como un horizonte que, lejos de paralizarnos, ha de servir para hacer crecer nuestras posibilidades de ser.</description>
      <author>Viktor E. Frankl</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788425449772.mp3" length="796722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625978</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788425449772.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Asumir lo efímero de la existencia
Author: Viktor E. Frankl
Narrator: Claudia Berdeja
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Después de sobrevivir a los campos de concentración en la Segunda Guerra Mundial, Auschwitz entre ellos, la finitud y el sufrimiento fueron un constante asunto de preocupación existencial y filosófica para Viktor Frankl. En la célebre conferencia recogida en este volumen, pronunciada en 1984 en Dornbirn (Austria), el lector se enfrenta a algunos de los grandes interrogantes que todo ser humano se ha hecho alguna vez: el sentido de nuestra vida, cómo encajar el dolor, por qué ayudar (o no) a nuestros semejantes, el transcurso de la vida y el envejecimiento y, sobre todo, cómo plantar cara a nuestro inevitable final. Si &amp;#039;la muerte es solo un punto final del continuo decir adiós&amp;#039;, resulta urgente aprender a despedirse. Más aún en una sociedad y una época en las que se impone el valor de lo que no caduca, de lo que permanece inalterable frente al paso del tiempo: de lo que nunca muere.   Este breve texto inédito muestra el costado más humano de Viktor Frankl y nos invita a ocuparnos de la muerte como un horizonte que, lejos de paralizarnos, ha de servir para hacer crecer nuestras posibilidades de ser.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625978">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625978</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Asumir lo efímero de la existencia
Author: Viktor E. Frankl
Narrator: Claudia Berdeja
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 7 minutes
Release date: September 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Después de sobrevivir a los campos de concentración en la Segunda Guerra Mundial, Auschwitz entre ellos, la finitud y el sufrimiento fueron un constante asunto de preocupación existencial y filosófica para Viktor Frankl. En la célebre conferencia recogida en este volumen, pronunciada en 1984 en Dornbirn (Austria), el lector se enfrenta a algunos de los grandes interrogantes que todo ser humano se ha hecho alguna vez: el sentido de nuestra vida, cómo encajar el dolor, por qué ayudar (o no) a nuestros semejantes, el transcurso de la vida y el envejecimiento y, sobre todo, cómo plantar cara a nuestro inevitable final. Si &amp;#039;la muerte es solo un punto final del continuo decir adiós&amp;#039;, resulta urgente aprender a despedirse. Más aún en una sociedad y una época en las que se impone el valor de lo que no caduca, de lo que permanece inalterable frente al paso del tiempo: de lo que nunca muere.   Este breve texto inédito muestra el costado más humano de Viktor Frankl y nos invita a ocuparnos de la muerte como un horizonte que, lejos de paralizarnos, ha de servir para hacer crecer nuestras posibilidades de ser.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Soul of the Helper: Seven Stages to Seeing the Sacred Within Yourself So You Can See It in Others by Holly Oxhandler PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625860</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul of the Helper: Seven Stages to Seeing the Sacred Within Yourself So You Can See It in Others
Author: Holly Oxhandler PhD
Narrator: Holly Oxhandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are many kinds of helpers in our world, the caregivers among us. They are the social workers who serve the vulnerable, the nurses and doctors who treat the ill, the teachers who instruct the young, the first responders who rescue the imperiled, the faith leaders who comfort the congregation, the volunteers who support the community. And whether or not it is our professional calling, each of us is likely to serve as a caregiver at some point in our lives. These and many other efforts to serve are among the most noble pursuits we can imagine, but they come with a danger worth recognizing. In their devotion to the well-being of others, caregivers routinely put their own well-being last and can unintentionally burn themselves out physically, emotionally, and spiritually. Their self-neglect has the potential to stir up feelings of anger and resentment, leading to a sense of guilt and shame.   In The Soul of the Helper, Dr. Holly Oxhandler shows caregivers and fellow helpers a more self-compassionate way to cope with their overwhelming responsibilities and to attend to their own needs, particularly when it comes to their mental health and spiritual journey. She invites them to pause and realize that if they let their personal resources run dry, they cannot possibly care for others as fully as they wish.</description>
      <author>Holly Oxhandler PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765054680.mp3" length="2674891" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625860</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765054680.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul of the Helper: Seven Stages to Seeing the Sacred Within Yourself So You Can See It in Others
Author: Holly Oxhandler PhD
Narrator: Holly Oxhandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are many kinds of helpers in our world, the caregivers among us. They are the social workers who serve the vulnerable, the nurses and doctors who treat the ill, the teachers who instruct the young, the first responders who rescue the imperiled, the faith leaders who comfort the congregation, the volunteers who support the community. And whether or not it is our professional calling, each of us is likely to serve as a caregiver at some point in our lives. These and many other efforts to serve are among the most noble pursuits we can imagine, but they come with a danger worth recognizing. In their devotion to the well-being of others, caregivers routinely put their own well-being last and can unintentionally burn themselves out physically, emotionally, and spiritually. Their self-neglect has the potential to stir up feelings of anger and resentment, leading to a sense of guilt and shame.   In The Soul of the Helper, Dr. Holly Oxhandler shows caregivers and fellow helpers a more self-compassionate way to cope with their overwhelming responsibilities and to attend to their own needs, particularly when it comes to their mental health and spiritual journey. She invites them to pause and realize that if they let their personal resources run dry, they cannot possibly care for others as fully as they wish.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625860">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625860</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Soul of the Helper: Seven Stages to Seeing the Sacred Within Yourself So You Can See It in Others
Author: Holly Oxhandler PhD
Narrator: Holly Oxhandler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 6 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
There are many kinds of helpers in our world, the caregivers among us. They are the social workers who serve the vulnerable, the nurses and doctors who treat the ill, the teachers who instruct the young, the first responders who rescue the imperiled, the faith leaders who comfort the congregation, the volunteers who support the community. And whether or not it is our professional calling, each of us is likely to serve as a caregiver at some point in our lives. These and many other efforts to serve are among the most noble pursuits we can imagine, but they come with a danger worth recognizing. In their devotion to the well-being of others, caregivers routinely put their own well-being last and can unintentionally burn themselves out physically, emotionally, and spiritually. Their self-neglect has the potential to stir up feelings of anger and resentment, leading to a sense of guilt and shame.   In The Soul of the Helper, Dr. Holly Oxhandler shows caregivers and fellow helpers a more self-compassionate way to cope with their overwhelming responsibilities and to attend to their own needs, particularly when it comes to their mental health and spiritual journey. She invites them to pause and realize that if they let their personal resources run dry, they cannot possibly care for others as fully as they wish.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Helping Teens Who Cut, Second Edition: Using DBT Skills to End Self-Injury by Michael Hollander</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625769</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Helping Teens Who Cut, Second Edition: Using DBT Skills to End Self-Injury
Author: Michael Hollander
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discovering that your teen “cuts” is every parent’s nightmare. Your most urgent question is: “How can I make it stop?” Tens of thousands of worried parents have turned to this authoritative guide for information and practical guidance about the growing problem of teen self-injury. Dr. Michael Hollander is a leading expert on dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), the most effective treatment approach for cutting. Vivid stories illustrate how out-of-control emotions lead some teens to hurt themselves, how DBT can help, and what other approaches can be beneficial. You will learn practical strategies for talking to teens about self-injury without making it worse, teaching them skills to cope with extreme emotions in a healthier way, finding the right therapist, and helping reduce stress for your whole family. Incorporating the latest research, this second edition offers a deeper understanding of the causes of self-injury and includes new DBT skills.</description>
      <author>Michael Hollander</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212375801.mp3" length="824755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625769</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212375801.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Helping Teens Who Cut, Second Edition: Using DBT Skills to End Self-Injury
Author: Michael Hollander
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discovering that your teen “cuts” is every parent’s nightmare. Your most urgent question is: “How can I make it stop?” Tens of thousands of worried parents have turned to this authoritative guide for information and practical guidance about the growing problem of teen self-injury. Dr. Michael Hollander is a leading expert on dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), the most effective treatment approach for cutting. Vivid stories illustrate how out-of-control emotions lead some teens to hurt themselves, how DBT can help, and what other approaches can be beneficial. You will learn practical strategies for talking to teens about self-injury without making it worse, teaching them skills to cope with extreme emotions in a healthier way, finding the right therapist, and helping reduce stress for your whole family. Incorporating the latest research, this second edition offers a deeper understanding of the causes of self-injury and includes new DBT skills.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Helping Teens Who Cut, Second Edition: Using DBT Skills to End Self-Injury
Author: Michael Hollander
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 48 minutes
Release date: June  6, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discovering that your teen “cuts” is every parent’s nightmare. Your most urgent question is: “How can I make it stop?” Tens of thousands of worried parents have turned to this authoritative guide for information and practical guidance about the growing problem of teen self-injury. Dr. Michael Hollander is a leading expert on dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), the most effective treatment approach for cutting. Vivid stories illustrate how out-of-control emotions lead some teens to hurt themselves, how DBT can help, and what other approaches can be beneficial. You will learn practical strategies for talking to teens about self-injury without making it worse, teaching them skills to cope with extreme emotions in a healthier way, finding the right therapist, and helping reduce stress for your whole family. Incorporating the latest research, this second edition offers a deeper understanding of the causes of self-injury and includes new DBT skills.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A History of Delusions: The Glass King, a Substitute Husband, and a Walking Corpse by Victoria Shepherd</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625756</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of Delusions: The Glass King, a Substitute Husband, and a Walking Corpse
Author: Victoria Shepherd
Narrator: Antonia Bath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The extraordinary ways the brain can misfire: Why would someone wake up and claim they’re Napoleon? Or why would they believe they have been turned into a wolf and demand to be fed raw meat? For centuries, people have dismissed delusions as a problem for the shrinks to sort out in distant asylums. But delusions are more than just bizarre case studies. They tell stories of collective anxieties and traumas. Examining the study and documentation of delusions over time, Shepherd looks at ten extraordinary cases of delusion from the archives. Included here are the paranoid conspiracy of James Tilly Matthews, an eighteenth-century spy in revolutionary France, and Madame X, who in 1923 demanded a divorce on the grounds that her husband had been substituted for a double. Also here are King Charles VI of France, who believed that he was made of glass, and Léa-Anna B, who was convinced that King George V was in love with her. A History of Delusions covers what psychological purpose these alternative realities might serve, given how common delusions are in the general population, and what wider societal stresses they might portend.  In this groundbreaking history, Victoria Shepherd explores delusions from ancient times to present and implores us to identify reason in apparent madness. Isn’t it perfectly understandable to believe you’ve got the wrong head when the guillotine takes the heads of hundreds every day? Who cannot sympathize with the man who believes he is already dead, when all his comrades died in the battlefields? We all have it in us to become delusional. In understanding delusions, we come closer to understanding ourselves.</description>
      <author>Victoria Shepherd</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jun 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200926633.mp3" length="759058" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625756</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200926633.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of Delusions: The Glass King, a Substitute Husband, and a Walking Corpse
Author: Victoria Shepherd
Narrator: Antonia Bath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The extraordinary ways the brain can misfire: Why would someone wake up and claim they’re Napoleon? Or why would they believe they have been turned into a wolf and demand to be fed raw meat? For centuries, people have dismissed delusions as a problem for the shrinks to sort out in distant asylums. But delusions are more than just bizarre case studies. They tell stories of collective anxieties and traumas. Examining the study and documentation of delusions over time, Shepherd looks at ten extraordinary cases of delusion from the archives. Included here are the paranoid conspiracy of James Tilly Matthews, an eighteenth-century spy in revolutionary France, and Madame X, who in 1923 demanded a divorce on the grounds that her husband had been substituted for a double. Also here are King Charles VI of France, who believed that he was made of glass, and Léa-Anna B, who was convinced that King George V was in love with her. A History of Delusions covers what psychological purpose these alternative realities might serve, given how common delusions are in the general population, and what wider societal stresses they might portend.  In this groundbreaking history, Victoria Shepherd explores delusions from ancient times to present and implores us to identify reason in apparent madness. Isn’t it perfectly understandable to believe you’ve got the wrong head when the guillotine takes the heads of hundreds every day? Who cannot sympathize with the man who believes he is already dead, when all his comrades died in the battlefields? We all have it in us to become delusional. In understanding delusions, we come closer to understanding ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625756">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625756</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A History of Delusions: The Glass King, a Substitute Husband, and a Walking Corpse
Author: Victoria Shepherd
Narrator: Antonia Bath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The extraordinary ways the brain can misfire: Why would someone wake up and claim they’re Napoleon? Or why would they believe they have been turned into a wolf and demand to be fed raw meat? For centuries, people have dismissed delusions as a problem for the shrinks to sort out in distant asylums. But delusions are more than just bizarre case studies. They tell stories of collective anxieties and traumas. Examining the study and documentation of delusions over time, Shepherd looks at ten extraordinary cases of delusion from the archives. Included here are the paranoid conspiracy of James Tilly Matthews, an eighteenth-century spy in revolutionary France, and Madame X, who in 1923 demanded a divorce on the grounds that her husband had been substituted for a double. Also here are King Charles VI of France, who believed that he was made of glass, and Léa-Anna B, who was convinced that King George V was in love with her. A History of Delusions covers what psychological purpose these alternative realities might serve, given how common delusions are in the general population, and what wider societal stresses they might portend.  In this groundbreaking history, Victoria Shepherd explores delusions from ancient times to present and implores us to identify reason in apparent madness. Isn’t it perfectly understandable to believe you’ve got the wrong head when the guillotine takes the heads of hundreds every day? Who cannot sympathize with the man who believes he is already dead, when all his comrades died in the battlefields? We all have it in us to become delusional. In understanding delusions, we come closer to understanding ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Close Encounters of the Worst Kind by Randi Fine</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625689</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625689">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625689</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Close Encounters of the Worst Kind
Author: Randi Fine
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Close Encounters of the Worst Kind is the most comprehensive, most trustworthy, and most widely utilized narcissistic abuse guide among survivors, concerned supporters, and helping professionals.The first edition was released in 2017.The Second Edition added three new chapters and updated much of the content throughout the book. Close Encounters, now in its Second Edition, is a comprehensive, compassionate and supportive guide to understanding the unique and complex nature of narcissistic abuse and the emotionally crippling syndrome that results from it. This groundbreaking book provides a complete roadmap through the healing process, into recovery, and ultimately to the freedom and happiness survivor&amp;#039;s deserve. Readers will find the most up-to-date information on the psychological, emotional and physical effects of NPD abuse. They will learn how narcissistic abuse infiltrates various settings including work, family-of-origin, romantic relationships and friendships. Written in a non-labeling, non-judgmental style, survivors will find this book highly educating, comforting and empowering.</description>
      <author>Randi Fine</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 18 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823416535.mp3" length="1356023" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625689</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823416535.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625689">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625689</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Close Encounters of the Worst Kind
Author: Randi Fine
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Close Encounters of the Worst Kind is the most comprehensive, most trustworthy, and most widely utilized narcissistic abuse guide among survivors, concerned supporters, and helping professionals.The first edition was released in 2017.The Second Edition added three new chapters and updated much of the content throughout the book. Close Encounters, now in its Second Edition, is a comprehensive, compassionate and supportive guide to understanding the unique and complex nature of narcissistic abuse and the emotionally crippling syndrome that results from it. This groundbreaking book provides a complete roadmap through the healing process, into recovery, and ultimately to the freedom and happiness survivor&amp;#039;s deserve. Readers will find the most up-to-date information on the psychological, emotional and physical effects of NPD abuse. They will learn how narcissistic abuse infiltrates various settings including work, family-of-origin, romantic relationships and friendships. Written in a non-labeling, non-judgmental style, survivors will find this book highly educating, comforting and empowering.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625689">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625689</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Close Encounters of the Worst Kind
Author: Randi Fine
Narrator: Susan Mcgurl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Close Encounters of the Worst Kind is the most comprehensive, most trustworthy, and most widely utilized narcissistic abuse guide among survivors, concerned supporters, and helping professionals.The first edition was released in 2017.The Second Edition added three new chapters and updated much of the content throughout the book. Close Encounters, now in its Second Edition, is a comprehensive, compassionate and supportive guide to understanding the unique and complex nature of narcissistic abuse and the emotionally crippling syndrome that results from it. This groundbreaking book provides a complete roadmap through the healing process, into recovery, and ultimately to the freedom and happiness survivor&amp;#039;s deserve. Readers will find the most up-to-date information on the psychological, emotional and physical effects of NPD abuse. They will learn how narcissistic abuse infiltrates various settings including work, family-of-origin, romantic relationships and friendships. Written in a non-labeling, non-judgmental style, survivors will find this book highly educating, comforting and empowering.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Neuropsychology by Miguel Vaquero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625624</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuropsychology
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This book contains two topics, which are the following: 1 - Memory Improvement: The ability for the brain to encode, store, and recall information is known as memory. Experience serves as a roadmap for future action. Memory includes both consciously recalled facts and experienced details as well as deeply embedded knowledge that pops up without thought or even awareness. It serves as both a temporary information storage space and a more lasting record of what has been learned. 2 - The study of the anatomy and operation of the nervous system and the brain is known as neuroscience. To map the brain mechanistically, neuroscientists draw on cellular and molecular biology, anatomy and physiology, human behavior and cognition, and other fields. Each neuron, or brain cell, in an adult human has an estimated 100 billion connections to other neurons. The mapping of all the cell-to-cell communication networks—the brain circuits that process all ideas, feelings, and behaviors—remains one of the major difficulties of contemporary neuroscience. The resulting image that gradually forms is referred described as &amp;#039;the connectome.&amp;#039; All learning is based on the brain&amp;#039;s capacity to build new neural circuits and connections, or neuroplasticity.</description>
      <author>Miguel Vaquero</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823415040.mp3" length="1413966" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625624</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823415040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuropsychology
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This book contains two topics, which are the following: 1 - Memory Improvement: The ability for the brain to encode, store, and recall information is known as memory. Experience serves as a roadmap for future action. Memory includes both consciously recalled facts and experienced details as well as deeply embedded knowledge that pops up without thought or even awareness. It serves as both a temporary information storage space and a more lasting record of what has been learned. 2 - The study of the anatomy and operation of the nervous system and the brain is known as neuroscience. To map the brain mechanistically, neuroscientists draw on cellular and molecular biology, anatomy and physiology, human behavior and cognition, and other fields. Each neuron, or brain cell, in an adult human has an estimated 100 billion connections to other neurons. The mapping of all the cell-to-cell communication networks—the brain circuits that process all ideas, feelings, and behaviors—remains one of the major difficulties of contemporary neuroscience. The resulting image that gradually forms is referred described as &amp;#039;the connectome.&amp;#039; All learning is based on the brain&amp;#039;s capacity to build new neural circuits and connections, or neuroplasticity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625624">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625624</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuropsychology
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 43 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This book contains two topics, which are the following: 1 - Memory Improvement: The ability for the brain to encode, store, and recall information is known as memory. Experience serves as a roadmap for future action. Memory includes both consciously recalled facts and experienced details as well as deeply embedded knowledge that pops up without thought or even awareness. It serves as both a temporary information storage space and a more lasting record of what has been learned. 2 - The study of the anatomy and operation of the nervous system and the brain is known as neuroscience. To map the brain mechanistically, neuroscientists draw on cellular and molecular biology, anatomy and physiology, human behavior and cognition, and other fields. Each neuron, or brain cell, in an adult human has an estimated 100 billion connections to other neurons. The mapping of all the cell-to-cell communication networks—the brain circuits that process all ideas, feelings, and behaviors—remains one of the major difficulties of contemporary neuroscience. The resulting image that gradually forms is referred described as &amp;#039;the connectome.&amp;#039; All learning is based on the brain&amp;#039;s capacity to build new neural circuits and connections, or neuroplasticity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Walk in confidence by Thomas Skaria</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625611</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walk in confidence
Author: Thomas Skaria
Narrator: Thomas Skaria
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We are thrust into a world of comparisons and competition from the time we are born. We are judged based on the colour of our skin, size &amp;amp; shape of our nose, eyes and other body parameters. As we grow older, our value as a person is not only assessed by our parents but also by those around us in the community. Besides, attractiveness and intelligence play a significant role in finding a place for ourselves in society. These factors lead to low self-esteem, which hinders people from achieving their full potential. In the book, Thomas Skaria explores several crucial questions, including what self-esteem is, sources of low self-esteem, signs and impact, and how to find a true basis for self-esteem.</description>
      <author>Thomas Skaria</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823413398.mp3" length="1601913" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625611</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823413398.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walk in confidence
Author: Thomas Skaria
Narrator: Thomas Skaria
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We are thrust into a world of comparisons and competition from the time we are born. We are judged based on the colour of our skin, size &amp;amp; shape of our nose, eyes and other body parameters. As we grow older, our value as a person is not only assessed by our parents but also by those around us in the community. Besides, attractiveness and intelligence play a significant role in finding a place for ourselves in society. These factors lead to low self-esteem, which hinders people from achieving their full potential. In the book, Thomas Skaria explores several crucial questions, including what self-esteem is, sources of low self-esteem, signs and impact, and how to find a true basis for self-esteem.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Walk in confidence
Author: Thomas Skaria
Narrator: Thomas Skaria
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We are thrust into a world of comparisons and competition from the time we are born. We are judged based on the colour of our skin, size &amp;amp; shape of our nose, eyes and other body parameters. As we grow older, our value as a person is not only assessed by our parents but also by those around us in the community. Besides, attractiveness and intelligence play a significant role in finding a place for ourselves in society. These factors lead to low self-esteem, which hinders people from achieving their full potential. In the book, Thomas Skaria explores several crucial questions, including what self-esteem is, sources of low self-esteem, signs and impact, and how to find a true basis for self-esteem.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El Fin de la Ansiedad y los Miedos by Dra. Austin Berz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625593</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Fin de la Ansiedad y los Miedos
Author: Dra. Austin Berz
Narrator: Isa Martt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sé que estás más que cansado (a) de vivir todos los días con ese monstruo mal llamado ansiedad generalizada que no te deja vivir en paz. Y estoy completamente segura que te encantaría poder eliminarla de tu vida y todo lo que conlleva; desde la molesta sintomatología hasta los indeseables ataques de pánico. Hoy te traigo un método revolucionario y comprobado en más de treinta y cuatro mil personas que han podido de nuevo vivir en calma. Tal vez pienses que estoy exagerando, pero ¡créame! mis pacientes no dirían eso. Hace más de treinta años atrás que mi misión en esta vida era esa: la de ayudar a mi prójimo en lo que pudiera. Y fue justamente esa motivación la que me llevó a adentrarme al maravilloso mundo del funcionamiento de nuestra mente y cerebro. En esta guía simplificada encontrarás: 1. Todo lo relacionado sobre la ansiedad. 2. Cómo controlarla para posteriormente eliminarla de raíz. 3. Compilado de las técnicas más eficaces comprobadas y empleadas en mis centros de salud alrededor del mundo. 4. La manera más eficaz de vencer el insomnio y los miedos. 5. Deshacerte de los ataques de pánico, entre otros aspectos vitales para recuperar tu salud mental.</description>
      <author>Dra. Austin Berz</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 18 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823416498.mp3" length="1333464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625593</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823416498.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Fin de la Ansiedad y los Miedos
Author: Dra. Austin Berz
Narrator: Isa Martt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sé que estás más que cansado (a) de vivir todos los días con ese monstruo mal llamado ansiedad generalizada que no te deja vivir en paz. Y estoy completamente segura que te encantaría poder eliminarla de tu vida y todo lo que conlleva; desde la molesta sintomatología hasta los indeseables ataques de pánico. Hoy te traigo un método revolucionario y comprobado en más de treinta y cuatro mil personas que han podido de nuevo vivir en calma. Tal vez pienses que estoy exagerando, pero ¡créame! mis pacientes no dirían eso. Hace más de treinta años atrás que mi misión en esta vida era esa: la de ayudar a mi prójimo en lo que pudiera. Y fue justamente esa motivación la que me llevó a adentrarme al maravilloso mundo del funcionamiento de nuestra mente y cerebro. En esta guía simplificada encontrarás: 1. Todo lo relacionado sobre la ansiedad. 2. Cómo controlarla para posteriormente eliminarla de raíz. 3. Compilado de las técnicas más eficaces comprobadas y empleadas en mis centros de salud alrededor del mundo. 4. La manera más eficaz de vencer el insomnio y los miedos. 5. Deshacerte de los ataques de pánico, entre otros aspectos vitales para recuperar tu salud mental.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El Fin de la Ansiedad y los Miedos
Author: Dra. Austin Berz
Narrator: Isa Martt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 31 minutes
Release date: September 18, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sé que estás más que cansado (a) de vivir todos los días con ese monstruo mal llamado ansiedad generalizada que no te deja vivir en paz. Y estoy completamente segura que te encantaría poder eliminarla de tu vida y todo lo que conlleva; desde la molesta sintomatología hasta los indeseables ataques de pánico. Hoy te traigo un método revolucionario y comprobado en más de treinta y cuatro mil personas que han podido de nuevo vivir en calma. Tal vez pienses que estoy exagerando, pero ¡créame! mis pacientes no dirían eso. Hace más de treinta años atrás que mi misión en esta vida era esa: la de ayudar a mi prójimo en lo que pudiera. Y fue justamente esa motivación la que me llevó a adentrarme al maravilloso mundo del funcionamiento de nuestra mente y cerebro. En esta guía simplificada encontrarás: 1. Todo lo relacionado sobre la ansiedad. 2. Cómo controlarla para posteriormente eliminarla de raíz. 3. Compilado de las técnicas más eficaces comprobadas y empleadas en mis centros de salud alrededor del mundo. 4. La manera más eficaz de vencer el insomnio y los miedos. 5. Deshacerte de los ataques de pánico, entre otros aspectos vitales para recuperar tu salud mental.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Cómo controlar la ansiedad y los ataques de pánico en un corto tiempo by Simmons Graham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625585</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo controlar la ansiedad y los ataques de pánico en un corto tiempo
Author: Simmons Graham
Narrator: Entes Narradoras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Probablemente estés en este momento a punto de comenzar a leer este libro, porque estás casi rendido, a punto de renunciar a la búsqueda de tu felicidad. Estás hundido en un precipicio llamado trastorno de ansiedad generalizada (TAG). Yo no soy ajeno a ese sentimiento, se cabalmente cómo se siente, tratar de al menos encontrar una pequeña salida a ese infierno. De igual modo, estoy totalmente convencido que más allá de encontrar una cura quieres que sea lo más rápido posible. Y si esa es tu meta; te insto a que analices detenidamente esta guía definitiva hacia tu felicidad, que se encuentra en este pequeño libro que mostrará metodologías innovadoras de cómo salir de ese angustiante trastorno. ¡Léelo! Te sorprenderás.</description>
      <author>Simmons Graham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823414678.mp3" length="1413781" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625585</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823414678.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo controlar la ansiedad y los ataques de pánico en un corto tiempo
Author: Simmons Graham
Narrator: Entes Narradoras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Probablemente estés en este momento a punto de comenzar a leer este libro, porque estás casi rendido, a punto de renunciar a la búsqueda de tu felicidad. Estás hundido en un precipicio llamado trastorno de ansiedad generalizada (TAG). Yo no soy ajeno a ese sentimiento, se cabalmente cómo se siente, tratar de al menos encontrar una pequeña salida a ese infierno. De igual modo, estoy totalmente convencido que más allá de encontrar una cura quieres que sea lo más rápido posible. Y si esa es tu meta; te insto a que analices detenidamente esta guía definitiva hacia tu felicidad, que se encuentra en este pequeño libro que mostrará metodologías innovadoras de cómo salir de ese angustiante trastorno. ¡Léelo! Te sorprenderás.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625585">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625585</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo controlar la ansiedad y los ataques de pánico en un corto tiempo
Author: Simmons Graham
Narrator: Entes Narradoras
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Probablemente estés en este momento a punto de comenzar a leer este libro, porque estás casi rendido, a punto de renunciar a la búsqueda de tu felicidad. Estás hundido en un precipicio llamado trastorno de ansiedad generalizada (TAG). Yo no soy ajeno a ese sentimiento, se cabalmente cómo se siente, tratar de al menos encontrar una pequeña salida a ese infierno. De igual modo, estoy totalmente convencido que más allá de encontrar una cura quieres que sea lo más rápido posible. Y si esa es tu meta; te insto a que analices detenidamente esta guía definitiva hacia tu felicidad, que se encuentra en este pequeño libro que mostrará metodologías innovadoras de cómo salir de ese angustiante trastorno. ¡Léelo! Te sorprenderás.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gefühle lesen by Paul Ekman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625582</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gefühle lesen
Author: Paul Ekman
Narrator: Dominic Kolb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Autor von „Telling Lies? und weltweit anerkannten Experten für Emotionen! Würden Sie gern lernen, die Gefühle in den Gesichtern anderer lesen zu können und mit Ihren eigenen Emotionen besser umzugehen?  Der anerkannte Psychologe Paul Ekman erzählt in seinem Hörbuch über Ergebnisse von vierzigjährigen Forschungsarbeiten zur nonverbalen Kommunikation. Er sucht nach Antworten auf folgende Fragen: Wann werden wir emotional und was geschieht dabei? Wie widerspiegeln sich verschiedene Emotionen in unseren Gesichtern? Ist es möglich, Lügen an der Mimik abzulesen? Dieses Buch kann Ihnen helfen: ?	die Achtsamkeit für Ihre eigenen Emotionen zu entwickeln; ?	über Ihr Verhalten zu entscheiden, wenn Sie emotional werden; ?	die Gefühle anderer zu erkennen; ?	das, was Sie über den Gefühlszustand anderer wissen, zum Guten zu benutzen. Der Autor gibt praktisch anwendbare Tipps, mit denen Sie lernen können, die Mimik anderer zu deuten und dadurch ihre Gefühle zu verstehen. Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel: Emotions Revealed. Understanding Faces and Feelings Copyright © 2003 Paul Ekman Kapitel 10 (Lügen und Emotionen): Copyright © 2007 Paul Ekman. Aus dem Englischen übersetzt von Susanne Kuhlmann-Krieg und Matthias Reiss (Kapitel 10) (P) 2022 ABP Verlag</description>
      <author>Paul Ekman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781628615197.mp3" length="1494692" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625582</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781628615197.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gefühle lesen
Author: Paul Ekman
Narrator: Dominic Kolb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Autor von „Telling Lies? und weltweit anerkannten Experten für Emotionen! Würden Sie gern lernen, die Gefühle in den Gesichtern anderer lesen zu können und mit Ihren eigenen Emotionen besser umzugehen?  Der anerkannte Psychologe Paul Ekman erzählt in seinem Hörbuch über Ergebnisse von vierzigjährigen Forschungsarbeiten zur nonverbalen Kommunikation. Er sucht nach Antworten auf folgende Fragen: Wann werden wir emotional und was geschieht dabei? Wie widerspiegeln sich verschiedene Emotionen in unseren Gesichtern? Ist es möglich, Lügen an der Mimik abzulesen? Dieses Buch kann Ihnen helfen: ?	die Achtsamkeit für Ihre eigenen Emotionen zu entwickeln; ?	über Ihr Verhalten zu entscheiden, wenn Sie emotional werden; ?	die Gefühle anderer zu erkennen; ?	das, was Sie über den Gefühlszustand anderer wissen, zum Guten zu benutzen. Der Autor gibt praktisch anwendbare Tipps, mit denen Sie lernen können, die Mimik anderer zu deuten und dadurch ihre Gefühle zu verstehen. Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel: Emotions Revealed. Understanding Faces and Feelings Copyright © 2003 Paul Ekman Kapitel 10 (Lügen und Emotionen): Copyright © 2007 Paul Ekman. Aus dem Englischen übersetzt von Susanne Kuhlmann-Krieg und Matthias Reiss (Kapitel 10) (P) 2022 ABP Verlag</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gefühle lesen
Author: Paul Ekman
Narrator: Dominic Kolb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Vom Autor von „Telling Lies? und weltweit anerkannten Experten für Emotionen! Würden Sie gern lernen, die Gefühle in den Gesichtern anderer lesen zu können und mit Ihren eigenen Emotionen besser umzugehen?  Der anerkannte Psychologe Paul Ekman erzählt in seinem Hörbuch über Ergebnisse von vierzigjährigen Forschungsarbeiten zur nonverbalen Kommunikation. Er sucht nach Antworten auf folgende Fragen: Wann werden wir emotional und was geschieht dabei? Wie widerspiegeln sich verschiedene Emotionen in unseren Gesichtern? Ist es möglich, Lügen an der Mimik abzulesen? Dieses Buch kann Ihnen helfen: ?	die Achtsamkeit für Ihre eigenen Emotionen zu entwickeln; ?	über Ihr Verhalten zu entscheiden, wenn Sie emotional werden; ?	die Gefühle anderer zu erkennen; ?	das, was Sie über den Gefühlszustand anderer wissen, zum Guten zu benutzen. Der Autor gibt praktisch anwendbare Tipps, mit denen Sie lernen können, die Mimik anderer zu deuten und dadurch ihre Gefühle zu verstehen. Die Originalausgabe erschien unter dem Titel: Emotions Revealed. Understanding Faces and Feelings Copyright © 2003 Paul Ekman Kapitel 10 (Lügen und Emotionen): Copyright © 2007 Paul Ekman. Aus dem Englischen übersetzt von Susanne Kuhlmann-Krieg und Matthias Reiss (Kapitel 10) (P) 2022 ABP Verlag</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Me quiero, te quiero: Una guía para desarrollar relaciones sanas (y mejorar las que ya tienes) by María Esclapez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625493</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Me quiero, te quiero: Una guía para desarrollar relaciones sanas (y mejorar las que ya tienes)
Author: María Esclapez
Narrator: María Esclapez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía para mejorar tus relaciones, de la mano de María Esclapez, la psicóloga y divulgadora que arrasa en redes.  Un vínculo tóxico es aquel que genera malestar. Algo tóxico, como indica su nombre, es algo malo o dañino para nosotros. Con este libro podrás detectar las situaciones dañinas o tóxicas que puedan darse en tus relaciones y aprenderás a poner límites para tu bienestar, reforzando así tu autoestima.  Porque te quiero, pero primero me quiero a mí.  «Yo pasé por numerosas relaciones tóxicas y sufrí dependencia emocional. Durante mucho tiempo, ignoré aquella vocecita en mi interior que me decía que las cosas no iban bien. Me daba miedo mirar dentro de mí, por lo que pudiera encontrar. Así que fui callando a esa voz hasta hacerla desaparecer.  Quizás tú sospechas que las cosas no van bien y que lo que vives en tus relaciones de pareja puede no ser lo normal. Incluso puede ser que lo tengas claro y quieras saber cómo salir de ello. Si has decidido escuchar esa vocecita de la que te hablaba, este audiolibro es para ti.»  María Esclapez, psicóloga clínica, sexóloga y terapeuta de parejas, te invita a construir relaciones sanas y mejorar las que ya tienes. Da igual en qué punto estés, nunca es demasiado pronto ni demasiado tarde para aprender a ser consciente de tus vivencias, quererte y valorarte, primero como persona y luego como pareja.  Porque te quiero, pero primero me quiero a mí.  ¿Qué encontrarás en este audiolibro?  -Anécdotas, experiencias de la autora y situaciones extraídas de casos reales en consulta.  -Propuestas para poner en práctica y sacar el mayor partido a tus relaciones.</description>
      <author>María Esclapez</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788402427571.mp3" length="1413145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625493</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788402427571.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Me quiero, te quiero: Una guía para desarrollar relaciones sanas (y mejorar las que ya tienes)
Author: María Esclapez
Narrator: María Esclapez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía para mejorar tus relaciones, de la mano de María Esclapez, la psicóloga y divulgadora que arrasa en redes.  Un vínculo tóxico es aquel que genera malestar. Algo tóxico, como indica su nombre, es algo malo o dañino para nosotros. Con este libro podrás detectar las situaciones dañinas o tóxicas que puedan darse en tus relaciones y aprenderás a poner límites para tu bienestar, reforzando así tu autoestima.  Porque te quiero, pero primero me quiero a mí.  «Yo pasé por numerosas relaciones tóxicas y sufrí dependencia emocional. Durante mucho tiempo, ignoré aquella vocecita en mi interior que me decía que las cosas no iban bien. Me daba miedo mirar dentro de mí, por lo que pudiera encontrar. Así que fui callando a esa voz hasta hacerla desaparecer.  Quizás tú sospechas que las cosas no van bien y que lo que vives en tus relaciones de pareja puede no ser lo normal. Incluso puede ser que lo tengas claro y quieras saber cómo salir de ello. Si has decidido escuchar esa vocecita de la que te hablaba, este audiolibro es para ti.»  María Esclapez, psicóloga clínica, sexóloga y terapeuta de parejas, te invita a construir relaciones sanas y mejorar las que ya tienes. Da igual en qué punto estés, nunca es demasiado pronto ni demasiado tarde para aprender a ser consciente de tus vivencias, quererte y valorarte, primero como persona y luego como pareja.  Porque te quiero, pero primero me quiero a mí.  ¿Qué encontrarás en este audiolibro?  -Anécdotas, experiencias de la autora y situaciones extraídas de casos reales en consulta.  -Propuestas para poner en práctica y sacar el mayor partido a tus relaciones.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Me quiero, te quiero: Una guía para desarrollar relaciones sanas (y mejorar las que ya tienes)
Author: María Esclapez
Narrator: María Esclapez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 19 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Una guía para mejorar tus relaciones, de la mano de María Esclapez, la psicóloga y divulgadora que arrasa en redes.  Un vínculo tóxico es aquel que genera malestar. Algo tóxico, como indica su nombre, es algo malo o dañino para nosotros. Con este libro podrás detectar las situaciones dañinas o tóxicas que puedan darse en tus relaciones y aprenderás a poner límites para tu bienestar, reforzando así tu autoestima.  Porque te quiero, pero primero me quiero a mí.  «Yo pasé por numerosas relaciones tóxicas y sufrí dependencia emocional. Durante mucho tiempo, ignoré aquella vocecita en mi interior que me decía que las cosas no iban bien. Me daba miedo mirar dentro de mí, por lo que pudiera encontrar. Así que fui callando a esa voz hasta hacerla desaparecer.  Quizás tú sospechas que las cosas no van bien y que lo que vives en tus relaciones de pareja puede no ser lo normal. Incluso puede ser que lo tengas claro y quieras saber cómo salir de ello. Si has decidido escuchar esa vocecita de la que te hablaba, este audiolibro es para ti.»  María Esclapez, psicóloga clínica, sexóloga y terapeuta de parejas, te invita a construir relaciones sanas y mejorar las que ya tienes. Da igual en qué punto estés, nunca es demasiado pronto ni demasiado tarde para aprender a ser consciente de tus vivencias, quererte y valorarte, primero como persona y luego como pareja.  Porque te quiero, pero primero me quiero a mí.  ¿Qué encontrarás en este audiolibro?  -Anécdotas, experiencias de la autora y situaciones extraídas de casos reales en consulta.  -Propuestas para poner en práctica y sacar el mayor partido a tus relaciones.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Wisdom of Morrie: Living and Aging Creatively and Joyfully by Morrie Schwartz, Rob Schwartz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625067</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Morrie: Living and Aging Creatively and Joyfully
Author: Morrie Schwartz, Rob Schwartz
Narrator: Steven Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Beautiful…Those lucky enough to read this book will be inspired.”—Deepak Chopra From the eponymous subject of the beloved classic Tuesdays with Morrie comes an insightful, poignant masterpiece on staying vibrant and connected for life.   Who am I really? What have I done? What is important and meaningful to me? What difference does it make that I have lived? What does it mean to be truly human, and where am I on that scale?  Morrie Schwartz, the beloved subject of the classic, multimillion-copy number one bestseller Tuesdays with Morrie, explores these questions and many more in this profound, poetic, and poignant masterpiece of living and aging joyfully and creatively. Later life can be filled with many challenges, but it can also be one of the most beautiful and rewarding passages in anyone’s lifetime. Morrie draws on his experiences as a social psychologist, teacher, father, friend, and sage to offer us a road map to navigate our futures.  A great companion to Tuesdays with Morrie or the perfect introduction to Morrie’s thoughtful philosophies, The Wisdom of Morrie is filled with empathic insights, stories, anecdotes, and advice, told in Morrie’s reassuring, calm, and timeless voice. Let The Wisdom of Morrie be your guide in exploring deep questions of how to live and how to love.</description>
      <author>Morrie Schwartz, Rob Schwartz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 Apr 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200808830.mp3" length="826278" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625067</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200808830.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Morrie: Living and Aging Creatively and Joyfully
Author: Morrie Schwartz, Rob Schwartz
Narrator: Steven Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Beautiful…Those lucky enough to read this book will be inspired.”—Deepak Chopra From the eponymous subject of the beloved classic Tuesdays with Morrie comes an insightful, poignant masterpiece on staying vibrant and connected for life.   Who am I really? What have I done? What is important and meaningful to me? What difference does it make that I have lived? What does it mean to be truly human, and where am I on that scale?  Morrie Schwartz, the beloved subject of the classic, multimillion-copy number one bestseller Tuesdays with Morrie, explores these questions and many more in this profound, poetic, and poignant masterpiece of living and aging joyfully and creatively. Later life can be filled with many challenges, but it can also be one of the most beautiful and rewarding passages in anyone’s lifetime. Morrie draws on his experiences as a social psychologist, teacher, father, friend, and sage to offer us a road map to navigate our futures.  A great companion to Tuesdays with Morrie or the perfect introduction to Morrie’s thoughtful philosophies, The Wisdom of Morrie is filled with empathic insights, stories, anecdotes, and advice, told in Morrie’s reassuring, calm, and timeless voice. Let The Wisdom of Morrie be your guide in exploring deep questions of how to live and how to love.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Wisdom of Morrie: Living and Aging Creatively and Joyfully
Author: Morrie Schwartz, Rob Schwartz
Narrator: Steven Weber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 8
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Beautiful…Those lucky enough to read this book will be inspired.”—Deepak Chopra From the eponymous subject of the beloved classic Tuesdays with Morrie comes an insightful, poignant masterpiece on staying vibrant and connected for life.   Who am I really? What have I done? What is important and meaningful to me? What difference does it make that I have lived? What does it mean to be truly human, and where am I on that scale?  Morrie Schwartz, the beloved subject of the classic, multimillion-copy number one bestseller Tuesdays with Morrie, explores these questions and many more in this profound, poetic, and poignant masterpiece of living and aging joyfully and creatively. Later life can be filled with many challenges, but it can also be one of the most beautiful and rewarding passages in anyone’s lifetime. Morrie draws on his experiences as a social psychologist, teacher, father, friend, and sage to offer us a road map to navigate our futures.  A great companion to Tuesdays with Morrie or the perfect introduction to Morrie’s thoughtful philosophies, The Wisdom of Morrie is filled with empathic insights, stories, anecdotes, and advice, told in Morrie’s reassuring, calm, and timeless voice. Let The Wisdom of Morrie be your guide in exploring deep questions of how to live and how to love.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Resiliencia desde el corazón by Gregg Braden</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624917</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Resiliencia desde el corazón
Author: Gregg Braden
Narrator: Fernando Iannello
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
El corazón piensa. Los sabios, los poetas y toda la gente sensible lo sabe íntimamente desde siempre. Pero ahora esas intuiciones encuentran una confirmación sorprendente en las neurociencias: resulta que tenemos neuronas en el corazón, literalmente...  Gregg Braden nos interioriza en lo que se viene estudiando sobre esta asombrosa novedad. Y el libro apunta a esta gran cuestión: ¿cómo puedo mejorar mi vida y la vida de mi familia? Una veta de la investigación científica que cambia mucho de lo que nos enseñaron sobre las conexiones entre sentir y pensar.  Una ventana que se abre hacia otras maravillosas posibilidades para que las personas se hagan fuertes en la resiliencia. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Gregg Braden es un autor e ingeniero aeroespacial.  Sus libros estuvieron cinco veces en la lista de los más vendidos del New York Times y se han publicado en más de cuarenta idiomas. Entre ellos se cuentan &amp;#039;El tiempo fractal&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;La matriz divina &amp;#039;.  Braden se destaca por su persistencia para tender puentes entra la ciencia y la espiritualidad.  Dedicó además mucho tiempo a estudiar la sabiduría de varios pueblos indígenas. Ha participado en quince películas y en distintos programas de Discovery Channel, NBC y History Channel.</description>
      <author>Gregg Braden</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728195468.mp3" length="1319637" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624917</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728195468.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Resiliencia desde el corazón
Author: Gregg Braden
Narrator: Fernando Iannello
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
El corazón piensa. Los sabios, los poetas y toda la gente sensible lo sabe íntimamente desde siempre. Pero ahora esas intuiciones encuentran una confirmación sorprendente en las neurociencias: resulta que tenemos neuronas en el corazón, literalmente...  Gregg Braden nos interioriza en lo que se viene estudiando sobre esta asombrosa novedad. Y el libro apunta a esta gran cuestión: ¿cómo puedo mejorar mi vida y la vida de mi familia? Una veta de la investigación científica que cambia mucho de lo que nos enseñaron sobre las conexiones entre sentir y pensar.  Una ventana que se abre hacia otras maravillosas posibilidades para que las personas se hagan fuertes en la resiliencia. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Gregg Braden es un autor e ingeniero aeroespacial.  Sus libros estuvieron cinco veces en la lista de los más vendidos del New York Times y se han publicado en más de cuarenta idiomas. Entre ellos se cuentan &amp;#039;El tiempo fractal&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;La matriz divina &amp;#039;.  Braden se destaca por su persistencia para tender puentes entra la ciencia y la espiritualidad.  Dedicó además mucho tiempo a estudiar la sabiduría de varios pueblos indígenas. Ha participado en quince películas y en distintos programas de Discovery Channel, NBC y History Channel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624917">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624917</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Resiliencia desde el corazón
Author: Gregg Braden
Narrator: Fernando Iannello
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
El corazón piensa. Los sabios, los poetas y toda la gente sensible lo sabe íntimamente desde siempre. Pero ahora esas intuiciones encuentran una confirmación sorprendente en las neurociencias: resulta que tenemos neuronas en el corazón, literalmente...  Gregg Braden nos interioriza en lo que se viene estudiando sobre esta asombrosa novedad. Y el libro apunta a esta gran cuestión: ¿cómo puedo mejorar mi vida y la vida de mi familia? Una veta de la investigación científica que cambia mucho de lo que nos enseñaron sobre las conexiones entre sentir y pensar.  Una ventana que se abre hacia otras maravillosas posibilidades para que las personas se hagan fuertes en la resiliencia. Este audiolibro está narrado en español latino - Gregg Braden es un autor e ingeniero aeroespacial.  Sus libros estuvieron cinco veces en la lista de los más vendidos del New York Times y se han publicado en más de cuarenta idiomas. Entre ellos se cuentan &amp;#039;El tiempo fractal&amp;#039; y &amp;#039;La matriz divina &amp;#039;.  Braden se destaca por su persistencia para tender puentes entra la ciencia y la espiritualidad.  Dedicó además mucho tiempo a estudiar la sabiduría de varios pueblos indígenas. Ha participado en quince películas y en distintos programas de Discovery Channel, NBC y History Channel.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Personality Challenges: Conversational Secrets for Top 7 Personality Types in Crucial Communications by Made For Success</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624543</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Personality Challenges: Conversational Secrets for Top 7 Personality Types in Crucial Communications
Series: Part of The Made for Success Series
Author: Made For Success
Narrator: Dawn Jones, Larry Iverson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Join a #1 bestselling author and an internationally published psychologist in an entertaining look at successfully dealing with intimidating personality types. Get prepared for crucial conversations with the top seven personality types and learn how successful leaders deal with their challenges. Mastery in dealing with difficult people and tense situations is a learned skill, and through this program you will learn techniques that will allow you to easily and rapidly handle interpersonal communications issues. This knowledge will help you gain a leadership edge and stay in control during high stakes communications with every personality type.</description>
      <author>Made For Success</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Nov 2012 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483094182.mp3" length="907293" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624543</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483094182.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Personality Challenges: Conversational Secrets for Top 7 Personality Types in Crucial Communications
Series: Part of The Made for Success Series
Author: Made For Success
Narrator: Dawn Jones, Larry Iverson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Join a #1 bestselling author and an internationally published psychologist in an entertaining look at successfully dealing with intimidating personality types. Get prepared for crucial conversations with the top seven personality types and learn how successful leaders deal with their challenges. Mastery in dealing with difficult people and tense situations is a learned skill, and through this program you will learn techniques that will allow you to easily and rapidly handle interpersonal communications issues. This knowledge will help you gain a leadership edge and stay in control during high stakes communications with every personality type.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624543">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624543</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Personality Challenges: Conversational Secrets for Top 7 Personality Types in Crucial Communications
Series: Part of The Made for Success Series
Author: Made For Success
Narrator: Dawn Jones, Larry Iverson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 35 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Join a #1 bestselling author and an internationally published psychologist in an entertaining look at successfully dealing with intimidating personality types. Get prepared for crucial conversations with the top seven personality types and learn how successful leaders deal with their challenges. Mastery in dealing with difficult people and tense situations is a learned skill, and through this program you will learn techniques that will allow you to easily and rapidly handle interpersonal communications issues. This knowledge will help you gain a leadership edge and stay in control during high stakes communications with every personality type.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>End Anxiety!: Proven Benefits of the Transcendental Meditation® Program by James G. Meade</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624481</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624481">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624481</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Anxiety!: Proven Benefits of the Transcendental Meditation® Program
Author: James G. Meade
Narrator: Jeffrey Hedquist
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Current events these days are fraught with political animosity, global pandemic, warfare, gun violence, and economic insecurity. The troubling times that we live in leave us uncertain where we stand and in what direction we are going. It is with good reason that anxiety levels have peaked and the affliction has extended to almost every segment of society—whether we like to admit it or not. We may not be able to change the world, but this book by James G. Meade, PhD, shows us how we can help ourselves. The problem is real, so what can we do about it? In End Anxiety!, James Meade offers an instant and lasting solution—the Transcendental Meditation® program, as taught by Maharishi Mahesh Yogi. This may at first seem like a novel approach to the issue, but studies of the effects of Transcendental Meditation® on the mental states of its practitioners have been ongoing for over fifty years, and the findings are conclusive: Transcendental Meditation can have a real and powerful positive impact on our mental health, especially in terms of mitigating anxiety, stress, and depression.</description>
      <author>James G. Meade</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212347013.mp3" length="863931" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624481</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212347013.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624481">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624481</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Anxiety!: Proven Benefits of the Transcendental Meditation® Program
Author: James G. Meade
Narrator: Jeffrey Hedquist
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Current events these days are fraught with political animosity, global pandemic, warfare, gun violence, and economic insecurity. The troubling times that we live in leave us uncertain where we stand and in what direction we are going. It is with good reason that anxiety levels have peaked and the affliction has extended to almost every segment of society—whether we like to admit it or not. We may not be able to change the world, but this book by James G. Meade, PhD, shows us how we can help ourselves. The problem is real, so what can we do about it? In End Anxiety!, James Meade offers an instant and lasting solution—the Transcendental Meditation® program, as taught by Maharishi Mahesh Yogi. This may at first seem like a novel approach to the issue, but studies of the effects of Transcendental Meditation® on the mental states of its practitioners have been ongoing for over fifty years, and the findings are conclusive: Transcendental Meditation can have a real and powerful positive impact on our mental health, especially in terms of mitigating anxiety, stress, and depression.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624481">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624481</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: End Anxiety!: Proven Benefits of the Transcendental Meditation® Program
Author: James G. Meade
Narrator: Jeffrey Hedquist
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 17 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Current events these days are fraught with political animosity, global pandemic, warfare, gun violence, and economic insecurity. The troubling times that we live in leave us uncertain where we stand and in what direction we are going. It is with good reason that anxiety levels have peaked and the affliction has extended to almost every segment of society—whether we like to admit it or not. We may not be able to change the world, but this book by James G. Meade, PhD, shows us how we can help ourselves. The problem is real, so what can we do about it? In End Anxiety!, James Meade offers an instant and lasting solution—the Transcendental Meditation® program, as taught by Maharishi Mahesh Yogi. This may at first seem like a novel approach to the issue, but studies of the effects of Transcendental Meditation® on the mental states of its practitioners have been ongoing for over fifty years, and the findings are conclusive: Transcendental Meditation can have a real and powerful positive impact on our mental health, especially in terms of mitigating anxiety, stress, and depression.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dreamseller: An Addiction Memoir by Brandon Novak</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624473</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreamseller: An Addiction Memoir
Author: Brandon Novak
Narrator: TBD
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Skateboarder and Jackass star Brandon Novak comes clean about his crazy rise to fame, tailspin into addiction, and other death-defying stunts on the road to recovery … At seven, Brandon was a skateboard prodigy. By the time he was fourteen, he was living the dream. Discovered by skate legends Bucky Lasek and Tony Hawk. Touring the US with the elite Powell-Peralta team. Signing autographs and appearing in films and magazines. Brandon had it all. Then he got hooked on heroin. Soon the up-and-coming star was living a down-and-out life in a garage, begging for change, and hustling to score his next fix. He stole from his family and friends. He pushed the fantasy that everything was okay, that he was going to rehab, getting help, and getting better. But it was all a lie. This is the story of an addict—a dreamseller who stopped believing the lies he was selling and started believing in himself. With the help of his celebrity buddy Bam Margera of Jackass fame, Brandon joined the cast of MTV’s Viva La Bam and made an honest reach for sobriety. The road was hard, and he had some falls. But like any great skateboarder, Brandon Novak was always determined to get up again.</description>
      <author>Brandon Novak</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212240963.mp3" length="839794" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624473</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212240963.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreamseller: An Addiction Memoir
Author: Brandon Novak
Narrator: TBD
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Skateboarder and Jackass star Brandon Novak comes clean about his crazy rise to fame, tailspin into addiction, and other death-defying stunts on the road to recovery … At seven, Brandon was a skateboard prodigy. By the time he was fourteen, he was living the dream. Discovered by skate legends Bucky Lasek and Tony Hawk. Touring the US with the elite Powell-Peralta team. Signing autographs and appearing in films and magazines. Brandon had it all. Then he got hooked on heroin. Soon the up-and-coming star was living a down-and-out life in a garage, begging for change, and hustling to score his next fix. He stole from his family and friends. He pushed the fantasy that everything was okay, that he was going to rehab, getting help, and getting better. But it was all a lie. This is the story of an addict—a dreamseller who stopped believing the lies he was selling and started believing in himself. With the help of his celebrity buddy Bam Margera of Jackass fame, Brandon joined the cast of MTV’s Viva La Bam and made an honest reach for sobriety. The road was hard, and he had some falls. But like any great skateboarder, Brandon Novak was always determined to get up again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624473">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624473</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dreamseller: An Addiction Memoir
Author: Brandon Novak
Narrator: TBD
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: November  7, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Skateboarder and Jackass star Brandon Novak comes clean about his crazy rise to fame, tailspin into addiction, and other death-defying stunts on the road to recovery … At seven, Brandon was a skateboard prodigy. By the time he was fourteen, he was living the dream. Discovered by skate legends Bucky Lasek and Tony Hawk. Touring the US with the elite Powell-Peralta team. Signing autographs and appearing in films and magazines. Brandon had it all. Then he got hooked on heroin. Soon the up-and-coming star was living a down-and-out life in a garage, begging for change, and hustling to score his next fix. He stole from his family and friends. He pushed the fantasy that everything was okay, that he was going to rehab, getting help, and getting better. But it was all a lie. This is the story of an addict—a dreamseller who stopped believing the lies he was selling and started believing in himself. With the help of his celebrity buddy Bam Margera of Jackass fame, Brandon joined the cast of MTV’s Viva La Bam and made an honest reach for sobriety. The road was hard, and he had some falls. But like any great skateboarder, Brandon Novak was always determined to get up again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Freedom from Fear: A 12 Step Guide to Personal and National Recovery by Mark Mcdonald</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624441</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom from Fear: A 12 Step Guide to Personal and National Recovery
Author: Mark Mcdonald
Narrator: Axel Bosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
On the heels of Dr. Mark McDonald’s bestselling book United States of Fear: How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis, the acclaimed author and psychiatrist follows up with a practical, personal, twelve-step recovery program to defeat fear addiction worldwide. The pandemic of fear continues to grip our world long past the clinical effects of COVID-19. Many people cannot let go of the fear fueling the Mass Delusional Psychosis which has plagued millions since early 2020. In his latest book, Freedom from Fear, Dr. Mark McDonald applies his well-honed psychiatric acuity to the undiagnosed epidemic of fear addiction. Just like a drug, fear becomes an unhealthy mental and emotional dependency that must be broken. In Freedom from Fear, Dr. McDonald presents the essential twelve-step guide to personal and worldwide recovery. His precepts include simple but practical steps like “Face the Mirror,” “Don’t be a Sheep,” “Choose Reality,” “Reject Narcissism,” “Think for Yourself,” “Embrace Adulthood,” “Pay Attention,” and “Embrace Fearless Leadership.” Bold and straightforward, Dr. McDonald once again draws on his experience as a psychiatrist and physician to diagnose this worldwide affliction. In this companion book to United States of Fear, he prescribes the consummate treatment plan for eradicating this Mass Delusional Psychosis once and for all.</description>
      <author>Mark Mcdonald</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212246514.mp3" length="903445" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624441</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212246514.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom from Fear: A 12 Step Guide to Personal and National Recovery
Author: Mark Mcdonald
Narrator: Axel Bosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
On the heels of Dr. Mark McDonald’s bestselling book United States of Fear: How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis, the acclaimed author and psychiatrist follows up with a practical, personal, twelve-step recovery program to defeat fear addiction worldwide. The pandemic of fear continues to grip our world long past the clinical effects of COVID-19. Many people cannot let go of the fear fueling the Mass Delusional Psychosis which has plagued millions since early 2020. In his latest book, Freedom from Fear, Dr. Mark McDonald applies his well-honed psychiatric acuity to the undiagnosed epidemic of fear addiction. Just like a drug, fear becomes an unhealthy mental and emotional dependency that must be broken. In Freedom from Fear, Dr. McDonald presents the essential twelve-step guide to personal and worldwide recovery. His precepts include simple but practical steps like “Face the Mirror,” “Don’t be a Sheep,” “Choose Reality,” “Reject Narcissism,” “Think for Yourself,” “Embrace Adulthood,” “Pay Attention,” and “Embrace Fearless Leadership.” Bold and straightforward, Dr. McDonald once again draws on his experience as a psychiatrist and physician to diagnose this worldwide affliction. In this companion book to United States of Fear, he prescribes the consummate treatment plan for eradicating this Mass Delusional Psychosis once and for all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624441">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624441</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom from Fear: A 12 Step Guide to Personal and National Recovery
Author: Mark Mcdonald
Narrator: Axel Bosley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
On the heels of Dr. Mark McDonald’s bestselling book United States of Fear: How America Fell Victim to a Mass Delusional Psychosis, the acclaimed author and psychiatrist follows up with a practical, personal, twelve-step recovery program to defeat fear addiction worldwide. The pandemic of fear continues to grip our world long past the clinical effects of COVID-19. Many people cannot let go of the fear fueling the Mass Delusional Psychosis which has plagued millions since early 2020. In his latest book, Freedom from Fear, Dr. Mark McDonald applies his well-honed psychiatric acuity to the undiagnosed epidemic of fear addiction. Just like a drug, fear becomes an unhealthy mental and emotional dependency that must be broken. In Freedom from Fear, Dr. McDonald presents the essential twelve-step guide to personal and worldwide recovery. His precepts include simple but practical steps like “Face the Mirror,” “Don’t be a Sheep,” “Choose Reality,” “Reject Narcissism,” “Think for Yourself,” “Embrace Adulthood,” “Pay Attention,” and “Embrace Fearless Leadership.” Bold and straightforward, Dr. McDonald once again draws on his experience as a psychiatrist and physician to diagnose this worldwide affliction. In this companion book to United States of Fear, he prescribes the consummate treatment plan for eradicating this Mass Delusional Psychosis once and for all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Neurosis and Human Growth: The Struggle toward Self-Realization by Karen Horney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624194</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neurosis and Human Growth: The Struggle toward Self-Realization
Author: Karen Horney
Narrator: Heather Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most original psychoanalysts after Freud, Karen Horney pioneered such now-familiar concepts as alienation, self-realization, and the idealized image, and she brought to psychoanalysis a new understanding of the importance of culture and environment. Karen Horney was born in Hamburg in 1885 and studied at the University of Berlin, receiving her medical degree in 1913. From 1914 to 1918 she studied psychiatry at Berlin-Lankwitz, Germany, and from 1918 to 1932 taught at the Berlin Psychoanalytic Institute. She participated in many international congresses, among them the historic discussion of lay analysis chaired by Sigmund Freud. Dr. Horney came to the United States in 1932 and for two years was associate director of the Chicago Institute for Psychoanalysis. In 1934 she came to New York and was a member of the teaching staff of the New York Psychoanalytic Institute until 1941, when she became one of the founders of the Association for the Advancement of Psychoanalysis and the American Institute for Psychoanalysis. In Neurosis and Human Growth, Dr. Horney discusses the neurotic process as a special form of human development: the antithesis of healthy growth. She unfolds the different stages of this situation, describing neurotic claims, the tyranny of inner dictates, and the neurotic’s solutions for relieving the tensions of conflict in such emotional attitudes as domination, self-effacement, dependency, or resignation. Throughout, she outlines with penetrating insight the forces that work for and against the person’s realization of his or her potentialities.</description>
      <author>Karen Horney</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Apr 2011 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483067254.mp3" length="864935" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624194</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483067254.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neurosis and Human Growth: The Struggle toward Self-Realization
Author: Karen Horney
Narrator: Heather Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most original psychoanalysts after Freud, Karen Horney pioneered such now-familiar concepts as alienation, self-realization, and the idealized image, and she brought to psychoanalysis a new understanding of the importance of culture and environment. Karen Horney was born in Hamburg in 1885 and studied at the University of Berlin, receiving her medical degree in 1913. From 1914 to 1918 she studied psychiatry at Berlin-Lankwitz, Germany, and from 1918 to 1932 taught at the Berlin Psychoanalytic Institute. She participated in many international congresses, among them the historic discussion of lay analysis chaired by Sigmund Freud. Dr. Horney came to the United States in 1932 and for two years was associate director of the Chicago Institute for Psychoanalysis. In 1934 she came to New York and was a member of the teaching staff of the New York Psychoanalytic Institute until 1941, when she became one of the founders of the Association for the Advancement of Psychoanalysis and the American Institute for Psychoanalysis. In Neurosis and Human Growth, Dr. Horney discusses the neurotic process as a special form of human development: the antithesis of healthy growth. She unfolds the different stages of this situation, describing neurotic claims, the tyranny of inner dictates, and the neurotic’s solutions for relieving the tensions of conflict in such emotional attitudes as domination, self-effacement, dependency, or resignation. Throughout, she outlines with penetrating insight the forces that work for and against the person’s realization of his or her potentialities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neurosis and Human Growth: The Struggle toward Self-Realization
Author: Karen Horney
Narrator: Heather Henderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 44 minutes
Release date: April 21, 2011
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most original psychoanalysts after Freud, Karen Horney pioneered such now-familiar concepts as alienation, self-realization, and the idealized image, and she brought to psychoanalysis a new understanding of the importance of culture and environment. Karen Horney was born in Hamburg in 1885 and studied at the University of Berlin, receiving her medical degree in 1913. From 1914 to 1918 she studied psychiatry at Berlin-Lankwitz, Germany, and from 1918 to 1932 taught at the Berlin Psychoanalytic Institute. She participated in many international congresses, among them the historic discussion of lay analysis chaired by Sigmund Freud. Dr. Horney came to the United States in 1932 and for two years was associate director of the Chicago Institute for Psychoanalysis. In 1934 she came to New York and was a member of the teaching staff of the New York Psychoanalytic Institute until 1941, when she became one of the founders of the Association for the Advancement of Psychoanalysis and the American Institute for Psychoanalysis. In Neurosis and Human Growth, Dr. Horney discusses the neurotic process as a special form of human development: the antithesis of healthy growth. She unfolds the different stages of this situation, describing neurotic claims, the tyranny of inner dictates, and the neurotic’s solutions for relieving the tensions of conflict in such emotional attitudes as domination, self-effacement, dependency, or resignation. Throughout, she outlines with penetrating insight the forces that work for and against the person’s realization of his or her potentialities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beautiful Boy: A Father’s Journey through His Son’s Meth Addiction by David Sheff</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624104</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beautiful Boy: A Father’s Journey through His Son’s Meth Addiction
Author: David Sheff
Narrator: Anthony Heald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times best-selling story of addiction and a father’s love: “A brilliant, harrowing, heartbreaking, fascinating story, full of beautiful moments and hard-won wisdom. This book will save a lot of lives and heal a lot of hearts.”—Anne Lamott Now a Major Motion Picture Starring Steve Carell and Timothée Chalamet. What had happened to my beautiful boy? To our family? What did I do wrong? Those are the wrenching questions that haunted every moment of David Sheff’s journey through his son’s drug addiction. David’s story is a first: a teenager’s addiction from the parent’s point of view—a real-time chronicle of the shocking descent into substance abuse and the gradual emergence into hope. Before meth, Sheff’s son, Nic, was a varsity athlete, honor student, and award-winning journalist. After meth, he was a trembling wraith who lied, stole money from his eight-year-old brother, and lived on the streets. With poignant candor, Sheff traces the first warning signs—denial, 3 a.m. phone calls—the attempts at rehabilitation, and, at last, the way past addiction. He shows us that, whatever an addict’s fate, the rest of the family must care for one another too, lest they become addicted to addiction. Beautiful Boy is a fiercely candid memoir that brings immediacy to the emotional rollercoaster of loving a child who seems beyond help.</description>
      <author>David Sheff</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Feb 2008 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781483051017.mp3" length="825661" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624104</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781483051017.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beautiful Boy: A Father’s Journey through His Son’s Meth Addiction
Author: David Sheff
Narrator: Anthony Heald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times best-selling story of addiction and a father’s love: “A brilliant, harrowing, heartbreaking, fascinating story, full of beautiful moments and hard-won wisdom. This book will save a lot of lives and heal a lot of hearts.”—Anne Lamott Now a Major Motion Picture Starring Steve Carell and Timothée Chalamet. What had happened to my beautiful boy? To our family? What did I do wrong? Those are the wrenching questions that haunted every moment of David Sheff’s journey through his son’s drug addiction. David’s story is a first: a teenager’s addiction from the parent’s point of view—a real-time chronicle of the shocking descent into substance abuse and the gradual emergence into hope. Before meth, Sheff’s son, Nic, was a varsity athlete, honor student, and award-winning journalist. After meth, he was a trembling wraith who lied, stole money from his eight-year-old brother, and lived on the streets. With poignant candor, Sheff traces the first warning signs—denial, 3 a.m. phone calls—the attempts at rehabilitation, and, at last, the way past addiction. He shows us that, whatever an addict’s fate, the rest of the family must care for one another too, lest they become addicted to addiction. Beautiful Boy is a fiercely candid memoir that brings immediacy to the emotional rollercoaster of loving a child who seems beyond help.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624104">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624104</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Beautiful Boy: A Father’s Journey through His Son’s Meth Addiction
Author: David Sheff
Narrator: Anthony Heald
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February  1, 2008
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The #1 New York Times best-selling story of addiction and a father’s love: “A brilliant, harrowing, heartbreaking, fascinating story, full of beautiful moments and hard-won wisdom. This book will save a lot of lives and heal a lot of hearts.”—Anne Lamott Now a Major Motion Picture Starring Steve Carell and Timothée Chalamet. What had happened to my beautiful boy? To our family? What did I do wrong? Those are the wrenching questions that haunted every moment of David Sheff’s journey through his son’s drug addiction. David’s story is a first: a teenager’s addiction from the parent’s point of view—a real-time chronicle of the shocking descent into substance abuse and the gradual emergence into hope. Before meth, Sheff’s son, Nic, was a varsity athlete, honor student, and award-winning journalist. After meth, he was a trembling wraith who lied, stole money from his eight-year-old brother, and lived on the streets. With poignant candor, Sheff traces the first warning signs—denial, 3 a.m. phone calls—the attempts at rehabilitation, and, at last, the way past addiction. He shows us that, whatever an addict’s fate, the rest of the family must care for one another too, lest they become addicted to addiction. Beautiful Boy is a fiercely candid memoir that brings immediacy to the emotional rollercoaster of loving a child who seems beyond help.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Freeing Yourself from Anxiety: Four Simple Steps to Overcome Worry and Create the Life You Want by Tamar E. Chansky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624100</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freeing Yourself from Anxiety: Four Simple Steps to Overcome Worry and Create the Life You Want
Author: Tamar E. Chansky
Narrator: Nicole Vilencia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We all know what is healthy to think and what is not, much like we know that eating an apple is better than gorging on donuts. But once we start thinking anxious thoughts, it is tough to move from disaster to reality. Our brain can ruin our day. The road map to happiness can be found in Freeing Yourself from Anxiety. Unlike most guides, Dr. Tamar Chansky’s book explains that the solution is not positive thinking but possible thinking. Armed with her strategies, listeners can achieve accurate perceptions of their lives that can liberate them from fear and perfectionism. For the estimated 25 percent of Americans who have an anxiety problem, Freeing Yourself from Anxiety provides the step-by-step tools for living stress-free, without medications.</description>
      <author>Tamar E. Chansky</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2012 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481589628.mp3" length="834166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624100</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481589628.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freeing Yourself from Anxiety: Four Simple Steps to Overcome Worry and Create the Life You Want
Author: Tamar E. Chansky
Narrator: Nicole Vilencia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We all know what is healthy to think and what is not, much like we know that eating an apple is better than gorging on donuts. But once we start thinking anxious thoughts, it is tough to move from disaster to reality. Our brain can ruin our day. The road map to happiness can be found in Freeing Yourself from Anxiety. Unlike most guides, Dr. Tamar Chansky’s book explains that the solution is not positive thinking but possible thinking. Armed with her strategies, listeners can achieve accurate perceptions of their lives that can liberate them from fear and perfectionism. For the estimated 25 percent of Americans who have an anxiety problem, Freeing Yourself from Anxiety provides the step-by-step tools for living stress-free, without medications.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624100">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624100</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freeing Yourself from Anxiety: Four Simple Steps to Overcome Worry and Create the Life You Want
Author: Tamar E. Chansky
Narrator: Nicole Vilencia
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 32 minutes
Release date: January 31, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We all know what is healthy to think and what is not, much like we know that eating an apple is better than gorging on donuts. But once we start thinking anxious thoughts, it is tough to move from disaster to reality. Our brain can ruin our day. The road map to happiness can be found in Freeing Yourself from Anxiety. Unlike most guides, Dr. Tamar Chansky’s book explains that the solution is not positive thinking but possible thinking. Armed with her strategies, listeners can achieve accurate perceptions of their lives that can liberate them from fear and perfectionism. For the estimated 25 percent of Americans who have an anxiety problem, Freeing Yourself from Anxiety provides the step-by-step tools for living stress-free, without medications.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Confessions of an English Opium-Eater by Thomas De Quincey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624069</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confessions of an English Opium-Eater
Author: Thomas De Quincey
Narrator: Tom Whitworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1804, while a student at Oxford, Thomas De Quincey was looking for relief from excruciating pain when a college acquaintance recommended opium. &amp;#039;Opium!&amp;#039; De Quincey wrote. &amp;#039;Dread agent of unimaginable pleasure and pain! I had heard of it as I had of manna or of ambrosia, but no further: how unmeaning a sound it was at that time!&amp;#039; Confessions of an English Opium-Eater, De Quincey&amp;#039;s best-known work, is an account of his early life and opium addiction, in prose that is by turns witty, conversational, and nightmarish. The Confessions involve the listener in De Quincey&amp;#039;s childhood and schooling, describing in detail his flight at age sixteen from Manchester Grammar School, his wanderings in North Wales and London, and his experiences with opium, which developed into a lifelong dependency.</description>
      <author>Thomas De Quincey</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jan 2007 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781481541916.mp3" length="821980" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624069</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781481541916.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confessions of an English Opium-Eater
Author: Thomas De Quincey
Narrator: Tom Whitworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1804, while a student at Oxford, Thomas De Quincey was looking for relief from excruciating pain when a college acquaintance recommended opium. &amp;#039;Opium!&amp;#039; De Quincey wrote. &amp;#039;Dread agent of unimaginable pleasure and pain! I had heard of it as I had of manna or of ambrosia, but no further: how unmeaning a sound it was at that time!&amp;#039; Confessions of an English Opium-Eater, De Quincey&amp;#039;s best-known work, is an account of his early life and opium addiction, in prose that is by turns witty, conversational, and nightmarish. The Confessions involve the listener in De Quincey&amp;#039;s childhood and schooling, describing in detail his flight at age sixteen from Manchester Grammar School, his wanderings in North Wales and London, and his experiences with opium, which developed into a lifelong dependency.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Confessions of an English Opium-Eater
Author: Thomas De Quincey
Narrator: Tom Whitworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January  1, 2007
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1804, while a student at Oxford, Thomas De Quincey was looking for relief from excruciating pain when a college acquaintance recommended opium. &amp;#039;Opium!&amp;#039; De Quincey wrote. &amp;#039;Dread agent of unimaginable pleasure and pain! I had heard of it as I had of manna or of ambrosia, but no further: how unmeaning a sound it was at that time!&amp;#039; Confessions of an English Opium-Eater, De Quincey&amp;#039;s best-known work, is an account of his early life and opium addiction, in prose that is by turns witty, conversational, and nightmarish. The Confessions involve the listener in De Quincey&amp;#039;s childhood and schooling, describing in detail his flight at age sixteen from Manchester Grammar School, his wanderings in North Wales and London, and his experiences with opium, which developed into a lifelong dependency.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Streets of Baltimore: The Shocking Addiction Memoir of Brandon Novak by Joe Frantz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623816</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Streets of Baltimore: The Shocking Addiction Memoir of Brandon Novak
Author: Joe Frantz
Narrator: Brandon Novak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brandon Novak, an actor known for the films Jackass and Viva La Bam, among others, was a teenage skateboarder, but his lust for heroin led to a junkie’s destiny on the streets of Baltimore.  Arrests, rehabs, and drug-tortured love triangles consumed Novak’s life, until his childhood friend and Jackass alumnus Bam Margera guided him to MTV fame. But Novak’s stardom led him down a self-destructive path that forced him to sculpt his future. This suspenseful memoir is interspersed with action, humor, and inspiration.</description>
      <author>Joe Frantz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212241250.mp3" length="823073" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623816</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212241250.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Streets of Baltimore: The Shocking Addiction Memoir of Brandon Novak
Author: Joe Frantz
Narrator: Brandon Novak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brandon Novak, an actor known for the films Jackass and Viva La Bam, among others, was a teenage skateboarder, but his lust for heroin led to a junkie’s destiny on the streets of Baltimore.  Arrests, rehabs, and drug-tortured love triangles consumed Novak’s life, until his childhood friend and Jackass alumnus Bam Margera guided him to MTV fame. But Novak’s stardom led him down a self-destructive path that forced him to sculpt his future. This suspenseful memoir is interspersed with action, humor, and inspiration.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623816">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623816</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Streets of Baltimore: The Shocking Addiction Memoir of Brandon Novak
Author: Joe Frantz
Narrator: Brandon Novak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 51 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brandon Novak, an actor known for the films Jackass and Viva La Bam, among others, was a teenage skateboarder, but his lust for heroin led to a junkie’s destiny on the streets of Baltimore.  Arrests, rehabs, and drug-tortured love triangles consumed Novak’s life, until his childhood friend and Jackass alumnus Bam Margera guided him to MTV fame. But Novak’s stardom led him down a self-destructive path that forced him to sculpt his future. This suspenseful memoir is interspersed with action, humor, and inspiration.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fallible: A Memoir of a Young Physician&amp;#039;s Struggle with Mental Illness by Kyle Bradford Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623792</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fallible: A Memoir of a Young Physician&amp;#039;s Struggle with Mental Illness
Author: Kyle Bradford Jones
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly one in every five Americans deals with mental illness in a given year, and the rates are climbing. Among physicians, the rate is even higher as the time spent in medical training significantly increases the risk of poor mental health. None of us is fully immune from the ravages of mental health problems. This book is about the fallibility of us all, including the doctors who are supposed to care for us. It is about the fine line of illness and normal emotion and about how to change the norms of medical practice in light of human weakness. It’s for individuals who suffer from mental illness. It’s for their loved ones. It’s for anyone who interacts with someone with a mental illness. In short, it’s for all of us.</description>
      <author>Kyle Bradford Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212018425.mp3" length="812106" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623792</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212018425.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fallible: A Memoir of a Young Physician&amp;#039;s Struggle with Mental Illness
Author: Kyle Bradford Jones
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly one in every five Americans deals with mental illness in a given year, and the rates are climbing. Among physicians, the rate is even higher as the time spent in medical training significantly increases the risk of poor mental health. None of us is fully immune from the ravages of mental health problems. This book is about the fallibility of us all, including the doctors who are supposed to care for us. It is about the fine line of illness and normal emotion and about how to change the norms of medical practice in light of human weakness. It’s for individuals who suffer from mental illness. It’s for their loved ones. It’s for anyone who interacts with someone with a mental illness. In short, it’s for all of us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623792">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623792</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fallible: A Memoir of a Young Physician&amp;#039;s Struggle with Mental Illness
Author: Kyle Bradford Jones
Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 21 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly one in every five Americans deals with mental illness in a given year, and the rates are climbing. Among physicians, the rate is even higher as the time spent in medical training significantly increases the risk of poor mental health. None of us is fully immune from the ravages of mental health problems. This book is about the fallibility of us all, including the doctors who are supposed to care for us. It is about the fine line of illness and normal emotion and about how to change the norms of medical practice in light of human weakness. It’s for individuals who suffer from mental illness. It’s for their loved ones. It’s for anyone who interacts with someone with a mental illness. In short, it’s for all of us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Blown Away: Refinding Life after My Son’s Suicide by Richard Boothby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623773</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blown Away: Refinding Life after My Son’s Suicide
Author: Richard Boothby
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 31 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This powerful memoir follows a father’s journey to make sense of his world after losing his son to addiction and suicide. Fifteen years ago, Richard Boothby received a fateful call from his ex-wife that their twenty-three-year-old son, Oliver, was dead. Although he had been dreading this news, given Oliver’s prolonged struggle with drug dependency, nothing could have prepared him for the devastating shock. He became obsessed with uncovering the truth of why Oliver shot himself—had he been self-medicating an undiagnosed mental illness?—and what they could have done to prevent it. In an attempt to stem the pain, Boothby turned to psychoanalysis. He was no stranger to the concept—as a professor of philosophy, he had focused his career on the intersection between psychoanalytic theory and contemporary philosophy—but this was far from an academic exercise. Through his time in talk therapy, as well as psychedelic experiences in a research study on psilocybin, he would gradually find a sense of acceptance of the unknown, and a renewed appreciation for life. Exploring the epidemics of substance abuse and gun violence from an intimate perspective, Boothby’s poignant account of grief shows how the death of a loved one can in some ways bring us closer to them and ourselves.</description>
      <author>Richard Boothby</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Jun 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798200884209.mp3" length="807696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623773</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798200884209.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blown Away: Refinding Life after My Son’s Suicide
Author: Richard Boothby
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 31 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This powerful memoir follows a father’s journey to make sense of his world after losing his son to addiction and suicide. Fifteen years ago, Richard Boothby received a fateful call from his ex-wife that their twenty-three-year-old son, Oliver, was dead. Although he had been dreading this news, given Oliver’s prolonged struggle with drug dependency, nothing could have prepared him for the devastating shock. He became obsessed with uncovering the truth of why Oliver shot himself—had he been self-medicating an undiagnosed mental illness?—and what they could have done to prevent it. In an attempt to stem the pain, Boothby turned to psychoanalysis. He was no stranger to the concept—as a professor of philosophy, he had focused his career on the intersection between psychoanalytic theory and contemporary philosophy—but this was far from an academic exercise. Through his time in talk therapy, as well as psychedelic experiences in a research study on psilocybin, he would gradually find a sense of acceptance of the unknown, and a renewed appreciation for life. Exploring the epidemics of substance abuse and gun violence from an intimate perspective, Boothby’s poignant account of grief shows how the death of a loved one can in some ways bring us closer to them and ourselves.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623773">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623773</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Blown Away: Refinding Life after My Son’s Suicide
Author: Richard Boothby
Narrator: L.J. Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 31 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This powerful memoir follows a father’s journey to make sense of his world after losing his son to addiction and suicide. Fifteen years ago, Richard Boothby received a fateful call from his ex-wife that their twenty-three-year-old son, Oliver, was dead. Although he had been dreading this news, given Oliver’s prolonged struggle with drug dependency, nothing could have prepared him for the devastating shock. He became obsessed with uncovering the truth of why Oliver shot himself—had he been self-medicating an undiagnosed mental illness?—and what they could have done to prevent it. In an attempt to stem the pain, Boothby turned to psychoanalysis. He was no stranger to the concept—as a professor of philosophy, he had focused his career on the intersection between psychoanalytic theory and contemporary philosophy—but this was far from an academic exercise. Through his time in talk therapy, as well as psychedelic experiences in a research study on psilocybin, he would gradually find a sense of acceptance of the unknown, and a renewed appreciation for life. Exploring the epidemics of substance abuse and gun violence from an intimate perspective, Boothby’s poignant account of grief shows how the death of a loved one can in some ways bring us closer to them and ourselves.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Comunicacion Genuina: Desarrolla una comunicacion efectiva, no violenta, mediante la empatia, la autenticidad y la comprension. by Alex Koger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623685</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Comunicacion Genuina: Desarrolla una comunicacion efectiva, no violenta, mediante la empatia, la autenticidad y la comprension.
Author: Alex Koger
Narrator: Daniel Paz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Te cuesta crear realciones reales y profundas?   Solemos comunicarnos a diario con personas, pero las realciones no suelen ser reales ni profundas Puede que juzguemos, tengamos prejucios y no logremos comprender el punto de vista de las demas personas Esto nos detiene y es un freno para lograr crear una relacion geniuna con las demas personas Aprende a crear relaciones verdaderas y mas duraderas, con una mayor afinidad a las demas personas. Desarrolla tu empatia, la comprension, aprende a escuchar, a comunicarte mejor con los demas y elimina tus pensamientos negativos.   Contenido del libro: - Escucha verdaderamente a los demas - Desarrolla la comprension - Conecta con la Empatia - Mantener la calma - Como eliminar pensamientos negativos - Como comunicarse mejor con las personas</description>
      <author>Alex Koger</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823411882.mp3" length="1332623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623685</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823411882.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Comunicacion Genuina: Desarrolla una comunicacion efectiva, no violenta, mediante la empatia, la autenticidad y la comprension.
Author: Alex Koger
Narrator: Daniel Paz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Te cuesta crear realciones reales y profundas?   Solemos comunicarnos a diario con personas, pero las realciones no suelen ser reales ni profundas Puede que juzguemos, tengamos prejucios y no logremos comprender el punto de vista de las demas personas Esto nos detiene y es un freno para lograr crear una relacion geniuna con las demas personas Aprende a crear relaciones verdaderas y mas duraderas, con una mayor afinidad a las demas personas. Desarrolla tu empatia, la comprension, aprende a escuchar, a comunicarte mejor con los demas y elimina tus pensamientos negativos.   Contenido del libro: - Escucha verdaderamente a los demas - Desarrolla la comprension - Conecta con la Empatia - Mantener la calma - Como eliminar pensamientos negativos - Como comunicarse mejor con las personas</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623685">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623685</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Comunicacion Genuina: Desarrolla una comunicacion efectiva, no violenta, mediante la empatia, la autenticidad y la comprension.
Author: Alex Koger
Narrator: Daniel Paz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 37 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Te cuesta crear realciones reales y profundas?   Solemos comunicarnos a diario con personas, pero las realciones no suelen ser reales ni profundas Puede que juzguemos, tengamos prejucios y no logremos comprender el punto de vista de las demas personas Esto nos detiene y es un freno para lograr crear una relacion geniuna con las demas personas Aprende a crear relaciones verdaderas y mas duraderas, con una mayor afinidad a las demas personas. Desarrolla tu empatia, la comprension, aprende a escuchar, a comunicarte mejor con los demas y elimina tus pensamientos negativos.   Contenido del libro: - Escucha verdaderamente a los demas - Desarrolla la comprension - Conecta con la Empatia - Mantener la calma - Como eliminar pensamientos negativos - Como comunicarse mejor con las personas</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mind of Your Own by Reginald Mathis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623677</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind of Your Own
Author: Reginald Mathis
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mind of Your Own: The Ultimate Guide on How to Boost Your Brain. Discover Tips on How to Improve Your Brain&amp;#039;s Health and Performance Have you ever been envious of people who seem to have no end of clever ideas, who are able to think quickly in any situation, or who seem to have flawless memories? Could it be that they&amp;#039;re just born smarter or quicker than the rest of us? Or are there some secrets that they might know that we don&amp;#039;t? Our brains have vast potential. And you may have probably heard that we only use about 5% of our brains. That&amp;#039;s true. But there are techniques we can use to maximize our brain power In this audiobook, you will get a deeper understanding on how our brain works so you can learn how to maximize the use of your brain. You will learn tips on how to train your brain to think better. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Our Brains and How They Work - Types of Intelligence - &amp;#039;Successful&amp;#039; Intelligence - Learning Styles - Personality Types - Sharpening Focus - Enhancing Creativity - Solving Problems Easily - Maximizing Memory - Engaging Autotelic Thinking - Maintaining a Better Brain - And many more! Our brain controls every area and aspect of our bodies so it makes sense to want to improve it. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Reginald Mathis</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823409391.mp3" length="442810" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623677</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823409391.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind of Your Own
Author: Reginald Mathis
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mind of Your Own: The Ultimate Guide on How to Boost Your Brain. Discover Tips on How to Improve Your Brain&amp;#039;s Health and Performance Have you ever been envious of people who seem to have no end of clever ideas, who are able to think quickly in any situation, or who seem to have flawless memories? Could it be that they&amp;#039;re just born smarter or quicker than the rest of us? Or are there some secrets that they might know that we don&amp;#039;t? Our brains have vast potential. And you may have probably heard that we only use about 5% of our brains. That&amp;#039;s true. But there are techniques we can use to maximize our brain power In this audiobook, you will get a deeper understanding on how our brain works so you can learn how to maximize the use of your brain. You will learn tips on how to train your brain to think better. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Our Brains and How They Work - Types of Intelligence - &amp;#039;Successful&amp;#039; Intelligence - Learning Styles - Personality Types - Sharpening Focus - Enhancing Creativity - Solving Problems Easily - Maximizing Memory - Engaging Autotelic Thinking - Maintaining a Better Brain - And many more! Our brain controls every area and aspect of our bodies so it makes sense to want to improve it. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mind of Your Own
Author: Reginald Mathis
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mind of Your Own: The Ultimate Guide on How to Boost Your Brain. Discover Tips on How to Improve Your Brain&amp;#039;s Health and Performance Have you ever been envious of people who seem to have no end of clever ideas, who are able to think quickly in any situation, or who seem to have flawless memories? Could it be that they&amp;#039;re just born smarter or quicker than the rest of us? Or are there some secrets that they might know that we don&amp;#039;t? Our brains have vast potential. And you may have probably heard that we only use about 5% of our brains. That&amp;#039;s true. But there are techniques we can use to maximize our brain power In this audiobook, you will get a deeper understanding on how our brain works so you can learn how to maximize the use of your brain. You will learn tips on how to train your brain to think better. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Our Brains and How They Work - Types of Intelligence - &amp;#039;Successful&amp;#039; Intelligence - Learning Styles - Personality Types - Sharpening Focus - Enhancing Creativity - Solving Problems Easily - Maximizing Memory - Engaging Autotelic Thinking - Maintaining a Better Brain - And many more! Our brain controls every area and aspect of our bodies so it makes sense to want to improve it. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Restless Spirits by Elisa J Wilkinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623658</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restless Spirits
Author: Elisa J Wilkinson
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Restless Spirits is a fascinating and compelling read by well known ghost-hunter Elisa Wilkinson, author of Seeing is Believing. Recounting specific hauntings and numerous ghostly occurrences around Britain, this is the culmination of personal research, illustrated with numerous thought-provoking photographs which detail crucial elements of the locations visited, capturing skeletal apparitions to unexplainable faces and plasmatic orbs. This is a must read for the paranormal community, but the psychic phenomena detailed within will open a reader’s eyes up to the realities of the spirit world, effectively proving that ghosts do exist and are part of our daily lives. This book is sure to have you flicking pages long after bed time…</description>
      <author>Elisa J Wilkinson</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 28 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781789555400.mp3" length="1432604" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623658</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781789555400.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restless Spirits
Author: Elisa J Wilkinson
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Restless Spirits is a fascinating and compelling read by well known ghost-hunter Elisa Wilkinson, author of Seeing is Believing. Recounting specific hauntings and numerous ghostly occurrences around Britain, this is the culmination of personal research, illustrated with numerous thought-provoking photographs which detail crucial elements of the locations visited, capturing skeletal apparitions to unexplainable faces and plasmatic orbs. This is a must read for the paranormal community, but the psychic phenomena detailed within will open a reader’s eyes up to the realities of the spirit world, effectively proving that ghosts do exist and are part of our daily lives. This book is sure to have you flicking pages long after bed time…</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restless Spirits
Author: Elisa J Wilkinson
Narrator: Colette Redgrave
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 22 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Restless Spirits is a fascinating and compelling read by well known ghost-hunter Elisa Wilkinson, author of Seeing is Believing. Recounting specific hauntings and numerous ghostly occurrences around Britain, this is the culmination of personal research, illustrated with numerous thought-provoking photographs which detail crucial elements of the locations visited, capturing skeletal apparitions to unexplainable faces and plasmatic orbs. This is a must read for the paranormal community, but the psychic phenomena detailed within will open a reader’s eyes up to the realities of the spirit world, effectively proving that ghosts do exist and are part of our daily lives. This book is sure to have you flicking pages long after bed time…</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Más allá de la sobriedad: Método clínico para la recuperación a largo plazo by Michael Craig Clemmens</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623602</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623602">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623602</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Más allá de la sobriedad: Método clínico para la recuperación a largo plazo
Author: Michael Craig Clemmens
Narrator: Marco Lubián
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta obra se centra en el proceso de recuperación de las personas adictas, desde el enfoque Gestalt, a través del modelo de automodulación. Describe la adicción buscando las raíces de la recuperación, más allá de la sobriedad. Esta apuesta es una alternativa a los modelos tradicionales que solo se enfocan en el dejar de consumir. Michael Craig Clemmens, desde su experiencia personal y profesional, identifica a la persona adicta como un cliente que necesita trabajar sus conflictos particulares, no los &amp;#039;problemas de los adictos&amp;#039;. El autor sostiene que la labor del terapeuta consiste en explorar el poder de atracción que ejerce la intoxicación en el cliente, a través del darse cuenta; no como un asunto de conducta incorrecta vs correcta, sino como un patrón que tuvo cierta funcionalidad para el adicto. Clemmens también resalta la importancia de generar en terapia un campo relacional desde una perspectiva compasiva y práctica: compasiva, al valorar la experiencia del adicto, su historia familiar y su dolor, a menudo negado; práctica, al enfocarse en el impacto que tiene el consumo de drogas en la persona, y en los demás, es decir, lo que sucede.</description>
      <author>Michael Craig Clemmens</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886570847.mp3" length="1347296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623602</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886570847.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623602">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623602</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Más allá de la sobriedad: Método clínico para la recuperación a largo plazo
Author: Michael Craig Clemmens
Narrator: Marco Lubián
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta obra se centra en el proceso de recuperación de las personas adictas, desde el enfoque Gestalt, a través del modelo de automodulación. Describe la adicción buscando las raíces de la recuperación, más allá de la sobriedad. Esta apuesta es una alternativa a los modelos tradicionales que solo se enfocan en el dejar de consumir. Michael Craig Clemmens, desde su experiencia personal y profesional, identifica a la persona adicta como un cliente que necesita trabajar sus conflictos particulares, no los &amp;#039;problemas de los adictos&amp;#039;. El autor sostiene que la labor del terapeuta consiste en explorar el poder de atracción que ejerce la intoxicación en el cliente, a través del darse cuenta; no como un asunto de conducta incorrecta vs correcta, sino como un patrón que tuvo cierta funcionalidad para el adicto. Clemmens también resalta la importancia de generar en terapia un campo relacional desde una perspectiva compasiva y práctica: compasiva, al valorar la experiencia del adicto, su historia familiar y su dolor, a menudo negado; práctica, al enfocarse en el impacto que tiene el consumo de drogas en la persona, y en los demás, es decir, lo que sucede.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623602">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623602</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Más allá de la sobriedad: Método clínico para la recuperación a largo plazo
Author: Michael Craig Clemmens
Narrator: Marco Lubián
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Esta obra se centra en el proceso de recuperación de las personas adictas, desde el enfoque Gestalt, a través del modelo de automodulación. Describe la adicción buscando las raíces de la recuperación, más allá de la sobriedad. Esta apuesta es una alternativa a los modelos tradicionales que solo se enfocan en el dejar de consumir. Michael Craig Clemmens, desde su experiencia personal y profesional, identifica a la persona adicta como un cliente que necesita trabajar sus conflictos particulares, no los &amp;#039;problemas de los adictos&amp;#039;. El autor sostiene que la labor del terapeuta consiste en explorar el poder de atracción que ejerce la intoxicación en el cliente, a través del darse cuenta; no como un asunto de conducta incorrecta vs correcta, sino como un patrón que tuvo cierta funcionalidad para el adicto. Clemmens también resalta la importancia de generar en terapia un campo relacional desde una perspectiva compasiva y práctica: compasiva, al valorar la experiencia del adicto, su historia familiar y su dolor, a menudo negado; práctica, al enfocarse en el impacto que tiene el consumo de drogas en la persona, y en los demás, es decir, lo que sucede.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - La experiencia en Gestalt: Jean-Marie Delacroix, Carmen Vázquez, Jean-Marie Robine, Ruella Frank by Elba Flores Nunez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623594</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La experiencia en Gestalt: Jean-Marie Delacroix, Carmen Vázquez, Jean-Marie Robine, Ruella Frank
Author: Elba Flores Nunez
Narrator: Ana Laura Santana
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Elba Flores Núñez tuvo la oportunidad de entrevistar a Jean-Marie Delacroix, Carmen Vázquez Bandín, Jean-Marie Robine y Ruella Frank. A partir de estos intercambios, notas personales, asistencia a sus cursos y talleres, una revisión incansable de su bibliografía, y por supuesto, sus propias vivencias e interpretaciones, la autora comparte en este libro el resultado de ese interesante proceso. En cada línea logra entretejer la elaboración teórica, la práctica psicoterapéutica y la experiencia de vida de estos renombrados gestaltistas. La autora, al mostrar estas teorías y prácticas &amp;#039;impregnadas&amp;#039; de experiencia, hace evidente la centralidad de este concepto en la Terapia Gestalt. Elba parte del supuesto de que la elección y práctica de cualquier tipo de psicoterapia tienen que ver con la experiencia vivida, y a lo largo de esta obra, va avanzando poco a poco en la elaboración del entramado teórico-práctico-vivencial de estos personajes, logrando condensar aspectos relevantes de la teoría de cada uno de ellos, es decir, una teoría de “carne y hueso” —parafraseando a Robine—. Este aporte sustancial a la Gestalt, hace a este libro un texto idóneo para la formación de nuevos psicoterapeutas y como material de apoyo y cavilación permanente de los profesionales clínicos.</description>
      <author>Elba Flores Nunez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119524.mp3" length="1319240" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623594</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119524.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La experiencia en Gestalt: Jean-Marie Delacroix, Carmen Vázquez, Jean-Marie Robine, Ruella Frank
Author: Elba Flores Nunez
Narrator: Ana Laura Santana
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Elba Flores Núñez tuvo la oportunidad de entrevistar a Jean-Marie Delacroix, Carmen Vázquez Bandín, Jean-Marie Robine y Ruella Frank. A partir de estos intercambios, notas personales, asistencia a sus cursos y talleres, una revisión incansable de su bibliografía, y por supuesto, sus propias vivencias e interpretaciones, la autora comparte en este libro el resultado de ese interesante proceso. En cada línea logra entretejer la elaboración teórica, la práctica psicoterapéutica y la experiencia de vida de estos renombrados gestaltistas. La autora, al mostrar estas teorías y prácticas &amp;#039;impregnadas&amp;#039; de experiencia, hace evidente la centralidad de este concepto en la Terapia Gestalt. Elba parte del supuesto de que la elección y práctica de cualquier tipo de psicoterapia tienen que ver con la experiencia vivida, y a lo largo de esta obra, va avanzando poco a poco en la elaboración del entramado teórico-práctico-vivencial de estos personajes, logrando condensar aspectos relevantes de la teoría de cada uno de ellos, es decir, una teoría de “carne y hueso” —parafraseando a Robine—. Este aporte sustancial a la Gestalt, hace a este libro un texto idóneo para la formación de nuevos psicoterapeutas y como material de apoyo y cavilación permanente de los profesionales clínicos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - La experiencia en Gestalt: Jean-Marie Delacroix, Carmen Vázquez, Jean-Marie Robine, Ruella Frank
Author: Elba Flores Nunez
Narrator: Ana Laura Santana
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Elba Flores Núñez tuvo la oportunidad de entrevistar a Jean-Marie Delacroix, Carmen Vázquez Bandín, Jean-Marie Robine y Ruella Frank. A partir de estos intercambios, notas personales, asistencia a sus cursos y talleres, una revisión incansable de su bibliografía, y por supuesto, sus propias vivencias e interpretaciones, la autora comparte en este libro el resultado de ese interesante proceso. En cada línea logra entretejer la elaboración teórica, la práctica psicoterapéutica y la experiencia de vida de estos renombrados gestaltistas. La autora, al mostrar estas teorías y prácticas &amp;#039;impregnadas&amp;#039; de experiencia, hace evidente la centralidad de este concepto en la Terapia Gestalt. Elba parte del supuesto de que la elección y práctica de cualquier tipo de psicoterapia tienen que ver con la experiencia vivida, y a lo largo de esta obra, va avanzando poco a poco en la elaboración del entramado teórico-práctico-vivencial de estos personajes, logrando condensar aspectos relevantes de la teoría de cada uno de ellos, es decir, una teoría de “carne y hueso” —parafraseando a Robine—. Este aporte sustancial a la Gestalt, hace a este libro un texto idóneo para la formación de nuevos psicoterapeutas y como material de apoyo y cavilación permanente de los profesionales clínicos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - El alma de la disciplina: Para una guía cálida, firme y calmada, desde pequeños hasta adolescentes (The Simplicity Parenting Approach to Warm, Firm, and Calm Guidance- From Toddlers) by Kim John Payne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623595</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El alma de la disciplina: Para una guía cálida, firme y calmada, desde pequeños hasta adolescentes (The Simplicity Parenting Approach to Warm, Firm, and Calm Guidance- From Toddlers)
Author: Kim John Payne
Narrator: Sergio Alberto Bustos De La Tijera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Kim John Payne plantea una ma´xima radicalmente poderosa: los nin~os no son desobedientes, ma´s bien esta´n desorientados. El resultado de este cambio de perspectiva es que la disciplina no es para controlar o castigar, sino para guiar. El autor brinda un marco sencillo para la toma de decisiones sobre por que´, cua´ndo y co´mo mantener las riendas de la crianza ma´s firmes —mientras los hijos desarrollan habilidades—, o darles a esas riendas ma´s juego —cuando los chicos van aprendiendo a caminar libremente—. Un padre necesita saber cua´ndo ser Gobernador, Jardinero o Gui´a, de acuerdo con la edad y el proceso de crecimiento que su hijo enfrenta, por lo que el autor de Simplicity Parenting, delimita y construye estos roles de una forma clara y precisa, en esta nueva obra. Tambie´n ofrece ayuda y aliento para impulsar la evolucio´n emocional de los hijos en momentos difi´ciles pero inevitables. Payne da herramientas para que los padres que sienten que el comportamiento de los grandes, y tambie´n de los pequen~os, ha cai´do en un patro´n preocupante, gasten menos energi´a en corregir, y ma´s en disfrutar y conectar. Kim piensa profundamente en lo que los hijos necesitan de nosotros para llegar a ser autogestivos, seguros y calmados, por lo que concibe al alma de la disciplina como el proceso de cuidado que les ayuda a vivir bien y felices, y lo plasma amorosamente en este luminoso y hermoso libro.</description>
      <author>Kim John Payne</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119661.mp3" length="1240061" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623595</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119661.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El alma de la disciplina: Para una guía cálida, firme y calmada, desde pequeños hasta adolescentes (The Simplicity Parenting Approach to Warm, Firm, and Calm Guidance- From Toddlers)
Author: Kim John Payne
Narrator: Sergio Alberto Bustos De La Tijera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Kim John Payne plantea una ma´xima radicalmente poderosa: los nin~os no son desobedientes, ma´s bien esta´n desorientados. El resultado de este cambio de perspectiva es que la disciplina no es para controlar o castigar, sino para guiar. El autor brinda un marco sencillo para la toma de decisiones sobre por que´, cua´ndo y co´mo mantener las riendas de la crianza ma´s firmes —mientras los hijos desarrollan habilidades—, o darles a esas riendas ma´s juego —cuando los chicos van aprendiendo a caminar libremente—. Un padre necesita saber cua´ndo ser Gobernador, Jardinero o Gui´a, de acuerdo con la edad y el proceso de crecimiento que su hijo enfrenta, por lo que el autor de Simplicity Parenting, delimita y construye estos roles de una forma clara y precisa, en esta nueva obra. Tambie´n ofrece ayuda y aliento para impulsar la evolucio´n emocional de los hijos en momentos difi´ciles pero inevitables. Payne da herramientas para que los padres que sienten que el comportamiento de los grandes, y tambie´n de los pequen~os, ha cai´do en un patro´n preocupante, gasten menos energi´a en corregir, y ma´s en disfrutar y conectar. Kim piensa profundamente en lo que los hijos necesitan de nosotros para llegar a ser autogestivos, seguros y calmados, por lo que concibe al alma de la disciplina como el proceso de cuidado que les ayuda a vivir bien y felices, y lo plasma amorosamente en este luminoso y hermoso libro.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - El alma de la disciplina: Para una guía cálida, firme y calmada, desde pequeños hasta adolescentes (The Simplicity Parenting Approach to Warm, Firm, and Calm Guidance- From Toddlers)
Author: Kim John Payne
Narrator: Sergio Alberto Bustos De La Tijera
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Kim John Payne plantea una ma´xima radicalmente poderosa: los nin~os no son desobedientes, ma´s bien esta´n desorientados. El resultado de este cambio de perspectiva es que la disciplina no es para controlar o castigar, sino para guiar. El autor brinda un marco sencillo para la toma de decisiones sobre por que´, cua´ndo y co´mo mantener las riendas de la crianza ma´s firmes —mientras los hijos desarrollan habilidades—, o darles a esas riendas ma´s juego —cuando los chicos van aprendiendo a caminar libremente—. Un padre necesita saber cua´ndo ser Gobernador, Jardinero o Gui´a, de acuerdo con la edad y el proceso de crecimiento que su hijo enfrenta, por lo que el autor de Simplicity Parenting, delimita y construye estos roles de una forma clara y precisa, en esta nueva obra. Tambie´n ofrece ayuda y aliento para impulsar la evolucio´n emocional de los hijos en momentos difi´ciles pero inevitables. Payne da herramientas para que los padres que sienten que el comportamiento de los grandes, y tambie´n de los pequen~os, ha cai´do en un patro´n preocupante, gasten menos energi´a en corregir, y ma´s en disfrutar y conectar. Kim piensa profundamente en lo que los hijos necesitan de nosotros para llegar a ser autogestivos, seguros y calmados, por lo que concibe al alma de la disciplina como el proceso de cuidado que les ayuda a vivir bien y felices, y lo plasma amorosamente en este luminoso y hermoso libro.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Mapas del amor y la terapia de pareja: Ay . . . ¡cómo Me Duele Quererte! (Oh, How it Hurts to Love You!) by Javier Vicencio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623596</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623596">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623596</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mapas del amor y la terapia de pareja: Ay . . . ¡cómo Me Duele Quererte! (Oh, How it Hurts to Love You!)
Author: Javier Vicencio
Narrator: Hector Bonilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
En este libro Javier Vicencio propone una serie de mapas que orientan el diagnóstico y ayudan a la comprensión de la práctica de la vida cotidiana de la pareja. En el texto se estructuran los elementos que sirven para la elaboración de una guía que auxilia al terapeuta y a la pareja para que reflexione sobre sí misma y se transforme al utilizar este modelo.</description>
      <author>Javier Vicencio</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119548.mp3" length="1421466" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623596</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119548.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623596">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623596</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mapas del amor y la terapia de pareja: Ay . . . ¡cómo Me Duele Quererte! (Oh, How it Hurts to Love You!)
Author: Javier Vicencio
Narrator: Hector Bonilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
En este libro Javier Vicencio propone una serie de mapas que orientan el diagnóstico y ayudan a la comprensión de la práctica de la vida cotidiana de la pareja. En el texto se estructuran los elementos que sirven para la elaboración de una guía que auxilia al terapeuta y a la pareja para que reflexione sobre sí misma y se transforme al utilizar este modelo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623596">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623596</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Mapas del amor y la terapia de pareja: Ay . . . ¡cómo Me Duele Quererte! (Oh, How it Hurts to Love You!)
Author: Javier Vicencio
Narrator: Hector Bonilla
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
En este libro Javier Vicencio propone una serie de mapas que orientan el diagnóstico y ayudan a la comprensión de la práctica de la vida cotidiana de la pareja. En el texto se estructuran los elementos que sirven para la elaboración de una guía que auxilia al terapeuta y a la pareja para que reflexione sobre sí misma y se transforme al utilizar este modelo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Plena consciencia en psicoterapia: En la relación paciente-psicoterapeuta. Influencias de América Latina (The Simplicity Parenting Approach to Warm, Firm, and Calm Guidance- From Toddlers to Teens ) by Jean-Marie Delacroix</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623597</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Plena consciencia en psicoterapia: En la relación paciente-psicoterapeuta. Influencias de América Latina (The Simplicity Parenting Approach to Warm, Firm, and Calm Guidance- From Toddlers to Teens )
Author: Jean-Marie Delacroix
Narrator: Alan Bochm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Jean-Marie Delacroix recopila en esta obra las experiencias, vivencias y aprendizajes de su interacción con tradiciones terapéuticas de América Latina y de otras latitudes del mundo; sin duda alguna, uno de los primeros textos de índole clínico que explica cómo podemos utilizar el enfoque de la plena consciencia (mindfulness) en el proceso terapéutico. En este nuevo libro, Delacroix desarrolla las nociones de postura meditativa y de meditación intersubjetiva como maneras de introducir la atención plena en la relación paciente-psicoterapeuta. Jean-Marie afirma que, en determinados momentos, la terapia se convierte en un tipo de meditación al servicio de la toma de consciencia del cliente y, por consiguiente, del cambio. Una consciencia compartida en él aquí y en él ahora, que siente lo que pasa de un cuerpo a otro de manera invisible. Además, el autor, pionero en el desarrollo de la Gestalt en Francia, ilustra sus postulados con casos clínicos reales, lo cual ayuda a explicar de forma práctica cómo se da este proceso relacional.</description>
      <author>Jean-Marie Delacroix</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119647.mp3" length="1396169" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623597</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119647.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Plena consciencia en psicoterapia: En la relación paciente-psicoterapeuta. Influencias de América Latina (The Simplicity Parenting Approach to Warm, Firm, and Calm Guidance- From Toddlers to Teens )
Author: Jean-Marie Delacroix
Narrator: Alan Bochm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Jean-Marie Delacroix recopila en esta obra las experiencias, vivencias y aprendizajes de su interacción con tradiciones terapéuticas de América Latina y de otras latitudes del mundo; sin duda alguna, uno de los primeros textos de índole clínico que explica cómo podemos utilizar el enfoque de la plena consciencia (mindfulness) en el proceso terapéutico. En este nuevo libro, Delacroix desarrolla las nociones de postura meditativa y de meditación intersubjetiva como maneras de introducir la atención plena en la relación paciente-psicoterapeuta. Jean-Marie afirma que, en determinados momentos, la terapia se convierte en un tipo de meditación al servicio de la toma de consciencia del cliente y, por consiguiente, del cambio. Una consciencia compartida en él aquí y en él ahora, que siente lo que pasa de un cuerpo a otro de manera invisible. Además, el autor, pionero en el desarrollo de la Gestalt en Francia, ilustra sus postulados con casos clínicos reales, lo cual ayuda a explicar de forma práctica cómo se da este proceso relacional.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Plena consciencia en psicoterapia: En la relación paciente-psicoterapeuta. Influencias de América Latina (The Simplicity Parenting Approach to Warm, Firm, and Calm Guidance- From Toddlers to Teens )
Author: Jean-Marie Delacroix
Narrator: Alan Bochm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Jean-Marie Delacroix recopila en esta obra las experiencias, vivencias y aprendizajes de su interacción con tradiciones terapéuticas de América Latina y de otras latitudes del mundo; sin duda alguna, uno de los primeros textos de índole clínico que explica cómo podemos utilizar el enfoque de la plena consciencia (mindfulness) en el proceso terapéutico. En este nuevo libro, Delacroix desarrolla las nociones de postura meditativa y de meditación intersubjetiva como maneras de introducir la atención plena en la relación paciente-psicoterapeuta. Jean-Marie afirma que, en determinados momentos, la terapia se convierte en un tipo de meditación al servicio de la toma de consciencia del cliente y, por consiguiente, del cambio. Una consciencia compartida en él aquí y en él ahora, que siente lo que pasa de un cuerpo a otro de manera invisible. Además, el autor, pionero en el desarrollo de la Gestalt en Francia, ilustra sus postulados con casos clínicos reales, lo cual ayuda a explicar de forma práctica cómo se da este proceso relacional.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Soluciones en sexualidad infantil y adolescente by Fernando álvarez Vázquez, Maria Elena Balsa Sabbagh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Soluciones en sexualidad infantil y adolescente
Author: Fernando álvarez Vázquez, Maria Elena Balsa Sabbagh
Narrator: Ana María Muñoz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
?¡Shhhh! Para hablar de sexualidad hay que bajar la voz….y más si se trata de sexualidad infantil y adolescente…Fernando Álvarez y María Elena Balsa rompen esta consigna y nos regalan en este libro respuestas con información veraz a estas dudas y a muchas otras más. También se dan a la tarea de explicar paso a paso, con casos reales, herramientas para lidiar con situaciones cotidianas y problemáticas relacionadas con la sexualidad de niños, niñas y adolescentes. Además, los autores resumen en esta guía conceptos básicos, mitos, miedos, verdades, explicaciones y problemas, a partir de su vasta experiencia quitando piedritas y grandes rocas del camino de madres, padres y profesionales valientes que intentan educar en sexualidad a las generaciones futuras. Fernando y María Elena nos recuerdan que aunque no se quiera hablar sobre ello, los niños y niñas son seres sexuales, y que al igual que los adultos, tienen un cuerpo que da placer, un corazón que los mueve y un cerebro que los hará elegir, con o sin nuestra orientación.</description>
      <author>Fernando álvarez Vázquez, Maria Elena Balsa Sabbagh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119586.mp3" length="1315017" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119586.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Soluciones en sexualidad infantil y adolescente
Author: Fernando álvarez Vázquez, Maria Elena Balsa Sabbagh
Narrator: Ana María Muñoz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
?¡Shhhh! Para hablar de sexualidad hay que bajar la voz….y más si se trata de sexualidad infantil y adolescente…Fernando Álvarez y María Elena Balsa rompen esta consigna y nos regalan en este libro respuestas con información veraz a estas dudas y a muchas otras más. También se dan a la tarea de explicar paso a paso, con casos reales, herramientas para lidiar con situaciones cotidianas y problemáticas relacionadas con la sexualidad de niños, niñas y adolescentes. Además, los autores resumen en esta guía conceptos básicos, mitos, miedos, verdades, explicaciones y problemas, a partir de su vasta experiencia quitando piedritas y grandes rocas del camino de madres, padres y profesionales valientes que intentan educar en sexualidad a las generaciones futuras. Fernando y María Elena nos recuerdan que aunque no se quiera hablar sobre ello, los niños y niñas son seres sexuales, y que al igual que los adultos, tienen un cuerpo que da placer, un corazón que los mueve y un cerebro que los hará elegir, con o sin nuestra orientación.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Soluciones en sexualidad infantil y adolescente
Author: Fernando álvarez Vázquez, Maria Elena Balsa Sabbagh
Narrator: Ana María Muñoz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
?¡Shhhh! Para hablar de sexualidad hay que bajar la voz….y más si se trata de sexualidad infantil y adolescente…Fernando Álvarez y María Elena Balsa rompen esta consigna y nos regalan en este libro respuestas con información veraz a estas dudas y a muchas otras más. También se dan a la tarea de explicar paso a paso, con casos reales, herramientas para lidiar con situaciones cotidianas y problemáticas relacionadas con la sexualidad de niños, niñas y adolescentes. Además, los autores resumen en esta guía conceptos básicos, mitos, miedos, verdades, explicaciones y problemas, a partir de su vasta experiencia quitando piedritas y grandes rocas del camino de madres, padres y profesionales valientes que intentan educar en sexualidad a las generaciones futuras. Fernando y María Elena nos recuerdan que aunque no se quiera hablar sobre ello, los niños y niñas son seres sexuales, y que al igual que los adultos, tienen un cuerpo que da placer, un corazón que los mueve y un cerebro que los hará elegir, con o sin nuestra orientación.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Usos de la psicología positiva by Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623591</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Usos de la psicología positiva
Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz
Narrator: Ana González
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La psicología positiva se ocupa del estudio científico del vivir bien, así como de los factores que permiten el desarrollo óptimo del ser humano en comunidad. El libro nos muestra las posibilidades que esta ciencia brinda a la promoción de las virtudes y fortalezas humanas, más allá del estudio de los problemas y las patologías.</description>
      <author>Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119609.mp3" length="1300433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623591</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119609.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Usos de la psicología positiva
Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz
Narrator: Ana González
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La psicología positiva se ocupa del estudio científico del vivir bien, así como de los factores que permiten el desarrollo óptimo del ser humano en comunidad. El libro nos muestra las posibilidades que esta ciencia brinda a la promoción de las virtudes y fortalezas humanas, más allá del estudio de los problemas y las patologías.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623591">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623591</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Usos de la psicología positiva
Author: Luz De Lourdes Eguiluz
Narrator: Ana González
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La psicología positiva se ocupa del estudio científico del vivir bien, así como de los factores que permiten el desarrollo óptimo del ser humano en comunidad. El libro nos muestra las posibilidades que esta ciencia brinda a la promoción de las virtudes y fortalezas humanas, más allá del estudio de los problemas y las patologías.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Psicopatología: Psicología de la anormalidad (Psychology of Abnormality) by Marco Antonio Espinosa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623593</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Psicopatología: Psicología de la anormalidad (Psychology of Abnormality)
Author: Marco Antonio Espinosa
Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es una herramienta importante para todo profesional que requiera de una visión actual, amplia e integral en el estudio de la psicopatología. El autor ahonda en los trastornos mentales con mayor índice de manifestación en la población adulta, desde diversos enfoques teóricos como el biológico, cognitivo-conductual, humanista, multidimensional y psicodinámico. Cada capítulo incluye casos breves, que facilitan la comprensión y aplicación de los criterios de la Organización Mundial de la Salud (OMS-CIE10) y la Asociación Americana de Psiquiatría (APA-DSM5), en su diagnóstico. Tipo de trastornos que incluye esta obra: psicóticos (esquizofrenia) obsesivo-compulsivos relacionados con traumas vinculados al estrés ansiedad somáticos depresivos</description>
      <author>Marco Antonio Espinosa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119562.mp3" length="1332902" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623593</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Psicopatología: Psicología de la anormalidad (Psychology of Abnormality)
Author: Marco Antonio Espinosa
Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es una herramienta importante para todo profesional que requiera de una visión actual, amplia e integral en el estudio de la psicopatología. El autor ahonda en los trastornos mentales con mayor índice de manifestación en la población adulta, desde diversos enfoques teóricos como el biológico, cognitivo-conductual, humanista, multidimensional y psicodinámico. Cada capítulo incluye casos breves, que facilitan la comprensión y aplicación de los criterios de la Organización Mundial de la Salud (OMS-CIE10) y la Asociación Americana de Psiquiatría (APA-DSM5), en su diagnóstico. Tipo de trastornos que incluye esta obra: psicóticos (esquizofrenia) obsesivo-compulsivos relacionados con traumas vinculados al estrés ansiedad somáticos depresivos</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623593">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623593</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Psicopatología: Psicología de la anormalidad (Psychology of Abnormality)
Author: Marco Antonio Espinosa
Narrator: Ricardo Bustamante
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Este libro es una herramienta importante para todo profesional que requiera de una visión actual, amplia e integral en el estudio de la psicopatología. El autor ahonda en los trastornos mentales con mayor índice de manifestación en la población adulta, desde diversos enfoques teóricos como el biológico, cognitivo-conductual, humanista, multidimensional y psicodinámico. Cada capítulo incluye casos breves, que facilitan la comprensión y aplicación de los criterios de la Organización Mundial de la Salud (OMS-CIE10) y la Asociación Americana de Psiquiatría (APA-DSM5), en su diagnóstico. Tipo de trastornos que incluye esta obra: psicóticos (esquizofrenia) obsesivo-compulsivos relacionados con traumas vinculados al estrés ansiedad somáticos depresivos</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo by Buenaventura Del Charco</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623583</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo
Author: Buenaventura Del Charco
Narrator: German Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde hace demasiados años se nos ha transmitido la idea de que la receta mágica para ser feliz consiste simple y llanamente en ver el lado bueno de las cosas, pero ¿Centrarte en lo agradable hace que los problemas desaparezcan? ¿Conoces a alguien capaz de no pensar o de no sentir dolor emocional cuando tiene un problema?   Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo es una crítica inteligente, mordaz y revolucionaria hacia los mensajes bonitos pero inservibles y vacíos de contenido de la mayoría de libros de autoayuda y denominados como pensamiento positivo. Una obra sincera, honesta, emotiva y directa en la que aprenderemos a ser felices desde el verdadero cambio y la lealtad a nosotros mismos, alejándonos del tópico vacío y la frase de azucarillo y realizando una transformación personal cimentada con vigor, honestidad y basada en verdades profundas y en el verdadero resultado, ese que se queda para siempre.  Acompáñate en el viaje emocional que significa ser realmente feliz, aceptando y superando el dolor -en vez de que la herida empeore al hacer como si no existiera- con honestidad, valentia, coraje, humor e inteligencia, porque Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo no va de venderte la idea de un bienestar edulcorado y que no aguanta un asalto contra el mundo real, sino ofreciéndote una filosofía de vida que te permita afrontarla de forma veraz y basada en el compromiso con uno mismo, que es la única que produce un cambio profundo y sólido. Y, por si no fuese suficiente, vas a divertirte sobre manera con su lectura ágil, explícita y llena de ritmo. Bienvenido al libro que te ayuda a encontrar el camino para una vida profunda y plena.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Buenaventura Del Charco</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119128.mp3" length="1277234" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623583</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119128.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo
Author: Buenaventura Del Charco
Narrator: German Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde hace demasiados años se nos ha transmitido la idea de que la receta mágica para ser feliz consiste simple y llanamente en ver el lado bueno de las cosas, pero ¿Centrarte en lo agradable hace que los problemas desaparezcan? ¿Conoces a alguien capaz de no pensar o de no sentir dolor emocional cuando tiene un problema?   Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo es una crítica inteligente, mordaz y revolucionaria hacia los mensajes bonitos pero inservibles y vacíos de contenido de la mayoría de libros de autoayuda y denominados como pensamiento positivo. Una obra sincera, honesta, emotiva y directa en la que aprenderemos a ser felices desde el verdadero cambio y la lealtad a nosotros mismos, alejándonos del tópico vacío y la frase de azucarillo y realizando una transformación personal cimentada con vigor, honestidad y basada en verdades profundas y en el verdadero resultado, ese que se queda para siempre.  Acompáñate en el viaje emocional que significa ser realmente feliz, aceptando y superando el dolor -en vez de que la herida empeore al hacer como si no existiera- con honestidad, valentia, coraje, humor e inteligencia, porque Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo no va de venderte la idea de un bienestar edulcorado y que no aguanta un asalto contra el mundo real, sino ofreciéndote una filosofía de vida que te permita afrontarla de forma veraz y basada en el compromiso con uno mismo, que es la única que produce un cambio profundo y sólido. Y, por si no fuese suficiente, vas a divertirte sobre manera con su lectura ágil, explícita y llena de ritmo. Bienvenido al libro que te ayuda a encontrar el camino para una vida profunda y plena.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623583">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623583</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo
Author: Buenaventura Del Charco
Narrator: German Torres
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde hace demasiados años se nos ha transmitido la idea de que la receta mágica para ser feliz consiste simple y llanamente en ver el lado bueno de las cosas, pero ¿Centrarte en lo agradable hace que los problemas desaparezcan? ¿Conoces a alguien capaz de no pensar o de no sentir dolor emocional cuando tiene un problema?   Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo es una crítica inteligente, mordaz y revolucionaria hacia los mensajes bonitos pero inservibles y vacíos de contenido de la mayoría de libros de autoayuda y denominados como pensamiento positivo. Una obra sincera, honesta, emotiva y directa en la que aprenderemos a ser felices desde el verdadero cambio y la lealtad a nosotros mismos, alejándonos del tópico vacío y la frase de azucarillo y realizando una transformación personal cimentada con vigor, honestidad y basada en verdades profundas y en el verdadero resultado, ese que se queda para siempre.  Acompáñate en el viaje emocional que significa ser realmente feliz, aceptando y superando el dolor -en vez de que la herida empeore al hacer como si no existiera- con honestidad, valentia, coraje, humor e inteligencia, porque Hasta los cojones del pensamiento positivo no va de venderte la idea de un bienestar edulcorado y que no aguanta un asalto contra el mundo real, sino ofreciéndote una filosofía de vida que te permita afrontarla de forma veraz y basada en el compromiso con uno mismo, que es la única que produce un cambio profundo y sólido. Y, por si no fuese suficiente, vas a divertirte sobre manera con su lectura ágil, explícita y llena de ritmo. Bienvenido al libro que te ayuda a encontrar el camino para una vida profunda y plena.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - A contracorriente: Cómo resolver los problemas antes de que ocurran (The Quest to Solve Problems Before They Happen) by Dan Heath</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623568</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - A contracorriente: Cómo resolver los problemas antes de que ocurran (The Quest to Solve Problems Before They Happen)
Author: Dan Heath
Narrator: Edgar Puente
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dan Heath, explora cómo prevenir los problemas antes de que estos ocurran, basándoseen los conocimientos de cientos de entrevistas mantenidas con “solucionadores” de problemas poco convencionales.La mayoría de nosotros pasamos nuestros días intentado gestionar una avalancha de asuntosurgentes. Estamos tan acostumbrados a manejarnos de este modo que nunca nos detenemosa pensar en cómo podríamos prevenir las crisis antes de que ocurran.•  Upstream explora las fuerzas psicológicas que nos empujan a tener ese tipo de comportamiento, incluyendo la “ceguera ante los problemas”, que puede provocar que no seamoscapaces de ver los graves con?ictos que nos rodean.•  Upstream explica cómo anticiparnos al origen del problema en lugar de reaccionar cuandoeste sucede, introduciéndonos en la mentalidad de aquellos que han conseguido superarese tipo de comportamiento psicológico y han sabido hacer frente a los obstáculos másarraigados</description>
      <author>Dan Heath</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638117209.mp3" length="1291770" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623568</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638117209.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - A contracorriente: Cómo resolver los problemas antes de que ocurran (The Quest to Solve Problems Before They Happen)
Author: Dan Heath
Narrator: Edgar Puente
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dan Heath, explora cómo prevenir los problemas antes de que estos ocurran, basándoseen los conocimientos de cientos de entrevistas mantenidas con “solucionadores” de problemas poco convencionales.La mayoría de nosotros pasamos nuestros días intentado gestionar una avalancha de asuntosurgentes. Estamos tan acostumbrados a manejarnos de este modo que nunca nos detenemosa pensar en cómo podríamos prevenir las crisis antes de que ocurran.•  Upstream explora las fuerzas psicológicas que nos empujan a tener ese tipo de comportamiento, incluyendo la “ceguera ante los problemas”, que puede provocar que no seamoscapaces de ver los graves con?ictos que nos rodean.•  Upstream explica cómo anticiparnos al origen del problema en lugar de reaccionar cuandoeste sucede, introduciéndonos en la mentalidad de aquellos que han conseguido superarese tipo de comportamiento psicológico y han sabido hacer frente a los obstáculos másarraigados</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623568">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623568</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - A contracorriente: Cómo resolver los problemas antes de que ocurran (The Quest to Solve Problems Before They Happen)
Author: Dan Heath
Narrator: Edgar Puente
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 48 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dan Heath, explora cómo prevenir los problemas antes de que estos ocurran, basándoseen los conocimientos de cientos de entrevistas mantenidas con “solucionadores” de problemas poco convencionales.La mayoría de nosotros pasamos nuestros días intentado gestionar una avalancha de asuntosurgentes. Estamos tan acostumbrados a manejarnos de este modo que nunca nos detenemosa pensar en cómo podríamos prevenir las crisis antes de que ocurran.•  Upstream explora las fuerzas psicológicas que nos empujan a tener ese tipo de comportamiento, incluyendo la “ceguera ante los problemas”, que puede provocar que no seamoscapaces de ver los graves con?ictos que nos rodean.•  Upstream explica cómo anticiparnos al origen del problema en lugar de reaccionar cuandoeste sucede, introduciéndonos en la mentalidad de aquellos que han conseguido superarese tipo de comportamiento psicológico y han sabido hacer frente a los obstáculos másarraigados</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>For the Culture: The Power Behind What We Buy, What We Do, and Who We Want to Be by Marcus Collins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623547</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623547">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623547</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For the Culture: The Power Behind What We Buy, What We Do, and Who We Want to Be
Author: Marcus Collins
Narrator: Cary Hite
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this illuminating book, the architect of some of the most famous ad campaigns of the last decade reveals how our perspective can be influenced by culture.  In For the Culture, Marcus Collins argues that true cultural engagement is the most powerful vehicle for influencing behavior. If you want to get people to move, you must first understand the underlying cultural forces that make them tick.   Collins uses stories from his own work as an award-winning marketer—from spearheading digital strategy for Beyoncé, to working on Apple and Nike collaborations, to the successful launch of the Brooklyn Nets NBA team—to break down the ways in which culture influences behavior and how readers can do the same. With a deep perspective built on a century’s worth of data, For the Culture gives readers the tools they need to inspire collective change by leveraging the cheat codes used by some of the biggest brands in the world.</description>
      <author>Marcus Collins</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668628379.mp3" length="856070" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623547</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668628379.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623547">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623547</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For the Culture: The Power Behind What We Buy, What We Do, and Who We Want to Be
Author: Marcus Collins
Narrator: Cary Hite
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this illuminating book, the architect of some of the most famous ad campaigns of the last decade reveals how our perspective can be influenced by culture.  In For the Culture, Marcus Collins argues that true cultural engagement is the most powerful vehicle for influencing behavior. If you want to get people to move, you must first understand the underlying cultural forces that make them tick.   Collins uses stories from his own work as an award-winning marketer—from spearheading digital strategy for Beyoncé, to working on Apple and Nike collaborations, to the successful launch of the Brooklyn Nets NBA team—to break down the ways in which culture influences behavior and how readers can do the same. With a deep perspective built on a century’s worth of data, For the Culture gives readers the tools they need to inspire collective change by leveraging the cheat codes used by some of the biggest brands in the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623547">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623547</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: For the Culture: The Power Behind What We Buy, What We Do, and Who We Want to Be
Author: Marcus Collins
Narrator: Cary Hite
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this illuminating book, the architect of some of the most famous ad campaigns of the last decade reveals how our perspective can be influenced by culture.  In For the Culture, Marcus Collins argues that true cultural engagement is the most powerful vehicle for influencing behavior. If you want to get people to move, you must first understand the underlying cultural forces that make them tick.   Collins uses stories from his own work as an award-winning marketer—from spearheading digital strategy for Beyoncé, to working on Apple and Nike collaborations, to the successful launch of the Brooklyn Nets NBA team—to break down the ways in which culture influences behavior and how readers can do the same. With a deep perspective built on a century’s worth of data, For the Culture gives readers the tools they need to inspire collective change by leveraging the cheat codes used by some of the biggest brands in the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Psicologia Positiva: PNL e coaching pessoal 2ª edição by Joel Antunes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623496</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Psicologia Positiva: PNL e coaching pessoal 2ª edição
Author: Joel Antunes
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
O poder do não A força do sigilo Rigidez e flexibilidade A importância da leitura Torne-se imune à inveja Como lidar com discussões Mentalize para realizar mais Torne-se refratário às críticas Utilize a comunicação subliminar Entenda a culpa e saia da inércia Rapport: fazendo as pessoas gostarem de você Respiração abdominal e o controle da ansiedade</description>
      <author>Joel Antunes</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786525253022.mp3" length="787844" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623496</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786525253022.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Psicologia Positiva: PNL e coaching pessoal 2ª edição
Author: Joel Antunes
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
O poder do não A força do sigilo Rigidez e flexibilidade A importância da leitura Torne-se imune à inveja Como lidar com discussões Mentalize para realizar mais Torne-se refratário às críticas Utilize a comunicação subliminar Entenda a culpa e saia da inércia Rapport: fazendo as pessoas gostarem de você Respiração abdominal e o controle da ansiedade</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623496">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/623496</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Psicologia Positiva: PNL e coaching pessoal 2ª edição
Author: Joel Antunes
Narrator: Voz Sintética
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 37 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
O poder do não A força do sigilo Rigidez e flexibilidade A importância da leitura Torne-se imune à inveja Como lidar com discussões Mentalize para realizar mais Torne-se refratário às críticas Utilize a comunicação subliminar Entenda a culpa e saia da inércia Rapport: fazendo as pessoas gostarem de você Respiração abdominal e o controle da ansiedade</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>International Handbook of Threat Assessment, 2nd Edition by J. Reid Meloy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622846</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: International Handbook of Threat Assessment, 2nd Edition
Author: J. Reid Meloy
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 46 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent history, planned violent attacks have persisted in the United States and abroad. These attacks have continued to illustrate the need for improved threat assessment and management efforts at local and national levels. In the few years since its publication in 2014, the International Handbook of Threat Assessment has become the gold standard textbook for the prevention of targeted violence. With this new edition, editors J. Reid Meloy and Jens Hoffmann have expanded their landmark text, reflecting the rise of scholarship and growth within the field of threat assessment and management. Since the first edition, new chapters focusing on lone actor terrorism, insider threats, cyberthreats, the use of artificial intelligence, bystander effects, and enhanced interviewing techniques, offer new guidance for threat assessment professionals. International Handbook of Threat Assessment is the comprehensive resource for mental health practitioners, law enforcement, and professionals working to prevent targeted violence. This guide will serve as inspiration for further research and equip those working to intercept harm with the necessary tools for intervention. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>J. Reid Meloy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765087268.mp3" length="7831868" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622846</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765087268.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>46:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: International Handbook of Threat Assessment, 2nd Edition
Author: J. Reid Meloy
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 46 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent history, planned violent attacks have persisted in the United States and abroad. These attacks have continued to illustrate the need for improved threat assessment and management efforts at local and national levels. In the few years since its publication in 2014, the International Handbook of Threat Assessment has become the gold standard textbook for the prevention of targeted violence. With this new edition, editors J. Reid Meloy and Jens Hoffmann have expanded their landmark text, reflecting the rise of scholarship and growth within the field of threat assessment and management. Since the first edition, new chapters focusing on lone actor terrorism, insider threats, cyberthreats, the use of artificial intelligence, bystander effects, and enhanced interviewing techniques, offer new guidance for threat assessment professionals. International Handbook of Threat Assessment is the comprehensive resource for mental health practitioners, law enforcement, and professionals working to prevent targeted violence. This guide will serve as inspiration for further research and equip those working to intercept harm with the necessary tools for intervention. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: International Handbook of Threat Assessment, 2nd Edition
Author: J. Reid Meloy
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 46 hours 10 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent history, planned violent attacks have persisted in the United States and abroad. These attacks have continued to illustrate the need for improved threat assessment and management efforts at local and national levels. In the few years since its publication in 2014, the International Handbook of Threat Assessment has become the gold standard textbook for the prevention of targeted violence. With this new edition, editors J. Reid Meloy and Jens Hoffmann have expanded their landmark text, reflecting the rise of scholarship and growth within the field of threat assessment and management. Since the first edition, new chapters focusing on lone actor terrorism, insider threats, cyberthreats, the use of artificial intelligence, bystander effects, and enhanced interviewing techniques, offer new guidance for threat assessment professionals. International Handbook of Threat Assessment is the comprehensive resource for mental health practitioners, law enforcement, and professionals working to prevent targeted violence. This guide will serve as inspiration for further research and equip those working to intercept harm with the necessary tools for intervention. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Psychologie für Anfänger - Praxisorientiertes Basiswissen: Wie Sie mit einfacher Psychologie Ihr Selbstbewusstsein erhöhen &amp;amp; positives Denken etablieren - inkl. Tipps zur Persönlichkeitsentwicklung by Marcus Neustädter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622751</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Psychologie für Anfänger - Praxisorientiertes Basiswissen: Wie Sie mit einfacher Psychologie Ihr Selbstbewusstsein erhöhen &amp;amp; positives Denken etablieren - inkl. Tipps zur Persönlichkeitsentwicklung
Author: Marcus Neustädter
Narrator: Anita Knappe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 44 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychologie. Jeder hat eine eigene Vorstellung davon, was für ihn dieses Wort bedeutet. Bereits seit hunderten von Jahren beschäftigt die Menschheit sich mit der Frage nach Seele und Psyche. Wo kann sie im Körper verortet werden und ist sie untrennbar mit ihm verbunden? Ist ein Leben nach dem Tod möglich? Wer bin ich? Regelmäßig spielen wir im Alltag den Hobbypsychologen, indem wir uns fragen, was unser Gegenüber denkt, wie wir auf ihn oder sie wirken und warum eine Person dieses oder jenes gesagt oder getan hat. Psychologie zu definieren, ist ein schwieriges Unterfangen, aber lassen Sie es mich dennoch versuchen. Abgeleitet vom lateinischen ,,psychologia&amp;#039;&amp;#039; beschreibt die Psychologie die Lehre seelischer Vorgänge innerhalb eines Menschen in Bezug auf Erleben und Verhalten. Sie setzt sich aus verschiedenen Disziplinen zusammen, wie der klinische, allgemeinen, Sozial-, Persönlichkeitspsychologie, um nur einen kleinen Teil zu nennen. Besonders in den letzten Jahren gewann das Fachgebiet der Neuro- und Biopsychologie vermehrt an Aufmerksamkeit und fand seinen Weg in die akademische Lehre. Von den einzelnen Disziplinen aus entwickelten sich sogenannte Hauptströmungen der Psychologie, die der Bevölkerung Erklärungsansätze für das eigene Erleben und Verhalten liefern sollten und welche auch hier ihre Anwendung finden sollen. Den interessierten Leser erwartet eine praxisorientierte Einführung in die Psychologie. Dieses Buch soll Ihnen mit einfachen Tipps und Tricks dabei helfen, Ihr Selbstbewusstsein und Ihre mentale Gesundheit zu stabilisieren, zu fördern, Ihre Persönlichkeit zu entwickeln und ein positives Mindset zu entwickeln.</description>
      <author>Marcus Neustädter</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969303634.mp3" length="856176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622751</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969303634.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Psychologie für Anfänger - Praxisorientiertes Basiswissen: Wie Sie mit einfacher Psychologie Ihr Selbstbewusstsein erhöhen &amp;amp; positives Denken etablieren - inkl. Tipps zur Persönlichkeitsentwicklung
Author: Marcus Neustädter
Narrator: Anita Knappe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 44 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychologie. Jeder hat eine eigene Vorstellung davon, was für ihn dieses Wort bedeutet. Bereits seit hunderten von Jahren beschäftigt die Menschheit sich mit der Frage nach Seele und Psyche. Wo kann sie im Körper verortet werden und ist sie untrennbar mit ihm verbunden? Ist ein Leben nach dem Tod möglich? Wer bin ich? Regelmäßig spielen wir im Alltag den Hobbypsychologen, indem wir uns fragen, was unser Gegenüber denkt, wie wir auf ihn oder sie wirken und warum eine Person dieses oder jenes gesagt oder getan hat. Psychologie zu definieren, ist ein schwieriges Unterfangen, aber lassen Sie es mich dennoch versuchen. Abgeleitet vom lateinischen ,,psychologia&amp;#039;&amp;#039; beschreibt die Psychologie die Lehre seelischer Vorgänge innerhalb eines Menschen in Bezug auf Erleben und Verhalten. Sie setzt sich aus verschiedenen Disziplinen zusammen, wie der klinische, allgemeinen, Sozial-, Persönlichkeitspsychologie, um nur einen kleinen Teil zu nennen. Besonders in den letzten Jahren gewann das Fachgebiet der Neuro- und Biopsychologie vermehrt an Aufmerksamkeit und fand seinen Weg in die akademische Lehre. Von den einzelnen Disziplinen aus entwickelten sich sogenannte Hauptströmungen der Psychologie, die der Bevölkerung Erklärungsansätze für das eigene Erleben und Verhalten liefern sollten und welche auch hier ihre Anwendung finden sollen. Den interessierten Leser erwartet eine praxisorientierte Einführung in die Psychologie. Dieses Buch soll Ihnen mit einfachen Tipps und Tricks dabei helfen, Ihr Selbstbewusstsein und Ihre mentale Gesundheit zu stabilisieren, zu fördern, Ihre Persönlichkeit zu entwickeln und ein positives Mindset zu entwickeln.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622751">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622751</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Psychologie für Anfänger - Praxisorientiertes Basiswissen: Wie Sie mit einfacher Psychologie Ihr Selbstbewusstsein erhöhen &amp;amp; positives Denken etablieren - inkl. Tipps zur Persönlichkeitsentwicklung
Author: Marcus Neustädter
Narrator: Anita Knappe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 44 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psychologie. Jeder hat eine eigene Vorstellung davon, was für ihn dieses Wort bedeutet. Bereits seit hunderten von Jahren beschäftigt die Menschheit sich mit der Frage nach Seele und Psyche. Wo kann sie im Körper verortet werden und ist sie untrennbar mit ihm verbunden? Ist ein Leben nach dem Tod möglich? Wer bin ich? Regelmäßig spielen wir im Alltag den Hobbypsychologen, indem wir uns fragen, was unser Gegenüber denkt, wie wir auf ihn oder sie wirken und warum eine Person dieses oder jenes gesagt oder getan hat. Psychologie zu definieren, ist ein schwieriges Unterfangen, aber lassen Sie es mich dennoch versuchen. Abgeleitet vom lateinischen ,,psychologia&amp;#039;&amp;#039; beschreibt die Psychologie die Lehre seelischer Vorgänge innerhalb eines Menschen in Bezug auf Erleben und Verhalten. Sie setzt sich aus verschiedenen Disziplinen zusammen, wie der klinische, allgemeinen, Sozial-, Persönlichkeitspsychologie, um nur einen kleinen Teil zu nennen. Besonders in den letzten Jahren gewann das Fachgebiet der Neuro- und Biopsychologie vermehrt an Aufmerksamkeit und fand seinen Weg in die akademische Lehre. Von den einzelnen Disziplinen aus entwickelten sich sogenannte Hauptströmungen der Psychologie, die der Bevölkerung Erklärungsansätze für das eigene Erleben und Verhalten liefern sollten und welche auch hier ihre Anwendung finden sollen. Den interessierten Leser erwartet eine praxisorientierte Einführung in die Psychologie. Dieses Buch soll Ihnen mit einfachen Tipps und Tricks dabei helfen, Ihr Selbstbewusstsein und Ihre mentale Gesundheit zu stabilisieren, zu fördern, Ihre Persönlichkeit zu entwickeln und ein positives Mindset zu entwickeln.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sisterhood Heals: The Transformative Power of Healing in Community by Joy Harden Bradford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622641</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisterhood Heals: The Transformative Power of Healing in Community
Author: Joy Harden Bradford
Narrator: Joy Harden Bradford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Healing through community is Dr Joy&amp;#039;s life&amp;#039;s work. Now, she dives into the wisdom of group therapy and real-life friendship circles to help Black women strengthen and evolve within our sisterhoods. Drawing on her years of clinical experience, Dr Joy provides actionable tools we can use to foster friendships that are not only positive, but transformative. From the evolution of sisterhood to the exceptional powers of group therapy, the process of finding your people to advice on overcoming the barriers that get in the way, Sisterhood Heals is as much an actionable guide as it is a love letter to Black women everywhere. With warmth, wisdom and empathy, Dr Joy shows that even when the odds are against us, the strength of a sisterhood can transcend the most challenging day-to-day struggles and give us the power to reform our mental health and our lives. ©2023 Joy Harden Bradford (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Joy Harden Bradford</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529119411.mp3" length="1274441" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622641</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529119411.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisterhood Heals: The Transformative Power of Healing in Community
Author: Joy Harden Bradford
Narrator: Joy Harden Bradford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Healing through community is Dr Joy&amp;#039;s life&amp;#039;s work. Now, she dives into the wisdom of group therapy and real-life friendship circles to help Black women strengthen and evolve within our sisterhoods. Drawing on her years of clinical experience, Dr Joy provides actionable tools we can use to foster friendships that are not only positive, but transformative. From the evolution of sisterhood to the exceptional powers of group therapy, the process of finding your people to advice on overcoming the barriers that get in the way, Sisterhood Heals is as much an actionable guide as it is a love letter to Black women everywhere. With warmth, wisdom and empathy, Dr Joy shows that even when the odds are against us, the strength of a sisterhood can transcend the most challenging day-to-day struggles and give us the power to reform our mental health and our lives. ©2023 Joy Harden Bradford (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622641">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622641</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sisterhood Heals: The Transformative Power of Healing in Community
Author: Joy Harden Bradford
Narrator: Joy Harden Bradford
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. Healing through community is Dr Joy&amp;#039;s life&amp;#039;s work. Now, she dives into the wisdom of group therapy and real-life friendship circles to help Black women strengthen and evolve within our sisterhoods. Drawing on her years of clinical experience, Dr Joy provides actionable tools we can use to foster friendships that are not only positive, but transformative. From the evolution of sisterhood to the exceptional powers of group therapy, the process of finding your people to advice on overcoming the barriers that get in the way, Sisterhood Heals is as much an actionable guide as it is a love letter to Black women everywhere. With warmth, wisdom and empathy, Dr Joy shows that even when the odds are against us, the strength of a sisterhood can transcend the most challenging day-to-day struggles and give us the power to reform our mental health and our lives. ©2023 Joy Harden Bradford (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Autogenes Training: Durch Selbsthypnose und Autosuggestion Stress abbauen, besser einschlafen und Konzentration steigern - inkl. Meditation gegen Rückenschmerzen &amp;amp; Kopfschmerzen by Maria Klemm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622609</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Autogenes Training: Durch Selbsthypnose und Autosuggestion Stress abbauen, besser einschlafen und Konzentration steigern - inkl. Meditation gegen Rückenschmerzen &amp;amp; Kopfschmerzen
Author: Maria Klemm
Narrator: Frank Schmalbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Autogenes Training: Mit unkomplizierten Autosuggestionsübungen ganz einfach zu innerer Ausgeglichenheit und Stärke gelangen Für viele Menschen des 21. Jahrhunderts ist es alltägliche Realität: Dauerhafter Stress, die Unfähigkeit, wirklich abzuschalten, Anspannungs- und Angstgefühle und abends quälend langes Umherwälzen, bis sich endlich – oft wenig erholsamer – Schlaf einstellt. Das kommt Ihnen bekannt vor? Dann bietet Autogenes Training Ihnen die langersehnte Lösung: In Form einer wissenschaftlich entwickelten Übungsmethode, mit der Sie in Eigenregie Entspannung, Ausgeglichenheit und tiefen Schlaf ganz einfach &amp;#039;erlernen&amp;#039; können! Aus der eher zufälligen Entdeckung des Nervenarztes Johannes Heinrich Schulz hat sich über die Jahrzehnte hinweg eine hochwirksame und vielfach praxiserprobte Entspannungstechnik entwickelt, die sich durch kinderleichte Anwendung und Alltagstauglichkeit auszeichnet. Beim Autogenen Training versetzen Sie sich selbst mittels präziser Autosuggestionen in Wahrnehmungszustände, die für muskuläre Entspannung und gesenkte Herzfrequenz sorgen – die Grundpfeiler vollständiger Entspannung. Einmal eingeübt, verschaffen Sie sich mit den Techniken wie auf Knopfdruck innere Ruhe, Gelassenheit und Fokussiertheit und können sogar anspannungsbedingte Leiden wie etwa Kopfschmerzen lindern. Ist das nicht etwas für Meditations-Profis? Keine Sorge! Ganz im Gegenteil handelt es sich hierbei um eine Methode, die auch von Unerfahrenen kinderleicht erlernt und angewandt werden und mit ein wenig Geduld in allen Lebenslagen für zuverlässige und umfassende seelische Ausgeglichenheit sorgen kann. Dank der genauen Anleitungen in den Audiodateien können Sie von der ersten Minute an in sorgfältige geführte Entspannungsübungen eintauchen und Schritt für Schritt zu nie dagewesener Ruhe und Gelassenheit gelangen.</description>
      <author>Maria Klemm</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969306444.mp3" length="885896" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622609</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969306444.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Autogenes Training: Durch Selbsthypnose und Autosuggestion Stress abbauen, besser einschlafen und Konzentration steigern - inkl. Meditation gegen Rückenschmerzen &amp;amp; Kopfschmerzen
Author: Maria Klemm
Narrator: Frank Schmalbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Autogenes Training: Mit unkomplizierten Autosuggestionsübungen ganz einfach zu innerer Ausgeglichenheit und Stärke gelangen Für viele Menschen des 21. Jahrhunderts ist es alltägliche Realität: Dauerhafter Stress, die Unfähigkeit, wirklich abzuschalten, Anspannungs- und Angstgefühle und abends quälend langes Umherwälzen, bis sich endlich – oft wenig erholsamer – Schlaf einstellt. Das kommt Ihnen bekannt vor? Dann bietet Autogenes Training Ihnen die langersehnte Lösung: In Form einer wissenschaftlich entwickelten Übungsmethode, mit der Sie in Eigenregie Entspannung, Ausgeglichenheit und tiefen Schlaf ganz einfach &amp;#039;erlernen&amp;#039; können! Aus der eher zufälligen Entdeckung des Nervenarztes Johannes Heinrich Schulz hat sich über die Jahrzehnte hinweg eine hochwirksame und vielfach praxiserprobte Entspannungstechnik entwickelt, die sich durch kinderleichte Anwendung und Alltagstauglichkeit auszeichnet. Beim Autogenen Training versetzen Sie sich selbst mittels präziser Autosuggestionen in Wahrnehmungszustände, die für muskuläre Entspannung und gesenkte Herzfrequenz sorgen – die Grundpfeiler vollständiger Entspannung. Einmal eingeübt, verschaffen Sie sich mit den Techniken wie auf Knopfdruck innere Ruhe, Gelassenheit und Fokussiertheit und können sogar anspannungsbedingte Leiden wie etwa Kopfschmerzen lindern. Ist das nicht etwas für Meditations-Profis? Keine Sorge! Ganz im Gegenteil handelt es sich hierbei um eine Methode, die auch von Unerfahrenen kinderleicht erlernt und angewandt werden und mit ein wenig Geduld in allen Lebenslagen für zuverlässige und umfassende seelische Ausgeglichenheit sorgen kann. Dank der genauen Anleitungen in den Audiodateien können Sie von der ersten Minute an in sorgfältige geführte Entspannungsübungen eintauchen und Schritt für Schritt zu nie dagewesener Ruhe und Gelassenheit gelangen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Autogenes Training: Durch Selbsthypnose und Autosuggestion Stress abbauen, besser einschlafen und Konzentration steigern - inkl. Meditation gegen Rückenschmerzen &amp;amp; Kopfschmerzen
Author: Maria Klemm
Narrator: Frank Schmalbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Autogenes Training: Mit unkomplizierten Autosuggestionsübungen ganz einfach zu innerer Ausgeglichenheit und Stärke gelangen Für viele Menschen des 21. Jahrhunderts ist es alltägliche Realität: Dauerhafter Stress, die Unfähigkeit, wirklich abzuschalten, Anspannungs- und Angstgefühle und abends quälend langes Umherwälzen, bis sich endlich – oft wenig erholsamer – Schlaf einstellt. Das kommt Ihnen bekannt vor? Dann bietet Autogenes Training Ihnen die langersehnte Lösung: In Form einer wissenschaftlich entwickelten Übungsmethode, mit der Sie in Eigenregie Entspannung, Ausgeglichenheit und tiefen Schlaf ganz einfach &amp;#039;erlernen&amp;#039; können! Aus der eher zufälligen Entdeckung des Nervenarztes Johannes Heinrich Schulz hat sich über die Jahrzehnte hinweg eine hochwirksame und vielfach praxiserprobte Entspannungstechnik entwickelt, die sich durch kinderleichte Anwendung und Alltagstauglichkeit auszeichnet. Beim Autogenen Training versetzen Sie sich selbst mittels präziser Autosuggestionen in Wahrnehmungszustände, die für muskuläre Entspannung und gesenkte Herzfrequenz sorgen – die Grundpfeiler vollständiger Entspannung. Einmal eingeübt, verschaffen Sie sich mit den Techniken wie auf Knopfdruck innere Ruhe, Gelassenheit und Fokussiertheit und können sogar anspannungsbedingte Leiden wie etwa Kopfschmerzen lindern. Ist das nicht etwas für Meditations-Profis? Keine Sorge! Ganz im Gegenteil handelt es sich hierbei um eine Methode, die auch von Unerfahrenen kinderleicht erlernt und angewandt werden und mit ein wenig Geduld in allen Lebenslagen für zuverlässige und umfassende seelische Ausgeglichenheit sorgen kann. Dank der genauen Anleitungen in den Audiodateien können Sie von der ersten Minute an in sorgfältige geführte Entspannungsübungen eintauchen und Schritt für Schritt zu nie dagewesener Ruhe und Gelassenheit gelangen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>4 Steps: To a Happier, Healthier You. The inspirational food and fitness guide from Strictly Come Dancing’s Tess Daly by Tess Daly</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622569</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 4 Steps: To a Happier, Healthier You. The inspirational food and fitness guide from Strictly Come Dancing’s Tess Daly
Author: Tess Daly
Narrator: Tess Daly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ve always been passionate about wellness, and how to live the happiest, healthiest life we can. These are the small changes that make a big difference when it comes to putting your wellbeing first.&amp;#039;   Model, presenter and mum of two daughters, Tess Daly is a much-loved TV personality. Now, for the first time, she shares her take on simple ways to look and feel amazing, whether you&amp;#039;re 17 or 70. Eat: Gut-friendly advice and 40 easy family-friendly recipes Move: Exercises and stretches to help you stay energised and flexible Breathe: Expert practices to unlock the healing power of breath Sleep: Ways to help you get that vital rest to recharge you, ready for each day With plenty of accessible lifestyle hacks and expert advice, alongside simple recipes that are both healthy and delicious, this book shows that you don&amp;#039;t have to spend lots of time or money to make every day that little bit healthier and a lot more fabulous. ©2023 Tess Daly (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Tess Daly</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Mar 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529900736.mp3" length="1397602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622569</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529900736.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 4 Steps: To a Happier, Healthier You. The inspirational food and fitness guide from Strictly Come Dancing’s Tess Daly
Author: Tess Daly
Narrator: Tess Daly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ve always been passionate about wellness, and how to live the happiest, healthiest life we can. These are the small changes that make a big difference when it comes to putting your wellbeing first.&amp;#039;   Model, presenter and mum of two daughters, Tess Daly is a much-loved TV personality. Now, for the first time, she shares her take on simple ways to look and feel amazing, whether you&amp;#039;re 17 or 70. Eat: Gut-friendly advice and 40 easy family-friendly recipes Move: Exercises and stretches to help you stay energised and flexible Breathe: Expert practices to unlock the healing power of breath Sleep: Ways to help you get that vital rest to recharge you, ready for each day With plenty of accessible lifestyle hacks and expert advice, alongside simple recipes that are both healthy and delicious, this book shows that you don&amp;#039;t have to spend lots of time or money to make every day that little bit healthier and a lot more fabulous. ©2023 Tess Daly (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 4 Steps: To a Happier, Healthier You. The inspirational food and fitness guide from Strictly Come Dancing’s Tess Daly
Author: Tess Daly
Narrator: Tess Daly
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: March 16, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. &amp;#039;I&amp;#039;ve always been passionate about wellness, and how to live the happiest, healthiest life we can. These are the small changes that make a big difference when it comes to putting your wellbeing first.&amp;#039;   Model, presenter and mum of two daughters, Tess Daly is a much-loved TV personality. Now, for the first time, she shares her take on simple ways to look and feel amazing, whether you&amp;#039;re 17 or 70. Eat: Gut-friendly advice and 40 easy family-friendly recipes Move: Exercises and stretches to help you stay energised and flexible Breathe: Expert practices to unlock the healing power of breath Sleep: Ways to help you get that vital rest to recharge you, ready for each day With plenty of accessible lifestyle hacks and expert advice, alongside simple recipes that are both healthy and delicious, this book shows that you don&amp;#039;t have to spend lots of time or money to make every day that little bit healthier and a lot more fabulous. ©2023 Tess Daly (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hope in the Eleventh Hour: A Mother’s Journey through Grief with Eternal Eyes by Sarah B. Berger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622564</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope in the Eleventh Hour: A Mother’s Journey through Grief with Eternal Eyes
Author: Sarah B. Berger
Narrator: Sarah B. Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When Sarah Berger’s nineteen-year-old son went to heaven in an inexplicable single-car accident, Sarah found herself plunged into soul-searing grief—the kind that can ruin marriages and destroy faith. But that is not her story. With an unrelenting grip on the Lord’s hand, Sarah clung to the promise that God is close to the brokenhearted. Now, for the many others who grieve losing loved ones to accidents, illnesses, and even suicide, Sarah points them to the God of all comfort. Hope in the Eleventh Hour helps readers: - Understand what it means to grieve with hope. - Realize their loved one in Christ is truly part of the great cloud of witnesses. - Trust God with the hardest questions. - Receive God’s comfort through Scripture, dreams, nature, and divine encounters. - Find joy in the present as they wait for the eternal. This intimate yet practical book opens readers’ hearts and minds to embrace God’s promises in the midst of grief and brokenness.</description>
      <author>Sarah B. Berger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646893461.mp3" length="1291820" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622564</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646893461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope in the Eleventh Hour: A Mother’s Journey through Grief with Eternal Eyes
Author: Sarah B. Berger
Narrator: Sarah B. Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When Sarah Berger’s nineteen-year-old son went to heaven in an inexplicable single-car accident, Sarah found herself plunged into soul-searing grief—the kind that can ruin marriages and destroy faith. But that is not her story. With an unrelenting grip on the Lord’s hand, Sarah clung to the promise that God is close to the brokenhearted. Now, for the many others who grieve losing loved ones to accidents, illnesses, and even suicide, Sarah points them to the God of all comfort. Hope in the Eleventh Hour helps readers: - Understand what it means to grieve with hope. - Realize their loved one in Christ is truly part of the great cloud of witnesses. - Trust God with the hardest questions. - Receive God’s comfort through Scripture, dreams, nature, and divine encounters. - Find joy in the present as they wait for the eternal. This intimate yet practical book opens readers’ hearts and minds to embrace God’s promises in the midst of grief and brokenness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622564">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622564</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hope in the Eleventh Hour: A Mother’s Journey through Grief with Eternal Eyes
Author: Sarah B. Berger
Narrator: Sarah B. Berger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 8 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When Sarah Berger’s nineteen-year-old son went to heaven in an inexplicable single-car accident, Sarah found herself plunged into soul-searing grief—the kind that can ruin marriages and destroy faith. But that is not her story. With an unrelenting grip on the Lord’s hand, Sarah clung to the promise that God is close to the brokenhearted. Now, for the many others who grieve losing loved ones to accidents, illnesses, and even suicide, Sarah points them to the God of all comfort. Hope in the Eleventh Hour helps readers: - Understand what it means to grieve with hope. - Realize their loved one in Christ is truly part of the great cloud of witnesses. - Trust God with the hardest questions. - Receive God’s comfort through Scripture, dreams, nature, and divine encounters. - Find joy in the present as they wait for the eternal. This intimate yet practical book opens readers’ hearts and minds to embrace God’s promises in the midst of grief and brokenness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Le goût du mépris by Evelyne Ballanfat</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622501</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le goût du mépris
Author: Evelyne Ballanfat
Narrator: Lionel Cruzille
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Qui, parmi nous, n&amp;#039;a pas fait, à un moment quelconque de son existence, l&amp;#039;expérience du mépris ? À partir de situations vécues et de témoignages confiés dans la force de leur vérité, cet essai propose des tableaux de la vie courante dans lesquels le langage révèle le pouvoir blessant du mépris. Mots ou expressions pris dans la banalité du quotidien : « gens de peu », « moins que rien » et autres « invisibles », ou phrases cinglantes que l&amp;#039;on n&amp;#039;a pas vu venir, sont autant de flèches décochées dans la sphère professionnelle, l&amp;#039;entourage social ou le huis clos familial. Pourquoi traiter d&amp;#039;un thème qui ravive souffrance ou colère ? Savoir que nous ne sommes pas seul à avoir éprouvé un sentiment d&amp;#039;humiliation, que nous risquons d&amp;#039;en faire l&amp;#039;expérience dans tout milieu, qu&amp;#039;il inflige une blessure dont le poison est lent à partir, c&amp;#039;est déjà le premier pas vers la prise de conscience pour s&amp;#039;en libérer. Il n&amp;#039;existe pas de réponse unique pour évacuer un tel sentiment, mais ce texte souhaite donner des mots pour partager des épisodes douloureux, en rire parfois, afin de puiser dans l&amp;#039;affront subi la force insoupçonnée de conjurer le mépris et en ressortir grandi.</description>
      <author>Evelyne Ballanfat</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 31 Jul 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9782379661600.mp3" length="721137" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622501</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9782379661600.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le goût du mépris
Author: Evelyne Ballanfat
Narrator: Lionel Cruzille
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Qui, parmi nous, n&amp;#039;a pas fait, à un moment quelconque de son existence, l&amp;#039;expérience du mépris ? À partir de situations vécues et de témoignages confiés dans la force de leur vérité, cet essai propose des tableaux de la vie courante dans lesquels le langage révèle le pouvoir blessant du mépris. Mots ou expressions pris dans la banalité du quotidien : « gens de peu », « moins que rien » et autres « invisibles », ou phrases cinglantes que l&amp;#039;on n&amp;#039;a pas vu venir, sont autant de flèches décochées dans la sphère professionnelle, l&amp;#039;entourage social ou le huis clos familial. Pourquoi traiter d&amp;#039;un thème qui ravive souffrance ou colère ? Savoir que nous ne sommes pas seul à avoir éprouvé un sentiment d&amp;#039;humiliation, que nous risquons d&amp;#039;en faire l&amp;#039;expérience dans tout milieu, qu&amp;#039;il inflige une blessure dont le poison est lent à partir, c&amp;#039;est déjà le premier pas vers la prise de conscience pour s&amp;#039;en libérer. Il n&amp;#039;existe pas de réponse unique pour évacuer un tel sentiment, mais ce texte souhaite donner des mots pour partager des épisodes douloureux, en rire parfois, afin de puiser dans l&amp;#039;affront subi la force insoupçonnée de conjurer le mépris et en ressortir grandi.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Le goût du mépris
Author: Evelyne Ballanfat
Narrator: Lionel Cruzille
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Qui, parmi nous, n&amp;#039;a pas fait, à un moment quelconque de son existence, l&amp;#039;expérience du mépris ? À partir de situations vécues et de témoignages confiés dans la force de leur vérité, cet essai propose des tableaux de la vie courante dans lesquels le langage révèle le pouvoir blessant du mépris. Mots ou expressions pris dans la banalité du quotidien : « gens de peu », « moins que rien » et autres « invisibles », ou phrases cinglantes que l&amp;#039;on n&amp;#039;a pas vu venir, sont autant de flèches décochées dans la sphère professionnelle, l&amp;#039;entourage social ou le huis clos familial. Pourquoi traiter d&amp;#039;un thème qui ravive souffrance ou colère ? Savoir que nous ne sommes pas seul à avoir éprouvé un sentiment d&amp;#039;humiliation, que nous risquons d&amp;#039;en faire l&amp;#039;expérience dans tout milieu, qu&amp;#039;il inflige une blessure dont le poison est lent à partir, c&amp;#039;est déjà le premier pas vers la prise de conscience pour s&amp;#039;en libérer. Il n&amp;#039;existe pas de réponse unique pour évacuer un tel sentiment, mais ce texte souhaite donner des mots pour partager des épisodes douloureux, en rire parfois, afin de puiser dans l&amp;#039;affront subi la force insoupçonnée de conjurer le mépris et en ressortir grandi.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - INTELLIGENCE ÉMOTIONNELLE - Contrôler &amp;amp; comprendre les émotions: Comment analyser les gens, gérer les émotions et le stress grâce à l&amp;#039;empathie. Réussite et satisfaction grâce à l&amp;#039;autogestion by Victoria Lakefield</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622489</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - INTELLIGENCE ÉMOTIONNELLE - Contrôler &amp;amp; comprendre les émotions: Comment analyser les gens, gérer les émotions et le stress grâce à l&amp;#039;empathie. Réussite et satisfaction grâce à l&amp;#039;autogestion
Author: Victoria Lakefield
Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Souhaitez-vous pouvoir lire et comprendre les gens ? Aimeriez-vous communiquer efficacement et réussir en convainquant tous vos interlocuteurs avec pertinence ? Souhaitez-vous améliorer votre résilience afin de surmonter toutes les crises et aider les autres à faire de même ? Vous trouverez la solution dans ce livre !En contrôlant vos sentiments, vos pensées et vos émotions vous parviendrez à vous discipliner davantage et à avoir plus de succès. Ainsi, vous serez également plus solide sur le plan émotionnel dans les situations difficiles. Grâce à cette nouvelle force, vous vous sentirez bien dans votre peau et vous renforcerez votre amour propre. Dans ce livre de poche se cachent des possibilités insoupçonnées de bénéficier facilement des nouvelles connaissances scientifiques de la psychologie dans votre quotidien. Vous pouvez compter sur ce livre pour : - Contrôler vos pensées, vos sentiments et vos émotions en toute situation - la résilience - Développer votre caractère et gagner une plus grande autorité - Améliorer votre communication grâce à la pleine conscience - Augmenter le nombre et la qualité de vos relations sociales Du succès dans tous les domaines de la vie : - Devenir heureux grâce à l&amp;#039;apprentissage de la pensée positive - Améliorer l&amp;#039;amour de soi, la pensée positive et les relations sociales - Faire de grands progrès dans le développement de votre personnalité Ce livre vous aidera à obtenir votre prochaine promotion, à nouer de nouvelles relations et à rayonner de sérénité en faisant preuve d&amp;#039;intelligence émotionnelle dans chaque situation de communication. Epatez vos amis, votre famille ou votre patron avec votre style convaincant et votre nouvelle confiance en vous, tout en donnant à votre interlocuteur le sentiment d&amp;#039;être un interlocuteur apprécié. Procurez-vous ce livre et découvrez dès aujourd&amp;#039;hui la formule gagnante qui vous ouvrira les portes de la réussite professionnelle et vous rendra plus heureux et satisfait dans votre vie privée.</description>
      <author>Victoria Lakefield</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969303733.mp3" length="847911" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622489</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969303733.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - INTELLIGENCE ÉMOTIONNELLE - Contrôler &amp;amp; comprendre les émotions: Comment analyser les gens, gérer les émotions et le stress grâce à l&amp;#039;empathie. Réussite et satisfaction grâce à l&amp;#039;autogestion
Author: Victoria Lakefield
Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Souhaitez-vous pouvoir lire et comprendre les gens ? Aimeriez-vous communiquer efficacement et réussir en convainquant tous vos interlocuteurs avec pertinence ? Souhaitez-vous améliorer votre résilience afin de surmonter toutes les crises et aider les autres à faire de même ? Vous trouverez la solution dans ce livre !En contrôlant vos sentiments, vos pensées et vos émotions vous parviendrez à vous discipliner davantage et à avoir plus de succès. Ainsi, vous serez également plus solide sur le plan émotionnel dans les situations difficiles. Grâce à cette nouvelle force, vous vous sentirez bien dans votre peau et vous renforcerez votre amour propre. Dans ce livre de poche se cachent des possibilités insoupçonnées de bénéficier facilement des nouvelles connaissances scientifiques de la psychologie dans votre quotidien. Vous pouvez compter sur ce livre pour : - Contrôler vos pensées, vos sentiments et vos émotions en toute situation - la résilience - Développer votre caractère et gagner une plus grande autorité - Améliorer votre communication grâce à la pleine conscience - Augmenter le nombre et la qualité de vos relations sociales Du succès dans tous les domaines de la vie : - Devenir heureux grâce à l&amp;#039;apprentissage de la pensée positive - Améliorer l&amp;#039;amour de soi, la pensée positive et les relations sociales - Faire de grands progrès dans le développement de votre personnalité Ce livre vous aidera à obtenir votre prochaine promotion, à nouer de nouvelles relations et à rayonner de sérénité en faisant preuve d&amp;#039;intelligence émotionnelle dans chaque situation de communication. Epatez vos amis, votre famille ou votre patron avec votre style convaincant et votre nouvelle confiance en vous, tout en donnant à votre interlocuteur le sentiment d&amp;#039;être un interlocuteur apprécié. Procurez-vous ce livre et découvrez dès aujourd&amp;#039;hui la formule gagnante qui vous ouvrira les portes de la réussite professionnelle et vous rendra plus heureux et satisfait dans votre vie privée.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622489">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622489</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - INTELLIGENCE ÉMOTIONNELLE - Contrôler &amp;amp; comprendre les émotions: Comment analyser les gens, gérer les émotions et le stress grâce à l&amp;#039;empathie. Réussite et satisfaction grâce à l&amp;#039;autogestion
Author: Victoria Lakefield
Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Souhaitez-vous pouvoir lire et comprendre les gens ? Aimeriez-vous communiquer efficacement et réussir en convainquant tous vos interlocuteurs avec pertinence ? Souhaitez-vous améliorer votre résilience afin de surmonter toutes les crises et aider les autres à faire de même ? Vous trouverez la solution dans ce livre !En contrôlant vos sentiments, vos pensées et vos émotions vous parviendrez à vous discipliner davantage et à avoir plus de succès. Ainsi, vous serez également plus solide sur le plan émotionnel dans les situations difficiles. Grâce à cette nouvelle force, vous vous sentirez bien dans votre peau et vous renforcerez votre amour propre. Dans ce livre de poche se cachent des possibilités insoupçonnées de bénéficier facilement des nouvelles connaissances scientifiques de la psychologie dans votre quotidien. Vous pouvez compter sur ce livre pour : - Contrôler vos pensées, vos sentiments et vos émotions en toute situation - la résilience - Développer votre caractère et gagner une plus grande autorité - Améliorer votre communication grâce à la pleine conscience - Augmenter le nombre et la qualité de vos relations sociales Du succès dans tous les domaines de la vie : - Devenir heureux grâce à l&amp;#039;apprentissage de la pensée positive - Améliorer l&amp;#039;amour de soi, la pensée positive et les relations sociales - Faire de grands progrès dans le développement de votre personnalité Ce livre vous aidera à obtenir votre prochaine promotion, à nouer de nouvelles relations et à rayonner de sérénité en faisant preuve d&amp;#039;intelligence émotionnelle dans chaque situation de communication. Epatez vos amis, votre famille ou votre patron avec votre style convaincant et votre nouvelle confiance en vous, tout en donnant à votre interlocuteur le sentiment d&amp;#039;être un interlocuteur apprécié. Procurez-vous ce livre et découvrez dès aujourd&amp;#039;hui la formule gagnante qui vous ouvrira les portes de la réussite professionnelle et vous rendra plus heureux et satisfait dans votre vie privée.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Clearing the Fog: From Surviving to Thriving with Long Covid—A Practical Guide by James C. Jackson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622440</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Fog: From Surviving to Thriving with Long Covid—A Practical Guide
Author: James C. Jackson
Narrator: James C. Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An empathic and practical guide to navigating life with the cognitive and mental health impairments that often accompany Long Covid, from neuropsychologist and world-renowned Long Covid expert Dr. James C. Jackson.  Early in the Covid-19 pandemic, the shocking mortality figures obscured the fact that death is not the only adverse outcome associated with the virus. Today, as many as 30 percent of Covid-19 survivors still experience symptoms long after their acute illness has passed, with problems especially prominent in the areas of cognitive and mental health. For many people, known as long haulers, this struggle with Long Covid has irrevocably changed their lives. They have lost their ability to work, attend school, or look after their children, and often feel misunderstood by family and friends. Their once-full lives are now filled only with doctors&amp;#039; appointments that seem more and more futile. This devastating condition can shatter dreams, end relationships, and take away hope.     In Clearing the Fog, neuropsychologist Dr. James C. Jackson offers people suffering from Long Covid and their families a roadmap to help them manage their “new normal.” He focuses on cognitive impairment and mental health issues, showing the ways in which they can manifest and disrupt, and offers suggestions for how and when to seek professional evaluations, discusses proven science-based treatment options and strategies, provides information on navigating health care systems and disability insurance, and offers wisdom, validation, and hope as patients wrestle with their new diagnosis. In addition, Dr. Jackson shares his own experience with chronic illness, relating to long haulers with vulnerability and compassion. Through vivid and moving stories as well as hands-on guidance, Clearing the Fog will help long haulers understand their current situation while offering multiple ways to address it, make sense of it, and move through it with the goal of thriving instead of merely surviving.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>James C. Jackson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626115.mp3" length="860926" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622440</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626115.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Fog: From Surviving to Thriving with Long Covid—A Practical Guide
Author: James C. Jackson
Narrator: James C. Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An empathic and practical guide to navigating life with the cognitive and mental health impairments that often accompany Long Covid, from neuropsychologist and world-renowned Long Covid expert Dr. James C. Jackson.  Early in the Covid-19 pandemic, the shocking mortality figures obscured the fact that death is not the only adverse outcome associated with the virus. Today, as many as 30 percent of Covid-19 survivors still experience symptoms long after their acute illness has passed, with problems especially prominent in the areas of cognitive and mental health. For many people, known as long haulers, this struggle with Long Covid has irrevocably changed their lives. They have lost their ability to work, attend school, or look after their children, and often feel misunderstood by family and friends. Their once-full lives are now filled only with doctors&amp;#039; appointments that seem more and more futile. This devastating condition can shatter dreams, end relationships, and take away hope.     In Clearing the Fog, neuropsychologist Dr. James C. Jackson offers people suffering from Long Covid and their families a roadmap to help them manage their “new normal.” He focuses on cognitive impairment and mental health issues, showing the ways in which they can manifest and disrupt, and offers suggestions for how and when to seek professional evaluations, discusses proven science-based treatment options and strategies, provides information on navigating health care systems and disability insurance, and offers wisdom, validation, and hope as patients wrestle with their new diagnosis. In addition, Dr. Jackson shares his own experience with chronic illness, relating to long haulers with vulnerability and compassion. Through vivid and moving stories as well as hands-on guidance, Clearing the Fog will help long haulers understand their current situation while offering multiple ways to address it, make sense of it, and move through it with the goal of thriving instead of merely surviving.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Clearing the Fog: From Surviving to Thriving with Long Covid—A Practical Guide
Author: James C. Jackson
Narrator: James C. Jackson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 8 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An empathic and practical guide to navigating life with the cognitive and mental health impairments that often accompany Long Covid, from neuropsychologist and world-renowned Long Covid expert Dr. James C. Jackson.  Early in the Covid-19 pandemic, the shocking mortality figures obscured the fact that death is not the only adverse outcome associated with the virus. Today, as many as 30 percent of Covid-19 survivors still experience symptoms long after their acute illness has passed, with problems especially prominent in the areas of cognitive and mental health. For many people, known as long haulers, this struggle with Long Covid has irrevocably changed their lives. They have lost their ability to work, attend school, or look after their children, and often feel misunderstood by family and friends. Their once-full lives are now filled only with doctors&amp;#039; appointments that seem more and more futile. This devastating condition can shatter dreams, end relationships, and take away hope.     In Clearing the Fog, neuropsychologist Dr. James C. Jackson offers people suffering from Long Covid and their families a roadmap to help them manage their “new normal.” He focuses on cognitive impairment and mental health issues, showing the ways in which they can manifest and disrupt, and offers suggestions for how and when to seek professional evaluations, discusses proven science-based treatment options and strategies, provides information on navigating health care systems and disability insurance, and offers wisdom, validation, and hope as patients wrestle with their new diagnosis. In addition, Dr. Jackson shares his own experience with chronic illness, relating to long haulers with vulnerability and compassion. Through vivid and moving stories as well as hands-on guidance, Clearing the Fog will help long haulers understand their current situation while offering multiple ways to address it, make sense of it, and move through it with the goal of thriving instead of merely surviving.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joy is My Justice: Reclaim What Is Yours by Tanmeet Sethi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622433</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joy is My Justice: Reclaim What Is Yours
Author: Tanmeet Sethi
Narrator: Tanmeet Sethi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Reclaim your joy and personal power and find healing in this radical guide to powerful stories and meditations rooted in neuroscience. Your pain is not fair or just. You are not broken because you feel it deeply. Yet every footstep you take toward Joy, even while still living with fear or rage, is a radical act of Justice that defies the oppressive weight of your pain and creates a powerful change in your biochemistry. Joy is here for you. Joy is your birthright. It’s my mission to make sure you find yours. And this book will lead you there.  --from the Prologue  If you’ve been pushed to the margin of conversations on well-being…If you think finding Joy is “too hard” or only for people who are “resilient enough,” here is a radical guide that will open you to the potential of healing, rooted in powerful stories, potent guided meditations and neuroscience.  In Joy Is My Justice, Integrative physician and activist Tanmeet Sethi shares her methods for shifting your nervous system and biochemistry into Joy at the cellular level. You can reclaim Joy—as you reclaim your personal power, strength, and purpose—despite the burden of living in an unjust world, despite past traumas, and despite any platitudes that a whitewashed wellness world says about your capacity.  Everyone alive will endure great pain—multiple times and usually beyond your control. An invitation to everyone whom “wellness” has left behind, Joy Is My Justice will help you rediscover your Joy, not as a destination or solution but as a profound practice for healing.</description>
      <author>Tanmeet Sethi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668626412.mp3" length="782196" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622433</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668626412.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joy is My Justice: Reclaim What Is Yours
Author: Tanmeet Sethi
Narrator: Tanmeet Sethi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Reclaim your joy and personal power and find healing in this radical guide to powerful stories and meditations rooted in neuroscience. Your pain is not fair or just. You are not broken because you feel it deeply. Yet every footstep you take toward Joy, even while still living with fear or rage, is a radical act of Justice that defies the oppressive weight of your pain and creates a powerful change in your biochemistry. Joy is here for you. Joy is your birthright. It’s my mission to make sure you find yours. And this book will lead you there.  --from the Prologue  If you’ve been pushed to the margin of conversations on well-being…If you think finding Joy is “too hard” or only for people who are “resilient enough,” here is a radical guide that will open you to the potential of healing, rooted in powerful stories, potent guided meditations and neuroscience.  In Joy Is My Justice, Integrative physician and activist Tanmeet Sethi shares her methods for shifting your nervous system and biochemistry into Joy at the cellular level. You can reclaim Joy—as you reclaim your personal power, strength, and purpose—despite the burden of living in an unjust world, despite past traumas, and despite any platitudes that a whitewashed wellness world says about your capacity.  Everyone alive will endure great pain—multiple times and usually beyond your control. An invitation to everyone whom “wellness” has left behind, Joy Is My Justice will help you rediscover your Joy, not as a destination or solution but as a profound practice for healing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622433">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622433</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joy is My Justice: Reclaim What Is Yours
Author: Tanmeet Sethi
Narrator: Tanmeet Sethi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Reclaim your joy and personal power and find healing in this radical guide to powerful stories and meditations rooted in neuroscience. Your pain is not fair or just. You are not broken because you feel it deeply. Yet every footstep you take toward Joy, even while still living with fear or rage, is a radical act of Justice that defies the oppressive weight of your pain and creates a powerful change in your biochemistry. Joy is here for you. Joy is your birthright. It’s my mission to make sure you find yours. And this book will lead you there.  --from the Prologue  If you’ve been pushed to the margin of conversations on well-being…If you think finding Joy is “too hard” or only for people who are “resilient enough,” here is a radical guide that will open you to the potential of healing, rooted in powerful stories, potent guided meditations and neuroscience.  In Joy Is My Justice, Integrative physician and activist Tanmeet Sethi shares her methods for shifting your nervous system and biochemistry into Joy at the cellular level. You can reclaim Joy—as you reclaim your personal power, strength, and purpose—despite the burden of living in an unjust world, despite past traumas, and despite any platitudes that a whitewashed wellness world says about your capacity.  Everyone alive will endure great pain—multiple times and usually beyond your control. An invitation to everyone whom “wellness” has left behind, Joy Is My Justice will help you rediscover your Joy, not as a destination or solution but as a profound practice for healing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ask the Soul Doctor: Holistic Solutions for Life&amp;#039;s Toughest Challenges by Mark Pitstick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622410</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ask the Soul Doctor: Holistic Solutions for Life&amp;#039;s Toughest Challenges
Author: Mark Pitstick
Narrator: Mark Pitstick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in a very exciting time in human history. Much collective evidence—from scientific research, clinical studies, and firsthand experiences—now clearly shows that life continues after bodily death. Commonly asked questions about life, death, and afterlife are now more timely and can be responsibly answered.  Ask the Soul Doctor contains answers to 171 questions that fall under 33 categories such as: The Afterlife, Parallel Realities, When a Beloved Person or Pet Passes On, The SoulPhone Project, How to Communicate with ‘Deceased’ Loved Ones Now, Identify and Fulfill Your Highest Purposes, and Optimal Relationships for More Evolved People. The title of this book does not imply that your essence needs doctoring. What is needed is updated information and a holistic balance between your body, brain, and consciousness. Deeply knowing The Great News is foundational to understanding my answers in this book. The collective evidence indicates, with high degrees of certainty, that you and everyone else: do not really lose ‘departed’ loved ones and can interact with them again, are integral, infinite, eternal, and beloved parts of Source Energy / Creator, receive assistance / guidance from angels, guides, master teachers, and evolved energies, are sacredly interconnected with all people, animals, and nature, have special purposes for being on this planet at this time, have everything you need to survive and even thrive during this earthly adventure, And six other categories of equally great news. The information, strategies, and resources in this book can help you create the greatest life you have envisioned and make our world a better place. Are you ready to know and show that this brief earthly experience is a totally safe, meaningful, and magnificent adventure amidst eternity?</description>
      <author>Mark Pitstick</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jun 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212155724.mp3" length="874912" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622410</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212155724.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ask the Soul Doctor: Holistic Solutions for Life&amp;#039;s Toughest Challenges
Author: Mark Pitstick
Narrator: Mark Pitstick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in a very exciting time in human history. Much collective evidence—from scientific research, clinical studies, and firsthand experiences—now clearly shows that life continues after bodily death. Commonly asked questions about life, death, and afterlife are now more timely and can be responsibly answered.  Ask the Soul Doctor contains answers to 171 questions that fall under 33 categories such as: The Afterlife, Parallel Realities, When a Beloved Person or Pet Passes On, The SoulPhone Project, How to Communicate with ‘Deceased’ Loved Ones Now, Identify and Fulfill Your Highest Purposes, and Optimal Relationships for More Evolved People. The title of this book does not imply that your essence needs doctoring. What is needed is updated information and a holistic balance between your body, brain, and consciousness. Deeply knowing The Great News is foundational to understanding my answers in this book. The collective evidence indicates, with high degrees of certainty, that you and everyone else: do not really lose ‘departed’ loved ones and can interact with them again, are integral, infinite, eternal, and beloved parts of Source Energy / Creator, receive assistance / guidance from angels, guides, master teachers, and evolved energies, are sacredly interconnected with all people, animals, and nature, have special purposes for being on this planet at this time, have everything you need to survive and even thrive during this earthly adventure, And six other categories of equally great news. The information, strategies, and resources in this book can help you create the greatest life you have envisioned and make our world a better place. Are you ready to know and show that this brief earthly experience is a totally safe, meaningful, and magnificent adventure amidst eternity?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ask the Soul Doctor: Holistic Solutions for Life&amp;#039;s Toughest Challenges
Author: Mark Pitstick
Narrator: Mark Pitstick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June  7, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in a very exciting time in human history. Much collective evidence—from scientific research, clinical studies, and firsthand experiences—now clearly shows that life continues after bodily death. Commonly asked questions about life, death, and afterlife are now more timely and can be responsibly answered.  Ask the Soul Doctor contains answers to 171 questions that fall under 33 categories such as: The Afterlife, Parallel Realities, When a Beloved Person or Pet Passes On, The SoulPhone Project, How to Communicate with ‘Deceased’ Loved Ones Now, Identify and Fulfill Your Highest Purposes, and Optimal Relationships for More Evolved People. The title of this book does not imply that your essence needs doctoring. What is needed is updated information and a holistic balance between your body, brain, and consciousness. Deeply knowing The Great News is foundational to understanding my answers in this book. The collective evidence indicates, with high degrees of certainty, that you and everyone else: do not really lose ‘departed’ loved ones and can interact with them again, are integral, infinite, eternal, and beloved parts of Source Energy / Creator, receive assistance / guidance from angels, guides, master teachers, and evolved energies, are sacredly interconnected with all people, animals, and nature, have special purposes for being on this planet at this time, have everything you need to survive and even thrive during this earthly adventure, And six other categories of equally great news. The information, strategies, and resources in this book can help you create the greatest life you have envisioned and make our world a better place. Are you ready to know and show that this brief earthly experience is a totally safe, meaningful, and magnificent adventure amidst eternity?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Awe: The Transformative Power of Everyday Wonder by Dacher Keltner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622358</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awe: The Transformative Power of Everyday Wonder
Author: Dacher Keltner
Narrator: Dacher Keltner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From a foremost expert on the science of emotions, a groundbreaking exploration into the history, psychology and meaning of awe Social psychologist Dacher Keltner has spent his career speaking to different groups of people, from schoolchildren to prisoners to healthcare workers, about the good life. These conversations and his pioneering research into the science of emotion have convinced him that happiness comes down to one thing: finding awe. Awe allows us to collaborate with others, open our minds to wonder, and see the deep patterns of life. In his new book, Keltner presents a radical investigation into this elusive emotion. Drawing on his own scientific research into how awe transforms our brains and bodies, alongside an examination of awe across history, culture, and within his own life during a period of immense grief, Keltner shows us how cultivating wonder leads us to appreciate what is most humane in our human nature. The book includes intensely moving, deeply personal stories of awe from people all over the world-doctors and veterans, environmentalists and poets, indigenous scholars and hospice workers, ministers and midwives. At turns radical and profound, Awe is our field guide for how to uncover everyday wonder as a vital force within our lives. ©2023 Dacher Keltner (P)2023 Penguin Audio</description>
      <author>Dacher Keltner</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781802062618.mp3" length="1400443" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622358</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781802062618.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awe: The Transformative Power of Everyday Wonder
Author: Dacher Keltner
Narrator: Dacher Keltner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From a foremost expert on the science of emotions, a groundbreaking exploration into the history, psychology and meaning of awe Social psychologist Dacher Keltner has spent his career speaking to different groups of people, from schoolchildren to prisoners to healthcare workers, about the good life. These conversations and his pioneering research into the science of emotion have convinced him that happiness comes down to one thing: finding awe. Awe allows us to collaborate with others, open our minds to wonder, and see the deep patterns of life. In his new book, Keltner presents a radical investigation into this elusive emotion. Drawing on his own scientific research into how awe transforms our brains and bodies, alongside an examination of awe across history, culture, and within his own life during a period of immense grief, Keltner shows us how cultivating wonder leads us to appreciate what is most humane in our human nature. The book includes intensely moving, deeply personal stories of awe from people all over the world-doctors and veterans, environmentalists and poets, indigenous scholars and hospice workers, ministers and midwives. At turns radical and profound, Awe is our field guide for how to uncover everyday wonder as a vital force within our lives. ©2023 Dacher Keltner (P)2023 Penguin Audio</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Awe: The Transformative Power of Everyday Wonder
Author: Dacher Keltner
Narrator: Dacher Keltner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 51 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. From a foremost expert on the science of emotions, a groundbreaking exploration into the history, psychology and meaning of awe Social psychologist Dacher Keltner has spent his career speaking to different groups of people, from schoolchildren to prisoners to healthcare workers, about the good life. These conversations and his pioneering research into the science of emotion have convinced him that happiness comes down to one thing: finding awe. Awe allows us to collaborate with others, open our minds to wonder, and see the deep patterns of life. In his new book, Keltner presents a radical investigation into this elusive emotion. Drawing on his own scientific research into how awe transforms our brains and bodies, alongside an examination of awe across history, culture, and within his own life during a period of immense grief, Keltner shows us how cultivating wonder leads us to appreciate what is most humane in our human nature. The book includes intensely moving, deeply personal stories of awe from people all over the world-doctors and veterans, environmentalists and poets, indigenous scholars and hospice workers, ministers and midwives. At turns radical and profound, Awe is our field guide for how to uncover everyday wonder as a vital force within our lives. ©2023 Dacher Keltner (P)2023 Penguin Audio</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>12 Weeks to a Sharper You: A Guided Program by Sanjay   Gupta</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622301</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622301">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622301</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Weeks to a Sharper You: A Guided Program
Author: Sanjay   Gupta
Narrator: Sanjay   Gupta
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Keep your brain young and healthy at any age with this practical workbook through the 12-week program from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Keep Sharp.  Chief CNN medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta helped countless readers keep their brains sharp and effortlessly productive with KEEP SHARP. In 12 Weeks to a Sharper You, he now provides a step-by-step 12-week program to help you put his transformational ideas into daily practice. He writes, “Change is a challenge, and changing long-established habits takes effort.” But this workbook makes it easy to apply Gupta’s groundbreaking tips and research to establish healthy behaviors for life. The 12-week program will help you feel less anxious, sleep better, improve energy, think more clearly, and become more resilient to daily stress.   Full of tips, quotations, and prompts, 12 Weeks to a Sharper You is the only guide you’ll need to keep your brain young and healthy at any age!</description>
      <author>Sanjay   Gupta</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Dec 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797156996.mp3" length="851268" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622301</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797156996.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622301">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622301</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Weeks to a Sharper You: A Guided Program
Author: Sanjay   Gupta
Narrator: Sanjay   Gupta
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Keep your brain young and healthy at any age with this practical workbook through the 12-week program from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Keep Sharp.  Chief CNN medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta helped countless readers keep their brains sharp and effortlessly productive with KEEP SHARP. In 12 Weeks to a Sharper You, he now provides a step-by-step 12-week program to help you put his transformational ideas into daily practice. He writes, “Change is a challenge, and changing long-established habits takes effort.” But this workbook makes it easy to apply Gupta’s groundbreaking tips and research to establish healthy behaviors for life. The 12-week program will help you feel less anxious, sleep better, improve energy, think more clearly, and become more resilient to daily stress.   Full of tips, quotations, and prompts, 12 Weeks to a Sharper You is the only guide you’ll need to keep your brain young and healthy at any age!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622301">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622301</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 12 Weeks to a Sharper You: A Guided Program
Author: Sanjay   Gupta
Narrator: Sanjay   Gupta
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 20 minutes
Release date: December 27, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Keep your brain young and healthy at any age with this practical workbook through the 12-week program from the #1 New York Times bestselling author of Keep Sharp.  Chief CNN medical correspondent Dr. Sanjay Gupta helped countless readers keep their brains sharp and effortlessly productive with KEEP SHARP. In 12 Weeks to a Sharper You, he now provides a step-by-step 12-week program to help you put his transformational ideas into daily practice. He writes, “Change is a challenge, and changing long-established habits takes effort.” But this workbook makes it easy to apply Gupta’s groundbreaking tips and research to establish healthy behaviors for life. The 12-week program will help you feel less anxious, sleep better, improve energy, think more clearly, and become more resilient to daily stress.   Full of tips, quotations, and prompts, 12 Weeks to a Sharper You is the only guide you’ll need to keep your brain young and healthy at any age!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meaningful Coincidences: How and Why Synchronicity and Serendipity Happen by Bernard Beitman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622292</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meaningful Coincidences: How and Why Synchronicity and Serendipity Happen
Author: Bernard Beitman
Narrator: Kevin Moriarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
• Scientific and Medical Network&amp;#039;s Annual Book Prize for 2022 • Presents a complete catalog of coincidence patterns with numerous illustrative examples • Defines the many uses and potential pitfalls of coincidences and highlights the situations in which they are most likely to occur • Explores the range of explanations for coincidences, including the psychosphere as the medium through which many coincidences take place Each of us has more to do with creating coincidences than we think. In this broad exploration of the potential of coincidences to expand our understanding of reality, psychiatrist Bernard Beitman, M.D., explores why and how coincidences, synchronicity, and serendipity happen and how to use these common occurrences to inspire psychological, interpersonal, and spiritual growth.  Through a complete catalog of coincidence patterns with numerous illustrative examples, Dr. Beitman clarifies the relationship between synchronicity and serendipity and dissects the “anatomy of a coincidence.” He defines coincidence types through their two fundamental constituents--mental events and physical events. He analyzes the many uses of meaningful coincidences as well as their potential problems. He explains how you will see patterns guiding your life decisions and learn to expect that coincidences are more likely to occur during life stressors, as well as times of high emotion and strong need, which helps you be ready to use them when they occur.  Exploring the crucial role of personal agency--individual thought and action--in synchronicities and serendipities, Dr. Beitman shows that there’s much more behind these occurrences than “fate” or “randomness.”</description>
      <author>Bernard Beitman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644118337.mp3" length="912392" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622292</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644118337.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meaningful Coincidences: How and Why Synchronicity and Serendipity Happen
Author: Bernard Beitman
Narrator: Kevin Moriarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
• Scientific and Medical Network&amp;#039;s Annual Book Prize for 2022 • Presents a complete catalog of coincidence patterns with numerous illustrative examples • Defines the many uses and potential pitfalls of coincidences and highlights the situations in which they are most likely to occur • Explores the range of explanations for coincidences, including the psychosphere as the medium through which many coincidences take place Each of us has more to do with creating coincidences than we think. In this broad exploration of the potential of coincidences to expand our understanding of reality, psychiatrist Bernard Beitman, M.D., explores why and how coincidences, synchronicity, and serendipity happen and how to use these common occurrences to inspire psychological, interpersonal, and spiritual growth.  Through a complete catalog of coincidence patterns with numerous illustrative examples, Dr. Beitman clarifies the relationship between synchronicity and serendipity and dissects the “anatomy of a coincidence.” He defines coincidence types through their two fundamental constituents--mental events and physical events. He analyzes the many uses of meaningful coincidences as well as their potential problems. He explains how you will see patterns guiding your life decisions and learn to expect that coincidences are more likely to occur during life stressors, as well as times of high emotion and strong need, which helps you be ready to use them when they occur.  Exploring the crucial role of personal agency--individual thought and action--in synchronicities and serendipities, Dr. Beitman shows that there’s much more behind these occurrences than “fate” or “randomness.”</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622292">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622292</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meaningful Coincidences: How and Why Synchronicity and Serendipity Happen
Author: Bernard Beitman
Narrator: Kevin Moriarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
• Scientific and Medical Network&amp;#039;s Annual Book Prize for 2022 • Presents a complete catalog of coincidence patterns with numerous illustrative examples • Defines the many uses and potential pitfalls of coincidences and highlights the situations in which they are most likely to occur • Explores the range of explanations for coincidences, including the psychosphere as the medium through which many coincidences take place Each of us has more to do with creating coincidences than we think. In this broad exploration of the potential of coincidences to expand our understanding of reality, psychiatrist Bernard Beitman, M.D., explores why and how coincidences, synchronicity, and serendipity happen and how to use these common occurrences to inspire psychological, interpersonal, and spiritual growth.  Through a complete catalog of coincidence patterns with numerous illustrative examples, Dr. Beitman clarifies the relationship between synchronicity and serendipity and dissects the “anatomy of a coincidence.” He defines coincidence types through their two fundamental constituents--mental events and physical events. He analyzes the many uses of meaningful coincidences as well as their potential problems. He explains how you will see patterns guiding your life decisions and learn to expect that coincidences are more likely to occur during life stressors, as well as times of high emotion and strong need, which helps you be ready to use them when they occur.  Exploring the crucial role of personal agency--individual thought and action--in synchronicities and serendipities, Dr. Beitman shows that there’s much more behind these occurrences than “fate” or “randomness.”</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Belastende Glaubenssätze auflösen: mit The Work von Byron Katie by Ina Rudolph</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Belastende Glaubenssätze auflösen: mit The Work von Byron Katie
Author: Ina Rudolph
Narrator: Ina Rudolph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Belastende Glaubenssätze auflösen mit The Work von Byron Katie. Du kannst dich zurücklehnen und dich einfach begleiten lassen. Glaubst du deinen belastenden Gedanken nicht mehr, verschwinden auch die dazugehörigen stressigen Gefühle.</description>
      <author>Ina Rudolph</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248084182.mp3" length="864585" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248084182.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Belastende Glaubenssätze auflösen: mit The Work von Byron Katie
Author: Ina Rudolph
Narrator: Ina Rudolph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Belastende Glaubenssätze auflösen mit The Work von Byron Katie. Du kannst dich zurücklehnen und dich einfach begleiten lassen. Glaubst du deinen belastenden Gedanken nicht mehr, verschwinden auch die dazugehörigen stressigen Gefühle.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Belastende Glaubenssätze auflösen: mit The Work von Byron Katie
Author: Ina Rudolph
Narrator: Ina Rudolph
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Belastende Glaubenssätze auflösen mit The Work von Byron Katie. Du kannst dich zurücklehnen und dich einfach begleiten lassen. Glaubst du deinen belastenden Gedanken nicht mehr, verschwinden auch die dazugehörigen stressigen Gefühle.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Neurociencia del cuerpo: Cómo el organismo esculpe el cerebro by Nazareth Castellanos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622229</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Neurociencia del cuerpo: Cómo el organismo esculpe el cerebro
Author: Nazareth Castellanos
Narrator: Raquel Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La neurociencia vive hoy inmersa en una revolución con fuertes implicaciones clínicas, sociales y personales. El redescubrimiento de la influencia de los órganos del cuerpo sobre el cerebro nos traslada a una visión integral de la percepción. En este libro, la autora nos acompaña en un viaje a través del cuerpo para descubrir su impacto sobre las neuronas. Este recorrido nos lleva a reconocer que la memoria, la atención, el estado de ánimo o las emociones dependen de cuestiones como la postura corporal y los gestos faciales, la microbiota intestinal y el estómago, así como el complejo patrón de latidos cardíacos y la manera como respiramos. Las evidencias científicas más novedosas y rigurosas se entrelazan en esta obra con la historia de la medicina en Oriente y Occidente. Acercarse al cuerpo para conocer nuestra psicología.</description>
      <author>Nazareth Castellanos</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788411210874.mp3" length="728613" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622229</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788411210874.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Neurociencia del cuerpo: Cómo el organismo esculpe el cerebro
Author: Nazareth Castellanos
Narrator: Raquel Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La neurociencia vive hoy inmersa en una revolución con fuertes implicaciones clínicas, sociales y personales. El redescubrimiento de la influencia de los órganos del cuerpo sobre el cerebro nos traslada a una visión integral de la percepción. En este libro, la autora nos acompaña en un viaje a través del cuerpo para descubrir su impacto sobre las neuronas. Este recorrido nos lleva a reconocer que la memoria, la atención, el estado de ánimo o las emociones dependen de cuestiones como la postura corporal y los gestos faciales, la microbiota intestinal y el estómago, así como el complejo patrón de latidos cardíacos y la manera como respiramos. Las evidencias científicas más novedosas y rigurosas se entrelazan en esta obra con la historia de la medicina en Oriente y Occidente. Acercarse al cuerpo para conocer nuestra psicología.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622229">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622229</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Neurociencia del cuerpo: Cómo el organismo esculpe el cerebro
Author: Nazareth Castellanos
Narrator: Raquel Romero
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La neurociencia vive hoy inmersa en una revolución con fuertes implicaciones clínicas, sociales y personales. El redescubrimiento de la influencia de los órganos del cuerpo sobre el cerebro nos traslada a una visión integral de la percepción. En este libro, la autora nos acompaña en un viaje a través del cuerpo para descubrir su impacto sobre las neuronas. Este recorrido nos lleva a reconocer que la memoria, la atención, el estado de ánimo o las emociones dependen de cuestiones como la postura corporal y los gestos faciales, la microbiota intestinal y el estómago, así como el complejo patrón de latidos cardíacos y la manera como respiramos. Las evidencias científicas más novedosas y rigurosas se entrelazan en esta obra con la historia de la medicina en Oriente y Occidente. Acercarse al cuerpo para conocer nuestra psicología.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Manipulacion Tecnicas prohibidas y Psicologia Oscura: Aprende a manipular la decisión de los demás, leer el lenguaje corporal, analizar y convencer a las personas. by Edward Collins</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622147</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Manipulacion Tecnicas prohibidas y Psicologia Oscura: Aprende a manipular la decisión de los demás, leer el lenguaje corporal, analizar y convencer a las personas.
Author: Edward Collins
Narrator: Daniel Paz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 59 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿QUIERES APRENDER A CONVENCER, INFLUENCIAR Y MANIPULAR LAS DECISIONES DE LOS DEMÁS? ¿Tienes interés en captar la atención de otros y generar confianza e influencia? La persuasión, la manipulación mental y la hipnosis son tres temas que viajan al límite de la ética, ya que la persona manipulada nunca es consciente de las técnicas aplicadas sobre ella para modificar su pensamiento, su comportamiento y/o su capacidad de tomar decisiones. Saber cómo comunicarse con la parte subconsciente de la mente, pasando por alto el filtro de la mente consciente, es crucial para que una persona pueda recibir una sugerencia sin notar nada. Para generar influencia sobre los demás debes dominar las técnicas de comunicación persuasiva, empleando unas buenas técnicas de comunicación, combinándolas con buenos gestos corporales y utilizando adecuadamente las palabras. En este libro encontraras: Psicologia Oscura Principios y reglas de manipulación mental Técnicas de persuasión Trucos de manipulación mental Trucos psicológicos Trucos de manipulación mental con palabras Como leer a las personas Un libro donde encontraras de forma directa , sin vueltas, las técnicas y trucos necesarios para poder persuadir, influir y manipular las decisiones de las demás personas, muy fácil de entender con ejemplificaciones de la vida cotidiana y laborales para que puedas aplicarlas de forma sencilla.</description>
      <author>Edward Collins</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 29 Jul 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667996950.mp3" length="1263485" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622147</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667996950.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Manipulacion Tecnicas prohibidas y Psicologia Oscura: Aprende a manipular la decisión de los demás, leer el lenguaje corporal, analizar y convencer a las personas.
Author: Edward Collins
Narrator: Daniel Paz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 59 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿QUIERES APRENDER A CONVENCER, INFLUENCIAR Y MANIPULAR LAS DECISIONES DE LOS DEMÁS? ¿Tienes interés en captar la atención de otros y generar confianza e influencia? La persuasión, la manipulación mental y la hipnosis son tres temas que viajan al límite de la ética, ya que la persona manipulada nunca es consciente de las técnicas aplicadas sobre ella para modificar su pensamiento, su comportamiento y/o su capacidad de tomar decisiones. Saber cómo comunicarse con la parte subconsciente de la mente, pasando por alto el filtro de la mente consciente, es crucial para que una persona pueda recibir una sugerencia sin notar nada. Para generar influencia sobre los demás debes dominar las técnicas de comunicación persuasiva, empleando unas buenas técnicas de comunicación, combinándolas con buenos gestos corporales y utilizando adecuadamente las palabras. En este libro encontraras: Psicologia Oscura Principios y reglas de manipulación mental Técnicas de persuasión Trucos de manipulación mental Trucos psicológicos Trucos de manipulación mental con palabras Como leer a las personas Un libro donde encontraras de forma directa , sin vueltas, las técnicas y trucos necesarios para poder persuadir, influir y manipular las decisiones de las demás personas, muy fácil de entender con ejemplificaciones de la vida cotidiana y laborales para que puedas aplicarlas de forma sencilla.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Manipulacion Tecnicas prohibidas y Psicologia Oscura: Aprende a manipular la decisión de los demás, leer el lenguaje corporal, analizar y convencer a las personas.
Author: Edward Collins
Narrator: Daniel Paz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 59 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿QUIERES APRENDER A CONVENCER, INFLUENCIAR Y MANIPULAR LAS DECISIONES DE LOS DEMÁS? ¿Tienes interés en captar la atención de otros y generar confianza e influencia? La persuasión, la manipulación mental y la hipnosis son tres temas que viajan al límite de la ética, ya que la persona manipulada nunca es consciente de las técnicas aplicadas sobre ella para modificar su pensamiento, su comportamiento y/o su capacidad de tomar decisiones. Saber cómo comunicarse con la parte subconsciente de la mente, pasando por alto el filtro de la mente consciente, es crucial para que una persona pueda recibir una sugerencia sin notar nada. Para generar influencia sobre los demás debes dominar las técnicas de comunicación persuasiva, empleando unas buenas técnicas de comunicación, combinándolas con buenos gestos corporales y utilizando adecuadamente las palabras. En este libro encontraras: Psicologia Oscura Principios y reglas de manipulación mental Técnicas de persuasión Trucos de manipulación mental Trucos psicológicos Trucos de manipulación mental con palabras Como leer a las personas Un libro donde encontraras de forma directa , sin vueltas, las técnicas y trucos necesarios para poder persuadir, influir y manipular las decisiones de las demás personas, muy fácil de entender con ejemplificaciones de la vida cotidiana y laborales para que puedas aplicarlas de forma sencilla.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You are what you eat by Brittany Forrester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622145</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622145">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622145</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You are what you eat
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Jim Chapel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 58 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For decades, the medical profession has advocated for nutritional management as a treatment strategy for various illnesses, including diabetes, heart disease, high blood pressure, and excessive cholesterol. There are currently no such recommendations for brain aging and dementia. Nutrition was only recently accorded scientific-field status. Eating is a valid technique for defending oneself against brain aging and disorders such as Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. Scientists have gradually realized the vital link between the foods we eat and our mental health. This insight has spawned a rapidly rising body of studies indicating that we may be eating our way to dementia. What has gone unreported until now is that, of all the organs in our bodies, the brain is the one most easily harmed by a poor diet. Everything in the brain, from its architecture to its ability to perform, begs for optimal nutrition. Many of us are ignorant that the only way to fuel the brain is through our food. The meals we eat are broken down into nutrients, absorbed into the bloodstream, and transported to the brain to replenish depleted stores, stimulate cellular responses, and, most critically, be incorporated into brain tissue. We are what we eat!</description>
      <author>Brittany Forrester</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 03 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823408974.mp3" length="1336680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622145</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823408974.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622145">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622145</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You are what you eat
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Jim Chapel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 58 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For decades, the medical profession has advocated for nutritional management as a treatment strategy for various illnesses, including diabetes, heart disease, high blood pressure, and excessive cholesterol. There are currently no such recommendations for brain aging and dementia. Nutrition was only recently accorded scientific-field status. Eating is a valid technique for defending oneself against brain aging and disorders such as Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. Scientists have gradually realized the vital link between the foods we eat and our mental health. This insight has spawned a rapidly rising body of studies indicating that we may be eating our way to dementia. What has gone unreported until now is that, of all the organs in our bodies, the brain is the one most easily harmed by a poor diet. Everything in the brain, from its architecture to its ability to perform, begs for optimal nutrition. Many of us are ignorant that the only way to fuel the brain is through our food. The meals we eat are broken down into nutrients, absorbed into the bloodstream, and transported to the brain to replenish depleted stores, stimulate cellular responses, and, most critically, be incorporated into brain tissue. We are what we eat!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622145">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/622145</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: You are what you eat
Author: Brittany Forrester
Narrator: Jim Chapel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 58 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
For decades, the medical profession has advocated for nutritional management as a treatment strategy for various illnesses, including diabetes, heart disease, high blood pressure, and excessive cholesterol. There are currently no such recommendations for brain aging and dementia. Nutrition was only recently accorded scientific-field status. Eating is a valid technique for defending oneself against brain aging and disorders such as Alzheimer&amp;#039;s. Scientists have gradually realized the vital link between the foods we eat and our mental health. This insight has spawned a rapidly rising body of studies indicating that we may be eating our way to dementia. What has gone unreported until now is that, of all the organs in our bodies, the brain is the one most easily harmed by a poor diet. Everything in the brain, from its architecture to its ability to perform, begs for optimal nutrition. Many of us are ignorant that the only way to fuel the brain is through our food. The meals we eat are broken down into nutrients, absorbed into the bloodstream, and transported to the brain to replenish depleted stores, stimulate cellular responses, and, most critically, be incorporated into brain tissue. We are what we eat!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Embodied Activism: Engaging the Body to Cultivate Liberation, Justice, and Authentic Connection--A Practical Guide for Transformative Social Change by Rae Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621824</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embodied Activism: Engaging the Body to Cultivate Liberation, Justice, and Authentic Connection--A Practical Guide for Transformative Social Change
Author: Rae Johnson
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A radically different approach to social and environmental justice work for fans of adrienne maree brown and Bessel van der Kolk Instead of thinking about social justice as a process that starts with changing people&amp;#039;s minds, Embodied Activism understands our bodies--how we feel in them and relate to others through them--as the sites of transformation How do ordinary people with busy lives leverage our actions in support of liberation, justice, and authentic connection? How can activists and social change-makers avoid burning out? How does the body factor into what our social movements miss?  Drawing on the somatic arts, trauma-informed psychology, and anti-oppressive movements, Embodied Activism helps us explore and transform the political realities of our everyday lives in a new way: by harnessing the felt experience of our bodies as the sites of our activism. Rae Johnson teaches us to listen to our body language--and to question body image norms. They show us how to reconnect to our sensual capacities, which we can lose sight of in a non-stop, nervous-system-hijacking world. They give us tools and exercises to nourish ourselves and protect our bodies, minds, and spirits from the toll that activism can take. And they teach us about nonverbal communication styles and how to connect with each other in joyful, authentic community. Embodied Activism is written for embodiment professionals, community organizers, and all readers looking for new tools and perspectives for changing the world, one body at a time.</description>
      <author>Rae Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781623178888.mp3" length="2713551" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621824</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781623178888.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embodied Activism: Engaging the Body to Cultivate Liberation, Justice, and Authentic Connection--A Practical Guide for Transformative Social Change
Author: Rae Johnson
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A radically different approach to social and environmental justice work for fans of adrienne maree brown and Bessel van der Kolk Instead of thinking about social justice as a process that starts with changing people&amp;#039;s minds, Embodied Activism understands our bodies--how we feel in them and relate to others through them--as the sites of transformation How do ordinary people with busy lives leverage our actions in support of liberation, justice, and authentic connection? How can activists and social change-makers avoid burning out? How does the body factor into what our social movements miss?  Drawing on the somatic arts, trauma-informed psychology, and anti-oppressive movements, Embodied Activism helps us explore and transform the political realities of our everyday lives in a new way: by harnessing the felt experience of our bodies as the sites of our activism. Rae Johnson teaches us to listen to our body language--and to question body image norms. They show us how to reconnect to our sensual capacities, which we can lose sight of in a non-stop, nervous-system-hijacking world. They give us tools and exercises to nourish ourselves and protect our bodies, minds, and spirits from the toll that activism can take. And they teach us about nonverbal communication styles and how to connect with each other in joyful, authentic community. Embodied Activism is written for embodiment professionals, community organizers, and all readers looking for new tools and perspectives for changing the world, one body at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Embodied Activism: Engaging the Body to Cultivate Liberation, Justice, and Authentic Connection--A Practical Guide for Transformative Social Change
Author: Rae Johnson
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 50 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A radically different approach to social and environmental justice work for fans of adrienne maree brown and Bessel van der Kolk Instead of thinking about social justice as a process that starts with changing people&amp;#039;s minds, Embodied Activism understands our bodies--how we feel in them and relate to others through them--as the sites of transformation How do ordinary people with busy lives leverage our actions in support of liberation, justice, and authentic connection? How can activists and social change-makers avoid burning out? How does the body factor into what our social movements miss?  Drawing on the somatic arts, trauma-informed psychology, and anti-oppressive movements, Embodied Activism helps us explore and transform the political realities of our everyday lives in a new way: by harnessing the felt experience of our bodies as the sites of our activism. Rae Johnson teaches us to listen to our body language--and to question body image norms. They show us how to reconnect to our sensual capacities, which we can lose sight of in a non-stop, nervous-system-hijacking world. They give us tools and exercises to nourish ourselves and protect our bodies, minds, and spirits from the toll that activism can take. And they teach us about nonverbal communication styles and how to connect with each other in joyful, authentic community. Embodied Activism is written for embodiment professionals, community organizers, and all readers looking for new tools and perspectives for changing the world, one body at a time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joyful Sorrow: Breaking Through the Darkness of Mental Illness by Julie Busler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621525</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joyful Sorrow: Breaking Through the Darkness of Mental Illness
Author: Julie Busler
Narrator: Pamela Klein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When darkness suffocates, look for the light.  Depression and suicide cases are rising at an alarming rate, with suicide being a leading cause of death in the United States. For Christians, particularly those in vocational ministry, the stigma surrounding mental illness and mental health often creates an atmosphere of secrecy where the enemy&amp;#039;s lies reign. But when science and religion mingle in the recovery of a believer, not only are minds stabilized but true hope is found.  Julie Busler understands the pain of mental illness and has learned that trials not only humanize us but increase our capacity to be used by God. In Joyful Sorrow, she invites us into her own journey where a mental breakdown took her from being a missionary to a suicidal patient in a Turkish psychiatric hospital. With vulnerability and grace, Julie walks us through how to find help and hope and demonstrates that even in the sorrow of mental illness, joy can coexist.</description>
      <author>Julie Busler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645556022.mp3" length="1433298" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621525</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645556022.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joyful Sorrow: Breaking Through the Darkness of Mental Illness
Author: Julie Busler
Narrator: Pamela Klein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When darkness suffocates, look for the light.  Depression and suicide cases are rising at an alarming rate, with suicide being a leading cause of death in the United States. For Christians, particularly those in vocational ministry, the stigma surrounding mental illness and mental health often creates an atmosphere of secrecy where the enemy&amp;#039;s lies reign. But when science and religion mingle in the recovery of a believer, not only are minds stabilized but true hope is found.  Julie Busler understands the pain of mental illness and has learned that trials not only humanize us but increase our capacity to be used by God. In Joyful Sorrow, she invites us into her own journey where a mental breakdown took her from being a missionary to a suicidal patient in a Turkish psychiatric hospital. With vulnerability and grace, Julie walks us through how to find help and hope and demonstrates that even in the sorrow of mental illness, joy can coexist.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621525">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621525</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joyful Sorrow: Breaking Through the Darkness of Mental Illness
Author: Julie Busler
Narrator: Pamela Klein
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 59 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
When darkness suffocates, look for the light.  Depression and suicide cases are rising at an alarming rate, with suicide being a leading cause of death in the United States. For Christians, particularly those in vocational ministry, the stigma surrounding mental illness and mental health often creates an atmosphere of secrecy where the enemy&amp;#039;s lies reign. But when science and religion mingle in the recovery of a believer, not only are minds stabilized but true hope is found.  Julie Busler understands the pain of mental illness and has learned that trials not only humanize us but increase our capacity to be used by God. In Joyful Sorrow, she invites us into her own journey where a mental breakdown took her from being a missionary to a suicidal patient in a Turkish psychiatric hospital. With vulnerability and grace, Julie walks us through how to find help and hope and demonstrates that even in the sorrow of mental illness, joy can coexist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Skewed: How Bias Distorts Our View of Other People and How to Make it Stop: How Bias Distorts Our View of Other People and How to Make it Stop by Professor Keon West, Caryn Franklin Mbe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621514</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skewed: How Bias Distorts Our View of Other People and How to Make it Stop: How Bias Distorts Our View of Other People and How to Make it Stop
Author: Professor Keon West, Caryn Franklin Mbe
Narrator: Juno Roche, Caryn Franklin, Professor Keon West, Michelle Elman, Natasha Devon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An Original Audiobook Production by W. F. Howes, written and presented by Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West, with special guests. •	How do news outlets choose which crimes to report on – and does it matter? •	What do Disney films teach us about who is good and who is dangerous? •	Can adverts really change how we think and behave?  Underpinning these questions looms the spectre of bias; the hidden force that frames our thinking and skews the facts. This provocative audio original will have you rethinking everything from pornography and pop music to children&amp;#039;s books and fashion. Tackling the complex subject of bias head on, Skewed investigates the hidden messages we absorb from birth. Looking closely at what the research can tell us, Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West explain how our inner worlds are shaped by false information, media trends, and the brain&amp;#039;s preference for patterns and stereotypes. Exploring biases around gender, sexuality, race, age and appearance, Caryn and Keon explain how bias impacts all of our lives. Through conversations with a diverse range of voices - from cognitive psychologists to activists and entertainers – Caryn and Keon offer a vision for an alternative future; a world in which we recognise and manage bias, and one in which diversity and difference can truly flourish. Guest interviews include campaigner and life coach Michelle Elman, author academic and drag artist Cheddar Gorgeous, creative director and campaigner Trevor Robinson, forensic psychologist Dr Dominic Willmott and many more. About the authors Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West are two friends, connecting across a number of divides to share their different perspectives and explore the topic of bias in an open and insightful way. Caryn Franklin MBE, MSc (Psyche) MBPsS is a former fashion editor and prime-time BBC TV Clothes Show presenter. Former co-editor of i-D Magazine, Caryn is a multi-platform broadcaster, fashion and identity commentator and activist. Across four decades of practice Caryn has explored the politics of image and self-esteem through commercial, educational and activist positions.  Caryn sat on steering groups for two successive Government Ministers of Equality: Lynne Featherstone and Jo Swinson. Consulting with the Advertising Standards Authority, Caryn has helped overturn the objectification of women in advertising. Professor Keon West is an Associate Professor of Social Psychology at Goldsmiths, University of London and an expert on identity, prejudice, and representation. He has published over 60 empirical papers which have been cited over 1700 times in the wider scientific literature.   Keon has received numerous international awards for his research, teaching, media engagement, and social activism. He has also appeared several times in print, on radio and on television (including BBC Radio 4, BBC World Service, Channel 4, and the Discovery Channel) discussing his research and area of expertise.  Keon grew up in Jamaica and came to the UK as a Rhodes Scholar in 2006 to do a doctorate in Social Psychology at Oxford University. Guest Contributors include: Natasha Devon: Author, radio presenter and mental health campaigner Dr Dominic Willmott: Senior Lecturer in Forensic Psychology researching bias within the Criminal Justice System Michelle Elman: Author, life coach, body image campaigner Professor Carolyn Mair: Behavioural Psychologist specialising in the psychology of fashion Trevor Robinson OBE: Creativ</description>
      <author>Professor Keon West, Caryn Franklin Mbe</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004095551.mp3" length="852337" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621514</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004095551.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skewed: How Bias Distorts Our View of Other People and How to Make it Stop: How Bias Distorts Our View of Other People and How to Make it Stop
Author: Professor Keon West, Caryn Franklin Mbe
Narrator: Juno Roche, Caryn Franklin, Professor Keon West, Michelle Elman, Natasha Devon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An Original Audiobook Production by W. F. Howes, written and presented by Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West, with special guests. •	How do news outlets choose which crimes to report on – and does it matter? •	What do Disney films teach us about who is good and who is dangerous? •	Can adverts really change how we think and behave?  Underpinning these questions looms the spectre of bias; the hidden force that frames our thinking and skews the facts. This provocative audio original will have you rethinking everything from pornography and pop music to children&amp;#039;s books and fashion. Tackling the complex subject of bias head on, Skewed investigates the hidden messages we absorb from birth. Looking closely at what the research can tell us, Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West explain how our inner worlds are shaped by false information, media trends, and the brain&amp;#039;s preference for patterns and stereotypes. Exploring biases around gender, sexuality, race, age and appearance, Caryn and Keon explain how bias impacts all of our lives. Through conversations with a diverse range of voices - from cognitive psychologists to activists and entertainers – Caryn and Keon offer a vision for an alternative future; a world in which we recognise and manage bias, and one in which diversity and difference can truly flourish. Guest interviews include campaigner and life coach Michelle Elman, author academic and drag artist Cheddar Gorgeous, creative director and campaigner Trevor Robinson, forensic psychologist Dr Dominic Willmott and many more. About the authors Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West are two friends, connecting across a number of divides to share their different perspectives and explore the topic of bias in an open and insightful way. Caryn Franklin MBE, MSc (Psyche) MBPsS is a former fashion editor and prime-time BBC TV Clothes Show presenter. Former co-editor of i-D Magazine, Caryn is a multi-platform broadcaster, fashion and identity commentator and activist. Across four decades of practice Caryn has explored the politics of image and self-esteem through commercial, educational and activist positions.  Caryn sat on steering groups for two successive Government Ministers of Equality: Lynne Featherstone and Jo Swinson. Consulting with the Advertising Standards Authority, Caryn has helped overturn the objectification of women in advertising. Professor Keon West is an Associate Professor of Social Psychology at Goldsmiths, University of London and an expert on identity, prejudice, and representation. He has published over 60 empirical papers which have been cited over 1700 times in the wider scientific literature.   Keon has received numerous international awards for his research, teaching, media engagement, and social activism. He has also appeared several times in print, on radio and on television (including BBC Radio 4, BBC World Service, Channel 4, and the Discovery Channel) discussing his research and area of expertise.  Keon grew up in Jamaica and came to the UK as a Rhodes Scholar in 2006 to do a doctorate in Social Psychology at Oxford University. Guest Contributors include: Natasha Devon: Author, radio presenter and mental health campaigner Dr Dominic Willmott: Senior Lecturer in Forensic Psychology researching bias within the Criminal Justice System Michelle Elman: Author, life coach, body image campaigner Professor Carolyn Mair: Behavioural Psychologist specialising in the psychology of fashion Trevor Robinson OBE: Creativ</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621514">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621514</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Skewed: How Bias Distorts Our View of Other People and How to Make it Stop: How Bias Distorts Our View of Other People and How to Make it Stop
Author: Professor Keon West, Caryn Franklin Mbe
Narrator: Juno Roche, Caryn Franklin, Professor Keon West, Michelle Elman, Natasha Devon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 17 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
An Original Audiobook Production by W. F. Howes, written and presented by Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West, with special guests. •	How do news outlets choose which crimes to report on – and does it matter? •	What do Disney films teach us about who is good and who is dangerous? •	Can adverts really change how we think and behave?  Underpinning these questions looms the spectre of bias; the hidden force that frames our thinking and skews the facts. This provocative audio original will have you rethinking everything from pornography and pop music to children&amp;#039;s books and fashion. Tackling the complex subject of bias head on, Skewed investigates the hidden messages we absorb from birth. Looking closely at what the research can tell us, Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West explain how our inner worlds are shaped by false information, media trends, and the brain&amp;#039;s preference for patterns and stereotypes. Exploring biases around gender, sexuality, race, age and appearance, Caryn and Keon explain how bias impacts all of our lives. Through conversations with a diverse range of voices - from cognitive psychologists to activists and entertainers – Caryn and Keon offer a vision for an alternative future; a world in which we recognise and manage bias, and one in which diversity and difference can truly flourish. Guest interviews include campaigner and life coach Michelle Elman, author academic and drag artist Cheddar Gorgeous, creative director and campaigner Trevor Robinson, forensic psychologist Dr Dominic Willmott and many more. About the authors Caryn Franklin and Professor Keon West are two friends, connecting across a number of divides to share their different perspectives and explore the topic of bias in an open and insightful way. Caryn Franklin MBE, MSc (Psyche) MBPsS is a former fashion editor and prime-time BBC TV Clothes Show presenter. Former co-editor of i-D Magazine, Caryn is a multi-platform broadcaster, fashion and identity commentator and activist. Across four decades of practice Caryn has explored the politics of image and self-esteem through commercial, educational and activist positions.  Caryn sat on steering groups for two successive Government Ministers of Equality: Lynne Featherstone and Jo Swinson. Consulting with the Advertising Standards Authority, Caryn has helped overturn the objectification of women in advertising. Professor Keon West is an Associate Professor of Social Psychology at Goldsmiths, University of London and an expert on identity, prejudice, and representation. He has published over 60 empirical papers which have been cited over 1700 times in the wider scientific literature.   Keon has received numerous international awards for his research, teaching, media engagement, and social activism. He has also appeared several times in print, on radio and on television (including BBC Radio 4, BBC World Service, Channel 4, and the Discovery Channel) discussing his research and area of expertise.  Keon grew up in Jamaica and came to the UK as a Rhodes Scholar in 2006 to do a doctorate in Social Psychology at Oxford University. Guest Contributors include: Natasha Devon: Author, radio presenter and mental health campaigner Dr Dominic Willmott: Senior Lecturer in Forensic Psychology researching bias within the Criminal Justice System Michelle Elman: Author, life coach, body image campaigner Professor Carolyn Mair: Behavioural Psychologist specialising in the psychology of fashion Trevor Robinson OBE: Creativ</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Influence by Diane Schneider</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621213</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Influence
Author: Diane Schneider
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Influence: Learn About the Art of Subtle Psychology and How to Use It To Get Everything You Want Have you ever been converted into doing or buying something you afterward regretted? Have you ever stopped midway through a favor for a friend, and thought – ?Why did I even agree to this?? Chances are somebody has used one of the techniques included in this audiobook on you. They work on a subtle level, for a lot of thought processes and decisions take place below your awareness. And that&amp;#039;s what makes them so formidable. This audiobook will teach you all the secrets of subtle psychology that you can use to get you everything you want. You will learn different strategies that you can use for different situations but are all guaranteed to get you what you want. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Foot In The Door Technique - Cognitive Discomfort - The Lowball Strategy - Reciprocity - The Slamming Door - NLP - Seduction Hypnosis - Social Engineering - Connectivity - Embedded Commands - And many more! Learning about this subtle psychology can also be useful in protecting yourself against someone who might use it on you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Diane Schneider</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823404945.mp3" length="454266" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621213</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823404945.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Influence
Author: Diane Schneider
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Influence: Learn About the Art of Subtle Psychology and How to Use It To Get Everything You Want Have you ever been converted into doing or buying something you afterward regretted? Have you ever stopped midway through a favor for a friend, and thought – ?Why did I even agree to this?? Chances are somebody has used one of the techniques included in this audiobook on you. They work on a subtle level, for a lot of thought processes and decisions take place below your awareness. And that&amp;#039;s what makes them so formidable. This audiobook will teach you all the secrets of subtle psychology that you can use to get you everything you want. You will learn different strategies that you can use for different situations but are all guaranteed to get you what you want. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Foot In The Door Technique - Cognitive Discomfort - The Lowball Strategy - Reciprocity - The Slamming Door - NLP - Seduction Hypnosis - Social Engineering - Connectivity - Embedded Commands - And many more! Learning about this subtle psychology can also be useful in protecting yourself against someone who might use it on you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621213">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621213</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Influence
Author: Diane Schneider
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Influence: Learn About the Art of Subtle Psychology and How to Use It To Get Everything You Want Have you ever been converted into doing or buying something you afterward regretted? Have you ever stopped midway through a favor for a friend, and thought – ?Why did I even agree to this?? Chances are somebody has used one of the techniques included in this audiobook on you. They work on a subtle level, for a lot of thought processes and decisions take place below your awareness. And that&amp;#039;s what makes them so formidable. This audiobook will teach you all the secrets of subtle psychology that you can use to get you everything you want. You will learn different strategies that you can use for different situations but are all guaranteed to get you what you want. This audiobook will cover the following topics: - Foot In The Door Technique - Cognitive Discomfort - The Lowball Strategy - Reciprocity - The Slamming Door - NLP - Seduction Hypnosis - Social Engineering - Connectivity - Embedded Commands - And many more! Learning about this subtle psychology can also be useful in protecting yourself against someone who might use it on you. To learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Memory Improvement by Miguel Vaquero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621196</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Memory Improvement
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The ability for the brain to encode, store, and recall information is known as memory. Experience serves as a roadmap for future action. Memory includes both consciously recalled facts and experienced details as well as deeply embedded knowledge that pops up without thought or even awareness. It serves as both a temporary information storage space and a more lasting record of what has been learned. Scientists have identified several different types of memory, including episodic, semantic, procedural, working, sensory, and prospective memory. From the vivid memories of episodic memory to the practical knowledge of procedural memory, each type of memory has a specific purpose. However, there are similarities in the way memory functions generally, and certain parts of the brain, like the hippocampus, are crucial for different types of memory.</description>
      <author>Miguel Vaquero</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823404549.mp3" length="855617" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621196</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823404549.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Memory Improvement
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The ability for the brain to encode, store, and recall information is known as memory. Experience serves as a roadmap for future action. Memory includes both consciously recalled facts and experienced details as well as deeply embedded knowledge that pops up without thought or even awareness. It serves as both a temporary information storage space and a more lasting record of what has been learned. Scientists have identified several different types of memory, including episodic, semantic, procedural, working, sensory, and prospective memory. From the vivid memories of episodic memory to the practical knowledge of procedural memory, each type of memory has a specific purpose. However, there are similarities in the way memory functions generally, and certain parts of the brain, like the hippocampus, are crucial for different types of memory.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Memory Improvement
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The ability for the brain to encode, store, and recall information is known as memory. Experience serves as a roadmap for future action. Memory includes both consciously recalled facts and experienced details as well as deeply embedded knowledge that pops up without thought or even awareness. It serves as both a temporary information storage space and a more lasting record of what has been learned. Scientists have identified several different types of memory, including episodic, semantic, procedural, working, sensory, and prospective memory. From the vivid memories of episodic memory to the practical knowledge of procedural memory, each type of memory has a specific purpose. However, there are similarities in the way memory functions generally, and certain parts of the brain, like the hippocampus, are crucial for different types of memory.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - PSOAS Training für Zuhause: Wie Sie Ihren Lendenmuskel effektiv stärken, um ganzheitliche Gesundheit zu erfahren und Rückenschmerzen &amp;amp; Verspannungen vorzubeugen - inkl. 4 Wochen PSOAS Trainingsplan by Moritz Engberts</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620974</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620974">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620974</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - PSOAS Training für Zuhause: Wie Sie Ihren Lendenmuskel effektiv stärken, um ganzheitliche Gesundheit zu erfahren und Rückenschmerzen &amp;amp; Verspannungen vorzubeugen - inkl. 4 Wochen PSOAS Trainingsplan
Author: Moritz Engberts
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psoas-Training: Mit gezielten Übungen für ganzheitliches Wohlbefinden aus der Mitte des Körpers heraus sorgen. Zwickt&amp;#039;s im Rücken, leiden Sie unter Stresssymptomen oder gar Verdauungsbeschwerden – und das alles, obwohl Sie eigentlich gar nicht wissen, woher die diffusen Leiden kommen? Dann gibt es einen Verdächtigen, den Sie möglicherweise noch gar nicht auf dem Schirm haben: Ihren Psoas-Muskel. Denn wenn diese gut versteckte Gleichgewichtszentrale außer Balance gerät, können sich unterschiedlichste Beschwerden entwickeln – doch zum Glück lässt sich dem kinderleicht entgegenwirken! Wie das zuverlässig und langfristig klappt, zeigt Ihnen nun dieser Ratgeber. Als Verbindung zwischen Ober- und Unterkörper sowie zentralem Stabilitätselement kommt der Psoas-Muskelgruppe eine entscheidende Bedeutung zu, die leider im Alltag oft vernachlässigt wird. Hüfte beugen, Oberschenkel heben, Treppe steigen, Fahrrad fahren oder Zwerchfellatmung – ohne Psoas geht es nicht. Einseitige Belastung, Verkürzung oder Schwächung durch sitzenden Lebensstil oder übermäßige Anspannung können deshalb zu vielfältigen Symptomen fühlen, die von Rückenschmerzen über Bewegungseinschränkungen bis hin zu seelischen Belastungen reichen. Kommt Ihnen bekannt vor? Dann ist es höchste Zeit, diesen Allrounder ins Zentrum der Gesundheitsfürsorge zu rücken und das ist gar nicht kompliziert! In diesem Buch finden Sie nun eine große Auswahl an hocheffizienten und einfachen Übungen, mit denen Sie Ihren inneren Alleskönner in kürzester Zeit in Top-Form bringen. Zusätzliche Tipps für Erste-Hilfe bei Beschwerden, Massagetechniken, Ernährungsoptimierung und vieles mehr sorgen für ein Rundum-Wohlfühlpaket und dank ausführlichem Expertenwissen werden Sie im Handumdrehen zum Psoas-Profi!</description>
      <author>Moritz Engberts</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969303313.mp3" length="928348" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620974</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969303313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620974">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620974</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - PSOAS Training für Zuhause: Wie Sie Ihren Lendenmuskel effektiv stärken, um ganzheitliche Gesundheit zu erfahren und Rückenschmerzen &amp;amp; Verspannungen vorzubeugen - inkl. 4 Wochen PSOAS Trainingsplan
Author: Moritz Engberts
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psoas-Training: Mit gezielten Übungen für ganzheitliches Wohlbefinden aus der Mitte des Körpers heraus sorgen. Zwickt&amp;#039;s im Rücken, leiden Sie unter Stresssymptomen oder gar Verdauungsbeschwerden – und das alles, obwohl Sie eigentlich gar nicht wissen, woher die diffusen Leiden kommen? Dann gibt es einen Verdächtigen, den Sie möglicherweise noch gar nicht auf dem Schirm haben: Ihren Psoas-Muskel. Denn wenn diese gut versteckte Gleichgewichtszentrale außer Balance gerät, können sich unterschiedlichste Beschwerden entwickeln – doch zum Glück lässt sich dem kinderleicht entgegenwirken! Wie das zuverlässig und langfristig klappt, zeigt Ihnen nun dieser Ratgeber. Als Verbindung zwischen Ober- und Unterkörper sowie zentralem Stabilitätselement kommt der Psoas-Muskelgruppe eine entscheidende Bedeutung zu, die leider im Alltag oft vernachlässigt wird. Hüfte beugen, Oberschenkel heben, Treppe steigen, Fahrrad fahren oder Zwerchfellatmung – ohne Psoas geht es nicht. Einseitige Belastung, Verkürzung oder Schwächung durch sitzenden Lebensstil oder übermäßige Anspannung können deshalb zu vielfältigen Symptomen fühlen, die von Rückenschmerzen über Bewegungseinschränkungen bis hin zu seelischen Belastungen reichen. Kommt Ihnen bekannt vor? Dann ist es höchste Zeit, diesen Allrounder ins Zentrum der Gesundheitsfürsorge zu rücken und das ist gar nicht kompliziert! In diesem Buch finden Sie nun eine große Auswahl an hocheffizienten und einfachen Übungen, mit denen Sie Ihren inneren Alleskönner in kürzester Zeit in Top-Form bringen. Zusätzliche Tipps für Erste-Hilfe bei Beschwerden, Massagetechniken, Ernährungsoptimierung und vieles mehr sorgen für ein Rundum-Wohlfühlpaket und dank ausführlichem Expertenwissen werden Sie im Handumdrehen zum Psoas-Profi!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620974">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620974</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - PSOAS Training für Zuhause: Wie Sie Ihren Lendenmuskel effektiv stärken, um ganzheitliche Gesundheit zu erfahren und Rückenschmerzen &amp;amp; Verspannungen vorzubeugen - inkl. 4 Wochen PSOAS Trainingsplan
Author: Moritz Engberts
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 33 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Psoas-Training: Mit gezielten Übungen für ganzheitliches Wohlbefinden aus der Mitte des Körpers heraus sorgen. Zwickt&amp;#039;s im Rücken, leiden Sie unter Stresssymptomen oder gar Verdauungsbeschwerden – und das alles, obwohl Sie eigentlich gar nicht wissen, woher die diffusen Leiden kommen? Dann gibt es einen Verdächtigen, den Sie möglicherweise noch gar nicht auf dem Schirm haben: Ihren Psoas-Muskel. Denn wenn diese gut versteckte Gleichgewichtszentrale außer Balance gerät, können sich unterschiedlichste Beschwerden entwickeln – doch zum Glück lässt sich dem kinderleicht entgegenwirken! Wie das zuverlässig und langfristig klappt, zeigt Ihnen nun dieser Ratgeber. Als Verbindung zwischen Ober- und Unterkörper sowie zentralem Stabilitätselement kommt der Psoas-Muskelgruppe eine entscheidende Bedeutung zu, die leider im Alltag oft vernachlässigt wird. Hüfte beugen, Oberschenkel heben, Treppe steigen, Fahrrad fahren oder Zwerchfellatmung – ohne Psoas geht es nicht. Einseitige Belastung, Verkürzung oder Schwächung durch sitzenden Lebensstil oder übermäßige Anspannung können deshalb zu vielfältigen Symptomen fühlen, die von Rückenschmerzen über Bewegungseinschränkungen bis hin zu seelischen Belastungen reichen. Kommt Ihnen bekannt vor? Dann ist es höchste Zeit, diesen Allrounder ins Zentrum der Gesundheitsfürsorge zu rücken und das ist gar nicht kompliziert! In diesem Buch finden Sie nun eine große Auswahl an hocheffizienten und einfachen Übungen, mit denen Sie Ihren inneren Alleskönner in kürzester Zeit in Top-Form bringen. Zusätzliche Tipps für Erste-Hilfe bei Beschwerden, Massagetechniken, Ernährungsoptimierung und vieles mehr sorgen für ein Rundum-Wohlfühlpaket und dank ausführlichem Expertenwissen werden Sie im Handumdrehen zum Psoas-Profi!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Zwanglos zum Glück - Das Selbsthilfebuch: Wie Sie alle Zwangsgedanken und Ängste besiegen, Ihre Gedanken kontrollieren und ein positives Denken etablieren - inkl. der 7 besten Soforthilfetipps by Kaspar Wendland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620971</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Zwanglos zum Glück - Das Selbsthilfebuch: Wie Sie alle Zwangsgedanken und Ängste besiegen, Ihre Gedanken kontrollieren und ein positives Denken etablieren - inkl. der 7 besten Soforthilfetipps
Author: Kaspar Wendland
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwangsgedanken stoppen und langfristig besiegen: Mit einfachen Selbsthilfestrategien zurück zu einem befreiten und selbstbestimmten Alltag. Erschreckende Bilder blitzen vor dem inneren Auge auf, furchtbare Vorstellungen nehmen immer mehr gedanklichen Raum ein und nicht selten ist der normale Alltag eingeschränkt – Zwangsgedanken können Betroffenen das Leben zur Qual machen. Doch wer sich jetzt seinem Schicksal hilflos ausgeliefert fühlt, für den bringt dieses Buch eine frohe Botschaft: In Form von wirksamen und kinderleicht anzuwendenden Strategien, mit denen Sie sich die Kontrolle über Ihre Gedanken- und Gefühlswelt Stück für Stück zurückerobern können! Wenn Sie selbst von Zwangsgedanken betroffen sind oder einem Betroffenen nahestehen, haben Sie vermutlich bereits gehört, dass die lästigen Gedanken sich nicht wegzaubern lassen. Allerdings gibt es mittlerweile zahlreiche wissenschaftlich fundierte und praxiserprobte Methoden, mit denen Sie ganz einfach lernen können, der Erkrankung Ihren Schrecken zu nehmen und die können Sie auch ganz einfach selbst nutzen! Dieses Buch klärt Sie nun leicht verständlich und umfassend über die wissenschaftlich-psychologische Seite der Störung auf und versorgt Sie mit allen wichtigen Informationen zu Auslösern, Prozessen im Gehirn und etablierten Therapiemöglichkeiten. Sie fürchten, Theorie allein hilft Ihnen nicht weiter? Keine Sorge! Denn der zweite Teil des Buches widmet sich ganz dem breiten Strauß an praktischen und effektiven Selbsthilfestrategien, mit denen Sie konkret an einem konstruktiven Umgang mit Ihren Gedankenmustern arbeiten können. Von emotionaler Neuausrichtung über Gedankenidentifikation bis hin zu sprachlicher Bewusstseinsformung geben Ihnen sofort anwendbare Techniken neurolinguistischer Trainingsprogramme starke Waffen für den Kampf um Ihre innere Ausgeglichenheit an die Hand.</description>
      <author>Kaspar Wendland</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969303139.mp3" length="947538" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620971</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969303139.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Zwanglos zum Glück - Das Selbsthilfebuch: Wie Sie alle Zwangsgedanken und Ängste besiegen, Ihre Gedanken kontrollieren und ein positives Denken etablieren - inkl. der 7 besten Soforthilfetipps
Author: Kaspar Wendland
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwangsgedanken stoppen und langfristig besiegen: Mit einfachen Selbsthilfestrategien zurück zu einem befreiten und selbstbestimmten Alltag. Erschreckende Bilder blitzen vor dem inneren Auge auf, furchtbare Vorstellungen nehmen immer mehr gedanklichen Raum ein und nicht selten ist der normale Alltag eingeschränkt – Zwangsgedanken können Betroffenen das Leben zur Qual machen. Doch wer sich jetzt seinem Schicksal hilflos ausgeliefert fühlt, für den bringt dieses Buch eine frohe Botschaft: In Form von wirksamen und kinderleicht anzuwendenden Strategien, mit denen Sie sich die Kontrolle über Ihre Gedanken- und Gefühlswelt Stück für Stück zurückerobern können! Wenn Sie selbst von Zwangsgedanken betroffen sind oder einem Betroffenen nahestehen, haben Sie vermutlich bereits gehört, dass die lästigen Gedanken sich nicht wegzaubern lassen. Allerdings gibt es mittlerweile zahlreiche wissenschaftlich fundierte und praxiserprobte Methoden, mit denen Sie ganz einfach lernen können, der Erkrankung Ihren Schrecken zu nehmen und die können Sie auch ganz einfach selbst nutzen! Dieses Buch klärt Sie nun leicht verständlich und umfassend über die wissenschaftlich-psychologische Seite der Störung auf und versorgt Sie mit allen wichtigen Informationen zu Auslösern, Prozessen im Gehirn und etablierten Therapiemöglichkeiten. Sie fürchten, Theorie allein hilft Ihnen nicht weiter? Keine Sorge! Denn der zweite Teil des Buches widmet sich ganz dem breiten Strauß an praktischen und effektiven Selbsthilfestrategien, mit denen Sie konkret an einem konstruktiven Umgang mit Ihren Gedankenmustern arbeiten können. Von emotionaler Neuausrichtung über Gedankenidentifikation bis hin zu sprachlicher Bewusstseinsformung geben Ihnen sofort anwendbare Techniken neurolinguistischer Trainingsprogramme starke Waffen für den Kampf um Ihre innere Ausgeglichenheit an die Hand.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Zwanglos zum Glück - Das Selbsthilfebuch: Wie Sie alle Zwangsgedanken und Ängste besiegen, Ihre Gedanken kontrollieren und ein positives Denken etablieren - inkl. der 7 besten Soforthilfetipps
Author: Kaspar Wendland
Narrator: Lucas Blasius
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Zwangsgedanken stoppen und langfristig besiegen: Mit einfachen Selbsthilfestrategien zurück zu einem befreiten und selbstbestimmten Alltag. Erschreckende Bilder blitzen vor dem inneren Auge auf, furchtbare Vorstellungen nehmen immer mehr gedanklichen Raum ein und nicht selten ist der normale Alltag eingeschränkt – Zwangsgedanken können Betroffenen das Leben zur Qual machen. Doch wer sich jetzt seinem Schicksal hilflos ausgeliefert fühlt, für den bringt dieses Buch eine frohe Botschaft: In Form von wirksamen und kinderleicht anzuwendenden Strategien, mit denen Sie sich die Kontrolle über Ihre Gedanken- und Gefühlswelt Stück für Stück zurückerobern können! Wenn Sie selbst von Zwangsgedanken betroffen sind oder einem Betroffenen nahestehen, haben Sie vermutlich bereits gehört, dass die lästigen Gedanken sich nicht wegzaubern lassen. Allerdings gibt es mittlerweile zahlreiche wissenschaftlich fundierte und praxiserprobte Methoden, mit denen Sie ganz einfach lernen können, der Erkrankung Ihren Schrecken zu nehmen und die können Sie auch ganz einfach selbst nutzen! Dieses Buch klärt Sie nun leicht verständlich und umfassend über die wissenschaftlich-psychologische Seite der Störung auf und versorgt Sie mit allen wichtigen Informationen zu Auslösern, Prozessen im Gehirn und etablierten Therapiemöglichkeiten. Sie fürchten, Theorie allein hilft Ihnen nicht weiter? Keine Sorge! Denn der zweite Teil des Buches widmet sich ganz dem breiten Strauß an praktischen und effektiven Selbsthilfestrategien, mit denen Sie konkret an einem konstruktiven Umgang mit Ihren Gedankenmustern arbeiten können. Von emotionaler Neuausrichtung über Gedankenidentifikation bis hin zu sprachlicher Bewusstseinsformung geben Ihnen sofort anwendbare Techniken neurolinguistischer Trainingsprogramme starke Waffen für den Kampf um Ihre innere Ausgeglichenheit an die Hand.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Dutch] - Je bent al genoeg: Mentaal gezond in een gestoorde wereld by Thijs Launspach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620962</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Dutch] - Je bent al genoeg: Mentaal gezond in een gestoorde wereld
Author: Thijs Launspach
Narrator: Thijs Launspach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Een must-read. Dit boek biedt troost, een perspectief, een boek waar je echt wat mee kan: fuck perfect! Ik ben al goed genoeg.&amp;#039; Edith Bosch - Olympisch judoka en trainer Hoe houd je je staande in een wereld van prestatiedruk, geluksterreur en idioot hoge verwachtingen? Nóg gelukkiger en nóg succesvoller: het gevoel nooit goed genoeg te zijn, zit ingebakken in onze tijd. Hoe je ook je best doet om &amp;#039;jezelf te verbeteren&amp;#039;, er is altijd wel iets aan jezelf om ontevreden over te zijn. In dit boek laat psycholoog Thijs Launspach zien dat verbinding het tegengif is in een wereld van nooit-genoeg-zijn. Verbinding met onszelf, maar ook met anderen, want mentaal gezond blijven in een gestoorde wereld is niet alleen een individuele verantwoordelijkheid. De weg uit de ratrace is niet een ijsbad of meditatiecursus, maar leren vertrouwen op onszelf en op elkaar. Nee, je hoeft geen superheld te zijn. Alles wat je nodig hebt zit al in je. &amp;#039;In een wereld waar alles altijd maar beter moet, effectiever, productiever, is het geluid van Thijs Launspach een verademing. Een fris pleidooi voor zelfliefde, ontdaan van holle frasen en zweverige argumentatie.&amp;#039; Arie Boomsma  - presentator en schrijver &amp;#039;Ook ik lijd onder het idee dat ik altijd succesvol, sterk en gelukkig moet zijn. Dit confronterende, leerzame en ongelooflijk relevante boek helpt om dat idee te tackelen&amp;#039; Milou Deelen  - journalist en schrijver &amp;#039;Dit boek is een verademing in tijden van absurd hoge verwachtingen. Thijs Launspach is als de belezen, begripvolle, geruststellende en grappige vriend die we onszelf allemaal toewensen.&amp;#039; Lammert Kamphuis - filosoof, schrijver en spreker Thijs Launspach (1988) is psycholoog, auteur en spreker. Hij heeft een column in het Algemeen Dagblad en geeft les aan The School of Life. Eerder verschenen van hem de boeken Werken met millennials, Werk kan ook uit en Fokking druk – van die laatste zijn al 35.000 exemplaren verkocht. Hij is een veelgevraagd expert op het gebied van stressmanagement, burn-out en mentale gezondheid.</description>
      <author>Thijs Launspach</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789000386444.mp3" length="832233" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620962</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789000386444.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Dutch] - Je bent al genoeg: Mentaal gezond in een gestoorde wereld
Author: Thijs Launspach
Narrator: Thijs Launspach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Een must-read. Dit boek biedt troost, een perspectief, een boek waar je echt wat mee kan: fuck perfect! Ik ben al goed genoeg.&amp;#039; Edith Bosch - Olympisch judoka en trainer Hoe houd je je staande in een wereld van prestatiedruk, geluksterreur en idioot hoge verwachtingen? Nóg gelukkiger en nóg succesvoller: het gevoel nooit goed genoeg te zijn, zit ingebakken in onze tijd. Hoe je ook je best doet om &amp;#039;jezelf te verbeteren&amp;#039;, er is altijd wel iets aan jezelf om ontevreden over te zijn. In dit boek laat psycholoog Thijs Launspach zien dat verbinding het tegengif is in een wereld van nooit-genoeg-zijn. Verbinding met onszelf, maar ook met anderen, want mentaal gezond blijven in een gestoorde wereld is niet alleen een individuele verantwoordelijkheid. De weg uit de ratrace is niet een ijsbad of meditatiecursus, maar leren vertrouwen op onszelf en op elkaar. Nee, je hoeft geen superheld te zijn. Alles wat je nodig hebt zit al in je. &amp;#039;In een wereld waar alles altijd maar beter moet, effectiever, productiever, is het geluid van Thijs Launspach een verademing. Een fris pleidooi voor zelfliefde, ontdaan van holle frasen en zweverige argumentatie.&amp;#039; Arie Boomsma  - presentator en schrijver &amp;#039;Ook ik lijd onder het idee dat ik altijd succesvol, sterk en gelukkig moet zijn. Dit confronterende, leerzame en ongelooflijk relevante boek helpt om dat idee te tackelen&amp;#039; Milou Deelen  - journalist en schrijver &amp;#039;Dit boek is een verademing in tijden van absurd hoge verwachtingen. Thijs Launspach is als de belezen, begripvolle, geruststellende en grappige vriend die we onszelf allemaal toewensen.&amp;#039; Lammert Kamphuis - filosoof, schrijver en spreker Thijs Launspach (1988) is psycholoog, auteur en spreker. Hij heeft een column in het Algemeen Dagblad en geeft les aan The School of Life. Eerder verschenen van hem de boeken Werken met millennials, Werk kan ook uit en Fokking druk – van die laatste zijn al 35.000 exemplaren verkocht. Hij is een veelgevraagd expert op het gebied van stressmanagement, burn-out en mentale gezondheid.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620962">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620962</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Dutch] - Je bent al genoeg: Mentaal gezond in een gestoorde wereld
Author: Thijs Launspach
Narrator: Thijs Launspach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Een must-read. Dit boek biedt troost, een perspectief, een boek waar je echt wat mee kan: fuck perfect! Ik ben al goed genoeg.&amp;#039; Edith Bosch - Olympisch judoka en trainer Hoe houd je je staande in een wereld van prestatiedruk, geluksterreur en idioot hoge verwachtingen? Nóg gelukkiger en nóg succesvoller: het gevoel nooit goed genoeg te zijn, zit ingebakken in onze tijd. Hoe je ook je best doet om &amp;#039;jezelf te verbeteren&amp;#039;, er is altijd wel iets aan jezelf om ontevreden over te zijn. In dit boek laat psycholoog Thijs Launspach zien dat verbinding het tegengif is in een wereld van nooit-genoeg-zijn. Verbinding met onszelf, maar ook met anderen, want mentaal gezond blijven in een gestoorde wereld is niet alleen een individuele verantwoordelijkheid. De weg uit de ratrace is niet een ijsbad of meditatiecursus, maar leren vertrouwen op onszelf en op elkaar. Nee, je hoeft geen superheld te zijn. Alles wat je nodig hebt zit al in je. &amp;#039;In een wereld waar alles altijd maar beter moet, effectiever, productiever, is het geluid van Thijs Launspach een verademing. Een fris pleidooi voor zelfliefde, ontdaan van holle frasen en zweverige argumentatie.&amp;#039; Arie Boomsma  - presentator en schrijver &amp;#039;Ook ik lijd onder het idee dat ik altijd succesvol, sterk en gelukkig moet zijn. Dit confronterende, leerzame en ongelooflijk relevante boek helpt om dat idee te tackelen&amp;#039; Milou Deelen  - journalist en schrijver &amp;#039;Dit boek is een verademing in tijden van absurd hoge verwachtingen. Thijs Launspach is als de belezen, begripvolle, geruststellende en grappige vriend die we onszelf allemaal toewensen.&amp;#039; Lammert Kamphuis - filosoof, schrijver en spreker Thijs Launspach (1988) is psycholoog, auteur en spreker. Hij heeft een column in het Algemeen Dagblad en geeft les aan The School of Life. Eerder verschenen van hem de boeken Werken met millennials, Werk kan ook uit en Fokking druk – van die laatste zijn al 35.000 exemplaren verkocht. Hij is een veelgevraagd expert op het gebied van stressmanagement, burn-out en mentale gezondheid.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Burnout Challenge: Managing People’s Relationships with Their Jobs by Christina Maslach, Michael P. Leiter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620879</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burnout Challenge: Managing People’s Relationships with Their Jobs
Author: Christina Maslach, Michael P. Leiter
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Two pioneering researchers identify key causes of workplace burnout and reveal what managers can do to promote increased productivity and health. Citing a wealth of research data and drawing on illustrative anecdotes, The Burnout Challenge shows how organizations can change to promote sustainable productivity. Christina Maslach and Michael P. Leiter provide useful tools for identifying the signs of employee burnout, most often exhaustion, cynicism, and ineffectiveness. They also advise managers on assembling and interpreting worker self-evaluation surveys, which can reveal workplace problems and potential solutions. And when it comes to implementing change, Maslach and Leiter offer practical, evidence-driven guidance. The key, they argue, is to begin with less-taxing changes that employees nonetheless find meaningful, seeding the ground for more thorough reforms in the future. Experts estimate that more than $500 billion and 550 million workhours are lost annually to on-the-job stress, much of it caused by dysfunctional work environments. As priorities and policies shift across workplaces, The Burnout Challenge provides pragmatic, creative, and cost-effective solutions to improve employee efficiency, health, and happiness.</description>
      <author>Christina Maslach, Michael P. Leiter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765072561.mp3" length="2647044" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620879</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765072561.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burnout Challenge: Managing People’s Relationships with Their Jobs
Author: Christina Maslach, Michael P. Leiter
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Two pioneering researchers identify key causes of workplace burnout and reveal what managers can do to promote increased productivity and health. Citing a wealth of research data and drawing on illustrative anecdotes, The Burnout Challenge shows how organizations can change to promote sustainable productivity. Christina Maslach and Michael P. Leiter provide useful tools for identifying the signs of employee burnout, most often exhaustion, cynicism, and ineffectiveness. They also advise managers on assembling and interpreting worker self-evaluation surveys, which can reveal workplace problems and potential solutions. And when it comes to implementing change, Maslach and Leiter offer practical, evidence-driven guidance. The key, they argue, is to begin with less-taxing changes that employees nonetheless find meaningful, seeding the ground for more thorough reforms in the future. Experts estimate that more than $500 billion and 550 million workhours are lost annually to on-the-job stress, much of it caused by dysfunctional work environments. As priorities and policies shift across workplaces, The Burnout Challenge provides pragmatic, creative, and cost-effective solutions to improve employee efficiency, health, and happiness.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620879">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620879</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Burnout Challenge: Managing People’s Relationships with Their Jobs
Author: Christina Maslach, Michael P. Leiter
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Two pioneering researchers identify key causes of workplace burnout and reveal what managers can do to promote increased productivity and health. Citing a wealth of research data and drawing on illustrative anecdotes, The Burnout Challenge shows how organizations can change to promote sustainable productivity. Christina Maslach and Michael P. Leiter provide useful tools for identifying the signs of employee burnout, most often exhaustion, cynicism, and ineffectiveness. They also advise managers on assembling and interpreting worker self-evaluation surveys, which can reveal workplace problems and potential solutions. And when it comes to implementing change, Maslach and Leiter offer practical, evidence-driven guidance. The key, they argue, is to begin with less-taxing changes that employees nonetheless find meaningful, seeding the ground for more thorough reforms in the future. Experts estimate that more than $500 billion and 550 million workhours are lost annually to on-the-job stress, much of it caused by dysfunctional work environments. As priorities and policies shift across workplaces, The Burnout Challenge provides pragmatic, creative, and cost-effective solutions to improve employee efficiency, health, and happiness.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Chicken Who Saved Us: The Remarkable Story of Andrew and Frightful by Kristin Jarvis Adams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620835</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chicken Who Saved Us: The Remarkable Story of Andrew and Frightful
Author: Kristin Jarvis Adams
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning, laugh-out-loud, reach-for-the-tissues story of an autistic boy&amp;#039;s desperate struggle to survive a deadly illness and the backyard chicken who transforms his life into a tale of improbable hope and miraculous healing. Eight-year-old Andrew is autistic and bilingual. He speaks English and Chicken. With words limited by autism, Andrew lives in a fantastic world where chickens talk and superheroes come alive. But when he tells his pet chicken Frightful that his body is trying to kill him, it launches Andrew&amp;#039;s family and an entire medical community into a decade-long quest for answers. This beautiful, fierce, and refreshingly honest memoir takes listeners on a mother&amp;#039;s journey through the complex landscape of modern medicine to discover the healing bond between a boy and Frightful, the chicken who saves them all.</description>
      <author>Kristin Jarvis Adams</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765064184.mp3" length="8379489" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620835</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765064184.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chicken Who Saved Us: The Remarkable Story of Andrew and Frightful
Author: Kristin Jarvis Adams
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning, laugh-out-loud, reach-for-the-tissues story of an autistic boy&amp;#039;s desperate struggle to survive a deadly illness and the backyard chicken who transforms his life into a tale of improbable hope and miraculous healing. Eight-year-old Andrew is autistic and bilingual. He speaks English and Chicken. With words limited by autism, Andrew lives in a fantastic world where chickens talk and superheroes come alive. But when he tells his pet chicken Frightful that his body is trying to kill him, it launches Andrew&amp;#039;s family and an entire medical community into a decade-long quest for answers. This beautiful, fierce, and refreshingly honest memoir takes listeners on a mother&amp;#039;s journey through the complex landscape of modern medicine to discover the healing bond between a boy and Frightful, the chicken who saves them all.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620835">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620835</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Chicken Who Saved Us: The Remarkable Story of Andrew and Frightful
Author: Kristin Jarvis Adams
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 4 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The award-winning, laugh-out-loud, reach-for-the-tissues story of an autistic boy&amp;#039;s desperate struggle to survive a deadly illness and the backyard chicken who transforms his life into a tale of improbable hope and miraculous healing. Eight-year-old Andrew is autistic and bilingual. He speaks English and Chicken. With words limited by autism, Andrew lives in a fantastic world where chickens talk and superheroes come alive. But when he tells his pet chicken Frightful that his body is trying to kill him, it launches Andrew&amp;#039;s family and an entire medical community into a decade-long quest for answers. This beautiful, fierce, and refreshingly honest memoir takes listeners on a mother&amp;#039;s journey through the complex landscape of modern medicine to discover the healing bond between a boy and Frightful, the chicken who saves them all.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cognitive Behavioral Workbook for Depression, Second Edition: A Step-by-Step Program by William J. Knaus EdD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620781</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cognitive Behavioral Workbook for Depression, Second Edition: A Step-by-Step Program
Author: William J. Knaus EdD
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) is the most widely used treatment for depression for one simple reason: it works. The CBT program in this workbook has helped thousands of listeners defeat the depressive thoughts and beliefs that keep them from enjoying life and feeling like themselves. The Cognitive Behavioral Workbook for Depression delivers evidence-based tools you can confidently use to start feeling better. Once you have your depression symptoms under control, you will appreciate the additional information on preventing relapse that is special to this new edition. This workbook also includes twenty-five bonus tips from depression experts that can jump-start your recovery. Recommended by therapists nationwide, this workbook will help you bounce back from depression. Includes exercises that will help you: ● Move past the negative beliefs that keep you trapped in the depression cycle ● Apply behavioral techniques that therapists use with their clients, such as activity scheduling ● Discover effective ways to cope with feelings of stress, anxiety, and anger ● Avoid procrastinating and learn to anchor the positive changes you make to maintain your progress</description>
      <author>William J. Knaus EdD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798765061404.mp3" length="7760715" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620781</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798765061404.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cognitive Behavioral Workbook for Depression, Second Edition: A Step-by-Step Program
Author: William J. Knaus EdD
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) is the most widely used treatment for depression for one simple reason: it works. The CBT program in this workbook has helped thousands of listeners defeat the depressive thoughts and beliefs that keep them from enjoying life and feeling like themselves. The Cognitive Behavioral Workbook for Depression delivers evidence-based tools you can confidently use to start feeling better. Once you have your depression symptoms under control, you will appreciate the additional information on preventing relapse that is special to this new edition. This workbook also includes twenty-five bonus tips from depression experts that can jump-start your recovery. Recommended by therapists nationwide, this workbook will help you bounce back from depression. Includes exercises that will help you: ● Move past the negative beliefs that keep you trapped in the depression cycle ● Apply behavioral techniques that therapists use with their clients, such as activity scheduling ● Discover effective ways to cope with feelings of stress, anxiety, and anger ● Avoid procrastinating and learn to anchor the positive changes you make to maintain your progress</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Cognitive Behavioral Workbook for Depression, Second Edition: A Step-by-Step Program
Author: William J. Knaus EdD
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 22 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) is the most widely used treatment for depression for one simple reason: it works. The CBT program in this workbook has helped thousands of listeners defeat the depressive thoughts and beliefs that keep them from enjoying life and feeling like themselves. The Cognitive Behavioral Workbook for Depression delivers evidence-based tools you can confidently use to start feeling better. Once you have your depression symptoms under control, you will appreciate the additional information on preventing relapse that is special to this new edition. This workbook also includes twenty-five bonus tips from depression experts that can jump-start your recovery. Recommended by therapists nationwide, this workbook will help you bounce back from depression. Includes exercises that will help you: ● Move past the negative beliefs that keep you trapped in the depression cycle ● Apply behavioral techniques that therapists use with their clients, such as activity scheduling ● Discover effective ways to cope with feelings of stress, anxiety, and anger ● Avoid procrastinating and learn to anchor the positive changes you make to maintain your progress</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wir spielen mit eurem Leben: Provokative Szenenarbeit in Coaching und Therapie by Charlotte Cordes, Florian Schwartz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620592</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620592">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620592</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir spielen mit eurem Leben: Provokative Szenenarbeit in Coaching und Therapie
Author: Charlotte Cordes, Florian Schwartz
Narrator: Florian Schwartz, Charlotte Cordes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Nachdem seit März 22 die Printversion des Buches auf dem Markt ist, ist die Hörbuchversion endlich auch da. Eingelesen von den beiden Autoren selbst und mit den Originaltönen der Coachingsessions. Außerdem gibt es noch Musik-Tracks, eingespielt von Florian Schwartz, die Sie gerne in Ihren Coachings einsetzen können. Der Inhalt: Was wäre, wenn …? Stellen Sie sich mal Folgendes vor: In 30 Jahren … Wir spielen das Ganze mal aus der Sicht von ... Das klingt nach einem Lied! Das sind nur einige der Sätze, die während einer Coachingsitzung unter Verwendung der Provokativen Szenenarbeit erklingen können. Die Themen der Klientinnen und Klienten werden von den Coaches in den provokativen Sitzungen immer wieder auf unterschiedliche Weise szenisch überzeichnet und humorvoll »bespielt«. Das bringt festgefahrene Systeme in Bewegung und berührt emotional stark. Gleichzeitig entsteht große Leichtigkeit – eine Art emotionale Befreiung – die häufig noch lange nachwirkt. Basis ist der Provokative Ansatz und die große nonverbale Wertschätzung, die dabei essentiell ist (www.provokativ.com). Das Hörbuch von Charlotte Cordes und Florian Schwartz beschäftigt sich mit den Schwerpunkten und Bausteinen der Provokativen Szenenarbeit. Neben theoretischen Überlegungen erhalten die Hörerinnen und Hörer auch praktische Übungseinheiten zum Ausprobieren. Zusätzlich wird in Original Fallbeispielen ein erster Eindruck über die provokative Arbeitsweise mit szenischen Interventionen vermittelt. Weitere Sessions finden Sie im Podcast &amp;#039;Der Provokative Ansatz&amp;#039; (www.anchor.fm/provokativeransatz und auf allen bekannten Podcastplattformen)</description>
      <author>Charlotte Cordes, Florian Schwartz</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Oct 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4067248027394.mp3" length="961176" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620592</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4067248027394.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620592">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620592</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir spielen mit eurem Leben: Provokative Szenenarbeit in Coaching und Therapie
Author: Charlotte Cordes, Florian Schwartz
Narrator: Florian Schwartz, Charlotte Cordes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Nachdem seit März 22 die Printversion des Buches auf dem Markt ist, ist die Hörbuchversion endlich auch da. Eingelesen von den beiden Autoren selbst und mit den Originaltönen der Coachingsessions. Außerdem gibt es noch Musik-Tracks, eingespielt von Florian Schwartz, die Sie gerne in Ihren Coachings einsetzen können. Der Inhalt: Was wäre, wenn …? Stellen Sie sich mal Folgendes vor: In 30 Jahren … Wir spielen das Ganze mal aus der Sicht von ... Das klingt nach einem Lied! Das sind nur einige der Sätze, die während einer Coachingsitzung unter Verwendung der Provokativen Szenenarbeit erklingen können. Die Themen der Klientinnen und Klienten werden von den Coaches in den provokativen Sitzungen immer wieder auf unterschiedliche Weise szenisch überzeichnet und humorvoll »bespielt«. Das bringt festgefahrene Systeme in Bewegung und berührt emotional stark. Gleichzeitig entsteht große Leichtigkeit – eine Art emotionale Befreiung – die häufig noch lange nachwirkt. Basis ist der Provokative Ansatz und die große nonverbale Wertschätzung, die dabei essentiell ist (www.provokativ.com). Das Hörbuch von Charlotte Cordes und Florian Schwartz beschäftigt sich mit den Schwerpunkten und Bausteinen der Provokativen Szenenarbeit. Neben theoretischen Überlegungen erhalten die Hörerinnen und Hörer auch praktische Übungseinheiten zum Ausprobieren. Zusätzlich wird in Original Fallbeispielen ein erster Eindruck über die provokative Arbeitsweise mit szenischen Interventionen vermittelt. Weitere Sessions finden Sie im Podcast &amp;#039;Der Provokative Ansatz&amp;#039; (www.anchor.fm/provokativeransatz und auf allen bekannten Podcastplattformen)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620592">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620592</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir spielen mit eurem Leben: Provokative Szenenarbeit in Coaching und Therapie
Author: Charlotte Cordes, Florian Schwartz
Narrator: Florian Schwartz, Charlotte Cordes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Nachdem seit März 22 die Printversion des Buches auf dem Markt ist, ist die Hörbuchversion endlich auch da. Eingelesen von den beiden Autoren selbst und mit den Originaltönen der Coachingsessions. Außerdem gibt es noch Musik-Tracks, eingespielt von Florian Schwartz, die Sie gerne in Ihren Coachings einsetzen können. Der Inhalt: Was wäre, wenn …? Stellen Sie sich mal Folgendes vor: In 30 Jahren … Wir spielen das Ganze mal aus der Sicht von ... Das klingt nach einem Lied! Das sind nur einige der Sätze, die während einer Coachingsitzung unter Verwendung der Provokativen Szenenarbeit erklingen können. Die Themen der Klientinnen und Klienten werden von den Coaches in den provokativen Sitzungen immer wieder auf unterschiedliche Weise szenisch überzeichnet und humorvoll »bespielt«. Das bringt festgefahrene Systeme in Bewegung und berührt emotional stark. Gleichzeitig entsteht große Leichtigkeit – eine Art emotionale Befreiung – die häufig noch lange nachwirkt. Basis ist der Provokative Ansatz und die große nonverbale Wertschätzung, die dabei essentiell ist (www.provokativ.com). Das Hörbuch von Charlotte Cordes und Florian Schwartz beschäftigt sich mit den Schwerpunkten und Bausteinen der Provokativen Szenenarbeit. Neben theoretischen Überlegungen erhalten die Hörerinnen und Hörer auch praktische Übungseinheiten zum Ausprobieren. Zusätzlich wird in Original Fallbeispielen ein erster Eindruck über die provokative Arbeitsweise mit szenischen Interventionen vermittelt. Weitere Sessions finden Sie im Podcast &amp;#039;Der Provokative Ansatz&amp;#039; (www.anchor.fm/provokativeransatz und auf allen bekannten Podcastplattformen)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Losing Young: How to Grieve When Your Life is Just Beginning by Rachel Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620502</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620502">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620502</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Young: How to Grieve When Your Life is Just Beginning
Author: Rachel Wilson
Narrator: Ashley Tucker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘An incredibly useful take on facing grief as a young person’ CARIAD LLOYD           &amp;#039;Brilliantly, brilliantly written … Packed with clarity, curiosity and courage&amp;#039; FELIX WHITE           ‘It turned on so many lights for me … What a profoundly helpful book’ KATHRYN MANNIX           Grief does something particular when it hits you young. This book is a moving exploration of that transformative pain, from the founder of The Grief Network.           Rachel Wilson’s mother died when Rachel was in her twenties. It felt like the definitive end of childhood, a loss that rewired her perspective on life, death, relationships and who she was as a person.           In this book, Rachel brings together other stories of bereavement with her own, encountering people who have lost parents, siblings, partners and friends at a young age. Losing Young draws on psychological research, interviews with titans like Julia Samuel and explorations of grief in history: what happens in a time of war or pandemic, when the many grieve – or struggle to – together? How do different cultures process the end of a life differently? How can the grief of losing a parent return in strange form when one thinks about having children? What do TV and fiction get disastrously, unhelpfully wrong?           This is a personal and profound book about what happens when youth is reshaped by tragedy, trauma and loss. It’s for anyone who mourns a lost future, who is struggling to find themselves after grief, or hopes to feel less alone.</description>
      <author>Rachel Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Aug 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008502355.mp3" length="1230158" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620502</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008502355.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620502">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620502</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Young: How to Grieve When Your Life is Just Beginning
Author: Rachel Wilson
Narrator: Ashley Tucker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘An incredibly useful take on facing grief as a young person’ CARIAD LLOYD           &amp;#039;Brilliantly, brilliantly written … Packed with clarity, curiosity and courage&amp;#039; FELIX WHITE           ‘It turned on so many lights for me … What a profoundly helpful book’ KATHRYN MANNIX           Grief does something particular when it hits you young. This book is a moving exploration of that transformative pain, from the founder of The Grief Network.           Rachel Wilson’s mother died when Rachel was in her twenties. It felt like the definitive end of childhood, a loss that rewired her perspective on life, death, relationships and who she was as a person.           In this book, Rachel brings together other stories of bereavement with her own, encountering people who have lost parents, siblings, partners and friends at a young age. Losing Young draws on psychological research, interviews with titans like Julia Samuel and explorations of grief in history: what happens in a time of war or pandemic, when the many grieve – or struggle to – together? How do different cultures process the end of a life differently? How can the grief of losing a parent return in strange form when one thinks about having children? What do TV and fiction get disastrously, unhelpfully wrong?           This is a personal and profound book about what happens when youth is reshaped by tragedy, trauma and loss. It’s for anyone who mourns a lost future, who is struggling to find themselves after grief, or hopes to feel less alone.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620502">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620502</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Losing Young: How to Grieve When Your Life is Just Beginning
Author: Rachel Wilson
Narrator: Ashley Tucker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
‘An incredibly useful take on facing grief as a young person’ CARIAD LLOYD           &amp;#039;Brilliantly, brilliantly written … Packed with clarity, curiosity and courage&amp;#039; FELIX WHITE           ‘It turned on so many lights for me … What a profoundly helpful book’ KATHRYN MANNIX           Grief does something particular when it hits you young. This book is a moving exploration of that transformative pain, from the founder of The Grief Network.           Rachel Wilson’s mother died when Rachel was in her twenties. It felt like the definitive end of childhood, a loss that rewired her perspective on life, death, relationships and who she was as a person.           In this book, Rachel brings together other stories of bereavement with her own, encountering people who have lost parents, siblings, partners and friends at a young age. Losing Young draws on psychological research, interviews with titans like Julia Samuel and explorations of grief in history: what happens in a time of war or pandemic, when the many grieve – or struggle to – together? How do different cultures process the end of a life differently? How can the grief of losing a parent return in strange form when one thinks about having children? What do TV and fiction get disastrously, unhelpfully wrong?           This is a personal and profound book about what happens when youth is reshaped by tragedy, trauma and loss. It’s for anyone who mourns a lost future, who is struggling to find themselves after grief, or hopes to feel less alone.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Poker: Die Psychologie entscheidet das Spiel by Thomas Meinen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620474</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620474">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620474</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Poker: Die Psychologie entscheidet das Spiel
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ersten Spielkarten wurden vermutlich von den Chinesen im 13. Jahrhundert verwendet. Europa erreichten sie etwa zu Beginn der zweiten Hälfte des 14. Jahrhunderts über Ägypten. Das Spiel wurde um etwa 1829 von französischen Siedlern nach New Orleans in die Vereinigten Staaten gebracht. Einen Aufschwung in der Beliebtheit erlebte Poker bei Beginn der World Series of Poker (WSOP) Anfang der 1970er Jahre. Davor galt es als reines Glücksspiel, ohne strategische Elemente. Die CD informiert über Regeln, Spielvarianten und wie die Chancen berechnet werden. Dazu gibt es zahlreiche Tipps und Tricks vom ersten deutschsprachigen Poker-Weltmeisters der WSOP, Matthias Rohnacher.</description>
      <author>Thomas Meinen</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783755419310.mp3" length="921883" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620474</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783755419310.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620474">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620474</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Poker: Die Psychologie entscheidet das Spiel
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ersten Spielkarten wurden vermutlich von den Chinesen im 13. Jahrhundert verwendet. Europa erreichten sie etwa zu Beginn der zweiten Hälfte des 14. Jahrhunderts über Ägypten. Das Spiel wurde um etwa 1829 von französischen Siedlern nach New Orleans in die Vereinigten Staaten gebracht. Einen Aufschwung in der Beliebtheit erlebte Poker bei Beginn der World Series of Poker (WSOP) Anfang der 1970er Jahre. Davor galt es als reines Glücksspiel, ohne strategische Elemente. Die CD informiert über Regeln, Spielvarianten und wie die Chancen berechnet werden. Dazu gibt es zahlreiche Tipps und Tricks vom ersten deutschsprachigen Poker-Weltmeisters der WSOP, Matthias Rohnacher.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620474">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620474</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Poker: Die Psychologie entscheidet das Spiel
Author: Thomas Meinen
Narrator: Thomas Meinen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die ersten Spielkarten wurden vermutlich von den Chinesen im 13. Jahrhundert verwendet. Europa erreichten sie etwa zu Beginn der zweiten Hälfte des 14. Jahrhunderts über Ägypten. Das Spiel wurde um etwa 1829 von französischen Siedlern nach New Orleans in die Vereinigten Staaten gebracht. Einen Aufschwung in der Beliebtheit erlebte Poker bei Beginn der World Series of Poker (WSOP) Anfang der 1970er Jahre. Davor galt es als reines Glücksspiel, ohne strategische Elemente. Die CD informiert über Regeln, Spielvarianten und wie die Chancen berechnet werden. Dazu gibt es zahlreiche Tipps und Tricks vom ersten deutschsprachigen Poker-Weltmeisters der WSOP, Matthias Rohnacher.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Ikigai – Der Schlüssel zur Selbstfindung: Wie Sie durch die japanische Philosophie Ihre Bestimmung und Passion entdecken und so zu einem Leben voller Glück und Zufriedenheit finden - inkl. Workbook by Yuna Nakamura</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620471</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ikigai – Der Schlüssel zur Selbstfindung: Wie Sie durch die japanische Philosophie Ihre Bestimmung und Passion entdecken und so zu einem Leben voller Glück und Zufriedenheit finden - inkl. Workbook
Author: Yuna Nakamura
Narrator: Jakob Seel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Guter Job, Familie, Hobbys, vielleicht sogar Ehrenamt – die Woche ist durchgetaktet und am Ende fühlen Sie sich trotzdem leer? Schleppen Sie sich durch Ihr Leben und denken Sie immer wieder: &amp;#039;Das kann doch eigentlich nicht alles sein&amp;#039;? Sehnen Sie sich nach einer Möglichkeit, endlich das zu finden, was Sie jeden Morgen aufs Neue voller Begeisterung aufstehen lässt? Dann wird es höchste Zeit, sich auf die Suche nach Ihrem persönlichen Ikigai zu machen, und dieser Ratgeber zeigt Ihnen den Weg! Die uralte japanische Philosophie bedeutet nichts anderes als &amp;#039;das, wofür es sich zu leben lohnt&amp;#039; und zum Glück können auch gestresste Mitteleuropäer kinderleicht Ihr Leben nach diesem Prinzip gestalten. Chronische Unzufriedenheit, die ständige Suche nach dem neuen Kick, Erschöpfung bis hin zu Burn-out und Depressionen – wem der Sinn im Leben fehlt, für den wird der Alltag nicht selten zur trüben Qual. Und wenn auch Sie zu den Menschen gehören, die aus Ihrem Leben endlich das Maximum an Freude, innerem Glück und Zufriedenheit herausholen wollen, dann bietet das Konzept des Ikigai Ihnen den perfekten Ausweg aus innerer Leere und Trott. Erfahren Sie, was für verblüffende Erkenntnisse der Wissenschaft &amp;amp; Psychologie über die Lebenseinstellung gesammelt wurden, und entdecken Sie, mit welchen Techniken Sie die Methode konkret und effektiv in Ihrem Leben umsetzen können. Sorgfältig erstellte Anregungen und praxiserprobte Tricks helfen Ihnen dabei, Ihrem Ikigai im Selbstcoaching auf die Spur zu kommen und es dauerhaft in Ihrem Denken zu etablieren. Mit diesem einfühlsam geschriebenen Buch tun Sie endlich den großen Schritt in ein Leben, das sich ganz nach Ihren wahren Bedürfnissen gestaltet, und Sie verabschieden sich ein für alle Mal von der Leere der Sinnlosigkeit. Dank Workbook und sorgfältig erstelltem 21-Tage-Plan wird der Einstieg in Ihr neues Dasein zum Kinderspiel und Sie können sofort damit beginnen, neue Motivation, Glück und Zufriedenheit in Ihren Geist einziehen zu lassen.</description>
      <author>Yuna Nakamura</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969303580.mp3" length="827193" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620471</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969303580.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ikigai – Der Schlüssel zur Selbstfindung: Wie Sie durch die japanische Philosophie Ihre Bestimmung und Passion entdecken und so zu einem Leben voller Glück und Zufriedenheit finden - inkl. Workbook
Author: Yuna Nakamura
Narrator: Jakob Seel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Guter Job, Familie, Hobbys, vielleicht sogar Ehrenamt – die Woche ist durchgetaktet und am Ende fühlen Sie sich trotzdem leer? Schleppen Sie sich durch Ihr Leben und denken Sie immer wieder: &amp;#039;Das kann doch eigentlich nicht alles sein&amp;#039;? Sehnen Sie sich nach einer Möglichkeit, endlich das zu finden, was Sie jeden Morgen aufs Neue voller Begeisterung aufstehen lässt? Dann wird es höchste Zeit, sich auf die Suche nach Ihrem persönlichen Ikigai zu machen, und dieser Ratgeber zeigt Ihnen den Weg! Die uralte japanische Philosophie bedeutet nichts anderes als &amp;#039;das, wofür es sich zu leben lohnt&amp;#039; und zum Glück können auch gestresste Mitteleuropäer kinderleicht Ihr Leben nach diesem Prinzip gestalten. Chronische Unzufriedenheit, die ständige Suche nach dem neuen Kick, Erschöpfung bis hin zu Burn-out und Depressionen – wem der Sinn im Leben fehlt, für den wird der Alltag nicht selten zur trüben Qual. Und wenn auch Sie zu den Menschen gehören, die aus Ihrem Leben endlich das Maximum an Freude, innerem Glück und Zufriedenheit herausholen wollen, dann bietet das Konzept des Ikigai Ihnen den perfekten Ausweg aus innerer Leere und Trott. Erfahren Sie, was für verblüffende Erkenntnisse der Wissenschaft &amp;amp; Psychologie über die Lebenseinstellung gesammelt wurden, und entdecken Sie, mit welchen Techniken Sie die Methode konkret und effektiv in Ihrem Leben umsetzen können. Sorgfältig erstellte Anregungen und praxiserprobte Tricks helfen Ihnen dabei, Ihrem Ikigai im Selbstcoaching auf die Spur zu kommen und es dauerhaft in Ihrem Denken zu etablieren. Mit diesem einfühlsam geschriebenen Buch tun Sie endlich den großen Schritt in ein Leben, das sich ganz nach Ihren wahren Bedürfnissen gestaltet, und Sie verabschieden sich ein für alle Mal von der Leere der Sinnlosigkeit. Dank Workbook und sorgfältig erstelltem 21-Tage-Plan wird der Einstieg in Ihr neues Dasein zum Kinderspiel und Sie können sofort damit beginnen, neue Motivation, Glück und Zufriedenheit in Ihren Geist einziehen zu lassen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620471">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620471</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ikigai – Der Schlüssel zur Selbstfindung: Wie Sie durch die japanische Philosophie Ihre Bestimmung und Passion entdecken und so zu einem Leben voller Glück und Zufriedenheit finden - inkl. Workbook
Author: Yuna Nakamura
Narrator: Jakob Seel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 48 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Guter Job, Familie, Hobbys, vielleicht sogar Ehrenamt – die Woche ist durchgetaktet und am Ende fühlen Sie sich trotzdem leer? Schleppen Sie sich durch Ihr Leben und denken Sie immer wieder: &amp;#039;Das kann doch eigentlich nicht alles sein&amp;#039;? Sehnen Sie sich nach einer Möglichkeit, endlich das zu finden, was Sie jeden Morgen aufs Neue voller Begeisterung aufstehen lässt? Dann wird es höchste Zeit, sich auf die Suche nach Ihrem persönlichen Ikigai zu machen, und dieser Ratgeber zeigt Ihnen den Weg! Die uralte japanische Philosophie bedeutet nichts anderes als &amp;#039;das, wofür es sich zu leben lohnt&amp;#039; und zum Glück können auch gestresste Mitteleuropäer kinderleicht Ihr Leben nach diesem Prinzip gestalten. Chronische Unzufriedenheit, die ständige Suche nach dem neuen Kick, Erschöpfung bis hin zu Burn-out und Depressionen – wem der Sinn im Leben fehlt, für den wird der Alltag nicht selten zur trüben Qual. Und wenn auch Sie zu den Menschen gehören, die aus Ihrem Leben endlich das Maximum an Freude, innerem Glück und Zufriedenheit herausholen wollen, dann bietet das Konzept des Ikigai Ihnen den perfekten Ausweg aus innerer Leere und Trott. Erfahren Sie, was für verblüffende Erkenntnisse der Wissenschaft &amp;amp; Psychologie über die Lebenseinstellung gesammelt wurden, und entdecken Sie, mit welchen Techniken Sie die Methode konkret und effektiv in Ihrem Leben umsetzen können. Sorgfältig erstellte Anregungen und praxiserprobte Tricks helfen Ihnen dabei, Ihrem Ikigai im Selbstcoaching auf die Spur zu kommen und es dauerhaft in Ihrem Denken zu etablieren. Mit diesem einfühlsam geschriebenen Buch tun Sie endlich den großen Schritt in ein Leben, das sich ganz nach Ihren wahren Bedürfnissen gestaltet, und Sie verabschieden sich ein für alle Mal von der Leere der Sinnlosigkeit. Dank Workbook und sorgfältig erstelltem 21-Tage-Plan wird der Einstieg in Ihr neues Dasein zum Kinderspiel und Sie können sofort damit beginnen, neue Motivation, Glück und Zufriedenheit in Ihren Geist einziehen zu lassen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - La nuova formula della felicità - Apprendi la felicità e il pensiero positivo: Come sviluppare forti sentimenti di felicità, gioia di vivere e sperimentare una felicità duratura (con libro di lavoro) by Emilia Morel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620469</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - La nuova formula della felicità - Apprendi la felicità e il pensiero positivo: Come sviluppare forti sentimenti di felicità, gioia di vivere e sperimentare una felicità duratura (con libro di lavoro)
Author: Emilia Morel
Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ciao felicità, dove sei stata per così tanto tempo? Come puoi finalmente diventare felice, rilassato e sempre sereno con strategie concrete. Felicità - una parola che risveglia in te il desiderio? Che tocca mondi profondamente nascosti e ardentemente cari, sogni antichi, beati ricordi d&amp;#039;infanzia? Felicità - che viene elargita sempre e solo agli altri e con la quale ovviamente non sei nato? Pensiero sbagliato! Perché il più grande malinteso sulla felicità è presumere che non sia nelle tue mani. Quindi, diventa finalmente felice: ora, immediatamente e per sempre - in questo libro scoprirai come! La felicità: ognuno la definisce in modo diverso e la maggior parte delle persone dice anche che non dovresti forzarla, devi aspettare finché non viene naturale. Tutte sciocchezze! La felicità è ciò che intendi con essa, solo tu puoi averla ed è aperta come un fiore proprio sotto il tuo naso. La scienza sa da tempo che è così e fortunatamente, ora hai molti consigli e indicazioni di esperti durante il tuo viaggio. Suona vago e complicato? Ma per niente! Psicologia positiva, prosperità, consapevolezza, il bambino interiore, disintossicazione digitale o credenze potenzianti; la cassetta degli attrezzi dell&amp;#039;artigiano della felicità è ben fornita, i suoi strumenti sono pratici, concreti e possono essere implementati passo dopo passo e questo libro ti mostrerà il percorso facile e veloce verso tutta la felicità! Lascia che questo libro ti accompagni nel meraviglioso ed emozionante viaggio verso la felicità e l&amp;#039;appagamento. Sii felice immediatamente: che si tratti di mal d&amp;#039;amore, frustrazione professionale, problemi quotidiani o litigi familiari, questa formula per la felicità ti aiuterà a provare una profonda felicità in tutte le situazioni! Quindi assicurati il tuo compagno personale sulla via della contentezza e della gioia di vivere, perché ti meriti di essere felice!</description>
      <author>Emilia Morel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969303245.mp3" length="873213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620469</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969303245.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - La nuova formula della felicità - Apprendi la felicità e il pensiero positivo: Come sviluppare forti sentimenti di felicità, gioia di vivere e sperimentare una felicità duratura (con libro di lavoro)
Author: Emilia Morel
Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ciao felicità, dove sei stata per così tanto tempo? Come puoi finalmente diventare felice, rilassato e sempre sereno con strategie concrete. Felicità - una parola che risveglia in te il desiderio? Che tocca mondi profondamente nascosti e ardentemente cari, sogni antichi, beati ricordi d&amp;#039;infanzia? Felicità - che viene elargita sempre e solo agli altri e con la quale ovviamente non sei nato? Pensiero sbagliato! Perché il più grande malinteso sulla felicità è presumere che non sia nelle tue mani. Quindi, diventa finalmente felice: ora, immediatamente e per sempre - in questo libro scoprirai come! La felicità: ognuno la definisce in modo diverso e la maggior parte delle persone dice anche che non dovresti forzarla, devi aspettare finché non viene naturale. Tutte sciocchezze! La felicità è ciò che intendi con essa, solo tu puoi averla ed è aperta come un fiore proprio sotto il tuo naso. La scienza sa da tempo che è così e fortunatamente, ora hai molti consigli e indicazioni di esperti durante il tuo viaggio. Suona vago e complicato? Ma per niente! Psicologia positiva, prosperità, consapevolezza, il bambino interiore, disintossicazione digitale o credenze potenzianti; la cassetta degli attrezzi dell&amp;#039;artigiano della felicità è ben fornita, i suoi strumenti sono pratici, concreti e possono essere implementati passo dopo passo e questo libro ti mostrerà il percorso facile e veloce verso tutta la felicità! Lascia che questo libro ti accompagni nel meraviglioso ed emozionante viaggio verso la felicità e l&amp;#039;appagamento. Sii felice immediatamente: che si tratti di mal d&amp;#039;amore, frustrazione professionale, problemi quotidiani o litigi familiari, questa formula per la felicità ti aiuterà a provare una profonda felicità in tutte le situazioni! Quindi assicurati il tuo compagno personale sulla via della contentezza e della gioia di vivere, perché ti meriti di essere felice!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620469">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620469</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - La nuova formula della felicità - Apprendi la felicità e il pensiero positivo: Come sviluppare forti sentimenti di felicità, gioia di vivere e sperimentare una felicità duratura (con libro di lavoro)
Author: Emilia Morel
Narrator: Sara Elisa Frison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ciao felicità, dove sei stata per così tanto tempo? Come puoi finalmente diventare felice, rilassato e sempre sereno con strategie concrete. Felicità - una parola che risveglia in te il desiderio? Che tocca mondi profondamente nascosti e ardentemente cari, sogni antichi, beati ricordi d&amp;#039;infanzia? Felicità - che viene elargita sempre e solo agli altri e con la quale ovviamente non sei nato? Pensiero sbagliato! Perché il più grande malinteso sulla felicità è presumere che non sia nelle tue mani. Quindi, diventa finalmente felice: ora, immediatamente e per sempre - in questo libro scoprirai come! La felicità: ognuno la definisce in modo diverso e la maggior parte delle persone dice anche che non dovresti forzarla, devi aspettare finché non viene naturale. Tutte sciocchezze! La felicità è ciò che intendi con essa, solo tu puoi averla ed è aperta come un fiore proprio sotto il tuo naso. La scienza sa da tempo che è così e fortunatamente, ora hai molti consigli e indicazioni di esperti durante il tuo viaggio. Suona vago e complicato? Ma per niente! Psicologia positiva, prosperità, consapevolezza, il bambino interiore, disintossicazione digitale o credenze potenzianti; la cassetta degli attrezzi dell&amp;#039;artigiano della felicità è ben fornita, i suoi strumenti sono pratici, concreti e possono essere implementati passo dopo passo e questo libro ti mostrerà il percorso facile e veloce verso tutta la felicità! Lascia che questo libro ti accompagni nel meraviglioso ed emozionante viaggio verso la felicità e l&amp;#039;appagamento. Sii felice immediatamente: che si tratti di mal d&amp;#039;amore, frustrazione professionale, problemi quotidiani o litigi familiari, questa formula per la felicità ti aiuterà a provare una profonda felicità in tutte le situazioni! Quindi assicurati il tuo compagno personale sulla via della contentezza e della gioia di vivere, perché ti meriti di essere felice!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Les 5 piliers de la psychologie positive: Comment attirer le bonheur, la joie de vivre et le succès et se débarrasser à jamais de toutes les énergies négatives (avec de nombreux exercices &amp;amp; workbook) by Jonathan M. Albrecht</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620468</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Les 5 piliers de la psychologie positive: Comment attirer le bonheur, la joie de vivre et le succès et se débarrasser à jamais de toutes les énergies négatives (avec de nombreux exercices &amp;amp; workbook)
Author: Jonathan M. Albrecht
Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Le côté obscur, prend-il trop souvent le dessus dans votre vie et s&amp;#039;impose-t-il au premier plan de votre conscience ? Focalisez-vous toujours sur le négatif de sorte que le bon et le beau s&amp;#039;estompent ? Aspirez-vous à une possibilité de placer vos forces et vos capacités au centre de votre perception de manière active et autodéterminée afin de vous trouver tout naturellement du côté ensoleillé de la vie à l&amp;#039;avenir ? Dans ce cas, ce livre vous montre un chemin qui vous conduit avec sensibilité et fiabilité vers une vie pleine de légèreté ! Car avec la psychologie positive c&amp;#039;est toute une science qui est à votre disposition dans votre quête du beau et du bon, une science qui offre des connaissances fondées et éprouvées dans la pratique sur la réalisation de votre propre bonheur de vivre. S&amp;#039;éloigner des maladies et des troubles pour aller vers l&amp;#039;optimisme, la sécurité et les forces individuelles - tel est le credo prometteur de bonheur de la psychologie positive. Vous découvrirez ici comment l&amp;#039;appliquer facilement dans votre vie quotidienne ! Grâce à la résilience et aux vertus, à la promotion de vos propres forces et à la réduction de vos peurs, à la régulation de vos émotions ainsi qu&amp;#039;à des exercices de méditation, la satisfaction personnelle devient un jeu d&amp;#039;enfant et vous avez enfin la clé de votre bonheur entre vos mains ! Débarrassez-vous une fois pour toutes des spirales de pensées négatives et des schémas émotionnels destructeurs et reprenez enfin le contrôle de votre monde émotionnel grâce à ce guide ! Façonnez activement la vie dont vous avez toujours rêvé - car le bonheur n&amp;#039;est pas une fatalité, mais une décision. Alors, procurez-vous dès maintenant votre compagnon personnel sur le chemin du bonheur de vivre et réjouissez-vous d&amp;#039;une satisfaction et d&amp;#039;un équilibre comme vous ne les avez jamais connus auparavant !</description>
      <author>Jonathan M. Albrecht</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783969303610.mp3" length="849577" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620468</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783969303610.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Les 5 piliers de la psychologie positive: Comment attirer le bonheur, la joie de vivre et le succès et se débarrasser à jamais de toutes les énergies négatives (avec de nombreux exercices &amp;amp; workbook)
Author: Jonathan M. Albrecht
Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Le côté obscur, prend-il trop souvent le dessus dans votre vie et s&amp;#039;impose-t-il au premier plan de votre conscience ? Focalisez-vous toujours sur le négatif de sorte que le bon et le beau s&amp;#039;estompent ? Aspirez-vous à une possibilité de placer vos forces et vos capacités au centre de votre perception de manière active et autodéterminée afin de vous trouver tout naturellement du côté ensoleillé de la vie à l&amp;#039;avenir ? Dans ce cas, ce livre vous montre un chemin qui vous conduit avec sensibilité et fiabilité vers une vie pleine de légèreté ! Car avec la psychologie positive c&amp;#039;est toute une science qui est à votre disposition dans votre quête du beau et du bon, une science qui offre des connaissances fondées et éprouvées dans la pratique sur la réalisation de votre propre bonheur de vivre. S&amp;#039;éloigner des maladies et des troubles pour aller vers l&amp;#039;optimisme, la sécurité et les forces individuelles - tel est le credo prometteur de bonheur de la psychologie positive. Vous découvrirez ici comment l&amp;#039;appliquer facilement dans votre vie quotidienne ! Grâce à la résilience et aux vertus, à la promotion de vos propres forces et à la réduction de vos peurs, à la régulation de vos émotions ainsi qu&amp;#039;à des exercices de méditation, la satisfaction personnelle devient un jeu d&amp;#039;enfant et vous avez enfin la clé de votre bonheur entre vos mains ! Débarrassez-vous une fois pour toutes des spirales de pensées négatives et des schémas émotionnels destructeurs et reprenez enfin le contrôle de votre monde émotionnel grâce à ce guide ! Façonnez activement la vie dont vous avez toujours rêvé - car le bonheur n&amp;#039;est pas une fatalité, mais une décision. Alors, procurez-vous dès maintenant votre compagnon personnel sur le chemin du bonheur de vivre et réjouissez-vous d&amp;#039;une satisfaction et d&amp;#039;un équilibre comme vous ne les avez jamais connus auparavant !</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Les 5 piliers de la psychologie positive: Comment attirer le bonheur, la joie de vivre et le succès et se débarrasser à jamais de toutes les énergies négatives (avec de nombreux exercices &amp;amp; workbook)
Author: Jonathan M. Albrecht
Narrator: Emmanuelle Nicolaon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Le côté obscur, prend-il trop souvent le dessus dans votre vie et s&amp;#039;impose-t-il au premier plan de votre conscience ? Focalisez-vous toujours sur le négatif de sorte que le bon et le beau s&amp;#039;estompent ? Aspirez-vous à une possibilité de placer vos forces et vos capacités au centre de votre perception de manière active et autodéterminée afin de vous trouver tout naturellement du côté ensoleillé de la vie à l&amp;#039;avenir ? Dans ce cas, ce livre vous montre un chemin qui vous conduit avec sensibilité et fiabilité vers une vie pleine de légèreté ! Car avec la psychologie positive c&amp;#039;est toute une science qui est à votre disposition dans votre quête du beau et du bon, une science qui offre des connaissances fondées et éprouvées dans la pratique sur la réalisation de votre propre bonheur de vivre. S&amp;#039;éloigner des maladies et des troubles pour aller vers l&amp;#039;optimisme, la sécurité et les forces individuelles - tel est le credo prometteur de bonheur de la psychologie positive. Vous découvrirez ici comment l&amp;#039;appliquer facilement dans votre vie quotidienne ! Grâce à la résilience et aux vertus, à la promotion de vos propres forces et à la réduction de vos peurs, à la régulation de vos émotions ainsi qu&amp;#039;à des exercices de méditation, la satisfaction personnelle devient un jeu d&amp;#039;enfant et vous avez enfin la clé de votre bonheur entre vos mains ! Débarrassez-vous une fois pour toutes des spirales de pensées négatives et des schémas émotionnels destructeurs et reprenez enfin le contrôle de votre monde émotionnel grâce à ce guide ! Façonnez activement la vie dont vous avez toujours rêvé - car le bonheur n&amp;#039;est pas une fatalité, mais une décision. Alors, procurez-vous dès maintenant votre compagnon personnel sur le chemin du bonheur de vivre et réjouissez-vous d&amp;#039;une satisfaction et d&amp;#039;un équilibre comme vous ne les avez jamais connus auparavant !</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Neuroscience by Miguel Vaquero</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620146</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuroscience
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The study of the anatomy and operation of the nervous system and the brain is known as neuroscience. To map the brain mechanistically, neuroscientists draw on cellular and molecular biology, anatomy and physiology, human behavior and cognition, and other fields. Each neuron, or brain cell, in an adult human has an estimated 100 billion connections to other neurons. The mapping of all the cell-to-cell communication networks—the brain circuits that process all ideas, feelings, and behaviors—remains one of the major difficulties of contemporary neuroscience. The resulting image that gradually forms is referred described as &amp;#039;the connectome.&amp;#039; All learning is based on the brain&amp;#039;s capacity to build new neural circuits and connections, or neuroplasticity.</description>
      <author>Miguel Vaquero</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823402910.mp3" length="839343" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620146</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823402910.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuroscience
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The study of the anatomy and operation of the nervous system and the brain is known as neuroscience. To map the brain mechanistically, neuroscientists draw on cellular and molecular biology, anatomy and physiology, human behavior and cognition, and other fields. Each neuron, or brain cell, in an adult human has an estimated 100 billion connections to other neurons. The mapping of all the cell-to-cell communication networks—the brain circuits that process all ideas, feelings, and behaviors—remains one of the major difficulties of contemporary neuroscience. The resulting image that gradually forms is referred described as &amp;#039;the connectome.&amp;#039; All learning is based on the brain&amp;#039;s capacity to build new neural circuits and connections, or neuroplasticity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Neuroscience
Author: Miguel Vaquero
Narrator: David Van Der Molen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 51 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
The study of the anatomy and operation of the nervous system and the brain is known as neuroscience. To map the brain mechanistically, neuroscientists draw on cellular and molecular biology, anatomy and physiology, human behavior and cognition, and other fields. Each neuron, or brain cell, in an adult human has an estimated 100 billion connections to other neurons. The mapping of all the cell-to-cell communication networks—the brain circuits that process all ideas, feelings, and behaviors—remains one of the major difficulties of contemporary neuroscience. The resulting image that gradually forms is referred described as &amp;#039;the connectome.&amp;#039; All learning is based on the brain&amp;#039;s capacity to build new neural circuits and connections, or neuroplasticity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Psychic Abilities of Being an Empath by S.C. Rowse</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620118</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620118">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620118</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Psychic Abilities of Being an Empath
Author: S.C. Rowse
Narrator: Alicia Pendry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Before you can embrace your full psychic potential, you first need to unlock the true secrets to coping as an empath Have you been told you are just “too sensitive” your whole life? Are you an emotional victim to all sorts of people who leech off you, drain you, and leave you feeling raw? Do you know deep down that your empathic abilities are actually a gift, but you have no idea how to get past the pain and access it fully? Just dealing with the normal range of your own emotions is already hard enough, so when you’re an empath, being exposed to the emotions and energy of everyone around you can be extremely confusing and overwhelming. And the worst thing is that empaths often suffer a range of emotional, mental, and sometimes even physical trauma before they learn how to protect themselves and work with this amazing ability safely. You may have tried to solve your problems on your own, and perhaps that is what has gotten you this far, but tried-and-tested, expert advice will help you to take your empathic abilities to the next level. In this supportive and practical book, you will discover: What it really means to be an empath, and how this can impact your life if you don’t learn to manage this ability What kind of empath you may be — and how to develop your unique skills for your own and others’ benefit 8 common problems most empaths struggle with, and what to do about them How to awaken, handle, and develop your psychic abilities and harness the energy of the universe to work for you How to recognize energy vampires, opportunists, users, and abusers and protect yourself from them Simple, yet powerful exercises to develop your “clair” senses and strengthen your ability to shield and protect yourself from unwanted, external energies How to recover from past trauma and set healthy physical, emotional, and energetic boundaries in place for good What you need to do to establish a better connection with your higher self and spirit guides And much more!</description>
      <author>S.C. Rowse</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823402934.mp3" length="1300462" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620118</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823402934.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620118">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620118</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Psychic Abilities of Being an Empath
Author: S.C. Rowse
Narrator: Alicia Pendry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Before you can embrace your full psychic potential, you first need to unlock the true secrets to coping as an empath Have you been told you are just “too sensitive” your whole life? Are you an emotional victim to all sorts of people who leech off you, drain you, and leave you feeling raw? Do you know deep down that your empathic abilities are actually a gift, but you have no idea how to get past the pain and access it fully? Just dealing with the normal range of your own emotions is already hard enough, so when you’re an empath, being exposed to the emotions and energy of everyone around you can be extremely confusing and overwhelming. And the worst thing is that empaths often suffer a range of emotional, mental, and sometimes even physical trauma before they learn how to protect themselves and work with this amazing ability safely. You may have tried to solve your problems on your own, and perhaps that is what has gotten you this far, but tried-and-tested, expert advice will help you to take your empathic abilities to the next level. In this supportive and practical book, you will discover: What it really means to be an empath, and how this can impact your life if you don’t learn to manage this ability What kind of empath you may be — and how to develop your unique skills for your own and others’ benefit 8 common problems most empaths struggle with, and what to do about them How to awaken, handle, and develop your psychic abilities and harness the energy of the universe to work for you How to recognize energy vampires, opportunists, users, and abusers and protect yourself from them Simple, yet powerful exercises to develop your “clair” senses and strengthen your ability to shield and protect yourself from unwanted, external energies How to recover from past trauma and set healthy physical, emotional, and energetic boundaries in place for good What you need to do to establish a better connection with your higher self and spirit guides And much more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620118">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620118</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Psychic Abilities of Being an Empath
Author: S.C. Rowse
Narrator: Alicia Pendry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August 11, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Before you can embrace your full psychic potential, you first need to unlock the true secrets to coping as an empath Have you been told you are just “too sensitive” your whole life? Are you an emotional victim to all sorts of people who leech off you, drain you, and leave you feeling raw? Do you know deep down that your empathic abilities are actually a gift, but you have no idea how to get past the pain and access it fully? Just dealing with the normal range of your own emotions is already hard enough, so when you’re an empath, being exposed to the emotions and energy of everyone around you can be extremely confusing and overwhelming. And the worst thing is that empaths often suffer a range of emotional, mental, and sometimes even physical trauma before they learn how to protect themselves and work with this amazing ability safely. You may have tried to solve your problems on your own, and perhaps that is what has gotten you this far, but tried-and-tested, expert advice will help you to take your empathic abilities to the next level. In this supportive and practical book, you will discover: What it really means to be an empath, and how this can impact your life if you don’t learn to manage this ability What kind of empath you may be — and how to develop your unique skills for your own and others’ benefit 8 common problems most empaths struggle with, and what to do about them How to awaken, handle, and develop your psychic abilities and harness the energy of the universe to work for you How to recognize energy vampires, opportunists, users, and abusers and protect yourself from them Simple, yet powerful exercises to develop your “clair” senses and strengthen your ability to shield and protect yourself from unwanted, external energies How to recover from past trauma and set healthy physical, emotional, and energetic boundaries in place for good What you need to do to establish a better connection with your higher self and spirit guides And much more!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Cómo ser influyente y que todos te escuchen: Efectivas técnicas de manipulación para que los demás hagan lo que quieres by Diego Anguiano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620103</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ser influyente y que todos te escuchen: Efectivas técnicas de manipulación para que los demás hagan lo que quieres
Author: Diego Anguiano
Narrator: Alicia Villareal, Francisco Jimenez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿En algún momento quisiste poder lograr una respuesta deseada con un simple gesto o tono de voz? ¿Sueñas con tener más respeto en tus grupos sociales y profesionales? Entonces deberias seguir leyendo… A lo largo de los años, los psicólogos han afirmado una realidad potente: la mente del ser humano es impresionantemente convencible . Las técnicas exactas pueden provocar respuestas inusuales y, en numerosas ocasiones, crean comportamientos que entran en conflicto con la propia personalidad. Lo creas o no, estas técnicas son utilizadas contigo cada día. Las grandes empresas, tu superior y muchos de tus amigos están influenyendo en tus decisiones personales. ¿Dejaras que jueguen o aprenderás a llevar tu los hilos? En este libro, descubrirás: - Nueve maneras de crear una inteligencia emocional y poderosa en este MOMENTO. (¡Sigue estos consejos de los expertos para conseguir un control de tus emociones y convertirte en inmune psicológicamente!) - Formas desconocidas para descifrar los mensajes ocultos en las expresiones más comunes y otros tipos de comportamiento. - Una guía paso a paso para desarrollar la psicología y hacer que las personas te den lo que quieres. - Cómo hacer que hasta tu peor enemigo se dirija a ti en busca de liderazgo. (Secreto: ¡no hace falta ninguna forma de agresión!) - Cómo descifrar mensajes ocultos en las expresiones faciales y otros tipos de comportamiento gracias a trucos poco conocidos y muy eficientes. - Cómo seducir y obtener cualquier cosa que deseas gracias a una herramienta poderosa. - Estrategias para manipular a tu jefe y negociar el sueldo que siempre has soñado. - Métodos para reafirmar tu dominio a través de tu lenguaje corporal y demostrar que tienes el control. (Empieza a sentirte un líder y haz que todos los demás empiezan a valorarte y a seguir tus indicaciones!) Y mucho, mucho más… Si quieres acceder a estas técnicas avanzadas y pasar de ser “actor” a “actor principal”, entonces tienes que¡empezar a leer este libro hoy!</description>
      <author>Diego Anguiano</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823403078.mp3" length="1471520" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620103</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823403078.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ser influyente y que todos te escuchen: Efectivas técnicas de manipulación para que los demás hagan lo que quieres
Author: Diego Anguiano
Narrator: Alicia Villareal, Francisco Jimenez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿En algún momento quisiste poder lograr una respuesta deseada con un simple gesto o tono de voz? ¿Sueñas con tener más respeto en tus grupos sociales y profesionales? Entonces deberias seguir leyendo… A lo largo de los años, los psicólogos han afirmado una realidad potente: la mente del ser humano es impresionantemente convencible . Las técnicas exactas pueden provocar respuestas inusuales y, en numerosas ocasiones, crean comportamientos que entran en conflicto con la propia personalidad. Lo creas o no, estas técnicas son utilizadas contigo cada día. Las grandes empresas, tu superior y muchos de tus amigos están influenyendo en tus decisiones personales. ¿Dejaras que jueguen o aprenderás a llevar tu los hilos? En este libro, descubrirás: - Nueve maneras de crear una inteligencia emocional y poderosa en este MOMENTO. (¡Sigue estos consejos de los expertos para conseguir un control de tus emociones y convertirte en inmune psicológicamente!) - Formas desconocidas para descifrar los mensajes ocultos en las expresiones más comunes y otros tipos de comportamiento. - Una guía paso a paso para desarrollar la psicología y hacer que las personas te den lo que quieres. - Cómo hacer que hasta tu peor enemigo se dirija a ti en busca de liderazgo. (Secreto: ¡no hace falta ninguna forma de agresión!) - Cómo descifrar mensajes ocultos en las expresiones faciales y otros tipos de comportamiento gracias a trucos poco conocidos y muy eficientes. - Cómo seducir y obtener cualquier cosa que deseas gracias a una herramienta poderosa. - Estrategias para manipular a tu jefe y negociar el sueldo que siempre has soñado. - Métodos para reafirmar tu dominio a través de tu lenguaje corporal y demostrar que tienes el control. (Empieza a sentirte un líder y haz que todos los demás empiezan a valorarte y a seguir tus indicaciones!) Y mucho, mucho más… Si quieres acceder a estas técnicas avanzadas y pasar de ser “actor” a “actor principal”, entonces tienes que¡empezar a leer este libro hoy!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620103">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/620103</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Cómo ser influyente y que todos te escuchen: Efectivas técnicas de manipulación para que los demás hagan lo que quieres
Author: Diego Anguiano
Narrator: Alicia Villareal, Francisco Jimenez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿En algún momento quisiste poder lograr una respuesta deseada con un simple gesto o tono de voz? ¿Sueñas con tener más respeto en tus grupos sociales y profesionales? Entonces deberias seguir leyendo… A lo largo de los años, los psicólogos han afirmado una realidad potente: la mente del ser humano es impresionantemente convencible . Las técnicas exactas pueden provocar respuestas inusuales y, en numerosas ocasiones, crean comportamientos que entran en conflicto con la propia personalidad. Lo creas o no, estas técnicas son utilizadas contigo cada día. Las grandes empresas, tu superior y muchos de tus amigos están influenyendo en tus decisiones personales. ¿Dejaras que jueguen o aprenderás a llevar tu los hilos? En este libro, descubrirás: - Nueve maneras de crear una inteligencia emocional y poderosa en este MOMENTO. (¡Sigue estos consejos de los expertos para conseguir un control de tus emociones y convertirte en inmune psicológicamente!) - Formas desconocidas para descifrar los mensajes ocultos en las expresiones más comunes y otros tipos de comportamiento. - Una guía paso a paso para desarrollar la psicología y hacer que las personas te den lo que quieres. - Cómo hacer que hasta tu peor enemigo se dirija a ti en busca de liderazgo. (Secreto: ¡no hace falta ninguna forma de agresión!) - Cómo descifrar mensajes ocultos en las expresiones faciales y otros tipos de comportamiento gracias a trucos poco conocidos y muy eficientes. - Cómo seducir y obtener cualquier cosa que deseas gracias a una herramienta poderosa. - Estrategias para manipular a tu jefe y negociar el sueldo que siempre has soñado. - Métodos para reafirmar tu dominio a través de tu lenguaje corporal y demostrar que tienes el control. (Empieza a sentirte un líder y haz que todos los demás empiezan a valorarte y a seguir tus indicaciones!) Y mucho, mucho más… Si quieres acceder a estas técnicas avanzadas y pasar de ser “actor” a “actor principal”, entonces tienes que¡empezar a leer este libro hoy!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Memory Palace: How To Remember Everything You Learn; A Guide To Learning With Unlimited Potential by Adam Brown</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619738</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Memory Palace: How To Remember Everything You Learn; A Guide To Learning With Unlimited Potential
Author: Adam Brown
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how you can enhance your brain to take in more information and store them for a very long time and how to retrieve information at any time, no matter how long it has been stored Today only, get this Amazon bestseller for a special price. Read on your PC, Mac, smart phone, or tablet device. As you know, forgetting things can be really frustrating and embarrassing. Imagine forgetting the birthday of your loved ones or your own wedding anniversary. What would happen if you forgot that your kid has a sports game or a play at school and you already promised to attend? Your kid would not be happy with you. No matter how much stored information you are unable to retrieve, this book is sure to change all your frustrations and change your life forever. Imagine being able to remember anything you see, hear, smell, feel, and taste. Imagine the ability to keep the memories you don’t wish to remember, perhaps because they are too embarrassing, traumatic or depressing and the ability to easily retrieve the happy events that have been stored in your memory. This book is a sure bet to do all that! Here Is A Preview Of What You&amp;#039;ll Learn... Knowing How Your Brain Works Short Term Memory Long Term Memory Researches And Findings About The Memory Why Do We Forget Things? Mnemonics Fighting Forgetfulness Remember Everything And Anything The Unlimited Potential Of The Brain And basically everything about the strategies needed to boost your memory and remember all the things you wish to remember anytime and anywhere Download your copy today! Take action today and download this book now at a special price!</description>
      <author>Adam Brown</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Feb 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518992445.mp3" length="871961" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619738</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518992445.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Memory Palace: How To Remember Everything You Learn; A Guide To Learning With Unlimited Potential
Author: Adam Brown
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how you can enhance your brain to take in more information and store them for a very long time and how to retrieve information at any time, no matter how long it has been stored Today only, get this Amazon bestseller for a special price. Read on your PC, Mac, smart phone, or tablet device. As you know, forgetting things can be really frustrating and embarrassing. Imagine forgetting the birthday of your loved ones or your own wedding anniversary. What would happen if you forgot that your kid has a sports game or a play at school and you already promised to attend? Your kid would not be happy with you. No matter how much stored information you are unable to retrieve, this book is sure to change all your frustrations and change your life forever. Imagine being able to remember anything you see, hear, smell, feel, and taste. Imagine the ability to keep the memories you don’t wish to remember, perhaps because they are too embarrassing, traumatic or depressing and the ability to easily retrieve the happy events that have been stored in your memory. This book is a sure bet to do all that! Here Is A Preview Of What You&amp;#039;ll Learn... Knowing How Your Brain Works Short Term Memory Long Term Memory Researches And Findings About The Memory Why Do We Forget Things? Mnemonics Fighting Forgetfulness Remember Everything And Anything The Unlimited Potential Of The Brain And basically everything about the strategies needed to boost your memory and remember all the things you wish to remember anytime and anywhere Download your copy today! Take action today and download this book now at a special price!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Memory Palace: How To Remember Everything You Learn; A Guide To Learning With Unlimited Potential
Author: Adam Brown
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how you can enhance your brain to take in more information and store them for a very long time and how to retrieve information at any time, no matter how long it has been stored Today only, get this Amazon bestseller for a special price. Read on your PC, Mac, smart phone, or tablet device. As you know, forgetting things can be really frustrating and embarrassing. Imagine forgetting the birthday of your loved ones or your own wedding anniversary. What would happen if you forgot that your kid has a sports game or a play at school and you already promised to attend? Your kid would not be happy with you. No matter how much stored information you are unable to retrieve, this book is sure to change all your frustrations and change your life forever. Imagine being able to remember anything you see, hear, smell, feel, and taste. Imagine the ability to keep the memories you don’t wish to remember, perhaps because they are too embarrassing, traumatic or depressing and the ability to easily retrieve the happy events that have been stored in your memory. This book is a sure bet to do all that! Here Is A Preview Of What You&amp;#039;ll Learn... Knowing How Your Brain Works Short Term Memory Long Term Memory Researches And Findings About The Memory Why Do We Forget Things? Mnemonics Fighting Forgetfulness Remember Everything And Anything The Unlimited Potential Of The Brain And basically everything about the strategies needed to boost your memory and remember all the things you wish to remember anytime and anywhere Download your copy today! Take action today and download this book now at a special price!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mental Efficiency &amp;amp; Other Hints to Men &amp;amp; Women by Arnold Bennett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619701</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mental Efficiency &amp;amp; Other Hints to Men &amp;amp; Women
Author: Arnold Bennett
Narrator: The Ark, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
English novelist Arnold Bennett uses his wit to convey how we work hard at the up keep of our physical bodies, while we often do little to workout our minds. He gives examples of ways to give the mind a workout. He also features essays that explore the presentation of self, breaking free from the past, relationships and marriage, and how to achieve success.</description>
      <author>Arnold Bennett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667963327.mp3" length="1512209" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619701</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667963327.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mental Efficiency &amp;amp; Other Hints to Men &amp;amp; Women
Author: Arnold Bennett
Narrator: The Ark, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
English novelist Arnold Bennett uses his wit to convey how we work hard at the up keep of our physical bodies, while we often do little to workout our minds. He gives examples of ways to give the mind a workout. He also features essays that explore the presentation of self, breaking free from the past, relationships and marriage, and how to achieve success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mental Efficiency &amp;amp; Other Hints to Men &amp;amp; Women
Author: Arnold Bennett
Narrator: The Ark, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 3 minutes
Release date: March 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
English novelist Arnold Bennett uses his wit to convey how we work hard at the up keep of our physical bodies, while we often do little to workout our minds. He gives examples of ways to give the mind a workout. He also features essays that explore the presentation of self, breaking free from the past, relationships and marriage, and how to achieve success.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Racing to the Bottom: Thoughts on the Bureaucratization of Education by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619682</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racing to the Bottom: Thoughts on the Bureaucratization of Education
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Zeros have replaced heroes. We used to be human beings. Now we are husks.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Oct 2017 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518968662.mp3" length="1322040" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619682</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518968662.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racing to the Bottom: Thoughts on the Bureaucratization of Education
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Zeros have replaced heroes. We used to be human beings. Now we are husks.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619682">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619682</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Racing to the Bottom: Thoughts on the Bureaucratization of Education
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Zeros have replaced heroes. We used to be human beings. Now we are husks.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anxiety Workbook: The Proven System for Managing, Coping and Overcoming Anxiety for Both Women &amp;amp; Men; Cure Your Phobia and Reach Mindfulness Mastery by Lisa Fletcher</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619671</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety Workbook: The Proven System for Managing, Coping and Overcoming Anxiety for Both Women &amp;amp; Men; Cure Your Phobia and Reach Mindfulness Mastery
Author: Lisa Fletcher
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to manage, cope and overcome anxiety, cure phobia and reach mindfulness mastery!  Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. We all have our moments when we are scared or afraid of the unknown. It is natural (survival) instinct for us humans to fear the unknown. We all love certainty. We love it if we could check all the boxes regarding anything we want. Whether it is speaking in public, meeting new people, heights, interviews etc.; we wish there could be a way in which we could get ‘insider’ information into the future so that we can prepare adequately. Unfortunately, as you are well aware, the future is very well known for its characteristic of being very uncertain. While the fear is often warranted, more often than not, the fear is completely unfounded but we just cannot seem to take charge of the situation.  For instance, we could simply be afraid of being in dark or enclosed places, afraid of speaking in public, meeting new people, afraid of heights, afraid of insects and many other things. What’s strange is that most of us know that some of these fears are unfounded yet we cannot gather enough courage to overcome them; we are helpless. All this is anxiety and can have a profound negative effect in our lives. For instance, anxiety can make it hard for you to forego different opportunities e.g. new job opportunities, just because you are afraid of the unknown, anxiety can make you not interact with people as you would want to, can make it hard to quit a job that you distaste, can drain your energy and leave you feeling tired, etc. All these can make you feel disappointed with yourself in life and could ultimately bring such problems like low self-esteem, low self-confidence, mediocrity and much, much more.  Since you are reading this, it is clear that you want to do something about your anxiety. Lucky for you, this book has all you need to know to fight anxiety successfully so that you can unlock the opportunities that have been passing you by and transform your life in ways you’ve never imagined. In this book, you will learn to combat anxiety by following 7 simple steps. We will start by you understanding what anxiety is, as this helps you to know what you are up against, signs that you are suffering from anxiety, how to identify your fears, different methods through which you can fight anxiety, when you should seek professional help and much, much more! Here Is A Preview Of What You&amp;#039;ll Read... Understand What Anxiety Is and How It Gets Out Of Control Identify Your Triggers Change The Beliefs And Behaviors That Easily Worsen The Problem Develop A Safe And Gradual Plan For Confronting The Feared Situations Seek Alternative Options To Treatment- Learn The Facts About Medications And Herbal Treatments Achieve A New Level Of Calm With Relaxation And Meditation Techniques If All Else Fails, Seek Professional Help And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!</description>
      <author>Lisa Fletcher</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 25 Feb 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518994036.mp3" length="879500" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619671</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518994036.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety Workbook: The Proven System for Managing, Coping and Overcoming Anxiety for Both Women &amp;amp; Men; Cure Your Phobia and Reach Mindfulness Mastery
Author: Lisa Fletcher
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to manage, cope and overcome anxiety, cure phobia and reach mindfulness mastery!  Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. We all have our moments when we are scared or afraid of the unknown. It is natural (survival) instinct for us humans to fear the unknown. We all love certainty. We love it if we could check all the boxes regarding anything we want. Whether it is speaking in public, meeting new people, heights, interviews etc.; we wish there could be a way in which we could get ‘insider’ information into the future so that we can prepare adequately. Unfortunately, as you are well aware, the future is very well known for its characteristic of being very uncertain. While the fear is often warranted, more often than not, the fear is completely unfounded but we just cannot seem to take charge of the situation.  For instance, we could simply be afraid of being in dark or enclosed places, afraid of speaking in public, meeting new people, afraid of heights, afraid of insects and many other things. What’s strange is that most of us know that some of these fears are unfounded yet we cannot gather enough courage to overcome them; we are helpless. All this is anxiety and can have a profound negative effect in our lives. For instance, anxiety can make it hard for you to forego different opportunities e.g. new job opportunities, just because you are afraid of the unknown, anxiety can make you not interact with people as you would want to, can make it hard to quit a job that you distaste, can drain your energy and leave you feeling tired, etc. All these can make you feel disappointed with yourself in life and could ultimately bring such problems like low self-esteem, low self-confidence, mediocrity and much, much more.  Since you are reading this, it is clear that you want to do something about your anxiety. Lucky for you, this book has all you need to know to fight anxiety successfully so that you can unlock the opportunities that have been passing you by and transform your life in ways you’ve never imagined. In this book, you will learn to combat anxiety by following 7 simple steps. We will start by you understanding what anxiety is, as this helps you to know what you are up against, signs that you are suffering from anxiety, how to identify your fears, different methods through which you can fight anxiety, when you should seek professional help and much, much more! Here Is A Preview Of What You&amp;#039;ll Read... Understand What Anxiety Is and How It Gets Out Of Control Identify Your Triggers Change The Beliefs And Behaviors That Easily Worsen The Problem Develop A Safe And Gradual Plan For Confronting The Feared Situations Seek Alternative Options To Treatment- Learn The Facts About Medications And Herbal Treatments Achieve A New Level Of Calm With Relaxation And Meditation Techniques If All Else Fails, Seek Professional Help And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619671">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619671</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anxiety Workbook: The Proven System for Managing, Coping and Overcoming Anxiety for Both Women &amp;amp; Men; Cure Your Phobia and Reach Mindfulness Mastery
Author: Lisa Fletcher
Narrator: John Hays
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Learn how to manage, cope and overcome anxiety, cure phobia and reach mindfulness mastery!  Today only, get this audio bestseller for a special price. We all have our moments when we are scared or afraid of the unknown. It is natural (survival) instinct for us humans to fear the unknown. We all love certainty. We love it if we could check all the boxes regarding anything we want. Whether it is speaking in public, meeting new people, heights, interviews etc.; we wish there could be a way in which we could get ‘insider’ information into the future so that we can prepare adequately. Unfortunately, as you are well aware, the future is very well known for its characteristic of being very uncertain. While the fear is often warranted, more often than not, the fear is completely unfounded but we just cannot seem to take charge of the situation.  For instance, we could simply be afraid of being in dark or enclosed places, afraid of speaking in public, meeting new people, afraid of heights, afraid of insects and many other things. What’s strange is that most of us know that some of these fears are unfounded yet we cannot gather enough courage to overcome them; we are helpless. All this is anxiety and can have a profound negative effect in our lives. For instance, anxiety can make it hard for you to forego different opportunities e.g. new job opportunities, just because you are afraid of the unknown, anxiety can make you not interact with people as you would want to, can make it hard to quit a job that you distaste, can drain your energy and leave you feeling tired, etc. All these can make you feel disappointed with yourself in life and could ultimately bring such problems like low self-esteem, low self-confidence, mediocrity and much, much more.  Since you are reading this, it is clear that you want to do something about your anxiety. Lucky for you, this book has all you need to know to fight anxiety successfully so that you can unlock the opportunities that have been passing you by and transform your life in ways you’ve never imagined. In this book, you will learn to combat anxiety by following 7 simple steps. We will start by you understanding what anxiety is, as this helps you to know what you are up against, signs that you are suffering from anxiety, how to identify your fears, different methods through which you can fight anxiety, when you should seek professional help and much, much more! Here Is A Preview Of What You&amp;#039;ll Read... Understand What Anxiety Is and How It Gets Out Of Control Identify Your Triggers Change The Beliefs And Behaviors That Easily Worsen The Problem Develop A Safe And Gradual Plan For Confronting The Feared Situations Seek Alternative Options To Treatment- Learn The Facts About Medications And Herbal Treatments Achieve A New Level Of Calm With Relaxation And Meditation Techniques If All Else Fails, Seek Professional Help And much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and download this audiobook now at a special price!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Borderline Personality Disorder Awareness by Centre Of Excellence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619612</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Borderline Personality Disorder Awareness
Author: Centre Of Excellence
Narrator: Jane Branch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Known as Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD), Emotionally Unstable Personality Disorder or Emotional Regulation Disorder, this course provides comprehensive information on a condition that is often misrepresented and misunderstood. Through listening to this course, you will gain an understanding and awareness of what Borderline Personality Disorder is, how it is diagnosed, what the symptoms are, and how it is treated. No person with the condition presents the exact same symptoms as someone else and each person develops BPD for different reasons. You’ll discover how symptoms may present themselves and gain awareness of the various types of Borderline Personality Disorder.</description>
      <author>Centre Of Excellence</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Aug 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982717827.mp3" length="1469413" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619612</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982717827.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Borderline Personality Disorder Awareness
Author: Centre Of Excellence
Narrator: Jane Branch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Known as Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD), Emotionally Unstable Personality Disorder or Emotional Regulation Disorder, this course provides comprehensive information on a condition that is often misrepresented and misunderstood. Through listening to this course, you will gain an understanding and awareness of what Borderline Personality Disorder is, how it is diagnosed, what the symptoms are, and how it is treated. No person with the condition presents the exact same symptoms as someone else and each person develops BPD for different reasons. You’ll discover how symptoms may present themselves and gain awareness of the various types of Borderline Personality Disorder.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Borderline Personality Disorder Awareness
Author: Centre Of Excellence
Narrator: Jane Branch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Known as Borderline Personality Disorder (BPD), Emotionally Unstable Personality Disorder or Emotional Regulation Disorder, this course provides comprehensive information on a condition that is often misrepresented and misunderstood. Through listening to this course, you will gain an understanding and awareness of what Borderline Personality Disorder is, how it is diagnosed, what the symptoms are, and how it is treated. No person with the condition presents the exact same symptoms as someone else and each person develops BPD for different reasons. You’ll discover how symptoms may present themselves and gain awareness of the various types of Borderline Personality Disorder.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>EFT by Centre Of Excellence</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619611</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: EFT
Author: Centre Of Excellence
Narrator: Jane Branch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Train to become an EFT Practitioner and learn powerful techniques that can help yourself and others to overcome any physical or emotional blockages that may be holding you back in life. EFT stands for the Emotional Freedom Technique. It is a mind / body tool that clears physical and emotional blocks from your energy system with nothing more than your fingers and intention. It is one of the simplest, fastest ways to heal from almost any kind of trauma, whether it happened yesterday or 50 years ago. EFT is so easy to learn and apply, it is non-invasive, gentle, forgiving and non-judgmental. It can be adapted to any situation and can be taught to children and adults alike.</description>
      <author>Centre Of Excellence</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Aug 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982717957.mp3" length="1482368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619611</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982717957.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: EFT
Author: Centre Of Excellence
Narrator: Jane Branch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Train to become an EFT Practitioner and learn powerful techniques that can help yourself and others to overcome any physical or emotional blockages that may be holding you back in life. EFT stands for the Emotional Freedom Technique. It is a mind / body tool that clears physical and emotional blocks from your energy system with nothing more than your fingers and intention. It is one of the simplest, fastest ways to heal from almost any kind of trauma, whether it happened yesterday or 50 years ago. EFT is so easy to learn and apply, it is non-invasive, gentle, forgiving and non-judgmental. It can be adapted to any situation and can be taught to children and adults alike.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619611">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619611</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: EFT
Author: Centre Of Excellence
Narrator: Jane Branch
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Train to become an EFT Practitioner and learn powerful techniques that can help yourself and others to overcome any physical or emotional blockages that may be holding you back in life. EFT stands for the Emotional Freedom Technique. It is a mind / body tool that clears physical and emotional blocks from your energy system with nothing more than your fingers and intention. It is one of the simplest, fastest ways to heal from almost any kind of trauma, whether it happened yesterday or 50 years ago. EFT is so easy to learn and apply, it is non-invasive, gentle, forgiving and non-judgmental. It can be adapted to any situation and can be taught to children and adults alike.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Secrets of Cancer Survivors by Elizabeth Gould</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619584</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets of Cancer Survivors
Author: Elizabeth Gould
Narrator: Kate Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
So you or someone close to you has been diagnosed with cancer. It’s terrifying. What can you do to survive? In this ground-breaking book now published in 8 countries, Elizabeth Gould details her own story as well as the stories of five cancer survivors. No diets or miracle cures but a practical step-by-step approach to describing the emotional and physical journey through cancer into remission. This is a book of hope, survival and how to discover your own path through an enormous physical and mental challenge.</description>
      <author>Elizabeth Gould</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 16 Feb 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518995293.mp3" length="1297439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619584</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518995293.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets of Cancer Survivors
Author: Elizabeth Gould
Narrator: Kate Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
So you or someone close to you has been diagnosed with cancer. It’s terrifying. What can you do to survive? In this ground-breaking book now published in 8 countries, Elizabeth Gould details her own story as well as the stories of five cancer survivors. No diets or miracle cures but a practical step-by-step approach to describing the emotional and physical journey through cancer into remission. This is a book of hope, survival and how to discover your own path through an enormous physical and mental challenge.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619584">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619584</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Secrets of Cancer Survivors
Author: Elizabeth Gould
Narrator: Kate Hart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
So you or someone close to you has been diagnosed with cancer. It’s terrifying. What can you do to survive? In this ground-breaking book now published in 8 countries, Elizabeth Gould details her own story as well as the stories of five cancer survivors. No diets or miracle cures but a practical step-by-step approach to describing the emotional and physical journey through cancer into remission. This is a book of hope, survival and how to discover your own path through an enormous physical and mental challenge.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Essays On Transcendence by Ralph Emerson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619515</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays On Transcendence
Author: Ralph Emerson
Narrator: The Ark, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ralph Waldo Emerson was an American essayist, lecturer, philosopher, abolitionist, and poet who led the transcendentalist movement of the mid-19th century. He was seen as a champion of individualism and a prescient critic of the countervailing pressures of society, and his ideology was disseminated through dozens of published essays and more than 1,500 public lectures across the United States. Emerson gradually moved away from the religious and social beliefs of his contemporaries, formulating and expressing the philosophy of transcendentalism in his 1836 essay &amp;#039;Nature&amp;#039;. Following this work, he gave a speech entitled &amp;#039;The American Scholar&amp;#039; in 1837, which Oliver Wendell Holmes Sr. considered to be America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;intellectual Declaration of Independence.&amp;#039; Emerson wrote most of his important essays as lectures first and then revised them for print. His first two collections of essays, Essays: First Series and Essays: Second Series, represent the core of his thinking. They include the well-known essays &amp;#039;Self-Reliance&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Over-Soul&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Circles&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Poet&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;Experience.&amp;#039; Together with &amp;#039;Nature&amp;#039;, these essays made the decade from the mid-1830s to the mid-1840s Emerson&amp;#039;s most fertile period. Emerson wrote on a number of subjects, never espousing fixed philosophical tenets, but developing certain ideas such as individuality, freedom, the ability for mankind to realize almost anything, and the relationship between the soul and the surrounding world. Emerson&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;nature&amp;#039; was more philosophical than naturalistic: &amp;#039;Philosophically considered, the universe is composed of Nature and the Soul.&amp;#039; Emerson is one of several figures who &amp;#039;took a more pantheist or pandeist approach by rejecting views of God as separate from the world.&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Ralph Emerson</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Mar 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667964065.mp3" length="1481942" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619515</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667964065.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays On Transcendence
Author: Ralph Emerson
Narrator: The Ark, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ralph Waldo Emerson was an American essayist, lecturer, philosopher, abolitionist, and poet who led the transcendentalist movement of the mid-19th century. He was seen as a champion of individualism and a prescient critic of the countervailing pressures of society, and his ideology was disseminated through dozens of published essays and more than 1,500 public lectures across the United States. Emerson gradually moved away from the religious and social beliefs of his contemporaries, formulating and expressing the philosophy of transcendentalism in his 1836 essay &amp;#039;Nature&amp;#039;. Following this work, he gave a speech entitled &amp;#039;The American Scholar&amp;#039; in 1837, which Oliver Wendell Holmes Sr. considered to be America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;intellectual Declaration of Independence.&amp;#039; Emerson wrote most of his important essays as lectures first and then revised them for print. His first two collections of essays, Essays: First Series and Essays: Second Series, represent the core of his thinking. They include the well-known essays &amp;#039;Self-Reliance&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Over-Soul&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Circles&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Poet&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;Experience.&amp;#039; Together with &amp;#039;Nature&amp;#039;, these essays made the decade from the mid-1830s to the mid-1840s Emerson&amp;#039;s most fertile period. Emerson wrote on a number of subjects, never espousing fixed philosophical tenets, but developing certain ideas such as individuality, freedom, the ability for mankind to realize almost anything, and the relationship between the soul and the surrounding world. Emerson&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;nature&amp;#039; was more philosophical than naturalistic: &amp;#039;Philosophically considered, the universe is composed of Nature and the Soul.&amp;#039; Emerson is one of several figures who &amp;#039;took a more pantheist or pandeist approach by rejecting views of God as separate from the world.&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619515">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619515</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Essays On Transcendence
Author: Ralph Emerson
Narrator: The Ark, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March 28, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Ralph Waldo Emerson was an American essayist, lecturer, philosopher, abolitionist, and poet who led the transcendentalist movement of the mid-19th century. He was seen as a champion of individualism and a prescient critic of the countervailing pressures of society, and his ideology was disseminated through dozens of published essays and more than 1,500 public lectures across the United States. Emerson gradually moved away from the religious and social beliefs of his contemporaries, formulating and expressing the philosophy of transcendentalism in his 1836 essay &amp;#039;Nature&amp;#039;. Following this work, he gave a speech entitled &amp;#039;The American Scholar&amp;#039; in 1837, which Oliver Wendell Holmes Sr. considered to be America&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;intellectual Declaration of Independence.&amp;#039; Emerson wrote most of his important essays as lectures first and then revised them for print. His first two collections of essays, Essays: First Series and Essays: Second Series, represent the core of his thinking. They include the well-known essays &amp;#039;Self-Reliance&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Over-Soul&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;Circles&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;The Poet&amp;#039;, and &amp;#039;Experience.&amp;#039; Together with &amp;#039;Nature&amp;#039;, these essays made the decade from the mid-1830s to the mid-1840s Emerson&amp;#039;s most fertile period. Emerson wrote on a number of subjects, never espousing fixed philosophical tenets, but developing certain ideas such as individuality, freedom, the ability for mankind to realize almost anything, and the relationship between the soul and the surrounding world. Emerson&amp;#039;s &amp;#039;nature&amp;#039; was more philosophical than naturalistic: &amp;#039;Philosophically considered, the universe is composed of Nature and the Soul.&amp;#039; Emerson is one of several figures who &amp;#039;took a more pantheist or pandeist approach by rejecting views of God as separate from the world.&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Death of Manhood by Rj Derby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619512</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death of Manhood
Author: Rj Derby
Narrator: Rj Derby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Finding a way to connect with the masculine is something that is lacking within the world nowadays. Many men appear to be shackled by societal shame when it comes to being masculine; they are also layered with guilt if they display their birth given right to be masculine.  Over the last decade, boys and young men have been taught a lot of nonsense about what it means to be a man, they have been programmed to believe notions that honestly do not serve them as men, which has resulted in the soft, weak and feminised men seen today in society.   RJ Derby’s Death of Manhood: The Societal Destruction of Masculinity is a short but direct book, a call to men to start taking responsibility and begin moving away from the lies they have been fed by a society that seems set on destroying the true essence of a man.  If you’re a man looking to change yourself, if you’re a young man seeking a way to recognise your true potential as a man, if you’re a woman trying to find ways to better understand your husband, son, nephew, friend, then this powerful read is for you.  Loaded with insights and hard truths about the destruction of masculinity in modern society, RJ Derby’s Death of Manhood is a book that should be read by every man.</description>
      <author>Rj Derby</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 15 Dec 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982735043.mp3" length="1164256" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619512</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982735043.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death of Manhood
Author: Rj Derby
Narrator: Rj Derby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Finding a way to connect with the masculine is something that is lacking within the world nowadays. Many men appear to be shackled by societal shame when it comes to being masculine; they are also layered with guilt if they display their birth given right to be masculine.  Over the last decade, boys and young men have been taught a lot of nonsense about what it means to be a man, they have been programmed to believe notions that honestly do not serve them as men, which has resulted in the soft, weak and feminised men seen today in society.   RJ Derby’s Death of Manhood: The Societal Destruction of Masculinity is a short but direct book, a call to men to start taking responsibility and begin moving away from the lies they have been fed by a society that seems set on destroying the true essence of a man.  If you’re a man looking to change yourself, if you’re a young man seeking a way to recognise your true potential as a man, if you’re a woman trying to find ways to better understand your husband, son, nephew, friend, then this powerful read is for you.  Loaded with insights and hard truths about the destruction of masculinity in modern society, RJ Derby’s Death of Manhood is a book that should be read by every man.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Death of Manhood
Author: Rj Derby
Narrator: Rj Derby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 29 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Finding a way to connect with the masculine is something that is lacking within the world nowadays. Many men appear to be shackled by societal shame when it comes to being masculine; they are also layered with guilt if they display their birth given right to be masculine.  Over the last decade, boys and young men have been taught a lot of nonsense about what it means to be a man, they have been programmed to believe notions that honestly do not serve them as men, which has resulted in the soft, weak and feminised men seen today in society.   RJ Derby’s Death of Manhood: The Societal Destruction of Masculinity is a short but direct book, a call to men to start taking responsibility and begin moving away from the lies they have been fed by a society that seems set on destroying the true essence of a man.  If you’re a man looking to change yourself, if you’re a young man seeking a way to recognise your true potential as a man, if you’re a woman trying to find ways to better understand your husband, son, nephew, friend, then this powerful read is for you.  Loaded with insights and hard truths about the destruction of masculinity in modern society, RJ Derby’s Death of Manhood is a book that should be read by every man.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>God as Externalization of the Unconscious by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619468</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God as Externalization of the Unconscious
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of what one sees as due to providence is in fact due to one&amp;#039;s own unconscious mind.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Oct 2017 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781518968464.mp3" length="147640" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619468</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781518968464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God as Externalization of the Unconscious
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of what one sees as due to providence is in fact due to one&amp;#039;s own unconscious mind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619468">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619468</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: God as Externalization of the Unconscious
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: October 15, 2017
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Much of what one sees as due to providence is in fact due to one&amp;#039;s own unconscious mind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Origin of &amp;#039;The Origin of Species&amp;#039; by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619465</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619465">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619465</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origin of &amp;#039;The Origin of Species&amp;#039;
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  4, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Darwin and Freud both had a &amp;#039;sixth sense&amp;#039; about people and were able to read people instantaneously. But where Freud saw the id and in that way saw into people&amp;#039;s evolutionary pasts, Darwin saw people&amp;#039;s evolutionary past and in that way saw the id.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 04 Aug 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982717636.mp3" length="148673" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619465</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982717636.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619465">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619465</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origin of &amp;#039;The Origin of Species&amp;#039;
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  4, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Darwin and Freud both had a &amp;#039;sixth sense&amp;#039; about people and were able to read people instantaneously. But where Freud saw the id and in that way saw into people&amp;#039;s evolutionary pasts, Darwin saw people&amp;#039;s evolutionary past and in that way saw the id.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619465">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619465</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Origin of &amp;#039;The Origin of Species&amp;#039;
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  4, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Darwin and Freud both had a &amp;#039;sixth sense&amp;#039; about people and were able to read people instantaneously. But where Freud saw the id and in that way saw into people&amp;#039;s evolutionary pasts, Darwin saw people&amp;#039;s evolutionary past and in that way saw the id.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Porn Stars are Such Heavy Drug-users by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619464</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619464">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619464</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Porn Stars are Such Heavy Drug-users
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  3, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Porn stars are lazy and like to have a good time. That is why they chose to do porn, and that is why they like to do drugs. A desire to &amp;#039;numb the pain&amp;#039; caused by doing porn is, at most, a secondary factor.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Aug 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982717568.mp3" length="143035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619464</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982717568.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619464">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619464</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Porn Stars are Such Heavy Drug-users
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  3, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Porn stars are lazy and like to have a good time. That is why they chose to do porn, and that is why they like to do drugs. A desire to &amp;#039;numb the pain&amp;#039; caused by doing porn is, at most, a secondary factor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619464">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619464</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why Porn Stars are Such Heavy Drug-users
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  3, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Porn stars are lazy and like to have a good time. That is why they chose to do porn, and that is why they like to do drugs. A desire to &amp;#039;numb the pain&amp;#039; caused by doing porn is, at most, a secondary factor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Difference between Frauds and Non-frauds by J.-M. Kuczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619463</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Difference between Frauds and Non-frauds
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  5, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If somebody is legitimately intelligent and knowledgeable, the more you seek knowledge in them, the more you find. If somebody is a fraud, the more you seek knowledge in them, the less you find.</description>
      <author>J.-M. Kuczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 Aug 2018 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781982717650.mp3" length="141455" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619463</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781982717650.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Difference between Frauds and Non-frauds
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  5, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If somebody is legitimately intelligent and knowledgeable, the more you seek knowledge in them, the more you find. If somebody is a fraud, the more you seek knowledge in them, the less you find.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619463">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619463</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Difference between Frauds and Non-frauds
Author: J.-M. Kuczynski
Narrator: J.-M. Kuczynski
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 1 minute
Release date: August  5, 2018
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
If somebody is legitimately intelligent and knowledgeable, the more you seek knowledge in them, the more you find. If somebody is a fraud, the more you seek knowledge in them, the less you find.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Hypnose - Alles ist möglich: 12 spannende Fälle aus der Praxis einer Hypnosetherapeutin by Sandra Blabl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619365</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hypnose - Alles ist möglich: 12 spannende Fälle aus der Praxis einer Hypnosetherapeutin
Author: Sandra Blabl
Narrator: Verena Scholze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Autorin Sandra Blabl gibt in »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« einen tiefen Einblick in die Welt der Hypnose. Sie erzählt in diesem Hörbuch ganz offen über einen Weg zur Hypnose, erst als Klientin, dann als Hypnosetherapeutin und als Hypnoseausbilderin. Sandra Blabl schildert 12 spannende und alltägliche Fallbeispiele aus ihrer Hypnosetherapie-Praxis. Gleichzeitig klärt sie über Hypnose auf und zeigt gerade anhand der Fallbeispiele die vielfältigen Anwendungsmöglichkeiten einer der ältesten alternativen Therapieformen. Die erfahrene Hypnosetherapeutin erläutert anschaulich, warum ursachenorientierte Hypnose wirkungsvoll und nachhaltig funktioniert.  Dieses Hörbuch ist für dich richtig, wenn -  du mehr über Hypnose und ihre Anwendungsmöglichkeiten erfahren willst  -  du dich für eine Hypnoseausbildung interessierst  -  du dein bisheriges Therapie- oder Coachingangebot erweitern möchtest  -  du dir ein zweites Standbein mit Hypnose aufbauen willst »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« ist keine Anleitung zum Hypnotisieren! Du bekommst -  einen praxisorientierten Einblick in die Welt der Hypnose  -  den Unterschied zwischen symptomorientierter und ursachenorientierter Hypnose erklärt  -  einen Einblick in die Vorgehensweise der ursachenorientierten Hypnose mittels Regression  -  einen Überblick über die vielfältigen Einsatzgebiete der Hypnose  -  die Unterschiede zwischen Hypnotiseurin/Hypnotiseur, Hypnosetherapeutin/Hypnosetherapeut und Hypnosecoach vermittelt  -  eine Vielzahl an Business Tipps für den Aufbau einer Hypnosepraxis Hol dir »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« und mache dich auf eine hypnotische Reise!</description>
      <author>Sandra Blabl</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783910247765.mp3" length="739756" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619365</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783910247765.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hypnose - Alles ist möglich: 12 spannende Fälle aus der Praxis einer Hypnosetherapeutin
Author: Sandra Blabl
Narrator: Verena Scholze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Autorin Sandra Blabl gibt in »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« einen tiefen Einblick in die Welt der Hypnose. Sie erzählt in diesem Hörbuch ganz offen über einen Weg zur Hypnose, erst als Klientin, dann als Hypnosetherapeutin und als Hypnoseausbilderin. Sandra Blabl schildert 12 spannende und alltägliche Fallbeispiele aus ihrer Hypnosetherapie-Praxis. Gleichzeitig klärt sie über Hypnose auf und zeigt gerade anhand der Fallbeispiele die vielfältigen Anwendungsmöglichkeiten einer der ältesten alternativen Therapieformen. Die erfahrene Hypnosetherapeutin erläutert anschaulich, warum ursachenorientierte Hypnose wirkungsvoll und nachhaltig funktioniert.  Dieses Hörbuch ist für dich richtig, wenn -  du mehr über Hypnose und ihre Anwendungsmöglichkeiten erfahren willst  -  du dich für eine Hypnoseausbildung interessierst  -  du dein bisheriges Therapie- oder Coachingangebot erweitern möchtest  -  du dir ein zweites Standbein mit Hypnose aufbauen willst »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« ist keine Anleitung zum Hypnotisieren! Du bekommst -  einen praxisorientierten Einblick in die Welt der Hypnose  -  den Unterschied zwischen symptomorientierter und ursachenorientierter Hypnose erklärt  -  einen Einblick in die Vorgehensweise der ursachenorientierten Hypnose mittels Regression  -  einen Überblick über die vielfältigen Einsatzgebiete der Hypnose  -  die Unterschiede zwischen Hypnotiseurin/Hypnotiseur, Hypnosetherapeutin/Hypnosetherapeut und Hypnosecoach vermittelt  -  eine Vielzahl an Business Tipps für den Aufbau einer Hypnosepraxis Hol dir »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« und mache dich auf eine hypnotische Reise!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619365">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619365</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Hypnose - Alles ist möglich: 12 spannende Fälle aus der Praxis einer Hypnosetherapeutin
Author: Sandra Blabl
Narrator: Verena Scholze
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 13 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Autorin Sandra Blabl gibt in »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« einen tiefen Einblick in die Welt der Hypnose. Sie erzählt in diesem Hörbuch ganz offen über einen Weg zur Hypnose, erst als Klientin, dann als Hypnosetherapeutin und als Hypnoseausbilderin. Sandra Blabl schildert 12 spannende und alltägliche Fallbeispiele aus ihrer Hypnosetherapie-Praxis. Gleichzeitig klärt sie über Hypnose auf und zeigt gerade anhand der Fallbeispiele die vielfältigen Anwendungsmöglichkeiten einer der ältesten alternativen Therapieformen. Die erfahrene Hypnosetherapeutin erläutert anschaulich, warum ursachenorientierte Hypnose wirkungsvoll und nachhaltig funktioniert.  Dieses Hörbuch ist für dich richtig, wenn -  du mehr über Hypnose und ihre Anwendungsmöglichkeiten erfahren willst  -  du dich für eine Hypnoseausbildung interessierst  -  du dein bisheriges Therapie- oder Coachingangebot erweitern möchtest  -  du dir ein zweites Standbein mit Hypnose aufbauen willst »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« ist keine Anleitung zum Hypnotisieren! Du bekommst -  einen praxisorientierten Einblick in die Welt der Hypnose  -  den Unterschied zwischen symptomorientierter und ursachenorientierter Hypnose erklärt  -  einen Einblick in die Vorgehensweise der ursachenorientierten Hypnose mittels Regression  -  einen Überblick über die vielfältigen Einsatzgebiete der Hypnose  -  die Unterschiede zwischen Hypnotiseurin/Hypnotiseur, Hypnosetherapeutin/Hypnosetherapeut und Hypnosecoach vermittelt  -  eine Vielzahl an Business Tipps für den Aufbau einer Hypnosepraxis Hol dir »Hypnose – Alles ist möglich« und mache dich auf eine hypnotische Reise!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Winning Under Fire: Turn Stress into Success the U.S. Army Way by Dale Collie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619271</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning Under Fire: Turn Stress into Success the U.S. Army Way
Author: Dale Collie
Narrator: Chris Monteiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A manager&amp;#039;s guide to winning on the business battlefield from one of Fast Company&amp;#039;s Fast 50 Innovative Leaders For the US Army, grace under fire isn&amp;#039;t an ideal. It&amp;#039;s standard operating procedure. In Winning Under Fire, managers discover Army techniques for managing stress in the heat of battle, and learn how to put them to work in their organizations. Written by a retired Army major who was one of Fast Company&amp;#039;s Fast 50 Innovative Leaders in 2002, Winning Under Fire combines military know-how and business savvy to show managers how to: channel stress into positive energy for obtaining goals; detect and eliminate stress fractures in an organization; stay resilient under all conditions; build teams that work under any extremes; prepare a game plan to get them through every battle; and be a great leader in times of great duress.</description>
      <author>Dale Collie</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638412809.mp3" length="8423941" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619271</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638412809.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning Under Fire: Turn Stress into Success the U.S. Army Way
Author: Dale Collie
Narrator: Chris Monteiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A manager&amp;#039;s guide to winning on the business battlefield from one of Fast Company&amp;#039;s Fast 50 Innovative Leaders For the US Army, grace under fire isn&amp;#039;t an ideal. It&amp;#039;s standard operating procedure. In Winning Under Fire, managers discover Army techniques for managing stress in the heat of battle, and learn how to put them to work in their organizations. Written by a retired Army major who was one of Fast Company&amp;#039;s Fast 50 Innovative Leaders in 2002, Winning Under Fire combines military know-how and business savvy to show managers how to: channel stress into positive energy for obtaining goals; detect and eliminate stress fractures in an organization; stay resilient under all conditions; build teams that work under any extremes; prepare a game plan to get them through every battle; and be a great leader in times of great duress.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619271">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619271</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Winning Under Fire: Turn Stress into Success the U.S. Army Way
Author: Dale Collie
Narrator: Chris Monteiro
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 56 minutes
Release date: November  8, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A manager&amp;#039;s guide to winning on the business battlefield from one of Fast Company&amp;#039;s Fast 50 Innovative Leaders For the US Army, grace under fire isn&amp;#039;t an ideal. It&amp;#039;s standard operating procedure. In Winning Under Fire, managers discover Army techniques for managing stress in the heat of battle, and learn how to put them to work in their organizations. Written by a retired Army major who was one of Fast Company&amp;#039;s Fast 50 Innovative Leaders in 2002, Winning Under Fire combines military know-how and business savvy to show managers how to: channel stress into positive energy for obtaining goals; detect and eliminate stress fractures in an organization; stay resilient under all conditions; build teams that work under any extremes; prepare a game plan to get them through every battle; and be a great leader in times of great duress.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Get Your Loved One Sober: Alternatives to Nagging, Pleading, and Threatening by Robert J. Meyers, Brenda L. Wolfe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619069</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Your Loved One Sober: Alternatives to Nagging, Pleading, and Threatening
Author: Robert J. Meyers, Brenda L. Wolfe
Narrator: Lynch Travis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Historically there have been few options available for individuals seeking help for treatment-resistant loved ones suffering from substance abuse. Co-author Dr. Robert Meyers spent ten years developing a treatment program that helps concerned significant others both improve the quality of their lives and learn how to make treatment an attractive option for their partners who are substance abusers. Get Your Loved One Sober describes this multi-faceted program that uses supportive, non-confrontational methods to engage substance abusers into treatment. Called Community Reinforcement and Family Training (CRAFT), the program uses scientifically validated behavioral principles to reduce the loved one&amp;#039;s substance use and to encourage him or her to seek treatment. Equally important, CRAFT also helps loved ones reduce personal stress and introduce meaningful, new sources of satisfaction into their life.</description>
      <author>Robert J. Meyers, Brenda L. Wolfe</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666624069.mp3" length="705785" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619069</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666624069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Your Loved One Sober: Alternatives to Nagging, Pleading, and Threatening
Author: Robert J. Meyers, Brenda L. Wolfe
Narrator: Lynch Travis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Historically there have been few options available for individuals seeking help for treatment-resistant loved ones suffering from substance abuse. Co-author Dr. Robert Meyers spent ten years developing a treatment program that helps concerned significant others both improve the quality of their lives and learn how to make treatment an attractive option for their partners who are substance abusers. Get Your Loved One Sober describes this multi-faceted program that uses supportive, non-confrontational methods to engage substance abusers into treatment. Called Community Reinforcement and Family Training (CRAFT), the program uses scientifically validated behavioral principles to reduce the loved one&amp;#039;s substance use and to encourage him or her to seek treatment. Equally important, CRAFT also helps loved ones reduce personal stress and introduce meaningful, new sources of satisfaction into their life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619069">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/619069</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Get Your Loved One Sober: Alternatives to Nagging, Pleading, and Threatening
Author: Robert J. Meyers, Brenda L. Wolfe
Narrator: Lynch Travis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 49 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Historically there have been few options available for individuals seeking help for treatment-resistant loved ones suffering from substance abuse. Co-author Dr. Robert Meyers spent ten years developing a treatment program that helps concerned significant others both improve the quality of their lives and learn how to make treatment an attractive option for their partners who are substance abusers. Get Your Loved One Sober describes this multi-faceted program that uses supportive, non-confrontational methods to engage substance abusers into treatment. Called Community Reinforcement and Family Training (CRAFT), the program uses scientifically validated behavioral principles to reduce the loved one&amp;#039;s substance use and to encourage him or her to seek treatment. Equally important, CRAFT also helps loved ones reduce personal stress and introduce meaningful, new sources of satisfaction into their life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Trauma heilen (Hörbuch): Mit Übungen und geführten Imaginationen by Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Luise Reddemann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618995</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trauma heilen (Hörbuch): Mit Übungen und geführten Imaginationen
Author: Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Luise Reddemann
Narrator: Bettina Von Websky, Karl Michael Vogler, Annette Cramer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Alles Wichtige zum Thema Trauma, dessen Bewältigung und wie man an den Folgen wachsen kann - informativ und spannend aufbereitet. Hilfe zur Selbsthilfe erlebt man durch schnell umsetzbare, in der Traumatherapie erprobte Übungen sowie geführte Imaginationen. Die gezielten Methoden der modernen Trauma-Therapie helfen, neues Zutrauen zu sich und anderen zu entwickeln. Die Tracklist: Einführung Traumata besser verstehen Symptome und Ursachen von Traumata Wie Traumata bewältigt und verarbeitet werden Wenn die Bewältigung nicht gelingt Traumafolgestörungen Wie eine Traumatherapie aussehen kann Übungen, die helfen Distanzierungstechniken Achtsamkeitsübung Ressourcen Übung: Der fliegende Teppich Geschichte: Von der Königstochter, die kein Glück hatte Zum guten Schluss Laufzeit 62:26 Minuten</description>
      <author>Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Luise Reddemann</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Aug 2012 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783432103648.mp3" length="902198" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618995</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783432103648.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trauma heilen (Hörbuch): Mit Übungen und geführten Imaginationen
Author: Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Luise Reddemann
Narrator: Bettina Von Websky, Karl Michael Vogler, Annette Cramer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Alles Wichtige zum Thema Trauma, dessen Bewältigung und wie man an den Folgen wachsen kann - informativ und spannend aufbereitet. Hilfe zur Selbsthilfe erlebt man durch schnell umsetzbare, in der Traumatherapie erprobte Übungen sowie geführte Imaginationen. Die gezielten Methoden der modernen Trauma-Therapie helfen, neues Zutrauen zu sich und anderen zu entwickeln. Die Tracklist: Einführung Traumata besser verstehen Symptome und Ursachen von Traumata Wie Traumata bewältigt und verarbeitet werden Wenn die Bewältigung nicht gelingt Traumafolgestörungen Wie eine Traumatherapie aussehen kann Übungen, die helfen Distanzierungstechniken Achtsamkeitsübung Ressourcen Übung: Der fliegende Teppich Geschichte: Von der Königstochter, die kein Glück hatte Zum guten Schluss Laufzeit 62:26 Minuten</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trauma heilen (Hörbuch): Mit Übungen und geführten Imaginationen
Author: Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Luise Reddemann
Narrator: Bettina Von Websky, Karl Michael Vogler, Annette Cramer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2012
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Alles Wichtige zum Thema Trauma, dessen Bewältigung und wie man an den Folgen wachsen kann - informativ und spannend aufbereitet. Hilfe zur Selbsthilfe erlebt man durch schnell umsetzbare, in der Traumatherapie erprobte Übungen sowie geführte Imaginationen. Die gezielten Methoden der modernen Trauma-Therapie helfen, neues Zutrauen zu sich und anderen zu entwickeln. Die Tracklist: Einführung Traumata besser verstehen Symptome und Ursachen von Traumata Wie Traumata bewältigt und verarbeitet werden Wenn die Bewältigung nicht gelingt Traumafolgestörungen Wie eine Traumatherapie aussehen kann Übungen, die helfen Distanzierungstechniken Achtsamkeitsübung Ressourcen Übung: Der fliegende Teppich Geschichte: Von der Königstochter, die kein Glück hatte Zum guten Schluss Laufzeit 62:26 Minuten</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Disciplina con amor para adolescentes: Guía para llevarte bien con tu adolescente (A Guide for Getting Along Well With Your Adolescent) by Rosa Barocio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618971</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Disciplina con amor para adolescentes: Guía para llevarte bien con tu adolescente (A Guide for Getting Along Well With Your Adolescent)
Author: Rosa Barocio
Narrator: Alejandra Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Es posible disfrutar la etapa de la adolescencia con los adolescentes? ¿O la única alternativa es sobrellevarla y esperar salir lo mejor librado posible? ¿Comparte el lector la opinión del comediante que dijo: &amp;#039;Dios es por demás compasivo. Nos da doce años para encariñarnos con nuestros hijos antes de convertirlos en adolescentes&amp;#039;? Cada hijo es distinto. Por lo tanto, es imposible predecir cómo será de adolescente. Pero sí podemos estar seguros de que, para todos, la adolescencia es una etapa de profundos cambios. Cuando los padres no los comprenden, e insisten en querer seguir tratándolos como niños, lo único que propician es su enojo y rebeldía. Tanto los padres como los maestros necesitan entender las transformaciones que los adolescentes están viviendo para poder acompañarlos de la mejor manera en esta última etapa, de la que emergerán como adultos jóvenes. Rosa Barocio nos invita a ver a nuestro adolescente con el corazón. Para darnos cuenta de que necesitamos acercarnos a ellos de una nueva manera: abiertos y sin juicios, interesados y respetuosos, presentes pero sin ser controladores. De esa forma cambiarán las actitudes de crítica y cinismo por las de cuestionamiento y compasión. Los miraremos a través de un cristal distinto para apoyarlos y reconfortarlos en sus momentos difíciles. Con gran sentido del humor, la autora conducirá al lector paso a paso para adquirir nuevas habilidades que lo convertirán en la mejor guía para sus hijos.</description>
      <author>Rosa Barocio</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119425.mp3" length="1327842" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618971</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119425.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Disciplina con amor para adolescentes: Guía para llevarte bien con tu adolescente (A Guide for Getting Along Well With Your Adolescent)
Author: Rosa Barocio
Narrator: Alejandra Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Es posible disfrutar la etapa de la adolescencia con los adolescentes? ¿O la única alternativa es sobrellevarla y esperar salir lo mejor librado posible? ¿Comparte el lector la opinión del comediante que dijo: &amp;#039;Dios es por demás compasivo. Nos da doce años para encariñarnos con nuestros hijos antes de convertirlos en adolescentes&amp;#039;? Cada hijo es distinto. Por lo tanto, es imposible predecir cómo será de adolescente. Pero sí podemos estar seguros de que, para todos, la adolescencia es una etapa de profundos cambios. Cuando los padres no los comprenden, e insisten en querer seguir tratándolos como niños, lo único que propician es su enojo y rebeldía. Tanto los padres como los maestros necesitan entender las transformaciones que los adolescentes están viviendo para poder acompañarlos de la mejor manera en esta última etapa, de la que emergerán como adultos jóvenes. Rosa Barocio nos invita a ver a nuestro adolescente con el corazón. Para darnos cuenta de que necesitamos acercarnos a ellos de una nueva manera: abiertos y sin juicios, interesados y respetuosos, presentes pero sin ser controladores. De esa forma cambiarán las actitudes de crítica y cinismo por las de cuestionamiento y compasión. Los miraremos a través de un cristal distinto para apoyarlos y reconfortarlos en sus momentos difíciles. Con gran sentido del humor, la autora conducirá al lector paso a paso para adquirir nuevas habilidades que lo convertirán en la mejor guía para sus hijos.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618971">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618971</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Disciplina con amor para adolescentes: Guía para llevarte bien con tu adolescente (A Guide for Getting Along Well With Your Adolescent)
Author: Rosa Barocio
Narrator: Alejandra Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Es posible disfrutar la etapa de la adolescencia con los adolescentes? ¿O la única alternativa es sobrellevarla y esperar salir lo mejor librado posible? ¿Comparte el lector la opinión del comediante que dijo: &amp;#039;Dios es por demás compasivo. Nos da doce años para encariñarnos con nuestros hijos antes de convertirlos en adolescentes&amp;#039;? Cada hijo es distinto. Por lo tanto, es imposible predecir cómo será de adolescente. Pero sí podemos estar seguros de que, para todos, la adolescencia es una etapa de profundos cambios. Cuando los padres no los comprenden, e insisten en querer seguir tratándolos como niños, lo único que propician es su enojo y rebeldía. Tanto los padres como los maestros necesitan entender las transformaciones que los adolescentes están viviendo para poder acompañarlos de la mejor manera en esta última etapa, de la que emergerán como adultos jóvenes. Rosa Barocio nos invita a ver a nuestro adolescente con el corazón. Para darnos cuenta de que necesitamos acercarnos a ellos de una nueva manera: abiertos y sin juicios, interesados y respetuosos, presentes pero sin ser controladores. De esa forma cambiarán las actitudes de crítica y cinismo por las de cuestionamiento y compasión. Los miraremos a través de un cristal distinto para apoyarlos y reconfortarlos en sus momentos difíciles. Con gran sentido del humor, la autora conducirá al lector paso a paso para adquirir nuevas habilidades que lo convertirán en la mejor guía para sus hijos.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Disciplina con amor en el aula: Tocando el corazón de tus alumnos (Touching the Hearts of Your Students) by Rosa Barocio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618972</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Disciplina con amor en el aula: Tocando el corazón de tus alumnos (Touching the Hearts of Your Students)
Author: Rosa Barocio
Narrator: Alejandra Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Qué es ser un buen maestro? ¿Aquél que se conforma con ir todos los días a trabajar y cumple con el programa de estudios? ¿Aquél que complace a los directivos y a los padres de familia para no tener problemas? ¿Aquél que es muy popular porque es el cuate de sus alumnos? Ser un buen maestro nunca ha sido fácil, pero en los tiempos actuales, enseñar se ha vuelto un verdadero reto. Cualquiera puede pararse frente a un grupo de alumnos y hacerse llamar maestro, pero sólo algunos realmente merecen ese nombre.  Porque ser maestro en todo el sentido de la palabra es un privilegio que se gana con el esfuerzo por crecer para dar lo mejor de uno mismo a los alumnos. Con el compromiso de formarlos para que sean personas de bien que contribuyan  positivamente a la humanidad. Nuestra sociedad está urgida de maestros íntegros con vocación, que sean flexibles, abiertos e interesados en acompañar a sus alumnos en un mundo donde los cambios se suceden muy rápido y la tecnología permea todos los ambientes. Maestros respetuosos que apliquen disciplina con amor poniendo límites sin lastimar, y preparen a las generaciones siguientes para un futuro incierto y complejo. Rosa Barocio, con consejos prácticos y mucho sentido de humor,  dedica este libro a maestros interesados en revivir su vocación para no sólo ser buenos maestros, sino maestros extraordinarios. Maestros que no quieren dejar de aprender sino que desean seguir creciendo al lado de sus alumnos. Que comprenden la magnitud de su responsabilidad y se comprometen, a través de su ejemplo, para inspirarlos. Que están deseosos de contribuir a transformar esta sociedad.</description>
      <author>Rosa Barocio</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 31 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638119401.mp3" length="1271439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618972</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638119401.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Disciplina con amor en el aula: Tocando el corazón de tus alumnos (Touching the Hearts of Your Students)
Author: Rosa Barocio
Narrator: Alejandra Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Qué es ser un buen maestro? ¿Aquél que se conforma con ir todos los días a trabajar y cumple con el programa de estudios? ¿Aquél que complace a los directivos y a los padres de familia para no tener problemas? ¿Aquél que es muy popular porque es el cuate de sus alumnos? Ser un buen maestro nunca ha sido fácil, pero en los tiempos actuales, enseñar se ha vuelto un verdadero reto. Cualquiera puede pararse frente a un grupo de alumnos y hacerse llamar maestro, pero sólo algunos realmente merecen ese nombre.  Porque ser maestro en todo el sentido de la palabra es un privilegio que se gana con el esfuerzo por crecer para dar lo mejor de uno mismo a los alumnos. Con el compromiso de formarlos para que sean personas de bien que contribuyan  positivamente a la humanidad. Nuestra sociedad está urgida de maestros íntegros con vocación, que sean flexibles, abiertos e interesados en acompañar a sus alumnos en un mundo donde los cambios se suceden muy rápido y la tecnología permea todos los ambientes. Maestros respetuosos que apliquen disciplina con amor poniendo límites sin lastimar, y preparen a las generaciones siguientes para un futuro incierto y complejo. Rosa Barocio, con consejos prácticos y mucho sentido de humor,  dedica este libro a maestros interesados en revivir su vocación para no sólo ser buenos maestros, sino maestros extraordinarios. Maestros que no quieren dejar de aprender sino que desean seguir creciendo al lado de sus alumnos. Que comprenden la magnitud de su responsabilidad y se comprometen, a través de su ejemplo, para inspirarlos. Que están deseosos de contribuir a transformar esta sociedad.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618972">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618972</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Disciplina con amor en el aula: Tocando el corazón de tus alumnos (Touching the Hearts of Your Students)
Author: Rosa Barocio
Narrator: Alejandra Salas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 31, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Qué es ser un buen maestro? ¿Aquél que se conforma con ir todos los días a trabajar y cumple con el programa de estudios? ¿Aquél que complace a los directivos y a los padres de familia para no tener problemas? ¿Aquél que es muy popular porque es el cuate de sus alumnos? Ser un buen maestro nunca ha sido fácil, pero en los tiempos actuales, enseñar se ha vuelto un verdadero reto. Cualquiera puede pararse frente a un grupo de alumnos y hacerse llamar maestro, pero sólo algunos realmente merecen ese nombre.  Porque ser maestro en todo el sentido de la palabra es un privilegio que se gana con el esfuerzo por crecer para dar lo mejor de uno mismo a los alumnos. Con el compromiso de formarlos para que sean personas de bien que contribuyan  positivamente a la humanidad. Nuestra sociedad está urgida de maestros íntegros con vocación, que sean flexibles, abiertos e interesados en acompañar a sus alumnos en un mundo donde los cambios se suceden muy rápido y la tecnología permea todos los ambientes. Maestros respetuosos que apliquen disciplina con amor poniendo límites sin lastimar, y preparen a las generaciones siguientes para un futuro incierto y complejo. Rosa Barocio, con consejos prácticos y mucho sentido de humor,  dedica este libro a maestros interesados en revivir su vocación para no sólo ser buenos maestros, sino maestros extraordinarios. Maestros que no quieren dejar de aprender sino que desean seguir creciendo al lado de sus alumnos. Que comprenden la magnitud de su responsabilidad y se comprometen, a través de su ejemplo, para inspirarlos. Que están deseosos de contribuir a transformar esta sociedad.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Raus aus der Angstfalle: Die Angst überwinden und eigene Stärken entdecken: Angeleitete Übungen by Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Harald Rau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618924</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Raus aus der Angstfalle: Die Angst überwinden und eigene Stärken entdecken: Angeleitete Übungen
Author: Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Harald Rau
Narrator: Katrin Hildebrand, Anja Von Hübbenet, Michael Holz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2009
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Das bekannte Autorenpaar erklärt zunächst, wie Ängste entstehen und was die Auslöser sind. Mit den praxiserprobten Übungen und dem bewährten 8-Schritte-Programm kann sich der Hörer seiner Angst stellen und gewinnt an Selbstvertrauen und SicherheitGrundlagen 01 Einführung 02:49 02 Angst hat viele Gesichter 09:51 03 Formen der Angst 11:44 04 Beispiel einer Patientin mit Angststörung 08:19 Ihr Selbsthilfe-Coach 05 Wie soll meine Zukunft aussehen? (Übung 1) 03:47 06 Was wird sich in meinem Leben ändern? (Übung 2) 03:56 07 Welche Situationen vermeide ich? (Übung 3) 01:23 08 Meine persönliche Liste Angst auslösender Situationen (Übung 4) 02:04 09 Einen Turm besteigen (Übung 5) 04:07 10 Protokollieren Sie Ihre Angstkurve / Wiederholen - So entwickeln Sie Routine (Übung 6) 02:10 Ressourcen erkennen und stärken 11 Welche Beziehungserfahrung habe ich? (Übung 7) 03:04 12 Wie sieht mein Tagesablauf aus? Übung 8) 02:51 13 Was ist mir wirklich wichtig?(Übung 9) 01:38 14 Genussfähigkeit trainieren (Übung 10) 03:55 15 Grüble ich zu viel? (Übung 11) 02:01 16 Entdeckung der Selbstwirksamkeit (Übung 12) 01:54 17 Beobachten Sie sich selbst (Übung 13) 05:04 18 Kleine Anleitung zur Steuerung der Gedanken 04:23 Gesamtlaufzeit: 75:01 min</description>
      <author>Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Harald Rau</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Feb 2009 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783432103440.mp3" length="914448" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618924</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783432103440.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Raus aus der Angstfalle: Die Angst überwinden und eigene Stärken entdecken: Angeleitete Übungen
Author: Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Harald Rau
Narrator: Katrin Hildebrand, Anja Von Hübbenet, Michael Holz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2009
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Das bekannte Autorenpaar erklärt zunächst, wie Ängste entstehen und was die Auslöser sind. Mit den praxiserprobten Übungen und dem bewährten 8-Schritte-Programm kann sich der Hörer seiner Angst stellen und gewinnt an Selbstvertrauen und SicherheitGrundlagen 01 Einführung 02:49 02 Angst hat viele Gesichter 09:51 03 Formen der Angst 11:44 04 Beispiel einer Patientin mit Angststörung 08:19 Ihr Selbsthilfe-Coach 05 Wie soll meine Zukunft aussehen? (Übung 1) 03:47 06 Was wird sich in meinem Leben ändern? (Übung 2) 03:56 07 Welche Situationen vermeide ich? (Übung 3) 01:23 08 Meine persönliche Liste Angst auslösender Situationen (Übung 4) 02:04 09 Einen Turm besteigen (Übung 5) 04:07 10 Protokollieren Sie Ihre Angstkurve / Wiederholen - So entwickeln Sie Routine (Übung 6) 02:10 Ressourcen erkennen und stärken 11 Welche Beziehungserfahrung habe ich? (Übung 7) 03:04 12 Wie sieht mein Tagesablauf aus? Übung 8) 02:51 13 Was ist mir wirklich wichtig?(Übung 9) 01:38 14 Genussfähigkeit trainieren (Übung 10) 03:55 15 Grüble ich zu viel? (Übung 11) 02:01 16 Entdeckung der Selbstwirksamkeit (Übung 12) 01:54 17 Beobachten Sie sich selbst (Übung 13) 05:04 18 Kleine Anleitung zur Steuerung der Gedanken 04:23 Gesamtlaufzeit: 75:01 min</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618924">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618924</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Raus aus der Angstfalle: Die Angst überwinden und eigene Stärken entdecken: Angeleitete Übungen
Author: Cornelia Dehner-Rau, Harald Rau
Narrator: Katrin Hildebrand, Anja Von Hübbenet, Michael Holz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 15 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2009
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Das bekannte Autorenpaar erklärt zunächst, wie Ängste entstehen und was die Auslöser sind. Mit den praxiserprobten Übungen und dem bewährten 8-Schritte-Programm kann sich der Hörer seiner Angst stellen und gewinnt an Selbstvertrauen und SicherheitGrundlagen 01 Einführung 02:49 02 Angst hat viele Gesichter 09:51 03 Formen der Angst 11:44 04 Beispiel einer Patientin mit Angststörung 08:19 Ihr Selbsthilfe-Coach 05 Wie soll meine Zukunft aussehen? (Übung 1) 03:47 06 Was wird sich in meinem Leben ändern? (Übung 2) 03:56 07 Welche Situationen vermeide ich? (Übung 3) 01:23 08 Meine persönliche Liste Angst auslösender Situationen (Übung 4) 02:04 09 Einen Turm besteigen (Übung 5) 04:07 10 Protokollieren Sie Ihre Angstkurve / Wiederholen - So entwickeln Sie Routine (Übung 6) 02:10 Ressourcen erkennen und stärken 11 Welche Beziehungserfahrung habe ich? (Übung 7) 03:04 12 Wie sieht mein Tagesablauf aus? Übung 8) 02:51 13 Was ist mir wirklich wichtig?(Übung 9) 01:38 14 Genussfähigkeit trainieren (Übung 10) 03:55 15 Grüble ich zu viel? (Übung 11) 02:01 16 Entdeckung der Selbstwirksamkeit (Übung 12) 01:54 17 Beobachten Sie sich selbst (Übung 13) 05:04 18 Kleine Anleitung zur Steuerung der Gedanken 04:23 Gesamtlaufzeit: 75:01 min</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - The FISH MIND. Come Sentirsi MEGLIO Nella Propria Pelle Una Volta Per Tutte by Dr. P. Costa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618777</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - The FISH MIND. Come Sentirsi MEGLIO Nella Propria Pelle Una Volta Per Tutte
Author: Dr. P. Costa
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La psiche dell&amp;#039;uomo moderno assomiglia alle reazioni dei pesci nel loro ambiente. Il principio del «Fish Mind» si basa su cinque pilastri. Questi ultimi costituiscono un parallelo sorprendente con il funzionamento dei pesci. Si tratta in realtà di un concetto che consente l&amp;#039;identificazione di cinque problemi velenosi della vita moderna.- Come il pesce sempre in allerta a causa di un ambiente pericoloso, siamo di fatto in uno stato di tensione quasi permanente, generatore di stress e di perdita d&amp;#039;energia.  - Ci concentriamo in un funzionamento multitasking, sempre più sollecitati quali siamo attraverso le nuove tecnologie. Come il pesce, respiriamo nell&amp;#039;acqua, ma non sono i nostri polmoni che soffocano ma bensì il nostro cervello che è annegato.  - Le difficoltà di memoria e di concentrazione, ben conosciuti dai pesci rossi per esempio (e questo, nonostante la realtà scientifica): la mente è così distratta dal fatto della moltiplicazione degli stimoli che le sue facoltà di memorizzazione e di concentrazione sono compromesse.  - Mordiamo all&amp;#039;esca rapidamente quando un «dolce» ci viene offerto? Abbiamo dei piaceri compulsivi a cliccare e comprare online? Qui, si tratta di un problema di piaceri immediati. - Il bisogno di controllo è il riflesso delle insicurezze personali: traduce la pressione che pesa su di noi, quella delle esigenze di perfezione che la società ci presenta come modello.  Questo lavoro si propone di studiare i nostri condizionamenti che possono spesso avvelenarci il cervello. È un invito ad una introspezione nel più profondo noi stessi per comprendere le molle dei nostri schemi di funzionamento moderni. Fornisce delle piste e degli strumenti per uscirne fuori o, perlomeno, non lasciarli più totalmente controllare le nostre vite, influenzarci.  Ridiventare un pesce libero in un lago calmo e limpido, insomma.  PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Dr. P. Costa</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 17 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835442363.mp3" length="1275684" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618777</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835442363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - The FISH MIND. Come Sentirsi MEGLIO Nella Propria Pelle Una Volta Per Tutte
Author: Dr. P. Costa
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La psiche dell&amp;#039;uomo moderno assomiglia alle reazioni dei pesci nel loro ambiente. Il principio del «Fish Mind» si basa su cinque pilastri. Questi ultimi costituiscono un parallelo sorprendente con il funzionamento dei pesci. Si tratta in realtà di un concetto che consente l&amp;#039;identificazione di cinque problemi velenosi della vita moderna.- Come il pesce sempre in allerta a causa di un ambiente pericoloso, siamo di fatto in uno stato di tensione quasi permanente, generatore di stress e di perdita d&amp;#039;energia.  - Ci concentriamo in un funzionamento multitasking, sempre più sollecitati quali siamo attraverso le nuove tecnologie. Come il pesce, respiriamo nell&amp;#039;acqua, ma non sono i nostri polmoni che soffocano ma bensì il nostro cervello che è annegato.  - Le difficoltà di memoria e di concentrazione, ben conosciuti dai pesci rossi per esempio (e questo, nonostante la realtà scientifica): la mente è così distratta dal fatto della moltiplicazione degli stimoli che le sue facoltà di memorizzazione e di concentrazione sono compromesse.  - Mordiamo all&amp;#039;esca rapidamente quando un «dolce» ci viene offerto? Abbiamo dei piaceri compulsivi a cliccare e comprare online? Qui, si tratta di un problema di piaceri immediati. - Il bisogno di controllo è il riflesso delle insicurezze personali: traduce la pressione che pesa su di noi, quella delle esigenze di perfezione che la società ci presenta come modello.  Questo lavoro si propone di studiare i nostri condizionamenti che possono spesso avvelenarci il cervello. È un invito ad una introspezione nel più profondo noi stessi per comprendere le molle dei nostri schemi di funzionamento moderni. Fornisce delle piste e degli strumenti per uscirne fuori o, perlomeno, non lasciarli più totalmente controllare le nostre vite, influenzarci.  Ridiventare un pesce libero in un lago calmo e limpido, insomma.  PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618777">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618777</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - The FISH MIND. Come Sentirsi MEGLIO Nella Propria Pelle Una Volta Per Tutte
Author: Dr. P. Costa
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 17, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
La psiche dell&amp;#039;uomo moderno assomiglia alle reazioni dei pesci nel loro ambiente. Il principio del «Fish Mind» si basa su cinque pilastri. Questi ultimi costituiscono un parallelo sorprendente con il funzionamento dei pesci. Si tratta in realtà di un concetto che consente l&amp;#039;identificazione di cinque problemi velenosi della vita moderna.- Come il pesce sempre in allerta a causa di un ambiente pericoloso, siamo di fatto in uno stato di tensione quasi permanente, generatore di stress e di perdita d&amp;#039;energia.  - Ci concentriamo in un funzionamento multitasking, sempre più sollecitati quali siamo attraverso le nuove tecnologie. Come il pesce, respiriamo nell&amp;#039;acqua, ma non sono i nostri polmoni che soffocano ma bensì il nostro cervello che è annegato.  - Le difficoltà di memoria e di concentrazione, ben conosciuti dai pesci rossi per esempio (e questo, nonostante la realtà scientifica): la mente è così distratta dal fatto della moltiplicazione degli stimoli che le sue facoltà di memorizzazione e di concentrazione sono compromesse.  - Mordiamo all&amp;#039;esca rapidamente quando un «dolce» ci viene offerto? Abbiamo dei piaceri compulsivi a cliccare e comprare online? Qui, si tratta di un problema di piaceri immediati. - Il bisogno di controllo è il riflesso delle insicurezze personali: traduce la pressione che pesa su di noi, quella delle esigenze di perfezione che la società ci presenta come modello.  Questo lavoro si propone di studiare i nostri condizionamenti che possono spesso avvelenarci il cervello. È un invito ad una introspezione nel più profondo noi stessi per comprendere le molle dei nostri schemi di funzionamento moderni. Fornisce delle piste e degli strumenti per uscirne fuori o, perlomeno, non lasciarli più totalmente controllare le nostre vite, influenzarci.  Ridiventare un pesce libero in un lago calmo e limpido, insomma.  PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Spiritual Human Behavior by Good Head Group Audiobooks, Speaking Freedom</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618739</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spiritual Human Behavior
Author: Good Head Group Audiobooks, Speaking Freedom
Narrator: Kaci Winslow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Spiritual Human Behavior is a newly developed area of psychology that helps readers understand how the circumstances have shaped you into the person you are, this book is intended to help readers navigate their own healing by working through developmental trauma, understand their purest desires and unlock the purpose of their soul. If you&amp;#039;ve been seeking healing through self discovery this is your guide to unlocking the most authentic version of yourself.</description>
      <author>Good Head Group Audiobooks, Speaking Freedom</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jun 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781944901165.mp3" length="1511234" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618739</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781944901165.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spiritual Human Behavior
Author: Good Head Group Audiobooks, Speaking Freedom
Narrator: Kaci Winslow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Spiritual Human Behavior is a newly developed area of psychology that helps readers understand how the circumstances have shaped you into the person you are, this book is intended to help readers navigate their own healing by working through developmental trauma, understand their purest desires and unlock the purpose of their soul. If you&amp;#039;ve been seeking healing through self discovery this is your guide to unlocking the most authentic version of yourself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618739">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618739</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Spiritual Human Behavior
Author: Good Head Group Audiobooks, Speaking Freedom
Narrator: Kaci Winslow
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: June 15, 2023
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Spiritual Human Behavior is a newly developed area of psychology that helps readers understand how the circumstances have shaped you into the person you are, this book is intended to help readers navigate their own healing by working through developmental trauma, understand their purest desires and unlock the purpose of their soul. If you&amp;#039;ve been seeking healing through self discovery this is your guide to unlocking the most authentic version of yourself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sometimes Therapy Is Awkward by Nicole Arzt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618716</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sometimes Therapy Is Awkward
Author: Nicole Arzt
Narrator: Sara Gordon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes therapy is awkward. And sometimes, it&amp;#039;s also painful, messy, and downright confusing. Yet, very few books capture what it&amp;#039;s genuinely like to engage in this work. Instead, most books paint a picture-perfect ideal of psychotherapists and their abilities to support their clients. This guide chronicles the strange nuances of working in mental health in the modern world. Sometimes Therapy Is Awkward provides refreshingly candid insight into what it takes to feel more confident and prepared to help others. Arzt offers stories, jokes, and action-based solutions for coping with excruciating insecurities, improving clinical skills, navigating the workplace, setting healthy and effective boundaries, managing burnout and compassion fatigue, and understanding mental health treatment in the modern world. Using introspection and humor, Arzt offers a practical roadmap for aspiring therapists, new therapists, and any therapist who identifies with feeling afraid or uncomfortable in their work.</description>
      <author>Nicole Arzt</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Feb 2021 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798823402491.mp3" length="1137523" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618716</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798823402491.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sometimes Therapy Is Awkward
Author: Nicole Arzt
Narrator: Sara Gordon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes therapy is awkward. And sometimes, it&amp;#039;s also painful, messy, and downright confusing. Yet, very few books capture what it&amp;#039;s genuinely like to engage in this work. Instead, most books paint a picture-perfect ideal of psychotherapists and their abilities to support their clients. This guide chronicles the strange nuances of working in mental health in the modern world. Sometimes Therapy Is Awkward provides refreshingly candid insight into what it takes to feel more confident and prepared to help others. Arzt offers stories, jokes, and action-based solutions for coping with excruciating insecurities, improving clinical skills, navigating the workplace, setting healthy and effective boundaries, managing burnout and compassion fatigue, and understanding mental health treatment in the modern world. Using introspection and humor, Arzt offers a practical roadmap for aspiring therapists, new therapists, and any therapist who identifies with feeling afraid or uncomfortable in their work.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618716">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618716</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sometimes Therapy Is Awkward
Author: Nicole Arzt
Narrator: Sara Gordon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2021
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Sometimes therapy is awkward. And sometimes, it&amp;#039;s also painful, messy, and downright confusing. Yet, very few books capture what it&amp;#039;s genuinely like to engage in this work. Instead, most books paint a picture-perfect ideal of psychotherapists and their abilities to support their clients. This guide chronicles the strange nuances of working in mental health in the modern world. Sometimes Therapy Is Awkward provides refreshingly candid insight into what it takes to feel more confident and prepared to help others. Arzt offers stories, jokes, and action-based solutions for coping with excruciating insecurities, improving clinical skills, navigating the workplace, setting healthy and effective boundaries, managing burnout and compassion fatigue, and understanding mental health treatment in the modern world. Using introspection and humor, Arzt offers a practical roadmap for aspiring therapists, new therapists, and any therapist who identifies with feeling afraid or uncomfortable in their work.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Brain Energy: A Revolutionary Breakthrough in Understanding Mental Health—and Improving Treatment for Anxiety, Depression, OCD, PTSD, and More by Christopher M. Palmer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618524</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Energy: A Revolutionary Breakthrough in Understanding Mental Health—and Improving Treatment for Anxiety, Depression, OCD, PTSD, and More
Author: Christopher M. Palmer
Narrator: Christopher M. Palmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 18 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 54 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 19
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the book that will forever change the way we understand and treat mental health. If you or someone you love is affected by mental illness, it might change your life. We are in the midst of a global mental health crisis, and mental illnesses are on the rise. But what causes mental illness? And why are mental health problems so hard to treat? Drawing on decades of research, Harvard psychiatrist Dr. Chris Palmer outlines a revolutionary new understanding that for the first time unites our existing knowledge about mental illness within a single framework: mental disorders are metabolic disorders of the brain.  Brain Energy explains this new understanding of mental illness in detail, from symptoms and risk factors to what is happening in brain cells. Palmer also sheds light on the new treatment pathways this theory opens up—which apply to all mental disorders, including anxiety, depression, ADHD, alcoholism, eating disorders, bipolar disorder, autism, and even schizophrenia. Brain Energy pairs cutting-edge science with practical advice and strategies to help people reclaim their mental health. This groundbreaking book reveals:  why classifying mental disorders as “separate” conditions is misleading; the clear connections between mental illness and disorders linked to metabolism, including diabetes, heart attacks, strokes, pain disorders, obesity, Alzheimer’s disease, and epilepsy; the link between metabolism and every factor known to play a role in mental health, including genetics, inflammation, hormones, neurotransmitters, sleep, stress, and trauma; the evidence that current mental health treatments, including both medications and therapies, likely work by affecting metabolism; and new treatments available today that readers can use to promote long-term healing. Palmer puts together the pieces of the mental illness puzzle to provide answers and offer hope. Brain Energy will transform the field of mental health, and the lives of countless people around the world.</description>
      <author>Christopher M. Palmer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798212006378.mp3" length="786620" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618524</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798212006378.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Energy: A Revolutionary Breakthrough in Understanding Mental Health—and Improving Treatment for Anxiety, Depression, OCD, PTSD, and More
Author: Christopher M. Palmer
Narrator: Christopher M. Palmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 18 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 54 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 19
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the book that will forever change the way we understand and treat mental health. If you or someone you love is affected by mental illness, it might change your life. We are in the midst of a global mental health crisis, and mental illnesses are on the rise. But what causes mental illness? And why are mental health problems so hard to treat? Drawing on decades of research, Harvard psychiatrist Dr. Chris Palmer outlines a revolutionary new understanding that for the first time unites our existing knowledge about mental illness within a single framework: mental disorders are metabolic disorders of the brain.  Brain Energy explains this new understanding of mental illness in detail, from symptoms and risk factors to what is happening in brain cells. Palmer also sheds light on the new treatment pathways this theory opens up—which apply to all mental disorders, including anxiety, depression, ADHD, alcoholism, eating disorders, bipolar disorder, autism, and even schizophrenia. Brain Energy pairs cutting-edge science with practical advice and strategies to help people reclaim their mental health. This groundbreaking book reveals:  why classifying mental disorders as “separate” conditions is misleading; the clear connections between mental illness and disorders linked to metabolism, including diabetes, heart attacks, strokes, pain disorders, obesity, Alzheimer’s disease, and epilepsy; the link between metabolism and every factor known to play a role in mental health, including genetics, inflammation, hormones, neurotransmitters, sleep, stress, and trauma; the evidence that current mental health treatments, including both medications and therapies, likely work by affecting metabolism; and new treatments available today that readers can use to promote long-term healing. Palmer puts together the pieces of the mental illness puzzle to provide answers and offer hope. Brain Energy will transform the field of mental health, and the lives of countless people around the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Brain Energy: A Revolutionary Breakthrough in Understanding Mental Health—and Improving Treatment for Anxiety, Depression, OCD, PTSD, and More
Author: Christopher M. Palmer
Narrator: Christopher M. Palmer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 18 minutes
Release date: November 15, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 54 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 19
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
This is the book that will forever change the way we understand and treat mental health. If you or someone you love is affected by mental illness, it might change your life. We are in the midst of a global mental health crisis, and mental illnesses are on the rise. But what causes mental illness? And why are mental health problems so hard to treat? Drawing on decades of research, Harvard psychiatrist Dr. Chris Palmer outlines a revolutionary new understanding that for the first time unites our existing knowledge about mental illness within a single framework: mental disorders are metabolic disorders of the brain.  Brain Energy explains this new understanding of mental illness in detail, from symptoms and risk factors to what is happening in brain cells. Palmer also sheds light on the new treatment pathways this theory opens up—which apply to all mental disorders, including anxiety, depression, ADHD, alcoholism, eating disorders, bipolar disorder, autism, and even schizophrenia. Brain Energy pairs cutting-edge science with practical advice and strategies to help people reclaim their mental health. This groundbreaking book reveals:  why classifying mental disorders as “separate” conditions is misleading; the clear connections between mental illness and disorders linked to metabolism, including diabetes, heart attacks, strokes, pain disorders, obesity, Alzheimer’s disease, and epilepsy; the link between metabolism and every factor known to play a role in mental health, including genetics, inflammation, hormones, neurotransmitters, sleep, stress, and trauma; the evidence that current mental health treatments, including both medications and therapies, likely work by affecting metabolism; and new treatments available today that readers can use to promote long-term healing. Palmer puts together the pieces of the mental illness puzzle to provide answers and offer hope. Brain Energy will transform the field of mental health, and the lives of countless people around the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Italian] - Piena Coscienza : Lezioni Da Leggere Prima Di Dormire by Dr. P. Costa</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618435</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Piena Coscienza : Lezioni Da Leggere Prima Di Dormire
Author: Dr. P. Costa
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Avete mai notato come nel momento in cui decidete di addormentarvi il vostro spirito è più rilassato? Se ci addormentiamo disturbati dai problemi quotidiani, la notte si annuncia pesante e agitataAl contrario, la notte è serena e riposante quando sprofondiamo nel sonno con leggerezza. L&amp;#039;obiettivo di questo libro è quello di offrire storie semplici, piccole favole accessibili a tutti, che ti permettano di fare un passo indietro rispetto al mondo, agli altri e a te stesso. Questa è una prima consapevolezza essenziale perché gli effetti positivi di questo libro siano reali: prendere coscienza delle preoccupazioni, delle sollecitazioni che provengono da ogni parte, del peso della vita quotidiana che grava sulle spalle del nostro inconscio. È una vocina interiore che non ci lascia mai soli. Meccanismi profondi all&amp;#039;opera per contribuire a “sporcare” le nostre vite. Il Dr. COSTA, P. che si prende cura di pazienti con disturbi del sonno, condivide con te la sua esperienza raggruppando in sette temi queste 69 storielle, brevi racconti che ti aiuteranno a riflettere e ad addormentarti, a lasciarti andare opportunamente durante il sonno: il non giudicare: i racconti ci invitano a considerare il potere dell&amp;#039;osservazione, ovvero il poter osservare noi stessi, osservare i propri automatismi per annullarne gradualmente l&amp;#039;influenza. La pazienza: è una virtù essenziale da sviluppare per chi cerca il benessere e la calma interiore. Il rinnovamento dello spirito: come adattarsi alle situazioni della vita e sviluppare uno stato d&amp;#039;animo per apprezzare tutte le esperienze. La fiducia: la fiducia e l&amp;#039;autostima sono i vivai essenziali per riscoprire il proprio vero valore interiore, al di là dei condizionamenti e dello sguardo degli altri. L&amp;#039;assenza di sforzi e aspettative: nella nostra quotidianità, lottiamo sempre contro la vita e la realtà per quella che è.  “Vogliamo” e ciò che desideriamo si ottiene solo attraverso il dolore, con fatica. Non c&amp;#039;è un altro modo per accontentarsi? L’accettazione delle cose: la nostra mente distorce la realtà per farla corrispondere a ciò che desidera. In effetti, non accettiamo mai le cose quando non vanno come vorremmo. Pensare e lasciar andare: si tratta di prendere consapevolezza dell&amp;#039;onnipresenza di pensieri ed emozioni nella nostra vita quotidiana; prendendo coscienza della loro natura, possiamo alleggerire il loro peso. Questi temi sono alla base di sette pilastri su cui costruire una vita più serena e consapevole. Questi racconti sono un riflesso di parole di saggi che sono sempre esistite. Se sono sopravvissute ai secoli, non è un caso: portano dentro di sé una dimensione universale. Questo perché sono una questione di buon senso da un lato e di osservazione dall&amp;#039;altro. Leggi una storia per notte e lascia che cresca dentro di te. Ti sembreranno sicuramente molto accessibili in termini di comprensione, ma portano un significato che a poco a poco si imprimerà in te. Questo è il loro segreto. Questa è l&amp;#039;altra magia della piena coscienza. Anche nel sonno, l&amp;#039;effetto di questi racconti si diffonderà, si realizzerà in te, ti permeerà. C&amp;#039;è proprio l&amp;#039;idea di un processo di infusione, di maturazione, lento, progressivo e continuo. Possano queste favole portarvi benessere, serenità e consapevolezza dei blocchi annidati in ognuno di voi. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Dr. P. Costa</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835437741.mp3" length="1246105" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618435</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835437741.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Piena Coscienza : Lezioni Da Leggere Prima Di Dormire
Author: Dr. P. Costa
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Avete mai notato come nel momento in cui decidete di addormentarvi il vostro spirito è più rilassato? Se ci addormentiamo disturbati dai problemi quotidiani, la notte si annuncia pesante e agitataAl contrario, la notte è serena e riposante quando sprofondiamo nel sonno con leggerezza. L&amp;#039;obiettivo di questo libro è quello di offrire storie semplici, piccole favole accessibili a tutti, che ti permettano di fare un passo indietro rispetto al mondo, agli altri e a te stesso. Questa è una prima consapevolezza essenziale perché gli effetti positivi di questo libro siano reali: prendere coscienza delle preoccupazioni, delle sollecitazioni che provengono da ogni parte, del peso della vita quotidiana che grava sulle spalle del nostro inconscio. È una vocina interiore che non ci lascia mai soli. Meccanismi profondi all&amp;#039;opera per contribuire a “sporcare” le nostre vite. Il Dr. COSTA, P. che si prende cura di pazienti con disturbi del sonno, condivide con te la sua esperienza raggruppando in sette temi queste 69 storielle, brevi racconti che ti aiuteranno a riflettere e ad addormentarti, a lasciarti andare opportunamente durante il sonno: il non giudicare: i racconti ci invitano a considerare il potere dell&amp;#039;osservazione, ovvero il poter osservare noi stessi, osservare i propri automatismi per annullarne gradualmente l&amp;#039;influenza. La pazienza: è una virtù essenziale da sviluppare per chi cerca il benessere e la calma interiore. Il rinnovamento dello spirito: come adattarsi alle situazioni della vita e sviluppare uno stato d&amp;#039;animo per apprezzare tutte le esperienze. La fiducia: la fiducia e l&amp;#039;autostima sono i vivai essenziali per riscoprire il proprio vero valore interiore, al di là dei condizionamenti e dello sguardo degli altri. L&amp;#039;assenza di sforzi e aspettative: nella nostra quotidianità, lottiamo sempre contro la vita e la realtà per quella che è.  “Vogliamo” e ciò che desideriamo si ottiene solo attraverso il dolore, con fatica. Non c&amp;#039;è un altro modo per accontentarsi? L’accettazione delle cose: la nostra mente distorce la realtà per farla corrispondere a ciò che desidera. In effetti, non accettiamo mai le cose quando non vanno come vorremmo. Pensare e lasciar andare: si tratta di prendere consapevolezza dell&amp;#039;onnipresenza di pensieri ed emozioni nella nostra vita quotidiana; prendendo coscienza della loro natura, possiamo alleggerire il loro peso. Questi temi sono alla base di sette pilastri su cui costruire una vita più serena e consapevole. Questi racconti sono un riflesso di parole di saggi che sono sempre esistite. Se sono sopravvissute ai secoli, non è un caso: portano dentro di sé una dimensione universale. Questo perché sono una questione di buon senso da un lato e di osservazione dall&amp;#039;altro. Leggi una storia per notte e lascia che cresca dentro di te. Ti sembreranno sicuramente molto accessibili in termini di comprensione, ma portano un significato che a poco a poco si imprimerà in te. Questo è il loro segreto. Questa è l&amp;#039;altra magia della piena coscienza. Anche nel sonno, l&amp;#039;effetto di questi racconti si diffonderà, si realizzerà in te, ti permeerà. C&amp;#039;è proprio l&amp;#039;idea di un processo di infusione, di maturazione, lento, progressivo e continuo. Possano queste favole portarvi benessere, serenità e consapevolezza dei blocchi annidati in ognuno di voi. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Italian] - Piena Coscienza : Lezioni Da Leggere Prima Di Dormire
Author: Dr. P. Costa
Narrator: Maurizio Mosetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 19, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Avete mai notato come nel momento in cui decidete di addormentarvi il vostro spirito è più rilassato? Se ci addormentiamo disturbati dai problemi quotidiani, la notte si annuncia pesante e agitataAl contrario, la notte è serena e riposante quando sprofondiamo nel sonno con leggerezza. L&amp;#039;obiettivo di questo libro è quello di offrire storie semplici, piccole favole accessibili a tutti, che ti permettano di fare un passo indietro rispetto al mondo, agli altri e a te stesso. Questa è una prima consapevolezza essenziale perché gli effetti positivi di questo libro siano reali: prendere coscienza delle preoccupazioni, delle sollecitazioni che provengono da ogni parte, del peso della vita quotidiana che grava sulle spalle del nostro inconscio. È una vocina interiore che non ci lascia mai soli. Meccanismi profondi all&amp;#039;opera per contribuire a “sporcare” le nostre vite. Il Dr. COSTA, P. che si prende cura di pazienti con disturbi del sonno, condivide con te la sua esperienza raggruppando in sette temi queste 69 storielle, brevi racconti che ti aiuteranno a riflettere e ad addormentarti, a lasciarti andare opportunamente durante il sonno: il non giudicare: i racconti ci invitano a considerare il potere dell&amp;#039;osservazione, ovvero il poter osservare noi stessi, osservare i propri automatismi per annullarne gradualmente l&amp;#039;influenza. La pazienza: è una virtù essenziale da sviluppare per chi cerca il benessere e la calma interiore. Il rinnovamento dello spirito: come adattarsi alle situazioni della vita e sviluppare uno stato d&amp;#039;animo per apprezzare tutte le esperienze. La fiducia: la fiducia e l&amp;#039;autostima sono i vivai essenziali per riscoprire il proprio vero valore interiore, al di là dei condizionamenti e dello sguardo degli altri. L&amp;#039;assenza di sforzi e aspettative: nella nostra quotidianità, lottiamo sempre contro la vita e la realtà per quella che è.  “Vogliamo” e ciò che desideriamo si ottiene solo attraverso il dolore, con fatica. Non c&amp;#039;è un altro modo per accontentarsi? L’accettazione delle cose: la nostra mente distorce la realtà per farla corrispondere a ciò che desidera. In effetti, non accettiamo mai le cose quando non vanno come vorremmo. Pensare e lasciar andare: si tratta di prendere consapevolezza dell&amp;#039;onnipresenza di pensieri ed emozioni nella nostra vita quotidiana; prendendo coscienza della loro natura, possiamo alleggerire il loro peso. Questi temi sono alla base di sette pilastri su cui costruire una vita più serena e consapevole. Questi racconti sono un riflesso di parole di saggi che sono sempre esistite. Se sono sopravvissute ai secoli, non è un caso: portano dentro di sé una dimensione universale. Questo perché sono una questione di buon senso da un lato e di osservazione dall&amp;#039;altro. Leggi una storia per notte e lascia che cresca dentro di te. Ti sembreranno sicuramente molto accessibili in termini di comprensione, ma portano un significato che a poco a poco si imprimerà in te. Questo è il loro segreto. Questa è l&amp;#039;altra magia della piena coscienza. Anche nel sonno, l&amp;#039;effetto di questi racconti si diffonderà, si realizzerà in te, ti permeerà. C&amp;#039;è proprio l&amp;#039;idea di un processo di infusione, di maturazione, lento, progressivo e continuo. Possano queste favole portarvi benessere, serenità e consapevolezza dei blocchi annidati in ognuno di voi. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Traumata - Wunden in der Seele by Spektrum Kompakt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618346</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Traumata - Wunden in der Seele
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Manche Erlebnisse sind so schrecklich, dass sie tiefe Wunden in der Psyche hinterlassen. Heilen diese nur unvollständig, entwickeln sich aus solchen Traumata mitunter psychische Krankheiten. Etwa eine Posttraumatische Belastungsstörung, bei der das Erlebte als »Flashbacks« immer wieder auf die Betroffenen einwirkt. Oder eine »gespaltene« Persönlichkeit, die vor allem schweren, wiederholten Gewalterfahrungen in der Kindheit entspringt. In dieser Ausgabe Spektrum Kompakt wird zusammengefasst, wie Traumata entstehen, was sie bewirken und wie sich Folgeerkrankungen verhindern und behandeln lassen.-</description>
      <author>Spektrum Kompakt</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Aug 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788728487464.mp3" length="1427657" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618346</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788728487464.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Traumata - Wunden in der Seele
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Manche Erlebnisse sind so schrecklich, dass sie tiefe Wunden in der Psyche hinterlassen. Heilen diese nur unvollständig, entwickeln sich aus solchen Traumata mitunter psychische Krankheiten. Etwa eine Posttraumatische Belastungsstörung, bei der das Erlebte als »Flashbacks« immer wieder auf die Betroffenen einwirkt. Oder eine »gespaltene« Persönlichkeit, die vor allem schweren, wiederholten Gewalterfahrungen in der Kindheit entspringt. In dieser Ausgabe Spektrum Kompakt wird zusammengefasst, wie Traumata entstehen, was sie bewirken und wie sich Folgeerkrankungen verhindern und behandeln lassen.-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Spektrum Kompakt: Traumata - Wunden in der Seele
Author: Spektrum Kompakt
Narrator: Karsten Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 32 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2022
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Manche Erlebnisse sind so schrecklich, dass sie tiefe Wunden in der Psyche hinterlassen. Heilen diese nur unvollständig, entwickeln sich aus solchen Traumata mitunter psychische Krankheiten. Etwa eine Posttraumatische Belastungsstörung, bei der das Erlebte als »Flashbacks« immer wieder auf die Betroffenen einwirkt. Oder eine »gespaltene« Persönlichkeit, die vor allem schweren, wiederholten Gewalterfahrungen in der Kindheit entspringt. In dieser Ausgabe Spektrum Kompakt wird zusammengefasst, wie Traumata entstehen, was sie bewirken und wie sich Folgeerkrankungen verhindern und behandeln lassen.-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anatomy of a Breakthrough: How to Get Unstuck When It Matters Most by Adam Alter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618315</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of a Breakthrough: How to Get Unstuck When It Matters Most
Author: Adam Alter
Narrator: Adam Alter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A “captivating…constructive” (Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again) guide to breaking free from the thoughts, habits, jobs, relationships, and even business models that prevent us from achieving our full potential. Almost everyone feels stuck in some way. Whether you’re muddling through a midlife crisis, wrestling with writer’s block, trapped in a thankless job, or trying to remedy a fraying friendship, the resulting emotion is usually a mix of anxiety, uncertainty, fear, anger, and numbness. But it doesn’t have to be this way. Anatomy of a Breakthrough is the “deeply researched and compelling” (Cal Newport, New York Times bestselling author of Digital Minimalism) roadmap we all need to escape our inertia and flourish in the face of friction.   Adam Alter has spent the past two decades studying how people become stuck and how they free themselves to thrive. Here, he reveals the formula he and other researchers have uncovered. The solution rests on a process that he calls a friction audit—a systematic procedure that uncovers why a person or organization is stuck, and then suggests a path to progress. The friction audit states that people and organizations get unstuck when they overcome three sources of friction: HEART (unhelpful emotions); HEAD (unhelpful patterns of thought); and HABIT (unhelpful behaviors).   Despite the ubiquity of friction, there are many great “unstickers” hidden in plain sight among us and Alter shines a light on some exceptional stories to share their valuable lessons with us. He tells us about the sub-elite swimmer who unstuck himself twice to win two Olympic gold medals, the actor who faced countless rejections before gaining worldwide fame, the renowned painter who became paralyzed and had to relearn to paint with a brush strapped to his wrist, and Alter’s own story of getting unstuck from a college degree that made him deeply unhappy.   Artfully weaving together scientific studies, anecdotes, and interviews, Alter teaches us that getting stuck is a feature rather than a glitch on the road to thriving, but with the right tweaks and corrections, we can reach even our loftiest targets.</description>
      <author>Adam Alter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797155425.mp3" length="794090" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618315</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797155425.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of a Breakthrough: How to Get Unstuck When It Matters Most
Author: Adam Alter
Narrator: Adam Alter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A “captivating…constructive” (Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again) guide to breaking free from the thoughts, habits, jobs, relationships, and even business models that prevent us from achieving our full potential. Almost everyone feels stuck in some way. Whether you’re muddling through a midlife crisis, wrestling with writer’s block, trapped in a thankless job, or trying to remedy a fraying friendship, the resulting emotion is usually a mix of anxiety, uncertainty, fear, anger, and numbness. But it doesn’t have to be this way. Anatomy of a Breakthrough is the “deeply researched and compelling” (Cal Newport, New York Times bestselling author of Digital Minimalism) roadmap we all need to escape our inertia and flourish in the face of friction.   Adam Alter has spent the past two decades studying how people become stuck and how they free themselves to thrive. Here, he reveals the formula he and other researchers have uncovered. The solution rests on a process that he calls a friction audit—a systematic procedure that uncovers why a person or organization is stuck, and then suggests a path to progress. The friction audit states that people and organizations get unstuck when they overcome three sources of friction: HEART (unhelpful emotions); HEAD (unhelpful patterns of thought); and HABIT (unhelpful behaviors).   Despite the ubiquity of friction, there are many great “unstickers” hidden in plain sight among us and Alter shines a light on some exceptional stories to share their valuable lessons with us. He tells us about the sub-elite swimmer who unstuck himself twice to win two Olympic gold medals, the actor who faced countless rejections before gaining worldwide fame, the renowned painter who became paralyzed and had to relearn to paint with a brush strapped to his wrist, and Alter’s own story of getting unstuck from a college degree that made him deeply unhappy.   Artfully weaving together scientific studies, anecdotes, and interviews, Alter teaches us that getting stuck is a feature rather than a glitch on the road to thriving, but with the right tweaks and corrections, we can reach even our loftiest targets.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anatomy of a Breakthrough: How to Get Unstuck When It Matters Most
Author: Adam Alter
Narrator: Adam Alter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
A “captivating…constructive” (Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again) guide to breaking free from the thoughts, habits, jobs, relationships, and even business models that prevent us from achieving our full potential. Almost everyone feels stuck in some way. Whether you’re muddling through a midlife crisis, wrestling with writer’s block, trapped in a thankless job, or trying to remedy a fraying friendship, the resulting emotion is usually a mix of anxiety, uncertainty, fear, anger, and numbness. But it doesn’t have to be this way. Anatomy of a Breakthrough is the “deeply researched and compelling” (Cal Newport, New York Times bestselling author of Digital Minimalism) roadmap we all need to escape our inertia and flourish in the face of friction.   Adam Alter has spent the past two decades studying how people become stuck and how they free themselves to thrive. Here, he reveals the formula he and other researchers have uncovered. The solution rests on a process that he calls a friction audit—a systematic procedure that uncovers why a person or organization is stuck, and then suggests a path to progress. The friction audit states that people and organizations get unstuck when they overcome three sources of friction: HEART (unhelpful emotions); HEAD (unhelpful patterns of thought); and HABIT (unhelpful behaviors).   Despite the ubiquity of friction, there are many great “unstickers” hidden in plain sight among us and Alter shines a light on some exceptional stories to share their valuable lessons with us. He tells us about the sub-elite swimmer who unstuck himself twice to win two Olympic gold medals, the actor who faced countless rejections before gaining worldwide fame, the renowned painter who became paralyzed and had to relearn to paint with a brush strapped to his wrist, and Alter’s own story of getting unstuck from a college degree that made him deeply unhappy.   Artfully weaving together scientific studies, anecdotes, and interviews, Alter teaches us that getting stuck is a feature rather than a glitch on the road to thriving, but with the right tweaks and corrections, we can reach even our loftiest targets.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Proof of Spiritual Phenomena: A Neuroscientist&amp;#039;s Discovery of the Ineffable Mysteries of the Universe by Mona Sobhani</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618313</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proof of Spiritual Phenomena: A Neuroscientist&amp;#039;s Discovery of the Ineffable Mysteries of the Universe
Author: Mona Sobhani
Narrator: Mona Sobhani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
• Shares data and meta-analysis from a large volume of extremely sophisticated experiments that provide proof for the existence of psi phenomena  • Explores evidence of past lives, intuitive knowing, and other spiritual phenomena  • Reveals the author’s own inexplicable experiences as well as her conversations with scientific colleagues, high-level experts, and government officials  Neuroscientist Mona Sobhani, Ph.D., details her transformation from diehard materialist to open-minded spiritual seeker and shares the extensive research she discovered on past lives, karma, and the complex interactions of mind and matter. She reveals her conversations about spirituality, consciousness, and anomalous occurrences with scientific colleagues as well as high-level experts and government officials, as she searched for proof of a meaningful cosmos. She discovered that psi research has been conducted on a grand scale for more than a century--by hundreds of scientists with hundreds of thousands of participants--and that there exists substantial evidence for the reality of psi. She examines meta-analyses of these experiments, such as that of the Ganzfield tests, which showed the odds against chance of 12 billion to 1--throwing our current scientific materialist paradigm into question.  Providing a deep dive into the literature of psychology, quantum physics, neuroscience, philosophy, and esoteric texts, Sobhani also explores the relationship between psi phenomena, the transcendence of space and time, and spirituality. Culminating with the author’s serious reckoning with one of the foundational principles of neuroscience--scientific materialism-- this illuminating book shows that the mysteries of human experience go far beyond what the present scientific paradigm can comprehend and leaves open the possibility of a participatory, meaningful Universe.</description>
      <author>Mona Sobhani</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781644118313.mp3" length="883417" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618313</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781644118313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proof of Spiritual Phenomena: A Neuroscientist&amp;#039;s Discovery of the Ineffable Mysteries of the Universe
Author: Mona Sobhani
Narrator: Mona Sobhani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
• Shares data and meta-analysis from a large volume of extremely sophisticated experiments that provide proof for the existence of psi phenomena  • Explores evidence of past lives, intuitive knowing, and other spiritual phenomena  • Reveals the author’s own inexplicable experiences as well as her conversations with scientific colleagues, high-level experts, and government officials  Neuroscientist Mona Sobhani, Ph.D., details her transformation from diehard materialist to open-minded spiritual seeker and shares the extensive research she discovered on past lives, karma, and the complex interactions of mind and matter. She reveals her conversations about spirituality, consciousness, and anomalous occurrences with scientific colleagues as well as high-level experts and government officials, as she searched for proof of a meaningful cosmos. She discovered that psi research has been conducted on a grand scale for more than a century--by hundreds of scientists with hundreds of thousands of participants--and that there exists substantial evidence for the reality of psi. She examines meta-analyses of these experiments, such as that of the Ganzfield tests, which showed the odds against chance of 12 billion to 1--throwing our current scientific materialist paradigm into question.  Providing a deep dive into the literature of psychology, quantum physics, neuroscience, philosophy, and esoteric texts, Sobhani also explores the relationship between psi phenomena, the transcendence of space and time, and spirituality. Culminating with the author’s serious reckoning with one of the foundational principles of neuroscience--scientific materialism-- this illuminating book shows that the mysteries of human experience go far beyond what the present scientific paradigm can comprehend and leaves open the possibility of a participatory, meaningful Universe.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618313">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618313</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Proof of Spiritual Phenomena: A Neuroscientist&amp;#039;s Discovery of the Ineffable Mysteries of the Universe
Author: Mona Sobhani
Narrator: Mona Sobhani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 10 minutes
Release date: September  6, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
• Shares data and meta-analysis from a large volume of extremely sophisticated experiments that provide proof for the existence of psi phenomena  • Explores evidence of past lives, intuitive knowing, and other spiritual phenomena  • Reveals the author’s own inexplicable experiences as well as her conversations with scientific colleagues, high-level experts, and government officials  Neuroscientist Mona Sobhani, Ph.D., details her transformation from diehard materialist to open-minded spiritual seeker and shares the extensive research she discovered on past lives, karma, and the complex interactions of mind and matter. She reveals her conversations about spirituality, consciousness, and anomalous occurrences with scientific colleagues as well as high-level experts and government officials, as she searched for proof of a meaningful cosmos. She discovered that psi research has been conducted on a grand scale for more than a century--by hundreds of scientists with hundreds of thousands of participants--and that there exists substantial evidence for the reality of psi. She examines meta-analyses of these experiments, such as that of the Ganzfield tests, which showed the odds against chance of 12 billion to 1--throwing our current scientific materialist paradigm into question.  Providing a deep dive into the literature of psychology, quantum physics, neuroscience, philosophy, and esoteric texts, Sobhani also explores the relationship between psi phenomena, the transcendence of space and time, and spirituality. Culminating with the author’s serious reckoning with one of the foundational principles of neuroscience--scientific materialism-- this illuminating book shows that the mysteries of human experience go far beyond what the present scientific paradigm can comprehend and leaves open the possibility of a participatory, meaningful Universe.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Glimmer: A Story of Survival, Hope, and Healing by Kimberly Shannon Murphy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618168</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glimmer: A Story of Survival, Hope, and Healing
Author: Kimberly Shannon Murphy
Narrator: Kaitlin Olson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2024 Andy Award for Memoir and Narrative Nonfiction A Zibby&amp;#039;s Top 10 Book of 2023 A USA Today Best Book of 2023 A USA Today Book Club Pick Foreword by Cameron Diaz “Reading Kimberly Shannon Murphy’s searing and vividly told memoir is like watching a gripping work of cinema verité: each scene demands our attention as the plot moves towards its dramatic conclusion. A powerful and inspiring story of suffering and shame, resilience and redemption.” —Gabor Maté M.D., New York Times bestselling author of The Myth of Normal A raw and heartening memoir of one woman’s journey from surviving childhood sexual abuse to becoming one of the most successful stuntwomen in Hollywood. “Piece by piece, the on-site medic tweezes the shards of candy glass from my face. I don’t mind the stinging. I don’t flinch.” As an award-winning stuntwoman, Kimberly Shannon Murphy was intimate with pain. For years, she propelled her body through dangerous spaces—medicating the trauma of her childhood sexual abuse with the adrenaline rush that came from pushing herself to the absolute limit. But as Kimberly learned, no matter how much you suppress your past, it always catches up with you. In Glimmer, Kimberly details her remarkable journey to the top of her field as a Hollywood stuntwoman for many A-list celebrities, including Cameron Diaz, Charlize Theron, Angelina Jolie, Taylor Swift, and Sandra Bullock, while carrying the pain of her childhood of sexual abuse in a family that refused to acknowledge its reality. In her beautifully written, unflinchingly honest memoir, Kimberly reflects on her past and present, chronicling her path to recovery and calculating the long shadow of trauma. Glimmer is the story of one woman’s quest to reclaim her life and to shine a spotlight on the dark topic of intergenerational familial abuse. As Kimberly reveals, being strong isn’t about getting your black belt, leaping out of four-story buildings, or putting 200-pound stuntmen in chokeholds—it’s about waking up every single morning and choosing to love yourself, no matter your history. A heroic and hopeful story of stolen innocence, pain, courage, and survival, Glimmer is an emotional roadmap for others who have suffered abuse and childhood trauma, offering them hope, healing, and inspiration.</description>
      <author>Kimberly Shannon Murphy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 04:01:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780063228290.mp3" length="1413888" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618168</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780063228290.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glimmer: A Story of Survival, Hope, and Healing
Author: Kimberly Shannon Murphy
Narrator: Kaitlin Olson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2024 Andy Award for Memoir and Narrative Nonfiction A Zibby&amp;#039;s Top 10 Book of 2023 A USA Today Best Book of 2023 A USA Today Book Club Pick Foreword by Cameron Diaz “Reading Kimberly Shannon Murphy’s searing and vividly told memoir is like watching a gripping work of cinema verité: each scene demands our attention as the plot moves towards its dramatic conclusion. A powerful and inspiring story of suffering and shame, resilience and redemption.” —Gabor Maté M.D., New York Times bestselling author of The Myth of Normal A raw and heartening memoir of one woman’s journey from surviving childhood sexual abuse to becoming one of the most successful stuntwomen in Hollywood. “Piece by piece, the on-site medic tweezes the shards of candy glass from my face. I don’t mind the stinging. I don’t flinch.” As an award-winning stuntwoman, Kimberly Shannon Murphy was intimate with pain. For years, she propelled her body through dangerous spaces—medicating the trauma of her childhood sexual abuse with the adrenaline rush that came from pushing herself to the absolute limit. But as Kimberly learned, no matter how much you suppress your past, it always catches up with you. In Glimmer, Kimberly details her remarkable journey to the top of her field as a Hollywood stuntwoman for many A-list celebrities, including Cameron Diaz, Charlize Theron, Angelina Jolie, Taylor Swift, and Sandra Bullock, while carrying the pain of her childhood of sexual abuse in a family that refused to acknowledge its reality. In her beautifully written, unflinchingly honest memoir, Kimberly reflects on her past and present, chronicling her path to recovery and calculating the long shadow of trauma. Glimmer is the story of one woman’s quest to reclaim her life and to shine a spotlight on the dark topic of intergenerational familial abuse. As Kimberly reveals, being strong isn’t about getting your black belt, leaping out of four-story buildings, or putting 200-pound stuntmen in chokeholds—it’s about waking up every single morning and choosing to love yourself, no matter your history. A heroic and hopeful story of stolen innocence, pain, courage, and survival, Glimmer is an emotional roadmap for others who have suffered abuse and childhood trauma, offering them hope, healing, and inspiration.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Glimmer: A Story of Survival, Hope, and Healing
Author: Kimberly Shannon Murphy
Narrator: Kaitlin Olson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: May 16, 2023
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Mental Health &amp; Psychology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 2024 Andy Award for Memoir and Narrative Nonfiction A Zibby&amp;#039;s Top 10 Book of 2023 A USA Today Best Book of 2023 A USA Today Book Club Pick Foreword by Cameron Diaz “Reading Kimberly Shannon Murphy’s searing and vividly told memoir is like watching a gripping work of cinema verité: each scene demands our attention as the plot moves towards its dramatic conclusion. A powerful and inspiring story of suffering and shame, resilience and redemption.” —Gabor Maté M.D., New York Times bestselling author of The Myth of Normal A raw and heartening memoir of one woman’s journey from surviving childhood sexual abuse to becoming one of the most successful stuntwomen in Hollywood. “Piece by piece, the on-site medic tweezes the shards of candy glass from my face. I don’t mind the stinging. I don’t flinch.” As an award-winning stuntwoman, Kimberly Shannon Murphy was intimate with pain. For years, she propelled her body through dangerous spaces—medicating the trauma of her childhood sexual abuse with the adrenaline rush that came from pushing herself to the absolute limit. But as Kimberly learned, no matter how much you suppress your past, it always catches up with you. In Glimmer, Kimberly details her remarkable journey to the top of her field as a Hollywood stuntwoman for many A-list celebrities, including Cameron Diaz, Charlize Theron, Angelina Jolie, Taylor Swift, and Sandra Bullock, while carrying the pain of her childhood of sexual abuse in a family that refused to acknowledge its reality. In her beautifully written, unflinchingly honest memoir, Kimberly reflects on her past and present, chronicling her path to recovery and calculating the long shadow of trauma. Glimmer is the story of one woman’s quest to reclaim her life and to shine a spotlight on the dark topic of intergenerational familial abuse. As Kimberly reveals, being strong isn’t about getting your black belt, leaping out of four-story buildings, or putting 200-pound stuntmen in chokeholds—it’s about waking up every single morning and choosing to love yourself, no matter your history. A heroic and hopeful story of stolen innocence, pain, courage, and survival, Glimmer is an emotional roadmap for others who have suffered abuse and childhood trauma, offering them hope, healing, and inspiration.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
